Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (1,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
2014 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual M
In Brief ...... 1-1 Storage ...... 4-1 Phone ...... 7-48 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Storage Compartments ...... 4-1 Trademarks and License Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-2 Agreements ...... 7-55 Vehicle Features ...... 1-20 Roof Rack System ...... 4-3 Performance and Climate Controls ...... 8-1 Maintenance ...... 1-26 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Controls ...... 5-2 Air Vents ...... 8-12 Keys, Doors, and Warning Lights, Gauges, and Windows ...... 2-1 Indicators ...... 5-10 Driving and Operating ...... 9-1 Keys and Locks ...... 2-1 Information Displays ...... 5-26 Driving Information ...... 9-2 Doors ...... 2-9 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-34 Starting and Operating ...... 9-20 Vehicle Security...... 2-12 Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-44 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-27 Exterior Mirrors ...... 2-15 Universal Remote System . . . . 5-52 Automatic Transmission ...... 9-28 Interior Mirrors ...... 2-19 Drive Systems ...... 9-33 Windows ...... 2-20 Lighting ...... 6-1 Brakes ...... 9-40 Roof ...... 2-22 Exterior Lighting ...... 6-1 Ride Control Systems ...... 9-42 Interior Lighting ...... 6-7 Cruise Control ...... 9-46 Seats and Restraints ...... 3-1 Lighting Features ...... 6-8 Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-48 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Fuel ...... 9-55 Front Seats ...... 3-3 Infotainment System ...... 7-1 Towing...... 9-60 Rear Seats ...... 3-9 Introduction ...... 7-1 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-77 Safety Belts ...... 3-17 Radio ...... 7-10 Airbag System ...... 3-27 Audio Players ...... 7-16 Child Restraints ...... 3-40 Rear Seat Infotainment ...... 7-36 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (2,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
2014 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual M
Vehicle Care ...... 10-1 Technical Data ...... 12-1 General Information ...... 10-2 Vehicle Identification ...... 12-1 Vehicle Checks ...... 10-3 Vehicle Data ...... 12-2 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-29 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-30 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Electrical System ...... 10-32 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Wheels and Tires ...... 10-40 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-12 Jump Starting ...... 10-77 Vehicle Data Recording and Towing the Vehicle ...... 10-81 Privacy...... 13-13 Appearance Care ...... 10-87 OnStar ...... 14-1 Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 OnStar Overview...... 14-1 General Information ...... 11-1 OnStar Services ...... 14-2 Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-2 OnStar Additional Special Application Information ...... 14-5 Services ...... 11-8 Index ...... i-1 Additional Maintenance and Care ...... 11-8 Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts ...... 11-12 Maintenance Records ...... 11-15 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (3,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Introduction iii
Please refer to the purchase Canadian Vehicle Owners documentation relating to your specific vehicle to confirm each of Propriétaires Canadiens the features found on your vehicle. A French language manual can be For vehicles first sold in Canada, obtained from your dealer, at substitute the name “General www.helminc.com, or from: Motors of Canada Limited” for The names, logos, emblems, Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it On peut obtenir un exemplaire de slogans, vehicle model names, and appears in this manual. ce guide en français auprès du vehicle body designs appearing in concessionnaire ou à l'adresse this manual including, but not limited Keep this manual in the vehicle for savant: to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, quick reference. the CHEVROLET Emblem, TAHOE, Helm, Incorporated SUBURBAN, and Z71 are Attention: Customer Service trademarks and/or service marks of 47911 Halyard Drive General Motors LLC, its Plymouth, MI 48170 subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. Using this Manual This manual describes features that may or may not be on your specific To quickly locate information about vehicle either because they are the vehicle, use the Index in the options that you did not purchase or back of the manual. It is an due to changes subsequent to the alphabetical list of what is in the printing of this owner manual. manual and the page number where it can be found.
Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 23159034 B Second Printing © 2013 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (4,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
iv Introduction
Danger, Warnings, and Notice: This means there is M : This symbol is shown when Cautions something that could result in you need to see your owner manual property or vehicle damage. This for additional instructions or Warning messages found on vehicle would not be covered by the information. labels and in this manual describe vehicle's warranty. * hazards and what to do to avoid or : This symbol is shown when reduce them. you need to see a service manual for additional instructions or Danger indicates a hazard with a information. high level of risk which will result in serious injury or death. Vehicle Symbol Chart Warning or Caution indicates a Here are some additional symbols hazard that could result in injury or that may be found on the vehicle A circle with a slash through it is a death. and what they mean. For more safety symbol which means “Do information on the symbol, refer to Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let the Index. { Warning this happen.” 0 : Adjustable Pedals These mean there is something Symbols : Airbag Readiness Light that could hurt you or other 9 people. The vehicle has components and # : Air Conditioning labels that use symbols instead of ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) text. Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or % : Audio Steering Wheel Controls ® information relating to a specific or OnStar component, control, message, $ : Brake System Warning Light gauge, or indicator. " : Charging System I : Cruise Control Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (5,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Introduction v
B : Engine Coolant Temperature O : Exterior Lamps # : Fog Lamps . : Fuel Gauge + : Fuses 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer ( : Heated Steering Wheel j : LATCH System Child Restraints * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp : : Oil Pressure g : Outside Power Foldaway Mirrors O : Power / : Remote Vehicle Start > : Safety Belt Reminders 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor _ : Tow/Haul Mode d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak® M : Windshield Washer Fluid Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (6,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
vi Introduction
2 NOTES Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (1,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
In Brief 1-1
In Brief Safety Belts ...... 1-11 Navigation System ...... 1-23 Passenger Sensing Side Blind Zone System ...... 1-11 Alert (SBZA) ...... 1-24 Instrument Panel Mirror Adjustment ...... 1-12 Rear Vision Instrument Panel Overview . . . . 1-2 Steering Wheel Camera (RVC) ...... 1-24 Adjustment ...... 1-14 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-24 Initial Drive Information Throttle and Brake Pedal Power Outlets ...... 1-24 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Adjustment ...... 1-14 Universal Remote System . . . 1-24 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Interior Lighting ...... 1-14 Sunroof ...... 1-25 System ...... 1-4 Exterior Lighting ...... 1-15 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 1-4 Performance and Maintenance Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-16 ® Door Locks ...... 1-5 Climate Controls ...... 1-17 StabiliTrak System ...... 1-26 Liftgate ...... 1-6 Transmission ...... 1-18 Tire Pressure Monitor ...... 1-26 Windows ...... 1-7 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 1-19 Engine Oil Life System ...... 1-26 Seat Adjustment ...... 1-7 E85 or FlexFuel ...... 1-27 Memory Features ...... 1-9 Vehicle Features Driving for Better Fuel Second Row Seats ...... 1-10 Radio(s) ...... 1-20 Economy ...... 1-27 Third Row Seats ...... 1-10 Satellite Radio ...... 1-22 Roadside Assistance Heated and Ventilated Portable Audio Devices ...... 1-22 Program ...... 1-28 Seats ...... 1-10 Bluetooth® ...... 1-22 OnStar® ...... 1-28 Head Restraint Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-22 Adjustment ...... 1-10 Cruise Control ...... 1-23 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (2,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
1-2 In Brief
Instrument Panel Instrument Panel Overview
English Version Shown; Metric Similar Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (3,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
In Brief 1-3
A. Air Vents on page 8-12. J. Dome Lamps on page 6-7. Q. Horn on page 5-4. B. Turn and Lane‐Change Lever. Instrument Panel Illumination R. Steering Wheel Controls on See Turn and Lane-Change Control on page 6-7. page 5-2. Signals on page 6-5. Fog Lamps on page 6-6 (If S. Climate Control Systems on Windshield Wiper/Washer on Equipped). page 8-1 (If Equipped). page 5-4. K. Hood Release. See Hood on Dual Automatic Climate Control Rear Window Wiper/Washer on page 10-4. System on page 8-4 (If page 5-5. L. Integrated Trailer Brake Equipped). C. Instrument Cluster on Controller (If Equipped). See T. Power Outlets on page 5-8. page 5-11. Towing Equipment on U. StabiliTrak® System on D. Hazard Warning Flashers on page 9-67. page 9-42 (If Equipped). page 6-5 (Out of View). M. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out Pedal Adjust Button (If E. Shift Lever. See Automatic of View). See Malfunction Equipped). See Adjustable Transmission on page 9-28. Indicator Lamp on page 5-19. Throttle and Brake Pedal on F. Manual Mode on page 9-31 (If N. Automatic Transfer Case page 9-20. Equipped). Control (If Equipped). See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on Four-Wheel Drive (Single page 9-48 (If Equipped). Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-32 (If Speed Automatic Transfer Equipped). Case) on page 9-38 or Power Assist Steps on G. Driver Information Center (DIC) Four-Wheel Drive (Two Speed page 2-12 (If Equipped). Buttons. See Driver Information Automatic Transfer Case) on Center (DIC) on page 5-26. page 9-33. H. Infotainment on page 7-1. O. Cruise Control on page 9-46. I. Exterior Lamp Controls on P. Steering Wheel Adjustment on page 6-1. page 5-2. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (4,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
1-4 In Brief
Initial Drive L : Press and release to locate Information the vehicle. Press L and hold for more than This section provides a brief two seconds to sound the panic overview about some of the alarm. important features that may or may not be on your specific vehicle. Press L again to cancel the panic For more detailed information, refer alarm. to each of the features which can be See Keys on page 2-1 and Remote found later in this owner manual. Keyless Entry (RKE) System on page 2-2. Remote Keyless Entry RKE Transmitter with Remote (RKE) System Start and Power Liftgate/Liftglass Remote Vehicle Start The RKE transmitter is used to K : Press to unlock the driver door. If equipped, the engine can be remotely lock and unlock the doors Press K again within three seconds started from outside of the vehicle. from up to 60 m (195 ft) away from to unlock all remaining doors. Starting the Vehicle the vehicle. Q : Press to lock all doors. 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the Lock and unlock feedback can be vehicle. personalized. See Vehicle 2. Press and release . Personalization (With DIC Buttons) Q on page 5-44. 3. Immediately, press and hold / m : Press and hold to unlock the for at least four seconds or until liftglass. the turn signal lamps flash. 8 : Press and hold to open or close the power liftgate. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (5,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
In Brief 1-5
When the vehicle starts, the parking Door Locks lamps will turn on and remain on as long as the engine is running. The There are several ways to lock and doors will be locked and the climate unlock the vehicle. control system may come on. From outside, use the Remote The engine will continue to run for Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a the key in the driver door. 10-minute time extension. Remote From inside, use the power door start can be extended only once. locks or the manual door locks. To Canceling a Remote Start lock or unlock the door with the manual locks, push down or pull up To cancel a remote start, do one of on the manual lock knob. the following: Power Folding Mirrors Shown, Power Door Locks Other Models Similar . Aim the RKE transmitter at the Press or K on the RKE : Press to lock the doors. vehicle and press and hold / Q Q transmitter. See Remote Keyless until the parking lamps turn off. K : Press to unlock the doors. Entry (RKE) System Operation on See Door Locks on page 2-7. . Turn on the hazard warning page 2-2. flashers.
. Turn the vehicle on and then off. See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2-5. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (6,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
1-6 In Brief
Liftgate Manual Liftgate Operation There are several ways to open and close the power liftgate: To unlock the liftgate, press K on the power door lock switch or . Press and hold 8 on the RKE press K on the Remote Keyless transmitter until the liftgate starts Entry (RKE) transmitter twice. See moving. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation on page 2-2. . Press 8 on the overhead console. Press the touch pad on the underside of the liftgate handle (B) . Press l on the bottom of the and lift up. liftgate next to the latch to close. Use the pull cup to lower and close Pressing a second time while the the liftgate. Do not press the touch liftgate is moving reverses the pad while closing the liftgate. This direction. A. License Plate Applique will cause the liftgate to be B. Liftgate Handle unlatched. To disable the power liftgate function, press OFF on the liftgate The liftglass or liftgate cannot be Power Liftgate Operation switch. See Liftgate on page 2-9. opened if the rear wiper is in motion. Attempting to open the liftglass or On vehicles with a power liftgate, Liftglass liftgate while the rear wiper is in the switch is on the overhead console. If equipped, there are two ways to motion will cause the release of the open the liftglass: liftglass or liftgate to delay until the The vehicle must be in P (Park) to wipers are parked off the liftglass. use the power feature. The taillamps . Press the button on the will flash and a chime will sound underside of the license plate when the power liftgate moves. applique (A). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (7,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
In Brief 1-7
. Press m on the RKE Press the switch to lower the 3. Try to move the seat back and transmitter. window. Pull the switch up to raise forth to be sure the seat is it. See Windows on page 2-20 and locked in place. Windows Power Windows on page 2-20. See Seat Adjustment on page 3-3. Seat Adjustment Power Seats Manual Seats
Power Folding Mirrors Shown, Other Models Similar The driver door has switches that To adjust a power seat, if equipped: control all windows. Each passenger door switch only controls To adjust the seat: . Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the control that window. The power windows 1. Lift the bar to unlock the seat. work when the ignition is in ON/ forward or rearward. RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in 2. Slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar. . If available, raise or lower the Retained Accessory Power (RAP). front or rear part of the seat See Retained Accessory Power cushion by moving the front or (RAP) on page 9-24. rear of the control up or down. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (8,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
1-8 In Brief
. If available, raise or lower the Power Lumbar raise or lower the height of the entire seat by moving the entire support, press and hold the top control up or down. or bottom of the control. See Power Seat Adjustment on See Lumbar Adjustment on page 3-3. page 3-4. Lumbar Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks Manual Lumbar Manual Reclining Seatbacks
To adjust the power lumbar support, if equipped:
. On vehicles with two-way lumbar, press and hold the top or bottom of the control to increase or decrease lumbar support.
If equipped, increase or decrease . On vehicles with four-way To recline a manual seatback: manual lumbar support by turning lumbar, press and hold the front 1. Lift the lever. the knob forward or rearward. or rear of the control to increase See Lumbar Adjustment on or decrease lumbar support. To page 3-4. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (9,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
In Brief 1-9
2. Move the seatback to the Power Reclining Seatbacks Memory Features desired position, and then release the lever to lock the seatback in place. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. To return the seatback to the upright position: 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. To adjust a power seatback, if equipped: If available, the controls on the See Reclining Seatbacks on driver door are used to program and page 3-4. . Tilt the top of the control recall memory settings for the driver rearward to recline. seat, outside mirrors, and the adjustable throttle and brake pedals, . Tilt the top of the control forward if equipped. to raise. See Memory Seats on page 3-6 and See Reclining Seatbacks on Vehicle Personalization (With DIC page 3-4. Buttons) on page 5-44. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (10,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
1-10 In Brief
Second Row Seats Heated and Ventilated J : Press to heat the seat and seatback. On vehicles with a 60/40 split-bench Seats or buckets seats, the seatbacks can Press the button once for the be folded for additional cargo space, highest setting. With each press of or the seats can be folded and the button, the seat will change to tumbled for easy entry/exit to the the next lower setting, and then to third row seats, if equipped. On the off setting. The lights indicate vehicles with bucket seats, the three for the highest setting and one seatbacks also recline. for the lowest. See Second Row Seats on See Heated and Ventilated Front page 3-10. Seats on page 3-7. Third Row Seats Head Restraint On vehicles with third row seats, the Adjustment Heated and Cooled Seat Buttons seatbacks can be folded, and the Do not drive until the head restraints entire seat can be tumbled or Shown, Heated Seat Buttons Similar for all occupants are installed and removed from the vehicle. adjusted properly. If available, the buttons are on the For detailed instructions, see Third To achieve a comfortable seating front doors. To operate, the ignition Row Seats on page 3-14. position, change the seatback must be in ON/RUN. recline angle as little as necessary H : If available, press to cool while keeping the seat and the head the seat. restraint height in the proper I : Press to heat the position. seatback only. See Head Restraints on page 3-2 and Seat Adjustment on page 3-3. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (11,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
In Brief 1-11
Safety Belts Passenger Sensing System The passenger sensing system, if equipped, turns off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions. No other United States airbag is affected by the passenger sensing system. If the vehicle has one of the indicators pictured in the following illustrations, then the vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the front outboard passenger position. Canada and Mexico Refer to the following sections for See Passenger Sensing System on important information on how to use page 3-33. safety belts properly. The passenger airbag status indicator, if equipped, will be visible . Safety Belts on page 3-17. on the overhead console when the . How to Wear Safety Belts vehicle is started. See Passenger Properly on page 3-18. Airbag Status Indicator on page 5-17. . Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3-19.
. Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3-47. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (12,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
1-12 In Brief
Mirror Adjustment 3. Adjust the outside mirror so that the side of the vehicle and the Exterior Mirrors area behind are seen. 4. Press either (A) or (B) again to deselect the mirror. See Power Mirrors on page 2-16. To power fold the mirrors: 1. Press (C) to fold the mirrors out to the driving position. 2. Press (D) to fold the mirrors in to the folded position. With Manual Folding Mirrors To adjust the mirrors:
With Power Folding Mirrors 1. Move the selector switch located above the four-way control pad To adjust the mirrors: to the left or right to choose 1. Press (A) or (B) to select the either the driver side or driver or passenger side mirror. passenger side mirror. 2. Press one of the four arrows 2. Press one of the four arrows located on the control pad to located on the control pad to adjust the mirror. move the mirror in the desired direction. 3. Adjust the outside mirror so that the side of the vehicle and the area behind are seen. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (13,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
In Brief 1-13
See Power Mirrors on page 2-16. the vehicle is shifted out of use to avoid glare from the Keep the selector switch in the R (Reverse), or the ignition is turned headlamps from behind. See center position when not adjusting off or to OFF/LOCK. Manual Rearview Mirror on either outside mirror. This feature can be programed page 2-19. To manual fold the mirrors: through the Driver Information Automatic Dimming Rearview Center (DIC). See Vehicle Mirror Fold the mirrors inward to prevent Personalization (With DIC Buttons) For vehicles with an automatic damage when going through an on page 5-44. automatic car wash. To fold, pull the dimming rearview mirror. The mirror mirror toward the vehicle. Push the Trailer-Tow Mirrors will automatically reduce the glare mirror outward, to return to its For vehicle with towing mirrors, they from the headlamps from behind. original position. can be extended for a clearer view The dimming feature comes on and the indicator light illuminates each Heated Mirrors of the objects behind the vehicle. Manually pull out the mirror head to time the ignition is turned to start. See Automatic Dimming Rearview Press 1 to heat the mirrors. extend it for better visibility when towing a trailer. See Trailer-Tow Mirror on page 2-19. See “Rear Window Defogger” under Mirrors on page 2-16. Dual Automatic Climate Control System on page 8-4 or Climate Interior Mirror Control Systems on page 8-1. Adjustment Park Tilt Mirrors Hold the rearview mirror in the If the vehicle has the memory center and move it to view the area package, the exterior mirrors tilt to a behind the vehicle. preselected position when the vehicle is in R (Reverse). This Manual Rearview Mirror feature lets the driver view the curb For vehicles with a manual rearview when parallel parking. The mirrors mirror, push the tab forward for return to the original position when daytime use and pull it for nighttime Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (14,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
1-14 In Brief
Steering Wheel Throttle and Brake Pedal Interior Lighting Adjustment Adjustment Dome Lamps On vehicles with this feature, you The dome lamps are located in the can change the position of the overhead console. throttle and brake pedals. They come on when any door is opened and turn off after all the doors are closed. Turn the instrument panel brightness knob located below the dome lamp override button, clockwise to the farthest position to The control used to adjust the manually turn on the dome lamps. pedals is located on the instrument The dome lamps remain on until the panel below the climate control knob is turned counterclockwise. To adjust the steering wheel: system. Dome Lamp Override 1. Hold the steering wheel and pull Press the bottom of the control to The dome lamp override button is the lever. move the pedals closer to your located next to the exterior lamps 2. Move the steering wheel up body. Press the top of the control to control. or down. move the pedals away. 3. Release the lever to lock the See Adjustable Throttle and Brake wheel in place. Pedal on page 9-20. Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (15,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
In Brief 1-15
For more information about interior There are four positions. lamps, see: O : Turns off the automatic . Dome Lamps on page 6-7. headlamps and Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp . Reading Lamps on page 6-8. control to the off position again to turn the automatic headlamps or . Instrument Panel Illumination DRL back on. Control on page 6-7. For vehicles first sold in Canada, Exterior Lighting the off position will only work when k : Press the button in and the the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). dome lamps remain off when a door AUTO: Automatically turns on the is opened. Press the button again to headlamps, parking lamps, return it to the extended position so taillamps, instrument panel lights, that the dome lamps come on when roof marker lamps (if equipped), and a door is opened. license plate lamps. Reading Lamps ; : Turns on the parking lamps, For vehicles with reading lamps in taillamps, instrument panel lights, the overhead console, press the roof marker lamps (if equipped), and button located next to the lamp to license plate lamps. The exterior lamp control is on the turn it on or off. instrument panel to the left of the 5 : Turns on the headlamps, The vehicle may also have reading steering wheel. parking lamps, taillamps, instrument lamps in other locations. The lamps panel lights, roof marker lamps (if are fixed and cannot be adjusted. equipped), and license plate lamps. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (16,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
1-16 In Brief
See: 8 : For a single wipe, turn to 8 , Z : Turns on the rear wiper with a then release. For several wipes, short delay between wipes. . Exterior Lamp Controls on page 6-1 hold the band on 8 longer. = : Press the button on the end of 9 : Turns the windshield the lever to spray washer fluid on . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) the rear window. on page 6-3 wipers off. 6 : Turn the band up for more See Windshield Wiper/Washer on . Fog Lamps on page 6-6 frequent wipes or down for less page 5-4 and Rear Window Wiper/ frequent wipes. Washer on page 5-5. Windshield Wiper/Washer w : Slow wipes. 1 : Fast wipes. L : Push this paddle to spray washer fluid on the windshield. Rear Wiper Window Wiper/Washer To turn the rear wiper on, slide the The front wiper control is located on lever to a wiper position. the turn and lane-change lever. Turn 9 : Turns the wiper off. the band with the wiper symbol to 5 control the windshield wipers. : Turns on the rear wiper with a longer delay between wipes. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (17,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
In Brief 1-17
Climate Controls The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with these systems.
Climate Control System
A. Fan Control F. Driver and Passenger B. REAR (Rear Climate Control) Temperature Controls C. Recirculation G. Rear Window Defogger D. Air Delivery Mode Control See Climate Control Systems on page 8-1. E. Air Conditioning Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (18,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
1-18 In Brief
Transmission Range Selection Mode
Base Trim Shown (Uplevel Similar) The Range Selection Mode switch, Dual Automatic Climate Control System if equipped, is located on the shift lever. A. Fan Control K. Air Conditioning 1. To enable the Range Selection feature, move the column shift B. AUTO (Automatic Operation) L. PASS lever to the M (Manual) position. C. Defrost M. Passenger Temperature Control The current range will appear D. Recirculation See Dual Automatic Climate Control next to the M. This is the highest attainable range with all lower E. REAR (Rear Climate Control) System on page 8-4 (If Equipped). For vehicles with rear heating and gears accessible. As an F. Air Delivery Mode Control air conditioning controls, see Rear example, when 5 (Fifth) gear is selected, 1 (First) through G. Driver Temperature Control Climate Control System (Rear Climate Control Only) on page 8-9 5 (Fifth) gears are available. H. Display or Rear Climate Control System I. Power Button (with Rear Seat Audio) on page 8-11. J. Rear Window Defogger Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (19,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
In Brief 1-19
2. Press the plus/minus buttons, Automatic Transfer Case The transfer case knob is located to located on the steering column the left of the instrument panel shift lever, to select the desired cluster. Use this knob to shift into range of gears for current driving and out of the different Four-Wheel conditions. See Manual Mode on Drive modes. page 9-31. 2 m : This setting is used for driving While using Range Selection Mode, in most street and highway cruise control and the Tow/Haul situations. mode can be used. AUTO: This setting is ideal for use Grade Braking is not available when when road surface traction Range Selection Mode is active. conditions are variable. See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-32. 4 m : Use the Four-Wheel-Drive Four-Wheel Drive Two Speed Transfer Case High position when extra traction is needed, such as on snowy or icy If the vehicle has Four-Wheel Drive, roads or in most off-road situations. you can send the engine's driving power to all four wheels for extra 4 n : Vehicles with a two speed traction. transfer case have a Four-Wheel-Drive Low position. This setting sends maximum power to all four wheels. You might choose Four-Wheel-Drive Low if you are driving off-road in deep sand, deep mud, deep snow, and while climbing or descending steep hills.
Single Speed Transfer Case Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (20,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
1-20 In Brief
N (Neutral): Vehicles with a two Vehicle Features speed transfer case have a N (Neutral) position. Shift the Radio(s) transfer case to N (Neutral) only when towing the vehicle. See Recreational Vehicle Towing on page 10-82 or Towing the Vehicle on page 10-81. See Four-Wheel Drive (Single Speed Automatic Transfer Case) on page 9-38 or Four-Wheel Drive (Two Speed Automatic Transfer Case) on page 9-33.
Radio with USB, CD, and DVD (MP3) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (21,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
In Brief 1-21
O : Press to turn the system on For more information about these Setting the Clock and other radio features, see and off. Turn to increase or To set the time and date: decrease the volume. Operation on page 7-6. 1. Turn the ignition key to ACC/ BAND: Press to choose between For vehicles with a Rear Seat ® ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, then FM, AM, or SiriusXM , if equipped. Entertainment System (RSE) and O f Rear Seat Audio System (RSA), see press , to turn the radio on. : Turn to manually select radio Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) 2. Press H to display HR, MIN, stations or press to set the bass or System on page 7-36 and Rear treble. Seat Audio (RSA) System on MM, DD, and YYYY (hour, minute, month, day, and year). © SEEK or ¨ SEEK: Seek or scan page 7-46 for more information. stations. 3. Press the softkey located under Storing Radio Stations any one of the labels to be 4 : Press to switch the display changed. between the radio station frequency A maximum of 36 stations can be and the time. While the ignition is stored as favorites using the six 4. To increase or decrease the time softkeys located below the radio off, press this button to display the or date, turn f clockwise or station frequency tabs and by using time. Press to display additional text counter-clockwise. information related to the current the radio FAV button. Press FAV to FM-RDS or SiriusXM station; or CD, go through up to six pages of For detailed instructions on setting MP3, or WMA song. If information is favorites, each having six favorite the clock for the vehicle's specific available during SiriusXM, CD, MP3, stations available per page. Each audio system, see Clock on or WMA playback, the song title page of favorites can contain any page 5-7. information displays on the top line combination of AM, FM, or SiriusXM of the display and artist information stations. displays on the bottom line. When For more information, see “Storing information is not available, “NO Radio Stations” in AM-FM Radio on INFO” displays. page 7-10. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (22,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
1-22 In Brief
Satellite Radio storage device, etc. can be Steering Wheel Controls ® connected to the auxiliary port using SiriusXM is a satellite radio service a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) input jack or the based in the 48 contiguous United USB port depending on the audio States and 10 Canadian provinces. system. SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide variety of programming and See Auxiliary Devices on page 7-31 commercial-free music, coast to for further information. coast, and in digital-quality sound. Bluetooth® A fee is required to receive the SiriusXM service. If equipped with a Bluetooth system, it allows users with a For more information, refer to: Bluetooth-enabled cell phone to . www.siriusxm.com or call make and receive hands-free calls 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.) using the vehicle’s audio system and controls. If equipped, some audio controls . www.xmradio.ca or call can be adjusted at the steering 1-877-209-0079 (Canada) The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone wheel. must be paired with the Bluetooth See Satellite Radio on page 7-11. system before it can be used in the w : Press to go to the next favorite vehicle. Not all phones will support radio station, track on a CD, ® Portable Audio Devices all functions. For more information, or folder on an iPod or USB see www.gm.com/bluetooth and device. This vehicle has an auxiliary input, Bluetooth on page 7-48. located on the audio faceplate, and c / x : Press to go to the a USB port located on the previous favorite radio station, track ® instrument panel or in the center on a CD, or folder on an iPod or console. External devices such as USB device. Press to reject an iPod®, laptop computers, incoming call, or to end a call. MP3 players, CD changers, USB Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (23,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
In Brief 1-23
b / g : Press to silence the vehicle Cruise Control [ : Press to disengage cruise speakers only. Press again to turn control without erasing the set the sound on. Press and hold longer speed from memory. than two seconds to interact with See Cruise Control on page 9-46. OnStar® or Bluetooth systems, if equipped. Navigation System e + : Press to increase volume. If the vehicle has a navigation − e : Press to decrease volume. system, there is a separate infotainment manual that includes SRCE: Press to switch between information on the radio, audio the radio and CD, and for equipped players, and navigation system. vehicles, the DVD, front auxiliary, and rear auxiliary. The navigation system provides detailed maps of most major ¨ : Press to seek the next radio freeways and roads. After a station, the next track or chapter T : Press to turn the system on destination has been set, the while sourced to the CD or DVD or off. The indicator light is on when system provides turn-by-turn slot, or to select tracks and folders cruise control is on and turns off instructions for reaching the on an iPod or USB device. when cruise control is off. destination. In addition, the system For more information, see Steering + RES: Press briefly to make the can help locate a variety of points of Wheel Controls on page 5-2. vehicle resume to a previously set interest (POIs), such as banks, speed, or press and hold to airports, restaurants, and more. accelerate. SET −: Press to set the speed and activate cruise control or make the vehicle decelerate. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (24,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
1-24 In Brief
Side Blind Zone Ultrasonic Parking Assist The accessory power outlets are powered, even with the ignition off. Alert (SBZA) If available, this system uses Continuing to use accessory power If equipped, SBZA will detect sensors on the rear bumper to outlets while the ignition is in LOCK/ vehicles in the next lane over in the assist with parking and avoiding OFF may cause the vehicle's vehicle's side blind zone area. objects while in R (Reverse). battery to run down. It operates at speeds less than When this happens, the SBZA See Power Outlets on page 5-8. display will light up in the 8 km/h (5 mph). URPA uses audible corresponding outside side mirror beeps to provide distance and and will flash if the turn signal is on. system information. Universal Remote System See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) Keep the sensors on the vehicle's on page 9-49. rear bumper clean to ensure proper operation. Rear Vision See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on Camera (RVC) page 9-48. If available, the RVC displays a view Power Outlets of the area behind the vehicle when Vehicles with the Universal Remote the vehicle is shifted into The accessory power outlets can be System will have these buttons R (Reverse). The display will appear used to plug in electrical equipment, located in the headliner. such as a cell phone or MP3 player. on either the inside rearview mirror This system provides a way to or navigation screen, if equipped. There are two under the climate replace up to three remote control To clean the camera lens, located controls, one inside the center floor transmitters used to activate above the license plate, rinse it with console, one on the rear of the devices such as garage door water and wipe it with a soft cloth. center floor console and one openers, security systems, and accessory power outlet in the rear home automation devices. See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on cargo area on the passenger side. page 9-51. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (25,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
In Brief 1-25
Read the instructions completely On vehicles with a sunroof, the When the sunroof is opened, an air before attempting to program the sunroof only operates when the deflector will automatically raise. transmitter. Because of the steps ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or The air deflector will retract when involved, it may be helpful to have ON/RUN, or when Retained the sunroof is closed. another person assist with Accessory Power (RAP) is active. The sunroof also has a sunshade programming the transmitter. See Retained Accessory Power which can be pulled forward to block See Universal Remote System on (RAP) on page 9-24. sun rays. The sunshade must be page 5-52. Vent: From the closed position, opened and closed manually. press the rear of switch (B) to vent If an object is in the path of the Sunroof the sunroof. sunroof while it is closing, the Open/Close: To open the sunroof, anti-pinch feature will detect the press and hold switch (A) until the object and stop the sunroof. sunroof reaches the desired See Sunroof on page 2-22. position. Press and hold the front of switch (A) to close it. Express-Open/Express-Close: To express-open the sunroof, fully press and release the rear of switch (A) until the sunroof reaches the desired position. To express-close the sunroof, fully press and release the front of switch (A). Press the switch again to A. Open or Close stop it. B. Vent Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (26,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
1-26 In Brief
Performance and . Press and release g again to The low tire pressure warning light turn on both systems. may come on in cool weather when Maintenance the vehicle is first started, and then For more information, see ® turn off as the vehicle is driven. This StabiliTrak® System StabiliTrak System on page 9-42. may be an early indicator that the tire pressures are getting low and If equipped, the vehicle has a Tire Pressure Monitor the tires need to be inflated to the traction control system that limits proper pressure. wheel spin and the StabiliTrak This vehicle may have a Tire system that assists with directional Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS does not replace normal control of the vehicle in difficult monthly tire maintenance. Maintain driving conditions. Both systems the correct tire pressures. turn on automatically every time the See Tire Pressure Monitor System vehicle is started. on page 10-51.
. To turn off traction control, press Engine Oil Life System and release g on the instrument panel. The appropriate DIC The low tire pressure warning light The engine oil life system calculates message displays. See Ride alerts to a significant loss in engine oil life based on vehicle use Control System Messages on pressure of one of the vehicle's and, on most vehicles, displays a page 5-40. tires. If the warning light comes on, DIC message when it is necessary stop as soon as possible and inflate to change the engine oil and filter. . To turn off both traction control the tires to the recommended The oil life system should be reset and StabiliTrak, press and pressure shown on the Tire and to 100% only following an oil hold g until g illuminates and Loading Information label. See change. the appropriate DIC message Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-15. displays. See Ride Control The warning light will remain on until System Messages on page 5-40. the tire pressure is corrected. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (27,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
In Brief 1-27
Resetting the Oil Life System See Engine Oil Life System on . Avoid idling the engine for long To reset the Engine Oil Life System page 10-9. periods of time. on most vehicles: E85 or FlexFuel . When road and weather 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING conditions are appropriate, use on the DIC. If the vehicle does Vehicles with a yellow fuel cap can cruise control. not have DIC buttons, the use either unleaded gasoline or . Always follow posted speed vehicle must be in P (Park) to ethanol fuel containing up to 85% limits or drive more slowly when access this display. ethanol (E85). See E85 or FlexFuel on page 9-57. For all other vehicles, conditions require. 2. Press and hold the SET/RESET use only the unleaded gasoline button on the DIC, or the trip . Keep vehicle tires properly described under Recommended inflated. odometer reset stem if the Fuel on page 9-55. vehicle does not have DIC . Combine several trips into a buttons, for more than single trip. five seconds. The oil life will Driving for Better Fuel change to 100%. Economy . Replace the vehicle's tires with On all vehicles, the Engine Oil Life Driving habits can affect fuel the same TPC Spec number System can be reset as follows: mileage. Here are some driving tips molded into the tire's sidewall to get the best fuel economy near the size. 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with possible. the engine off. . Follow recommended scheduled maintenance. 2. Fully press the accelerator pedal . Avoid fast starts and accelerate slowly three times within smoothly. five seconds. . Brake gradually and avoid 3. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING abrupt stops. on the DIC. If the display shows 100%, the system is reset. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (28,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
1-28 In Brief
Roadside Assistance Program U.S.: 1-800-243-8872 TTY Users (U.S. Only): 1-888-889-2438 Canada: 1-800-268-6800 Mexico: 01-800-466-0811 New Chevrolet owners are automatically enrolled in the Roadside Assistance Program. See Roadside Assistance Program on page 13-5. OnStar® If equipped, this vehicle has a comprehensive, in-vehicle system that can connect to a live Advisor for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Connection, and Diagnostic Services. See OnStar Overview on page 14-1. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (1,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1
Exterior Mirrors Keys and Locks Keys, Doors, and Convex Mirrors ...... 2-15 Windows Manual Mirrors ...... 2-16 Trailer-Tow Mirrors ...... 2-16 Keys Power Mirrors ...... 2-16 Keys and Locks Folding Mirrors ...... 2-17 { Warning Keys ...... 2-1 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-18 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . 2-18 Leaving children in a vehicle with System ...... 2-2 Park Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-18 the ignition key is dangerous and children or others could be Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Interior Mirrors System Operation ...... 2-2 seriously injured or killed. They Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 2-19 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-5 could operate the power windows Automatic Dimming Rearview Door Locks ...... 2-7 or other controls or make the Mirror ...... 2-19 Power Door Locks ...... 2-7 vehicle move. The windows will Delayed Locking ...... 2-8 Windows function with the keys in the Automatic Door Locks ...... 2-8 Windows ...... 2-20 ignition, and children or others Lockout Protection ...... 2-8 Power Windows ...... 2-20 could be caught in the path of a Safety Locks ...... 2-8 Sun Visors ...... 2-21 closing window. Do not leave children in a vehicle with the Doors Roof ignition key. Liftgate ...... 2-9 Sunroof ...... 2-22 Power Assist Steps ...... 2-12 Vehicle Security Vehicle Security ...... 2-12 Vehicle Alarm System ...... 2-12 Immobilizer ...... 2-14 Immobilizer Operation ...... 2-14 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (2,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows
With an active OnStar subscription, Remote Keyless Entry an OnStar Advisor may remotely unlock the vehicle. See OnStar (RKE) System Operation Overview on page 14-1. The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter functions work up to Remote Keyless Entry 60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle. (RKE) System There are other conditions which can affect the performance of the See Radio Frequency Statement on transmitter. See Remote Keyless page 13-15. Entry (RKE) System on page 2-2. If there is a decrease in the RKE operating range: The key is used for the ignition and . Check the distance. The all door locks. transmitter may be too far from The key has a bar-coded key tag the vehicle. that the dealer or qualified locksmith can use to make new keys. Store . Check the location. Other this information in a safe place, not vehicles or objects may be in the vehicle. blocking the signal. See your dealer if a replacement . Check the transmitter's battery. key or additional key is needed. See “Battery Replacement” later in this section. If it becomes difficult to turn a key, inspect the key blade for debris. . If the transmitter is still not Periodically clean with a brush working correctly, see your or pick. dealer or a qualified technician for service. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (3,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3
The following functions may be K (Unlock): Press once to unlock available if your vehicle has the only the driver door. If K is pressed RKE system: again within three seconds, all / (Remote Vehicle Start): If remaining doors unlock. The interior available, press to start the engine lamps may come on and stay on for from outside the vehicle using the 20 seconds or until the ignition is RKE transmitter. See Remote turned on. Vehicle Start on page 2-5 for If enabled through the DIC, the turn additional information. signal lamps flash twice to indicate Q (Lock): Press to lock all the unlocking has occurred. See Vehicle doors. Personalization (With DIC Buttons) With Remote Start and Liftglass If enabled through the Driver on page 5-44. If enabled through Information Center (DIC), the turn the DIC, the exterior lights turn on signal lamps flash once to indicate briefly if it is dark enough outside. locking has occurred. If enabled See “Approach Lighting” under through the DIC, the horn chirps Vehicle Personalization (With DIC when the lock button is pressed Buttons) on page 5-44. again within three seconds. See Pressing K on the RKE transmitter Vehicle Personalization (With DIC disarms the content theft-deterrent Buttons) on page 5-44 for additional system. See Vehicle Alarm System information. on page 2-12. Pressing Q arms the content m (Liftglass): Press and hold to theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle unlock the liftglass. Alarm System on page 2-12. With Remote Start and Power Liftgate and Liftglass Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (4,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows
8 (Power Liftgate): Press and When the replacement transmitter is hold to open and close the liftgate. programmed to this vehicle, all The taillamps flash and a chime remaining transmitters must also be sounds to indicate when the liftgate reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen is opening and closing. transmitters will no longer work once the new transmitter is L (Vehicle Locator/Panic programmed. The vehicle can have Alarm): Press and release to a maximum of eight transmitters locate the vehicle. The turn signal programmed to it. See your dealer lamps flash and the horn sounds to program transmitters to the three times. vehicle. Press and hold L for more than Battery Replacement two seconds to activate the panic To replace the battery: alarm. The turn signal lamps flash Replace the battery if the REPLACE and the horn sounds repeatedly for BATTERY IN REMOTE 1. Separate the transmitter with a 30 seconds. The alarm turns off KEYmessage displays in the DIC. flat, thin object, such as a flat when the ignition is moved to ON/ See Key and Lock Messages on head screwdriver. page 5-38 for additional information. RUN or L is pressed again. The . Carefully insert the tool into ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for Notice: When replacing the the notch located along the the panic alarm to work. battery, do not touch any of the parting line of the circuitry on the transmitter. Static transmitter. Do not insert Programming Transmitters to from your body could damage the the tool too far. Stop as the Vehicle transmitter. soon as resistance is felt. Only RKE transmitters programmed . Twist the tool until the to this vehicle will work. If a transmitter is separated. transmitter is lost or stolen, a replacement can be purchased and 2. Remove the old battery. Do not programmed through your dealer. use a metal object. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (5,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5
3. Insert the new battery, positive During a remote start, if the vehicle There are other conditions which side facing down. Replace with a has an automatic climate control can affect the performance of the CR2032 or equivalent battery. system and heated seats, the transmitter. See Remote Keyless 4. Snap the transmitter back heated seats will turn on during Entry (RKE) System on page 2-2 for together. colder outside temperatures and will additional information. shut off when the key is turned to / (Remote Start): This button will Remote Vehicle Start ON/RUN. If the vehicle does not be on the RKE transmitter if the have an automatic climate control vehicle has remote start. If available, this feature allows you system, during remote start, to start the engine from outside of manually turn the heated seats on To start the vehicle using the remote the vehicle. It may also start up the and off. See Heated and Ventilated start feature: vehicle's heating or air conditioning Front Seats on page 3-7 for 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the systems and rear window defogger. additional information. vehicle. Normal operation of the system will Laws in some communities may 2. Press and release . return after the key is turned to the restrict the use of remote starters. Q ON/RUN position. For example, some laws may 3. Immediately press and hold / If the vehicle has an automatic require a person using the remote until the turn signal lamps flash. climate control system, the climate start to have the vehicle in view If you cannot see the vehicle's control system will default to a when doing so. Check local lamps, press and hold / for at heating or cooling mode depending regulations for any requirements on least four seconds. on the outside temperatures. If the remote starting of vehicles. vehicle does not have an automatic Do not use the remote start feature When the vehicle starts, the climate control system, the system if the vehicle is low on fuel. The parking lamps will turn on and will turn on at the setting the vehicle vehicle may run out of fuel. remain on while the vehicle is was set to when the vehicle was running. The doors will be last turned off. The RKE transmitter range may be locked and the climate control less while the vehicle is running. system may come on. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (6,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows
The engine will continue to run Or, you can extend the engine run Also, the engine will turn off during a for 10 minutes. Repeat the steps time by another 10 minutes within remote vehicle start if the coolant for a 10-minute time extension. the first 10 minute remote start time temperature gets too high or if the Remote start can be extended frame, and before the engine stops. oil pressure gets low. only once. For example, if Q and then / are Remote Start Ready After entering the vehicle during a pressed again after the vehicle has If the vehicle does not have the remote start, insert and turn the key been running for 5 minutes, to ON/RUN to drive the vehicle. remote vehicle start feature, it may 10 minutes are added, allowing the have the remote start ready feature. To cancel a remote start: engine to run for 15 minutes. This feature allows your dealer to add the manufacturer's remote . Aim the RKE transmitter at the The additional 10 minutes are / considered a second remote vehicle vehicle start feature. vehicle and press and hold start. until the parking lamps turn off. See your dealer to add the Once two remote starts, or a single manufacturer's remote vehicle start . Turn on the hazard warning remote start with one time extension feature to the vehicle. flashers. has been done, the vehicle must be started with the key. After the key is . Turn the ignition on and then removed from the ignition, the back off. vehicle can be remote started again. The vehicle can be remote started The vehicle cannot be remote two separate times between driving started if the key is in the ignition, sequences. The engine will run for the hood is not closed, or if there is 10 minutes after each remote start. an emission control system malfunction and the check engine light is on. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (7,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7
Door Locks Power Door Locks Warning (Continued) Press Q or K on the Remote injuries or even death from { Warning Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. heat stroke. Always lock the See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Unlocked doors can be vehicle whenever leaving it. dangerous. System Operation on page 2-2. . Outsiders can easily enter . Passengers, especially through an unlocked door children, can easily open the when you slow down or stop doors and fall out of a moving the vehicle. Locking the doors vehicle. When a door is can help prevent this from locked, the handle will not happening. open it. The chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash is increased if the There are several ways to lock and doors are not locked. So, all unlock the vehicle. passengers should wear From outside, use the Remote safety belts properly and the Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or doors should be locked the key in the driver door. whenever the vehicle is Power Folding Mirrors Shown, From inside, use the power door Other Models Similar driven. locks or manual door locks. To lock (Lock): Press to lock the doors. . Young children who get into or unlock the door with the manual Q unlocked vehicles may be locks, push down or pull up on the K (Unlock): Press to unlock the unable to get out. A child can manual lock knob. doors. be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (8,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Delayed Locking Information Center (DIC). See Vehicle Personalization (With DIC When locking the doors with the Buttons) on page 5-44. power lock switch and a door or the liftgate is open, the doors will lock Lockout Protection five seconds after the last door is closed. You will hear three chimes If the driver side power door lock to signal that the delayed locking switch is pressed when the driver feature is in use. door is open and the key is in the ignition, all of the doors will lock and Pressing the power lock switch then the driver door will unlock. twice will override the delayed locking feature and immediately lock If the passenger side power door lock switch is pressed when the all the doors. Open the rear doors to access the front passenger door is open and This feature will not operate if the security locks on the inside edge of the key is in the ignition, all of the key is in the ignition. each door. doors will lock and then the front This feature can be programmed passenger door will unlock. To set the locks, insert a key into using the Driver Information the slot and turn it to the horizontal Center (DIC). See “Delayed Door Safety Locks position. The door can only be Lock” under Vehicle Personalization opened from the outside with the (With DIC Buttons) on page 5-44. The vehicle has rear door security door unlocked. To return the door to locks to prevent passengers from normal operation, turn the slot to the Automatic Door Locks opening the rear doors from the vertical position. inside. The vehicle may have an automatic lock/unlock feature. This feature can be programmed using the Driver Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (9,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9
Doors Warning (Continued)
Liftgate . Adjust the climate control system to a setting that { Warning brings in only outside air and set the fan speed to the Exhaust gases can enter the highest setting. See “Climate vehicle if it is driven with the Control Systems” in the liftgate or trunk/hatch open, Index. or with any objects that pass . If the vehicle is equipped with through the seal between the a power liftgate, disable the body and the trunk/hatch or power liftgate function. A. License Plate Applique liftgate. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO) which See Engine Exhaust on B. Liftgate Handle cannot be seen or smelled. It can page 9-27. The liftglass or liftgate cannot be cause unconsciousness and even opened if the rear wiper is in motion. death. Notice: If you open the liftgate Attempting to open the liftglass or without checking for overhead liftgate while the rear wiper is in If the vehicle must be driven with motion will cause the release of the the liftgate or trunk/hatch open: obstructions such as a garage door, you could damage the liftglass or liftgate to delay until the . Close all of the windows. liftgate or the liftgate glass. wipers are parked off the liftglass. Always check to make sure the . Fully open the air outlets on area above and behind the liftgate or under the instrument is clear before opening it. panel. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (10,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Manual Liftgate Operation The power liftgate may be { Warning temporarily disabled under extreme To unlock the liftgate, press K on temperatures, or under low battery the power door lock switch or You, or others, could be injured if conditions. If this occurs, the liftgate press K on the Remote Keyless caught in the path of the power can still be operated manually. liftgate. Make sure there is no one Entry (RKE) transmitter twice. See If the transmission is shifted out of P Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) in the way of the liftgate as it is opening and closing. (Park) while the power function is in System Operation on page 2-2. progress, the liftgate power function Press the touch pad on the will continue to completion. If the underside of the liftgate handle (B) There are several ways to open and transmission is shifted out of P and lift up. close the power liftgate: (Park) and the vehicle accelerates before the power liftgate latches Use the pull cup to lower and close . Press and hold 8 on the RKE closed, the liftgate may reverse to the liftgate. Do not press the touch transmitter until the liftgate starts the open position. Cargo could fall pad while closing the liftgate. This moving. out of the vehicle. Always make will cause the liftgate to be sure the power liftgate is closed and unlatched. . Press 8 on the overhead latched before driving away. console. Power Liftgate Operation If the liftgate is opened using power On vehicles with a power liftgate, . Press l on the bottom of the operation and the liftgate support the switch is on the overhead liftgate next to the latch to close. struts have lost pressure, the turn console. signals flash and a chime will Pressing a second time while the sound. The liftgate stays open The vehicle must be in P (Park) to liftgate is moving reverses the temporarily, and then slowly closes. use the power feature. The taillamps direction. See a dealer for service before will flash and a chime will sound To disable the power liftgate using the liftgate. when the power liftgate moves. function, press OFF on the liftgate switch. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (11,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11
Obstacle Detection Features Manual Operation of Power liftgate should be set to manual operation by pressing OFF on the If the liftgate encounters an obstacle Liftgate liftgate switch on the center console. during a power open or close cycle, To change the liftgate to manual a warning chime will sound and the operation, press OFF on the liftgate The liftgate has an electric latch. liftgate will automatically reverse switch. If the battery is disconnected or has direction to the full closed or open low voltage, the liftgate will not With the power liftgate disabled and position. After removing the open. The liftgate will resume all of the doors unlocked, the liftgate obstruction, the power liftgate operation when the battery is can be manually opened and operation can be used again. If the reconnected and charged. closed. liftgate encounters multiple If the battery is properly connected obstacles on the same power cycle, To open the liftgate, press the touch with adequate voltage, the switch is the power function will deactivate pad on the handle (B) and lift up. not disabled, and the liftgate still will and a message will display in the Use the pull cup to lower and close not function, see a dealer for Driver Information Center (DIC). the liftgate. Do not press the touch service. See Object Detection System pad while closing the liftgate. This Messages on page 5-39. After will cause the liftgate to be Liftglass removing the obstructions, the unlatched. The liftgate latch will If equipped, there are two ways to liftgate will resume normal power power close. Always close the open the liftglass: operation. liftgate before driving. . Press the button on the Pinch sensors are located on the If 8 on the RKE transmitter or side edges of the liftgate. If an underside of the license plate l on the liftgate is pressed while applique (A). object is caught between the liftgate power operation is disabled, the and the vehicle and presses against lamps will flash three times, but the . Press m on the RKE this sensor, the liftgate will reverse liftgate will not move. transmitter. direction and open fully. The liftgate will remain open until it is activated It is not recommended to drive with again or closed manually. the liftgate open, however, when driving with the liftgate open; the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (12,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Power Assist Steps The power assist steps Vehicle Security automatically extend from beneath the vehicle on the side in which the This vehicle has theft-deterrent door has been opened. Once the features; however, they do not make door is closed, the assist steps the vehicle impossible to steal. automatically move back under the vehicle after a brief delay. The Vehicle Alarm System vehicle must not be moving for the assist steps to extend or retract. Your vehicle has a content theft-deterrent alarm system. The assist steps cannot be disabled in the extended position.
The vehicle may have power assist steps. To enable or disable the power assist steps press j. This is the security light. To arm the theft-deterrent system: 1. Open the door. 2. Lock the door with the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or the power door lock switch. The security light will come on to inform the driver the system is Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (13,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13
arming. If a door is open when the horn will sound for about If you set off the alarm by accident, the doors are locked, the 30 seconds, then will turn off to save press unlock on the RKE transmitter security light will flash. the battery power. or place the key in the ignition and If the delayed locking feature is The theft-deterrent system will not turn it to START to turn off the turned on, the theft-deterrent activate if the doors are locked with alarm. The alarm will not stop if you system will not start the arming the vehicle's key or the manual door try to unlock a door any other way. process until the last door is lock. It activates only if you use the Testing the Alarm closed and the delay timer has power door lock switch with the door expired. See Delayed Locking open or the RKE transmitter. You To test the alarm: on page 2-8. should also remember that you can 1. From inside the vehicle, lower 3. Close all doors. The security start your vehicle with the correct the driver window and open the light should go off after about ignition key if the alarm has been driver door. set off. 30 seconds. The alarm is not 2. Activate the system by locking armed until the security light To avoid setting off the alarm by the doors with the power door goes off. accident: lock switch while the door is open, or with the RKE If a locked driver door is opened . If you do not want to activate the transmitter. without using the RKE transmitter, a theft-deterrent system, the 10-second pre-alarm will occur. The vehicle should be locked with 3. Get out of the vehicle, close the horn will chirp and the lights will the door key after the doors are door and wait for the security flash. If the key is not placed in the closed. light to go out. ignition and turned to START or the 4. Then reach in through the door is not unlocked by pressing the . Always unlock the doors with the window, unlock the door with the unlock button on the RKE RKE transmitter. Unlocking a manual door lock and open the transmitter during the 10-second door any other way will set off door. This should set off the pre-alarm, the alarm will go off. Your the alarm if it is armed. alarm. vehicle's headlamps will flash and Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (14,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows
While the alarm is set, the power The system is automatically If the engine still does not start, and door unlock switch will not work. disarmed when the key is turned to the key appears to be undamaged, If the alarm does not sound when it ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, try another ignition key. At this time, should but the headlamps flash, or START from the LOCK/OFF you may also want to check the check to see if the horn works. The position. fuse. See Fuses and Circuit horn fuse may be blown. To replace You do not have to manually arm or Breakers on page 10-32. If the the fuse, see Fuses and Circuit disarm the system. engine still does not start with the Breakers on page 10-32. other key, the vehicle needs service. The security light will come on if If the vehicle does start, the first key If the alarm does not sound or the there is a problem with arming or may be faulty. See your dealer who headlamps do not flash, the vehicle disarming the theft-deterrent can service the PASS-Key III+ to should be serviced by your dealer. system. have a new key made. When the PASS-Key III+ system It is possible for the PASS-Key III+ Immobilizer senses that someone is using the decoder to learn the transponder See Radio Frequency Statement on wrong key, it prevents the vehicle value of a new or replacement key. page 13-15. from starting. Anyone using a Up to 10 keys may be programmed trial-and-error method to start the for the vehicle. The following Immobilizer Operation vehicle will be discouraged because procedure is for programming of the high number of electrical key ® additional keys only. If all the This vehicle has PASS-Key III+ codes. currently programmed keys are lost (Personalized Automotive Security or do not operate, you must see System) theft-deterrent system. If the engine does not start and the security light on the instrument your dealer or a locksmith who can PASS-Key III+ is a passive service PASS-Key III+ to have keys theft-deterrent system. panel cluster comes on when trying to start the vehicle, there may be a made and programmed to the The system is automatically armed problem with the theft-deterrent system. when the key is removed from the system. Turn the ignition off and try ignition. again. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (15,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15
See your dealer or a locksmith who 5. Repeat Steps 1 through 4 if Exterior Mirrors can service PASS-Key III+ to get a additional keys are to be new key blank cut exactly as the programmed. Convex Mirrors ignition key that operates the If you lose or damage your system. PASS-Key III+ key, see your dealer To program the new additional key: or a locksmith who can service { Warning 1 PASS-Key III+ to have a new A convex mirror can make things, 1. Verify that the new key has a key made. stamped on it. like other vehicles, look farther Do not leave the key or device that away than they really are. If you 2. Insert the original, already disarms or deactivates the cut too sharply into the right lane, programmed key in the ignition theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. you could hit a vehicle on the and start the engine. If the right. Check the inside mirror or engine will not start, see your glance over your shoulder before dealer for service. changing lanes. 3. After the engine has started, turn the key to LOCK/OFF, and remove the key. The passenger side mirror is convex shaped. A convex mirror's surface is 4. Insert the new key to be curved so more can be seen from programmed and turn it to the the driver seat. ON/RUN position within five seconds of turning the ignition to the LOCK/OFF position in Step 3. The security light will turn off once the key has been programmed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (16,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Manual Mirrors If the vehicle has towing mirrors, Power Mirrors they can be adjusted for a clearer Vehicles with manual mirrors can be view of the objects behind you. adjusted by moving the mirror up Manually pull out the mirror head to and down or left to right to see a extend it for better visibility when little of the side of the vehicle, and towing a trailer. have a clear view behind the vehicle. The lower portion of the mirror is convex. A convex mirror's surface is Using hood-mounted air deflectors curved to see more from the driver and add-on convex mirror seat. The convex mirror can be attachments could decrease mirror adjusted manually to the driver performance. preferred position for better vision. Trailer-Tow Mirrors The mirror may have a turn signal arrow that flashes in the direction of With Power Folding Mirrors the turn or lane change. To adjust the mirrors: 1. Press (A) or (B) to select the driver or passenger side mirror. 2. Press the arrows on the control pad to move the mirror up, down, right, or left. 3. Adjust the outside mirror so that the side of the vehicle and the area behind are seen. 4. Press either (A) or (B) again to deselect the mirror. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (17,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17
Keep the selector switch in the Folding Mirrors center position when not adjusting either outside mirror. Power Folding Exterior Automatic Dimming Mirror If the vehicle has the exterior automatic dimming mirror, the driver outside mirror automatically adjusts for the glare of headlamps behind. This feature is controlled by the on and off setting on the inside With Manual Folding Mirrors automatic dimming rearview mirror. See Automatic Dimming Rearview To adjust the mirrors: Mirror on page 2-19. 1. Move the selector switch located Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) above the four-way control pad 1. Press (A) to fold the mirrors out to the left or right to choose If the vehicle has the Side Blind to the driving position. either the driver side or Zone Alert (SBZA) system. See Side 2. Press (B) to fold the mirrors in to passenger side mirror. Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) on the folded position. 2. Press one of the four arrows page 9-49. located on the control pad to Turn Signal Indicator move the mirror in the desired direction. The vehicle may also have a turn signal indicator on the mirror. An 3. Adjust the outside mirror so that arrow on the mirror flashes in the the side of the vehicle and the direction of the turn or lane change. area behind are seen. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (18,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Resetting the Power Folding mirror toward the vehicle. Push the Park Tilt Mirrors Mirrors mirror outward, to return to its original position. If the vehicle has the memory Reset the power folding mirrors if: package, the exterior mirrors tilt to a . The mirrors are accidentally Heated Mirrors preselected position when the obstructed while folding. vehicle is in R (Reverse). This For vehicles with heated mirrors: feature lets the driver view the curb . They are accidentally manually 1 (Rear Window Defogger): when parallel parking. The mirrors folded/unfolded. Press to heat the mirrors. return to the original position when the vehicle is shifted out of . The mirrors will not stay in the See “Rear Window Defogger” under R (Reverse), or the ignition is turned unfolded position. Dual Automatic Climate Control off or to OFF/LOCK. System on page 8-4 or Climate . The mirrors vibrate at normal Control Systems on page 8-1 for This feature can be programed driving speeds. more information. through the Driver Information Fold and unfold the mirrors one time Center (DIC). See Vehicle using the mirror controls to reset Automatic Dimming Personalization (With DIC Buttons) on page 5-44 for more information. them to their normal position. Mirror A popping noise may be heard during the resetting of the power If equipped, the driver outside mirror folding mirrors. This sound is normal automatically adjusts for the glare of after a manual folding operation. the headlamps from behind. See Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror Manual Folding on page 2-19. Fold the mirrors inward to prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash. To fold, pull the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (19,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-19
Interior Mirrors Automatic Dimming Vehicles with OnStar have three Rearview Mirror additional control buttons located at Manual Rearview Mirror the bottom of the mirror. See a Adjustment dealer for more information about To adjust the inside rearview mirror, OnStar and how to subscribe to it. Hold the rearview mirror in the hold the rearview mirror in the See OnStar Overview on page 14-1. center and move it to view the area center and move it to view the area behind the vehicle. Cleaning the Mirror behind the vehicle. Do not spray glass cleaner directly For vehicles with a manual rearview Operation on the mirror. Use a soft towel mirror, push the tab forward for For vehicles with an automatic dampened with water. daytime use and pull it rearward for dimming rearview mirror, the mirror nighttime use to avoid glare from will automatically reduce the glare of the headlamps from behind. the headlamps from behind. The Vehicles with OnStar® have three dimming feature comes on each control buttons at the bottom of the time the vehicle is started. mirror. See a dealer for more O (On/Off): Press to turn the information about OnStar and how dimming feature on or off. to subscribe to it. See OnStar The vehicle may also have a Rear Overview on page 14-1. Vision Camera (RVC). See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on page 9-51 If the vehicle has a RVC, the O button for turning the dimming feature on or off will not be available. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (20,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
2-20 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Windows The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to improve fuel economy performance. This may result in a { Warning pulsing sound when either rear window is down and the front Never leave a child, a helpless windows are up. To reduce the adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, sound, open either a front window especially with the windows or the sunroof, if equipped. closed in warm or hot weather. They can be overcome by the Power Windows extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death { Warning from heat stroke. Power Folding Mirrors Shown, Children could be seriously Other Models Similar injured or killed if caught in the The driver door has switches that path of a closing window. Never control all windows. Each leave keys in a vehicle with passenger door switch only controls children. When there are children that window. The power windows in the rear seat, use the window work when the ignition is in ON/ lockout button to prevent RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in operation of the windows. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP). Keys on page 2-1. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9-24 for more information. Press the switch to lower the window. Pull the switch up to raise it. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (21,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-21
Express Down Windows Window Lockout Sun Visors Windows that have the express-down feature allow the windows to be lowered without holding the switch. Press the window switch fully and release it to activate the express-down feature. The express mode can be canceled at any time by briefly pressing, or pulling the switch.
Pull the sun visor down to block glare. If equipped, detach the sun Power Folding Mirrors Shown, visor from the center mount to pivot Other Models Similar to the side window or to extend along the rod. This feature prevents the rear passenger windows from operating, except from the driver position.
. Press o to activate the rear window locks. An indicator light will illuminate when the feature is on.
. Press o again to deactivate the rear window locks. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (22,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
2-22 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Roof Vent: From the closed position, If an object is in the path of the press the rear of switch (B) to vent sunroof while it is closing, the Sunroof the sunroof. anti-pinch feature will detect the Open/Close: To open the sunroof, object and stop the sunroof. press and hold switch (A) until the sunroof reaches the desired position. Press and hold the front of switch (A) to close it. Express-Open/Express-Close: To express-open the sunroof, fully press and release the rear of switch (A) until the sunroof reaches the desired position. To express-close the sunroof, fully Dirt and debris may collect on the press and release the front of sunroof seal or in the track. This switch (A). Press the switch again to could cause an issue with sunroof A. Open or Close stop it. operation or noise. It could also plug B. Vent When the sunroof is opened, an air the water drainage system. deflector will automatically raise. Periodically open the sunroof and On vehicles with a sunroof, the The air deflector will retract when remove any obstacles or loose sunroof only operates when the the sunroof is closed. debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or roof sealing area using a clean The sunroof also has a sunshade ON/RUN, or when Retained cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not which can be pulled forward to block Accessory Power (RAP) is active. remove grease from the sunroof. See Retained Accessory Power sun rays. The sunshade must be (RAP) on page 9-24. opened and closed manually. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (1,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-1
Seats and Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-19 Adding Equipment to the Safety Belt Use During Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-38 Restraints Pregnancy ...... 3-24 Airbag System Check ...... 3-39 Lap Belt ...... 3-24 Replacing Airbag System Safety Belt Extender ...... 3-25 Parts after a Crash ...... 3-39 Head Restraints Safety System Check ...... 3-25 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Safety Belt Care ...... 3-26 Child Restraints Older Children ...... 3-40 Front Seats Replacing Safety Belt System Parts after a Crash ...... 3-26 Infants and Young Seat Adjustment ...... 3-3 Children ...... 3-42 Center Seat ...... 3-3 Airbag System Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-44 Power Seat Adjustment ...... 3-3 Airbag System ...... 3-27 Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-46 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-4 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-28 Lower Anchors and Tethers Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-4 When Should an Airbag for Children (LATCH Memory Seats ...... 3-6 Inflate? ...... 3-30 System) ...... 3-47 Heated and Ventilated Front What Makes an Airbag Replacing LATCH System Seats ...... 3-7 Inflate? ...... 3-31 Parts After a Crash ...... 3-54 Rear Seats How Does an Airbag Securing Child Restraints Restrain? ...... 3-31 (Center Front Seat Heated Rear Seats ...... 3-9 What Will You See after an Position) ...... 3-54 Second Row Seats ...... 3-10 Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-32 Securing Child Restraints Third Row Seats ...... 3-14 Passenger Sensing (Rear Seat Position) ...... 3-54 Safety Belts System ...... 3-33 Securing Child Restraints Safety Belts ...... 3-17 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped (Front Outboard Seat How to Wear Safety Belts Vehicle ...... 3-38 Position) ...... 3-58 Properly ...... 3-18 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (2,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-2 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the To lower the head restraint, press top of the restraint is at the same the button, located on the top of the height as the top of the occupant's seatback, and push the head { Warning head. This position reduces the restraint down. Try to move the chance of a neck injury in a crash. head restraint after the button is With head restraints that are not released to make sure that it is installed and adjusted properly, Front Seats locked in place. there is a greater chance that The front seats have adjustable occupants will suffer a neck/ The front seat outboard head head restraints in the outboard restraints are not designed to be spinal injury in a crash. Do not seating positions. drive until the head restraints for removed. all occupants are installed and Rear Seats adjusted properly. The vehicle's second-row seats have head restraints in the outboard seating positions that cannot be adjusted. The vehicle's third-row seats, if equipped, have adjustable headrests in the outboard seating positions. The height of the headrest can be adjusted. Pull the headrest up to The height of the head restraint can raise it. To lower the headrest, push be adjusted. Pull the head restraint down on the headrest. up to raise it. Try to move the head Rear seat head restraints and restraint to make sure that it is headrests are not designed to be locked in place. removed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (3,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-3
Front Seats To adjust the seat: Power Seat Adjustment 1. Lift the bar under the front edge Seat Adjustment of the seat cushion to unlock the seat. { Warning 2. Slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar. You can lose control of the 3. Try to move the seat back and vehicle if you try to adjust a driver forth to be sure the seat is seat while the vehicle is moving. locked in place. Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is not moving. Center Seat If equipped, the center front seatback doubles as an armrest and cupholder/storage area for the driver To adjust a power seat, if equipped: and passenger when the center front seat is not used. Do not use it . Move the seat forward or as a seating position when the rearward by sliding the control seatback is folded down. forward or rearward. . If available, raise or lower the front or rear part of the seat cushion by moving the front or rear of the control up or down.
. If available, raise or lower the entire seat by moving the entire control up or down. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (4,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-4 Seats and Restraints
To adjust the seatback, see “Power Power Lumbar raise or lower the height of the Reclining Seatbacks” under support, press and hold the top Reclining Seatbacks on page 3-4. or bottom of the control. Lumbar Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks Manual Lumbar { Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the safety belts cannot do their job. The shoulder belt will not be To adjust the power lumbar support, against your body. Instead, it will if equipped: be in front of you. In a crash, you . On vehicles with two-way could go into it, receiving neck or lumbar, press and hold the top other injuries. or bottom of the control to The lap belt could go up over If equipped, increase or decrease increase or decrease lumbar your abdomen. The belt forces manual lumbar support by turning support. would be there, not at your pelvic the knob forward or rearward. . On vehicles with four-way bones. This could cause serious lumbar, press and hold the front internal injuries. or rear of the control to increase (Continued) or decrease lumbar support. To Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (5,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-5
Manual Reclining Seatbacks To adjust a manual seatback: Warning (Continued) 1. Lift the lever. { Warning For proper protection when the The seatback will automatically vehicle is in motion, have the If either seatback is not locked, it fold forward. seatback upright. Then sit well could move forward in a sudden 2. To recline, move the seatback back in the seat and wear the stop or crash. That could cause rearward to the desired position, safety belt properly. injury to the person sitting there. then release the lever to lock the Always push and pull on the seatback in place. seatbacks to be sure they are 3. Push and pull on the seatback to locked. make sure it is locked. To return the seatback to the upright position: 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked.
Do not have a seatback reclined if the vehicle is moving. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (6,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-6 Seats and Restraints
Power Reclining Seatbacks Memory Seats Storing Memory Positions To save into memory: 1. Adjust the driver seat, seatback recliner, both outside mirrors, and the throttle and brake pedals, if equipped. See Power Mirrors on page 2-16 and Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal on page 9-20. Not all mirrors and adjustable throttle and brake pedals will have the ability to save and recall their positions. To recline a power seatback, If available, the controls on the 2. Press and hold “1” until if equipped: driver door are used to program and two beeps sound. recall memory settings for the driver . Tilt the top of the control seat, outside mirrors, and the 3. Repeat for a second driver rearward to recline. adjustable throttle and brake pedals, position using “2.” . Tilt the top of the control forward if equipped. To recall, press and release “1” or to raise. “2.” The vehicle must be in P (Park). A single beep will sound. The seat, outside mirrors, and adjustable throttle and brake pedals will move to the position previously stored for the identified driver. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (7,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-7
Memory Remote Recall appropriate manual control for the If something has blocked the driver The memory feature can recall the memory item that is not recalling for seat while recalling the exit position, driver seat, outside mirrors, and two seconds. Try recalling the the recall may stop. Remove the pedals, if equipped, to stored memory position again by pressing obstruction; then press and hold the positions when entering the vehicle. the appropriate memory button. power seat control rearward for If the memory position is still not two seconds. Try recalling the exit To activate, unlock the driver door recalling, see your dealer for position again. If the exit position is with the Remote Keyless service. still not recalling, see your dealer for Entry (RKE) transmitter. The driver service. seat, outside mirrors, and adjustable Easy Exit Driver Seat pedals, if equipped, will move to the See Vehicle Personalization (With This feature can move the seat DIC Buttons) on page 5-44. memory position associated with the rearward to allow extra room to exit transmitter used to unlock the the vehicle. Heated and Ventilated vehicle. B (Easy Exit Driver Seat): Press Front Seats This feature can be turned on or off to recall the easy exit seat position. using the vehicle personalization The vehicle must be in P (Park). menu. See Vehicle Personalization { Warning (With DIC Buttons) on page 5-44. If the easy exit seat feature is programmed on in the vehicle If you cannot feel temperature To stop recall movement, press one personalization menu, automatic change or pain to the skin, the of the power seat controls, memory seat movement occurs when the seat heater may cause burns. To buttons, or power mirror buttons, ignition key is removed. reduce the risk of burns, people or the adjustable pedal switch. A single beep sounds. The driver with such a condition should use If something has blocked the driver seat moves back approximately care when using the seat heater, seat and/or the adjustable pedals 8 cm (3 in). To move the seat back especially for long periods of while recalling a memory position, farther, press B again until the time. Do not place anything on the recall may stop. Remove the seat is all the way back. obstruction; then press and hold the (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (8,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-8 Seats and Restraints
Press the button once for the Warning (Continued) highest setting. With each press of the button, the seat will change to the seat that insulates against the next lower setting, and then to heat, such as a blanket, cushion, the off setting. The lights indicate cover, or similar item. This may three for the highest setting and one cause the seat heater to for the lowest. overheat. An overheated seat heater may cause a burn or may The passenger seat may take longer to heat up. damage the seat. On vehicles with heated seats, the heated seats are canceled 10 seconds after the ignition is Heated and Cooled Seat Buttons turned off. Shown, Heated Seat Buttons Similar On vehicles with heated and cooled seats, the heated and cooled seats If available, the buttons are on the are canceled when the ignition is front doors. To operate, the ignition turned off. must be in ON/RUN. To use this feature after restarting H (Cooled Seat): If available, the vehicle, press the desired button press to cool the seat. again. I (Heated Seatback): Press to heat the seatback only. J (Heated Seat and Seatback): Press to heat the seat and seatback. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (9,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-9
Remote Start Heated Seats Rear Seats If available, the buttons are on the When it is cold outside, the heated Rear Seat Audio (RSA) panel on the seats may turn on automatically Heated Rear Seats rear of the center console. during a remote vehicle start. The Press M or L to heat the left heated seats will be canceled when { Warning outboard or right outboard seat the ignition is turned on. Press the cushion. An indicator on the RSA desired button to use the heated If you cannot feel temperature display appears when this feature seats after the vehicle is started. change or pain to the skin, the is on. The lights on the heated seat seat heater may cause burns. Press the button once for the buttons do not turn on during a See the Warning under Heated highest setting. With each press of remote start. and Ventilated Front Seats on the button, the heated seat changes The temperature performance of an page 3-7. to the next lower setting, and then unoccupied seat may be reduced. the off setting. Indicator bars next to This is normal. the symbol show the setting: three for high, two for medium, and one See Remote Vehicle Start on for low. page 2-5. The heated seats are canceled when the ignition is turned off. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (10,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-10 Seats and Restraints
Second Row Seats To recline the seatback: To return the seatback to the upright position: The second row seats can be folded for additional cargo space or folded 1. Lift the lever fully without and tumbled for easy entry and exit applying pressure to the to the third row seat, if equipped. seatback, and the seatback will The seat has either the manual fold return to the upright position. and tumble feature or the automatic seat release fold and tumble { Warning feature. If either seatback is not locked, it Reclining Seatbacks (Bucket could move forward in a sudden Seats Only) stop or crash. That could cause On vehicles with second row bucket injury to the person sitting there. seats, the seatbacks can be Always push and pull on the reclined. 1. Lift the lever on the outboard seatbacks to be sure they are side of the seat. locked. 2. Move the seatback to the desired position, and then 2. Push and pull on the seatback to release the lever to lock the make sure it is locked. seatback in place. Manual Fold and Tumble 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. Feature Folding and Tumbling the Seat To fold and tumble the seat: 1. Make sure that there is nothing under, in front of, or on the seat. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (11,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-11
Notice: Folding a rear seat with 2. Lift the lever, on the outboard the safety belts still fastened may side of the seat, to release the cause damage to the seat or the seatback. safety belts. Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat.
3. Lift the lever again to release the rear of the seat from the floor. The seat will tumble forward.
The seatback will fold forward to create a flat load floor. If the seatback cannot fold flat, try moving the front seat forward and/or put the front seatback in the upright position. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (12,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-12 Seats and Restraints
Folding and Tumbling the Seat Automatic Fold and Tumble from the Third Row Seat Feature The transmission must be in { Warning P (Park) for this feature to work. Using the third row seating position while the second row is { Warning folded, or folded and tumbled, Automatically folding and could cause injury in a sudden tumbling the seat when someone stop or crash. Be sure to return is sitting in the seat, could cause the seat to the passenger seating injury to the person sitting there. position. Push and pull on the Always make sure there is no one seat to make sure it is locked into 60/40 Split-Bench Seat Shown, sitting in the seat before pressing place. Bucket Seat Similar the automatic seat release button. 2. Lift the lever, on the bottom rear To fold and tumble the seat from the of the second row seat on the Folding and Tumbling the Second third row seat, if equipped: inboard side, to release the seatback. The seatback will fold Row Seat from the Third Row Seat 1. Make sure that there is nothing forward. or Outside the Vehicle under, in front of, or on the seat. 3. Lift the same lever again to Notice: Folding a rear seat with { Warning release the rear of the seat from the safety belts still fastened may the floor. The seat will tumble cause damage to the seat or the Using the third row seating forward. safety belts. Always unbuckle the position while the second row is safety belts and return them to folded, or folded and tumbled, their normal stowed position could cause injury in a sudden before folding a rear seat. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (13,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-13
Returning the Seat to the Warning (Continued) Sitting Position stop or crash. Be sure to return To return the seat to the sitting the seat to the passenger seating position from the tumbled position: position. Push and pull on the 1. Pull the seat down until it latches seat to make sure it is locked into to the floor. The seatback cannot place. be raised if the seat is not latched to the floor. To fold and tumble the seat from the third row seat, if equipped: { Warning
1. Make sure that there is nothing If either seatback is not locked, it under, in front of, or on the seat. Driver Side Rear Panel Button Shown could move forward in a sudden Notice: Folding a rear seat with stop or crash. That could cause the safety belts still fastened may 2. Press the automatic seat release injury to the person sitting there. button on the panel behind the cause damage to the seat or the Always push and pull on the rear doors. safety belts. Always unbuckle the seatbacks to be sure they are safety belts and return them to The seatback automatically folds locked. their normal stowed position flat and the seat tumbles before folding a rear seat. forward. There will be a slight delay between the folding of the 2. Lift the seatback and push it seatback and the tumbling of rearward. Push and pull on the the seat. seatback to make sure it is locked. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (14,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-14 Seats and Restraints
3. For the 60/40 split-bench seat, make sure the safety belt in the { Warning center seating position is not caught between the two seats If either seatback is not locked, it and is not twisted. could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause Third Row Seats injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the If the vehicle has a third row seat, seatbacks to be sure they are the seatback can be folded, and the locked. entire seat can be tumbled or removed from the vehicle. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to Folding the Seatback 3. Lift the release lever “1,” on the make sure it is locked. To fold the seatback: bottom rear of the seatback on Tumbling the Third Row Seat the outboard side of the seat, 1. Open the liftgate to access the and the seatback folds forward. To tumble the seat: controls for the seat. Returning the Seatback to the 1. Open the liftgate to access the 2. Remove all items on the seat controls for the seat. cushion. Upright Position 2. Make sure the headrests are Notice: Folding a rear seat with To return the seatback to the upright position: completely lowered and there is the safety belts still fastened may nothing under, in front of, or on cause damage to the seat or the 1. Open the liftgate to access the the seat. safety belts. Always unbuckle the controls for the seat. safety belts and return them to 3. Fold the seatbacks forward their normal stowed position 2. Raise the seatback to the using lever “1” and the before folding a rear seat. upright position. instructions listed previously under “Folding the Seatback.” Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (15,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-15
The seat cannot be unlatched Put the seat in this position only from the floor unless the when necessary for additional cargo { Warning seatback is folded. space. If either seatback is not locked, it Returning the Third Row Seat could move forward in a sudden from a Tumbled Position stop or crash. That could cause To return the seat to the normal injury to the person sitting there. seating position: Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are 1. Open the liftgate to access the locked. controls for the seat. 2. Make sure there is nothing that 6. Push and pull on the seatback to could become trapped under make sure it is locked. the seat. 3. Release the seat from the Removing the Third Row Seat tumbled position by lifting lever To remove the seat: 4. Unlatch the seat from the floor “2” next to the carrying handle at 1. Open the liftgate to access the by lifting lever “2” next to the the bottom rear of the seat. controls for the seat. carrying handle on the rear of 4. Pull the seat down until it latches 2. Fold the seatbacks forward the seat, near the bottom. to the floor. The seatback cannot using lever “1” and the 5. Lift the rear of the seat up from be raised to the upright position instructions listed previously the floor. unless the seat is latched to the under Folding the Seatback. floor. “ ” 6. Tilt the seat fully forward to lock The seat cannot be unlatched it into place. 5. Raise the seatback to the from the floor unless the upright position. seatback is folded. 7. Push and pull on the seat to make sure it is locked. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (16,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-16 Seats and Restraints
Installing the Third Row Seat 4. Push and pull on the seat to make sure it is locked into place. To install the seat: The seatback cannot be raised 1. Open the liftgate to access the to the upright position unless the rear of the vehicle. seat is latched to the floor. 2. Slide the front outboard seat 5. Raise the seatback to the wheels into the track on the floor upright position. and roll the seat forward. The 6. Push and pull on the seatback to front latches should lock into make sure it is locked. place. If the latches do not lock, try tilting the rear of the seat 7. Make sure the safety belts are upward slightly. returned to the original position over the seatbacks. 3. Unlatch the seat from the floor 3. Lower the rear of the seat and by pulling the handle at the rear push down on the seat to of the seat “3 Removal Only” engage the rear floor latches. toward the rear of the vehicle. 4. Roll the seat out of the vehicle. { Warning There is a track in the floor to guide the seat wheels out of the A seat that is not locked into vehicle. place properly can move around in a collision or sudden stop. People in the vehicle could be injured. Be sure to lock the seat into place properly when installing it. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (17,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-17
Why Safety Belts Work Safety Belts Warning (Continued) This section of the manual describes how to use safety belts are more likely to be seriously properly. It also describes some injured or killed. Do not allow things not to do with safety belts. passengers to ride in any area of the vehicle that is not equipped { Warning with seats and safety belts. Always wear a safety belt, and Do not let anyone ride where a check that all passenger(s) are safety belt cannot be worn restrained properly too. properly. In a crash, if you or your passenger(s) are not wearing safety belts, injuries can be much This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the safety belts. worse than if you are wearing When riding in a vehicle, you travel safety belts. You can be seriously See Safety Belt Reminders on page 5-16. as fast as the vehicle does. If the injured or killed by hitting things vehicle stops suddenly, you keep inside the vehicle harder or by going until something stops you. being ejected from the vehicle. In It could be the windshield, the addition, anyone who is not instrument panel, or the safety belts! buckled up can strike other When you wear a safety belt, you passengers in the vehicle. and the vehicle slow down together. It is extremely dangerous to ride There is more time to stop because in a cargo area, inside or outside you stop over a longer distance and, of a vehicle. In a collision, when worn properly, your strongest passengers riding in these areas bones take the forces from the (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (18,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-18 Seats and Restraints
safety belts. That is why wearing Also, in nearly all states and in safety belts makes such good all Canadian provinces, the law sense. requires wearing safety belts. Questions and Answers About How to Wear Safety Belts Safety Belts Properly Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if I am wearing a This section is only for people of safety belt? adult size. A: You could be — whether you are There are special things to know wearing a safety belt or not. about safety belts and children. And Your chance of being conscious there are different rules for smaller during and after a crash, so you children and infants. If a child will be . Sit up straight and always keep can unbuckle and get out, is riding in the vehicle, see Older your feet on the floor in front much greater if you are belted. Children on page 3-40 or Infants of you. and Young Children on page 3-42. Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why Follow those rules for everyone's . Always use the correct buckle should I have to wear safety protection. for your seating position. belts? It is very important for all occupants . Wear the lap part of the belt low A: Airbags are supplemental to buckle up. Statistics show that and snug on the hips, just systems only; so they work with unbelted people are hurt more often touching the thighs. In a crash, safety belts — not instead of in crashes than those who are this applies force to the strong them. Whether or not an airbag wearing safety belts. pelvic bones and you would be is provided, all occupants still less likely to slide under the lap have to buckle up to get the There are important things to know about wearing a safety belt properly. belt. If you slid under it, the belt most protection. would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (19,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-19
. Wear the shoulder belt over the Lap-Shoulder Belt Use the following pictures to shoulder and across the chest. determine the latch plate style: These parts of the body are best All seating positions in the vehicle able to take belt restraining have a lap-shoulder belt except for forces. The shoulder belt locks if the center front passenger position, there is a sudden stop or crash. if equipped, which has a lap belt. See Lap Belt on page 3-24 for more information. { Warning The lap-shoulder belts for the first You can be seriously injured, and second row seating positions or even killed, by not wearing are equipped with free-falling latch your safety belt properly. plates. If the vehicle has a third row, the lap-shoulder belts have cinching . Never allow the lap or latch plates. shoulder belt to become loose or twisted. Free-Falling Latch Plate
. Never wear the shoulder belt under both arms or behind your back.
. Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an armrest. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (20,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-20 Seats and Restraints
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you. Do not let it get twisted. The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly. If this happens, let the belt go back slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you more slowly. If the shoulder portion of a passenger belt with a free-falling latch plate is pulled out all the Cinching Latch Plate way, the child restraint locking If the belt stops before it reaches The following instructions explain feature may be engaged. If this the buckle, for lap-shoulder belts how to wear a lap-shoulder belt happens, let the belt go back all with cinching latch plates, tilt the properly. the way and start again. latch plate and keep pulling the safety belt until it can be 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is Engaging the child restraint buckled. adjustable, so you can sit up locking feature in the right front straight. To see how, see “Seats” seating position may affect the in the Index. passenger sensing system, if equipped. See Passenger Sensing System on page 3-33 for more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (21,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-21
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster, move it to the height that is right for you. See “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” in this section for instructions on use and important safety information.
3. Push the latch plate into the To unlatch the belt, push the button buckle until it clicks. If you find on the buckle. The belt should that the latch plate will not go return to its stowed position. fully into the buckle, see if you Before a door is closed, be sure the are using the correct buckle. safety belt is out of the way. If a Pull up on the latch plate to door is slammed against a safety make sure it is secure. If the belt belt, damage can occur to both the is not long enough, see Safety belt and the vehicle. Belt Extender on page 3-25. 5. To make the lap part tight, pull up on the shoulder belt. Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt It may be necessary to pull The vehicle has a shoulder belt could be quickly unbuckled if stitching on the safety belt height adjuster for the driver and necessary. through the latch plate to fully right front passenger positions. tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (22,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-22 Seats and Restraints
Adjust the height so the shoulder The adjuster can be moved up just other parts of the vehicle's safety portion of the belt is on the shoulder by pushing up on the shoulder belt belt system will need to be replaced. and not falling off of it. The belt guide. See Replacing Safety Belt System should be close to, but not After the adjuster is set to the Parts after a Crash on page 3-26. contacting, the neck. Improper desired position, try to move it down shoulder belt height adjustment Rear Safety Belt Comfort without squeezing the buttons to Guides could reduce the effectiveness of make sure it has locked into the safety belt in a crash. See How position. This vehicle may have rear shoulder to Wear Safety Belts Properly on belt comfort guides. If not, they are page 3-18. Safety Belt Pretensioners available through your dealer. The This vehicle has safety belt guides may provide added safety pretensioners for front outboard belt comfort for older children who occupants. Although the safety belt have outgrown booster seats and pretensioners cannot be seen, they for some adults. When installed and are part of the safety belt assembly. properly adjusted, the comfort guide They can help tighten the safety positions the belt away from the belts during the early stages of a neck and head. moderate to severe frontal, near There is one guide, if equipped, for frontal, or rear crash if the threshold each outside passenger position in conditions for pretensioner the second row seat. activation are met. And, if the vehicle has side impact airbags, safety belt pretensioners can help Squeeze the buttons on the sides of tighten the safety belts in a side the height adjuster and move the crash or a rollover event. height adjuster to the desired Pretensioners work only once. If the position. pretensioners activate in a crash, the pretensioners and probably Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (23,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-23
Here is how to install a comfort 2. Place the guide over the belt, 3. Be sure that the belt is not guide to the safety belt: and insert the two edges of the twisted and it lies flat. The 1. Remove the guide from its belt into the slots of the guide. elastic cord must be under the storage clip on the interior body. belt and the guide on top.
{ Warning
A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (24,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-24 Seats and Restraints
To remove and store the comfort A pregnant woman should wear a Warning (Continued) guide, squeeze the belt edges lap-shoulder belt, and the lap together so that the safety belt can portion should be worn as low as and across the chest. These parts be removed from the guide. Slide possible, below the rounding, of the body are best able to take the guide onto its storage clip on the throughout the pregnancy. belt restraining forces. interior body. The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother. When a safety Safety Belt Use During belt is worn properly, it is more likely Pregnancy that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For pregnant women, as for Safety belts work for everyone, anyone, the key to making safety including pregnant women. Like all belts effective is wearing them occupants, they are more likely to properly. be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts. Lap Belt This part is only for the lap belt. To learn how to wear a lap-shoulder belt, see Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3-19. 4. Buckle, position, and release the The vehicle may have a center safety belt as described seating position. When you sit in the previously in this section. Make center front seating position, you sure the shoulder portion of the have a lap safety belt, which has no belt is on the shoulder and not retractor. falling off of it. The belt should be close to, but not contacting, the neck. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (25,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-25
Safety Belt Extender If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten around you, you should use it. But if a safety belt is not long enough, your dealer will order you an extender. When you go in to order it, take the heaviest coat you will wear, so the extender will be long enough for you. To help avoid personal injury, do not let someone else use it, and use it only for the To make the belt longer, tilt the latch To make the belt shorter, pull its free seat it is made to fit. The extender plate and pull it along the belt. end as shown until the belt is snug. has been designed for adults. Never use it for securing child seats. To Buckle, position and release it the If the belt is not long enough, see wear it, attach it to the regular safety same way as the lap part of a Safety Belt Extender on page 3-25. belt. See the instruction sheet that lap-shoulder belt. Make sure the release button on the comes with the extender. buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt Safety System Check quickly if necessary. Now and then, check that the safety If you find that the latch plate will belt reminder light, safety belts, not go fully into the buckle, see if buckles, latch plates, retractors, and you are using the correct buckle. Be anchorages are all working properly. sure that the latch plate clicks when Look for any other loose or inserted into the buckle. damaged safety belt system parts that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job. See your dealer Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (26,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-26 Seats and Restraints
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed Replacing Safety Belt See your dealer to have the safety safety belts may not protect you in a belt assemblies inspected or crash. They can rip apart under System Parts after a replaced. Crash impact forces. If a belt is torn or New parts and repairs may be frayed, get a new one right away. necessary even if the safety belt Make sure the safety belt reminder { Warning system was not being used at the light is working. See Safety Belt time of the crash. Reminders on page 5-16. A crash can damage the safety belt system in the vehicle. Have the safety belt pretensioners Keep safety belts clean and dry. A damaged safety belt system checked if the vehicle has been in a See Safety Belt Care on page 3-26. may not properly protect the crash, or if the airbag readiness light person using it, resulting in stays on after you start the vehicle Safety Belt Care serious injury or even death in a or while you are driving. See Airbag Readiness Light on page 5-16. Keep belts clean and dry. crash. To help make sure the safety belt systems are working { Warning properly after a crash, have them inspected and any necessary Do not bleach or dye safety belts. replacements made as soon as It may severely weaken them. In possible. a crash, they might not be able to provide adequate protection. After a minor crash, replacement of Clean safety belts only with mild safety belts may not be necessary. soap and lukewarm water. But the safety belt assemblies that were used during any crash may have been stressed or damaged. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (27,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-27
Airbag System All of the airbags in the vehicle will Here are the most important things have the word AIRBAG embossed to know about the airbag system: The vehicle has the following in the trim or on an attached label airbags: near the deployment opening. { Warning . A frontal airbag for the driver. For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG will appear on the middle You can be severely injured or . A frontal airbag for the front part of the steering wheel for the killed in a crash if you are not outboard passenger. driver and on the instrument panel wearing your safety belt, even for the front outboard passenger. with airbags. Airbags are . A roof-rail airbag for the driver designed to work with safety For seat-mounted side impact and passenger directly behind belts, not replace them. Also, the driver. airbags, the word AIRBAG will airbags are not designed to inflate appear on the side of the seatback . A roof-rail airbag for the front closest to the door. in every crash. In some crashes outboard passenger and the safety belts are the only restraint. person seated directly behind For roof-rail airbags, the word See When Should an Airbag that passenger. AIRBAG will appear along the Inflate? on page 3-30. headliner or trim. The vehicle may have the following Wearing your safety belt during a airbags: Airbags are designed to supplement crash helps reduce the chance of the protection provided by safety hitting things inside the vehicle or . A seat-mounted side impact belts. Even though today's airbags being ejected from it. Airbags are airbag for the driver. are also designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an “supplemental restraints” to the . A seat-mounted side impact inflating bag, all airbags must inflate safety belts. Everyone in the airbag for the front outboard very quickly to do their job. vehicle should wear a safety belt passenger. properly, whether or not there is an airbag for that person. . If the vehicle has a third row seat, it will have a third row roof-rail airbag. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (28,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-28 Seats and Restraints
Where Are the Airbags? { Warning { Warning
Because airbags inflate with great Children who are up against, force and faster than the blink of or very close to, any airbag when an eye, anyone who is up it inflates can be seriously injured against, or very close to any or killed. Always secure children airbag when it inflates can be properly in the vehicle. To read seriously injured or killed. Do not how, see Older Children on sit unnecessarily close to any page 3-40 or Infants and Young airbag, as you would be if sitting Children on page 3-42. on the edge of the seat or leaning forward. Safety belts help keep you in position before and during a crash. Always wear a safety belt, even with airbags. The driver The driver frontal airbag is in the should sit as far back as possible center of the steering wheel. while still maintaining control of the vehicle. Occupants should not lean on or There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel cluster, sleep against the door or side which shows the airbag symbol. The windows in seating positions with system checks the airbag electrical seat-mounted side impact airbags system for malfunctions. The light and/or roof-rail airbags. tells you if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag Readiness Light on page 5-16 for more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (29,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-29
The front outboard passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger frontal airbag is in the instrument Side Similar Side Similar panel on the passenger side. If the vehicle has seat-mounted side The roof-rail airbags for the driver, impact airbags for the driver and front outboard passenger, and front outboard passenger, they are second row outboard passengers in the side of the seatbacks closest are in the ceiling above the side to the door. windows. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (30,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-30 Seats and Restraints
When Should an Airbag Warning (Continued) Inflate? that person causing severe injury This vehicle is equipped with or even death. The path of an airbags. See Airbag System on inflating airbag must be kept page 3-27. Airbags are designed to clear. Do not put anything inflate if the impact exceeds the between an occupant and an specific airbag system's deployment airbag, and do not attach or put threshold. Deployment thresholds anything on the steering wheel are used to predict how severe a hub or on or near any other crash is likely to be in time for the airbag covering. airbags to inflate and help restrain Driver Side Shown, Passenger Do not use seat accessories that the occupants. The vehicle has electronic sensors that help the Side Similar block the inflation path of a airbag system determine the seat-mounted side impact airbag. If the vehicle has a third row severity of the impact. Deployment passenger seat, the roof-rail airbags Never secure anything to the roof thresholds can vary with specific are located in the ceiling above the of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags vehicle design. rear windows for the outboard by routing a rope or tie‐down passenger positions in the third row. Frontal airbags are designed to through any door or window inflate in moderate to severe frontal opening. If you do, the path of an or near frontal crashes to help { Warning inflating roof-rail airbag will be reduce the potential for severe blocked. injuries, mainly to the driver's or If something is between an front outboard passenger's head occupant and an airbag, the and chest. airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into Whether the frontal airbags will or should inflate is not based primarily (Continued) on how fast the vehicle is traveling. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (31,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-31
It depends on what is hit, the sensor(s) provide information that is In any particular crash, no one can direction of the impact, and how used to adjust the deployment of the say whether an airbag should have quickly the vehicle slows down. frontal airbags. inflated simply because of the Frontal airbags may inflate at Seat-mounted side impact airbags, vehicle damage or the repair costs. different crash speeds depending on if equipped, are designed to inflate whether the vehicle hits an object in moderate to severe side crashes What Makes an Airbag straight on or at an angle, and depending on the location of the Inflate? whether the object is fixed or impact. Seat-mounted side impact In a deployment event, the sensing moving, rigid or deformable, narrow airbags are not designed to inflate in system sends an electrical signal or wide. frontal impacts, near frontal impacts, triggering a release of gas from the rollovers, or rear impacts. Frontal airbags are not intended to inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the A seat-mounted side impact airbag inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear airbag causing the bag to break out is designed to inflate on the side of impacts, or many side impacts. of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, the vehicle that is struck. In addition, the vehicle has and related hardware are all part of advanced technology frontal Roof-rail airbags are designed to the airbag module. inflate in moderate to severe side airbags. Advanced technology For airbag locations, see Where Are crashes depending on the location frontal airbags adjust the restraint the Airbags? on page 3-28. according to crash severity. of the impact. In addition, these roof-rail airbags are designed to The vehicle also has a seat position inflate during a rollover or in a How Does an Airbag sensor that enables the sensing severe frontal impact. Roof-rail Restrain? system to monitor the position of the airbags are not designed to inflate in In moderate to severe frontal or driver seat. There may also be a rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags near frontal collisions, even belted seat position sensor that monitors will inflate when either side of the occupants can contact the steering the position of the front outboard vehicle is struck, if the sensing wheel or the instrument panel. In passenger seat. Seat position system predicts that the vehicle is about to roll over on its side, or in a severe frontal impact. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (32,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-32 Seats and Restraints
moderate to severe side collisions, What Will You See after even belted occupants can contact { Warning the inside of the vehicle. an Airbag Inflates? When an airbag inflates, there Airbags supplement the protection After the frontal airbags and seat-mounted side impact airbags may be dust in the air. This dust provided by safety belts by could cause breathing problems distributing the force of the impact inflate, they quickly deflate, so quickly that some people may not for people with a history of more evenly over the asthma or other breathing trouble. occupant's body. even realize an airbag inflated. Roof-rail airbags may still be at least To avoid this, everyone in the Rollover capable roof-rail airbags partially inflated for some time after vehicle should get out as soon as are also designed to help contain they deploy. Some components of it is safe to do so. If you have the head and chest of occupants in the airbag module may be hot for breathing problems but cannot the outboard seating positions in the several minutes. For location of the get out of the vehicle after an first, second, and third rows. The airbag modules, see What Makes airbag inflates, then get fresh air rollover capable roof-rail airbags are an Airbag Inflate? on page 3-31. by opening a window or a door. designed to help reduce the risk of If you experience breathing full or partial ejection in rollover The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm, problems following an airbag events, although no system can deployment, you should seek prevent all such ejections. but not too hot to touch. There may be some smoke and dust coming medical attention. But airbags would not help in many from the vents in the deflated types of collisions, primarily airbags. Airbag inflation does not The vehicle may have a feature that because the occupant's motion is prevent the driver from seeing out of not toward those airbags. See When may automatically unlock the doors, the windshield or being able to steer turn on the interior lamps and Should an Airbag Inflate? on the vehicle, nor does it prevent page 3-30 for more information. hazard warning flashers, and shut people from leaving the vehicle. off the fuel system after the airbags Airbags should never be regarded inflate. You can lock the doors, turn as anything more than a supplement to safety belts. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (33,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-33
off the interior lamps and hazard In many crashes severe enough to . Let only qualified technicians warning flashers by using the inflate the airbag, windshields are work on the airbag systems. controls for those features. broken by vehicle deformation. Improper service can mean that Additional windshield breakage may an airbag system will not work { Warning also occur from the front outboard properly. See your dealer for passenger airbag. service. A crash severe enough to inflate . Airbags are designed to inflate the airbags may have also Passenger Sensing only once. After an airbag damaged important functions in inflates, you will need some new System the vehicle, such as the fuel parts for the airbag system. system, brake and steering If the vehicle has the passenger If you do not get them, the airbag status indicator pictured in systems, etc. Even if the vehicle airbag system will not be there appears to be drivable after a the following illustration, then the to help protect you in another vehicle has a passenger sensing moderate crash, there may be crash. A new system will include system for the front outboard concealed damage that could airbag modules and possibly passenger position. The passenger make it difficult to safely operate other parts. The service manual airbag status indicator, if equipped, the vehicle. for the vehicle covers the need is visible on the overhead console Use caution if you should attempt to replace other parts. when the vehicle is started. to restart the engine after a crash . The vehicle has a crash sensing In addition, if the vehicle has a has occurred. and diagnostic module which passenger sensing system for the records information after a front outboard passenger position, crash. See Vehicle Data the label on the vehicle's sun visors Recording and Privacy on refers to “ADVANCED AIRBAGS”. page 13-13 and Event Data Recorders on page 13-14. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (34,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-34 Seats and Restraints
The passenger sensing system will turn off the front outboard { Warning passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions. No other airbag A child in a rear-facing child is affected by the passenger restraint can be seriously injured sensing system. or killed if the passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is because United States The passenger sensing system the back of the rear-facing child works with sensors that are part of restraint would be very close to the front outboard passenger seat the inflating airbag. A child in a and safety belt. The sensors are forward-facing child restraint can designed to detect the presence of a properly-seated occupant and be seriously injured or killed if the determine if the front outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates passenger frontal airbag should be and the passenger seat is in a Canada and Mexico allowed to inflate or not. forward position. The words ON and OFF, or the According to accident statistics, Even if the passenger sensing symbols for on and off, will be children are safer when properly system has turned off the visible during the system check. secured in a rear seat in the correct passenger frontal airbag, no If you are using remote start, child restraint for their weight system is fail-safe. No one can if equipped, to start the vehicle from and size. guarantee that an airbag will not a distance, you may not see the inflate under some unusual system check. When the system Whenever possible, children age 12 and under should be secured in circumstance, even though the check is complete, either the word airbag is off. ON or OFF, or the symbol for on or a rear seating position. off, will be visible. See Passenger Never put a rear-facing child seat in (Continued) Airbag Status Indicator on the front. This is because the risk to page 5-17. the rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag deploys. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (35,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-35
. There is a critical problem with frontal airbag, depending upon the Warning (Continued) the airbag system or the person's seating posture and body passenger sensing system. build. Everyone in the vehicle who Secure rear-facing child restraints When the passenger sensing has outgrown child restraints should in a rear seat, even if the airbag wear a safety belt properly — is off. If you secure a system has turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag, whether or not there is an airbag for forward-facing child restraint in that person. the front outboard passenger the off indicator will light and stay lit seat, always move the seat as far as a reminder that the airbag is off. See Passenger Airbag Status { Warning back as it will go. It is better to Indicator on page 5-17. secure the child restraint in a If the airbag readiness light ever rear seat. The passenger sensing system is comes on and stays on, it means designed to turn on the front that something may be wrong outboard passenger frontal airbag The passenger sensing system is with the airbag system. To help anytime the system senses that a avoid injury to yourself or others, designed to turn off the front person of adult size is sitting have the vehicle serviced right outboard passenger frontal airbag if: properly in the front outboard away. See Airbag Readiness passenger seat. . The front outboard passenger Light on page 5-16 for more seat is unoccupied. When the passenger sensing information, including important system has allowed the airbag to be . safety information. The system determines an infant enabled, the on indicator will light is present in a child restraint. and stay lit as a reminder that the . A front outboard passenger airbag is active. takes his/her weight off of the For some children, including seat for a period of time. children in child restraints, and for very small adults, the passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the front outboard passenger Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (36,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-36 Seats and Restraints
If the On Indicator is Lit for a on page 3-54 or Securing Child If the Off Indicator is Lit for an Child Restraint Restraints (Front Outboard Seat Adult-Sized Occupant Position) on page 3-58. The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the front 5. If, after reinstalling the child outboard passenger frontal airbag if restraint and restarting the the system determines that an infant vehicle, the on indicator is still lit, is present in a child restraint. If a turn the vehicle off. Then slightly child restraint has been installed recline the vehicle seatback and and the on indicator is lit: adjust the seat cushion, if adjustable, to make sure that 1. Turn the vehicle off. the vehicle seatback is not 2. Remove the child restraint from pushing the child restraint into the vehicle. the seat cushion. 3. Remove any additional items Also make sure the child from the seat such as blankets, restraint is not trapped under the cushions, seat covers, seat vehicle head restraint. If this If a person of adult size is sitting in heaters, or seat massagers. happens, adjust the head the front outboard passenger seat, restraint. See Head Restraints but the off indicator is lit, it could be 4. Reinstall the child restraint on page 3-2. because that person is not sitting following the directions provided properly in the seat. If this happens, by the child restraint 6. Restart the vehicle. use the following steps to allow the manufacturer and refer to The passenger sensing system system to detect that person and Securing Child Restraints may or may not turn off the enable the front outboard passenger (Center Front Seat Position) on airbag for a child in a child frontal airbag: page 3-54 or Securing Child restraint depending upon the Restraints (Rear Seat Position) 1. Turn the vehicle off. child’s size. It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (37,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-37
2. Remove any additional material some adult-sized occupants. If this from the seat, such as blankets, Warning (Continued) happens, let the belt go back all the cushions, seat covers, seat way and start again. heaters, or seat massagers. ride in the front outboard passenger seat, if the passenger A thick layer of additional material, 3. Place the seatback in the fully airbag off indicator is lit. such as a blanket or cushion, upright position. or aftermarket equipment such as 4. Have the person sit upright in seat covers, seat heaters, and seat Additional Factors Affecting massagers, can affect how well the the seat, centered on the seat System Operation cushion, with legs comfortably passenger sensing system extended. Safety belts help keep the operates. We recommend that you passenger in position on the seat not use seat covers or other 5. Restart the vehicle and have the aftermarket equipment except when person remain in this position for during vehicle maneuvers and braking, which helps the passenger approved by GM for your specific two to three minutes after the on vehicle. See Adding Equipment to indicator is lit. sensing system maintain the passenger airbag status. See the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3-38 for more information “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” { Warning in the Index for additional about modifications that can affect information about the importance of how the system operates. If the front outboard passenger proper restraint use. The on indicator may be lit if an airbag is turned off for an object, such as a briefcase, adult-sized occupant, the airbag If the shoulder portion of the belt is pulled out all the way, the child handbag, grocery bag, laptop, will not be able to inflate and help or other electronic device, is put on protect that person in a crash, restraint locking feature will be engaged. This may unintentionally an unoccupied seat. If this is not resulting in an increased risk of desired, remove the object from serious injury or even death. An cause the passenger sensing system to turn the airbag off for the seat. adult-sized occupant should not (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (38,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-38 Seats and Restraints
belts, airbag sensing and diagnostic { Warning { Warning module, steering wheel, instrument panel, any airbag module, ceiling or Stowing of articles under the For up to 10 seconds after the pillar garnish trim, overhead passenger seat or between the vehicle is turned off and the console, front sensors, side impact passenger seat cushion and battery is disconnected, an airbag sensors, or airbag wiring. seatback may interfere with the can still inflate during improper proper operation of the passenger service. You can be injured if you Your dealer and the service manual sensing system. are close to an airbag when it have information about the location of the airbag sensors, sensing and inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. diagnostic module, and airbag They are probably part of the wiring. Servicing the airbag system. Be sure to follow Airbag-Equipped Vehicle proper service procedures, and In addition, the vehicle has a passenger sensing system that Airbags affect how the vehicle make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so. includes sensors as part of the front should be serviced. There are parts outboard passenger seat. The of the airbag system in several passenger sensing system may not places around the vehicle. Your Adding Equipment to the operate properly if the original seat dealer and the service manual have Airbag-Equipped Vehicle trim is replaced with non-GM information about servicing the covers, upholstery, or trim, or; with vehicle and the airbag system. To Adding accessories that change the GM covers, upholstery, or trim purchase a service manual, see vehicle's frame, bumper system, designed for a different vehicle. Any Service Publications Ordering height, front end, or side sheet object, such as an aftermarket seat Information on page 13-11. metal may keep the airbag system heater or a comfort-enhancing pad from working properly. or device, installed under or on top The operation of the airbag system of the seat fabric, could also can also be affected by changing interfere with the operation of the any parts of the front seats, safety passenger sensing system. This could either prevent proper Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (39,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-39
deployment of the passenger readiness light is working. See airbag(s) or prevent the passenger Airbag Readiness Light on Warning (Continued) sensing system from properly page 5-16. turning off the passenger airbag(s). passenger(s) in a crash, resulting Notice: If an airbag covering is in serious injury or even death. To See Passenger Sensing System on damaged, opened, or broken, the page 3-33. help make sure the airbag airbag may not work properly. Do systems are working properly If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail not open or break the airbag after a crash, have them airbags, see Different Size Tires coverings. If there are any inspected and any necessary and Wheels on page 10-58 for opened or broken airbag covers, replacements made as soon as additional information. have the airbag covering and/or possible. If your vehicle needs to be modified airbag module replaced. For the because you have a disability and location of the airbags, see you have questions about whether Where Are the Airbags? on If an airbag inflates, you will need to the modifications will affect the page 3-28. See your dealer for replace airbag system parts. See vehicle's airbag system, or if you service. your dealer for service. have questions about whether the If the airbag readiness light stays on airbag system will be affected if the Replacing Airbag System after the vehicle is started or comes vehicle is modified for any other Parts after a Crash on when you are driving, the airbag reason, call Customer Assistance. system may not work properly. Have See Customer Assistance Offices { Warning the vehicle serviced right away. See on page 13-3. Airbag Readiness Light on A crash can damage the airbag page 5-16. Airbag System Check systems in the vehicle. The airbag system does not need A damaged airbag system may regularly scheduled maintenance or not work properly and may not replacement. Make sure the airbag protect you and your (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (40,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-40 Seats and Restraints
Child Restraints The manufacturer instructions that . Can proper safety belt fit be come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no, Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat. lap-shoulder belt until the child Q: What is the proper way to passes the fit test below: wear safety belts? . Sit all the way back on the seat. A: An older child should wear a Do the knees bend at the seat lap-shoulder belt and get the edge? If yes, continue. If no, additional restraint a shoulder return to the booster seat. belt can provide. The shoulder belt should not cross the face or . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. neck. The lap belt should fit Does the shoulder belt rest on snugly below the hips, just the shoulder? If yes, continue. touching the top of the thighs. If no, try using the rear safety This applies belt force to the belt comfort guide. See Rear “ child's pelvic bones in a crash. Safety Belt Comfort Guides ” It should never be worn over the Older children who have outgrown under Lap-Shoulder Belt on abdomen, which could cause booster seats should wear the page 3-19. If the shoulder belt severe or even fatal internal vehicle safety belts. still does not rest on the injuries in a crash. shoulder, then return to the booster seat. Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on . Does the lap belt fit low and page 3-19. snug on the hips, touching the thighs? If yes, continue. If no, According to accident statistics, return to the booster seat. children are safer when properly restrained in a rear seating position. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (41,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-41
In a crash, children who are not buckled up can strike other people Warning (Continued) who are buckled up, or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older belt. The belt force would then be children need to use safety belts applied right on the abdomen. properly. That could cause serious or fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should { Warning go over the shoulder and across the chest. Never allow more than one child to wear the same safety belt. The safety belt cannot properly spread the impact forces. In a crash, they can be crushed together and { Warning seriously injured. A safety belt must be used by only one person Never allow a child to wear the at a time. safety belt with the shoulder belt behind their back. A child can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a crash, the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt. The child could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury. The child might also slide under the lap (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (42,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-42 Seats and Restraints
Infants and Young Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles, they should Children have the protection provided by Everyone in a vehicle needs appropriate child restraints. Neither protection! This includes infants and the vehicle's safety belt system nor all other children. Neither the its airbag system is designed distance traveled nor the age and for them. size of the traveler changes the Children who are not restrained need, for everyone, to use safety properly can strike other people, restraints. In fact, the law in every or can be thrown out of the vehicle. state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be { Warning restrained while in a vehicle. Never hold an infant or a child { Warning while riding in a vehicle. Due to { Warning Children who are up against, crash forces, an infant or a child or very close to, any airbag when will become so heavy it is not Children can be seriously injured it inflates can be seriously injured possible to hold it during a crash. or strangled if a shoulder belt is or killed. Never put a rear-facing For example, in a crash at only wrapped around their neck and child restraint in the front 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) the safety belt continues to outboard seat. Secure a infant will suddenly become a tighten. Never leave children rear-facing child restraint in a rear 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's unattended in a vehicle and never seat. It is also better to secure a arms. An infant should be allow children to play with the forward-facing child restraint in a secured in an appropriate safety belts. rear seat. If you must secure a restraint. forward-facing child restraint in (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (43,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-43
weight, height, and age but also Warning (Continued) whether or not the restraint will { Warning be compatible with the motor the front outboard seat, always vehicle in which it will be used. To reduce the risk of neck and move the front passenger seat as head injury during a crash, infants far back as it will go. For most basic types of child need complete support. In a restraints, there are many crash, if an infant is in a different models available. When rear-facing child restraint, the purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is designed to be used in crash forces can be distributed a motor vehicle. If it is, the across the strongest part of an restraint will have a label saying infant's body, the back and that it meets federal motor shoulders. Infants should always vehicle safety standards. be secured in rear-facing child restraints. The restraint manufacturer instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular { Warning child restraint. In addition, there are many kinds of restraints A young child's hip bones are still available for children with so small that the vehicle's regular Q: What are the different types of special needs. safety belt may not remain low on add-on child restraints? the hip bones, as it should. A: Add-on child restraints, which Instead, it may settle up around are purchased by the vehicle the child's abdomen. In a crash, owner, are available in four basic the belt would apply force on a types. Selection of a particular body area that is unprotected by restraint should take into (Continued) consideration not only the child's Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (44,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-44 Seats and Restraints
Child Restraint Systems Warning (Continued)
any bony structure. This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries. To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a crash, young children should always be secured in appropriate child restraints.
Forward-Facing Child Seat Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat provides restraint for the child's body with the A rear-facing infant seat provides harness. restraint with the seating surface against the back of the infant. The harness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (45,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-45
Securing an Add-On Child Children can be endangered in a Restraint in the Vehicle crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. { Warning When securing an add-on child restraint, refer to the instructions A child can be seriously injured or that come with the restraint which killed in a crash if the child may be on the restraint itself or in a restraint is not properly secured in booklet, or both, and to this manual. the vehicle. Secure the child The child restraint instructions are restraint properly in the vehicle important, so if they are not using the vehicle safety belt or available, obtain a replacement LATCH system, following the copy from the manufacturer. Booster Seats instructions that came with that Keep in mind that an unsecured A booster seat is a child restraint child restraint and the instructions child restraint can move around in a designed to improve the fit of the in this manual. collision or sudden stop and injure vehicle's safety belt system. people in the vehicle. Be sure to A booster seat can also help a child To help reduce the chance of injury, properly secure any child restraint in to see out the window. the child restraint must be secured the vehicle — even when no child is in the vehicle. Child restraint in it. systems must be secured in vehicle In some areas of the United States seats by lap belts or the lap belt and Canada, Certified Child portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by Passenger Safety Technicians the LATCH system. See Lower (CPSTs) are available to inspect Anchors and Tethers for Children and demonstrate how to correctly (LATCH System) on page 3-47. use and install child restraints. In the U.S., refer to the National Highway Traffic Safety Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (46,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-46 Seats and Restraints
Administration (NHTSA) website to We recommend that children and locate the nearest child safety seat child restraints be secured in a rear Warning (Continued) inspection station. For CPST seat, including: an infant or a child availability in Canada, check with riding in a rear-facing child restraint; outboard passenger airbag Transport Canada or the Provincial a child riding in a forward-facing inflates and the passenger seat is Ministry of Transportation office. child seat; an older child riding in a in a forward position. booster seat; and children, who are The vehicle may have a Securing the Child Within the large enough, using safety belts. Child Restraint passenger sensing system which Never put a rear-facing child seat in is designed to turn off the front the front. This is because the risk to outboard passenger frontal airbag { Warning the rear-facing child is so great, under certain conditions. A child can be seriously injured or if the airbag deploys. Even if the passenger sensing killed in a crash if the child is not system, if equipped, has turned properly secured in the child { Warning off the front outboard passenger restraint. Secure the child frontal airbag, no system is A child in a rear-facing child properly following the instructions fail-safe. No one can guarantee restraint can be seriously injured that came with that child restraint. that an airbag will not deploy or killed if the front outboard under some unusual passenger airbag inflates. This is circumstance, even though it is because the back of the Where to Put the turned off. Restraint rear-facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating Secure rear-facing child restraints According to accident statistics, airbag. A child in a forward-facing in a rear seat, even if the airbag children and infants are safer when child restraint can be seriously is off. If you secure a properly restrained in a child injured or killed if the front forward-facing child restraint in restraint system or infant restraint the front outboard seat, always system secured in a rear seating (Continued) position. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (47,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-47
When securing a child restraint in a Keep in mind that an unsecured Warning (Continued) rear seating position, study the child restraint can move around in a instructions that came with your collision or sudden stop and injure move the front passenger seat as child restraint to make sure it is people in the vehicle. Be sure to far back as it will go. It is better to compatible with this vehicle. properly secure any child restraint in secure the child restraint in a your vehicle — even when no child rear seat. Child restraints and booster seats vary considerably in size, and some is in it. See Passenger Sensing System may fit in certain seating positions on page 3-33 for additional better than others. Always make Lower Anchors and information. sure the child restraint is properly Tethers for Children secured. (LATCH System) Depending on where you place the { Warning The LATCH system secures a child child restraint and the size of the restraint during driving or in a crash. child restraint, you may not be able A child in a child restraint in the LATCH attachments on the child to access adjacent safety belt restraint are used to attach the child center front seat can be badly assemblies or LATCH anchors for injured or killed by the frontal restraint to the anchors in the additional passengers or child vehicle. This system is designed to airbags if they inflate. Never restraints. Adjacent seating secure a child restraint in the make installation of a child restraint positions should not be used if the easier. center front seat. It is always child restraint prevents access to or better to secure a child restraint in interferes with the routing of the Make sure that a LATCH-compatible a rear seat. safety belt. child restraint is properly installed using the anchors, or use the Wherever a child restraint is vehicle's safety belts to secure the Do not use child restraints in the installed, be sure to secure the child restraint, following the instructions center front seat position. restraint properly. that came with that restraint, and also the instructions in this manual. When installing a child restraint with Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (48,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-48 Seats and Restraints
a top tether, you must also use Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint. A child restraint must never be attached using only the top tether and anchor. In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle, you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments. The child restraint manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child Lower anchors (A) are metal bars A top tether (A, C) anchors the top restraint and its attachments. The built into the vehicle. There are two of the child restraint to the vehicle. following explains how to attach a lower anchors for each LATCH A top tether anchor is built into the child restraint with these seating position that will vehicle. The top tether attachments in your vehicle. accommodate a child restraint with attachment (B) on the child restraint lower attachments (B). connects to the top tether anchor in Not all vehicle seating positions or the vehicle in order to reduce the child restraints have lower anchors forward movement and rotation of and attachments or top tether the child restraint during driving or in anchors and attachments. a crash. Your child restraint may have a single tether (A) or a dual tether (C). Either will have a single attachment (B) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (49,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-49
Some child restraints with top Lower Anchor and Top Tether tethers are designed for use with or Anchor Locations without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint.
Second Row — Bucket H (Lower Anchor): Seating Second Row — 60/40 positions with two lower anchors. H (Lower Anchor): Seating I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating positions with two lower anchors. positions with top tether anchors. I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating For models with second row bucket positions with top tether anchors. seats, both rear seating positions have exposed metal anchors in the For models with 60/40 second row crease between the seatback and seating, the rear right side the seat cushion. passenger and center seating positions have exposed metal anchors in the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (50,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-50 Seats and Restraints
anchor on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed.
To assist in locating the top tether anchors, the top tether anchor symbol appears near the anchors.
Third Row Seat I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating positions with top tether anchors. There is one top tether anchor that can be used for either the third row Second Row Seat — 60/40 center or driver side seating position For models with 60/40 second row but not both at the same time. seating, the top tether anchors are For models with a third row seat, at the bottom rear of the seat see the information following for cushion for each seating position in installing a child restraint with a top Second Row Seat — Bucket the second row. Be sure to use an tether in the third row. Never install For models with bucket second row anchor on the same side of the two top tethers using the same top seating, the top tether anchors are vehicle as the seating position tether anchor. at the bottom rear of the seat where the child restraint will be cushion for each seating position in placed. the second row. Be sure to use an Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (51,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-51
the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether Warning (Continued) must be attached. belts to secure the restraint, According to accident statistics, following the instructions that children and infants are safer when came with the child restraint and properly restrained in a child the instructions in this manual. restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating position. See Where to Put the Restraint on page 3-46 for { Warning additional information. Do not attach more than one child restraint to a single anchor. Third Row Seat Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH Attaching more than one child For vehicles with a third row seat, System restraint to a single anchor could there is one top tether anchor at the cause the anchor or attachment bottom rear of the seat cushion that to come loose or even break { Warning can be used for either the third row during a crash. A child or others center or driver side seating could be injured. To reduce the position. Never install two top If a LATCH-type child restraint is not attached to anchors, the child risk of serious or fatal injuries tethers using the same top tether during a crash, attach only one anchor. restraint will not be able to protect the child correctly. In a crash, the child restraint per anchor. Do not secure a child restraint in a child could be seriously injured or position without a top tether anchor killed. Install a LATCH-type child if a national or local law requires restraint properly using the that the top tether be attached, or if anchors, or use the vehicle safety (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (52,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-52 Seats and Restraints
If you need to secure more than one 1.1. Find the lower anchors for { Warning child restraint in the rear seat, see the desired seating Where to Put the Restraint on position. Children can be seriously injured page 3-46. or strangled if a shoulder belt is 1.2. Put the child restraint on wrapped around their neck and This system is designed to make the seat. the safety belt continues to installation of child restraints easier. 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower tighten. Buckle any unused safety When using lower anchors, do not attachments on the child belts behind the child restraint so use the vehicle's safety belts. restraint to the lower Instead use the vehicle's anchors children cannot reach them. Pull anchors. and child restraint attachments to the shoulder belt all the way out secure the restraints. Some 2. If the child restraint manufacturer of the retractor to set the lock, restraints also use another vehicle recommends that the top tether if the vehicle has one, after the anchor to secure a top tether. be attached, attach and tighten child restraint has been installed. the top tether to the top tether 1. Attach and tighten the lower anchor, if equipped. Refer to the attachments to the lower Notice: Do not let the LATCH child restraint instructions and anchors. If the child restraint the following steps: attachments rub against the does not have lower vehicle’s safety belts. This may attachments or the desired 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. damage these parts. If necessary, seating position does not have move buckled safety belts to lower anchors, secure the child avoid rubbing the LATCH restraint with the top tether and attachments. the safety belts. Refer to your Do not fold the empty rear seat child restraint manufacturer with a safety belt buckled. This instructions and the instructions could damage the safety belt or in this manual. the seat. Unbuckle and return the safety belt to its stowed position, before folding the seat. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (53,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-53
2.2. Route, attach, and tighten are using a single tether, the top tether according to raise the headrest or head your child restraint restraint and route the instructions and the tether under the headrest or following instructions: head restraint and in between the headrest or head restraint posts.
. If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether, route the tether over the seatback. . If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether, route the tether over the seatback. . If the position you are using has a fixed headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether, route the tether around the . If the position you are using inboard or outboard side of has an adjustable headrest the headrest or head or head restraint and you restraint. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (54,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-54 Seats and Restraints
Replacing LATCH System Securing Child Restraints Parts After a Crash (Center Front Seat Position) { Warning { Warning A crash can damage the LATCH system in the vehicle. A damaged A child in a child restraint in the LATCH system may not properly center front seat can be badly secure the child restraint, . If the position you are using injured or killed by the frontal resulting in serious injury or even has a fixed or an adjustable airbags if they inflate. Never headrest or head restraint death in a crash. To help make secure a child restraint in the and you are using a dual sure the LATCH system is center front seat. It is always tether, route the tether working properly after a crash, better to secure a child restraint in around the headrest or see your dealer to have the a rear seat. head restraint. system inspected and any necessary replacements made as 3. Before placing a child in the soon as possible. Do not use child restraints in the child restraint, make sure it is center front seat position. securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the If the vehicle has the LATCH system Securing Child Restraints LATCH path and attempt to and it was being used during a move it side to side and back crash, new LATCH system parts (Rear Seat Position) and forth. There should be no may be needed. When securing a child restraint in a more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of New parts and repairs may be rear seating position, study the movement, for proper necessary even if the LATCH instructions that came with the child installation. system was not being used at the restraint to make sure it is time of the crash. compatible with this vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (55,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-55
If the child restraint has the LATCH sure to follow the instructions that Use the following pictures to system, see Lower Anchors and came with the child restraint. Secure determine the latch plate style: Tethers for Children (LATCH the child in the child restraint when System) on page 3-47 for how and and as the instructions say. where to install the child restraint If more than one child restraint using LATCH. If a child restraint is needs to be installed in the rear secured in the vehicle using a seat, be sure to read Where to Put safety belt and it uses a top tether, the Restraint on page 3-46. see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on The vehicle's lap-shoulder belts for page 3-47 for top tether anchor the first and second row seating locations. positions are equipped with free-falling latch plates. If the Do not secure a child seat in a vehicle has a third row, the position without a top tether anchor lap-shoulder belts have cinching if a national or local law requires latch plates. Free-Falling Latch Plate that the top tether be anchored, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. If the child restraint does not have the LATCH system, you will be using the safety belt to secure the child restraint in this position. Be Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (56,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-56 Seats and Restraints
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle's safety belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how.
Cinching Latch Plate 3. Push the latch plate into the 1. Put the child restraint on buckle until it clicks. the seat. Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. For third row seating positions, with cinching latch plates, tilt the latch plate to adjust the belt if needed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (57,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-57
make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 4 and 5. 6. If the child restraint has a top tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions regarding the use of the top tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3-47 for more information. 7. Before placing a child in the 4. For passenger seating positions 5. To tighten the belt, push down child restraint, make sure it is with a lap-shoulder belt and a on the child restraint, pull the securely held in place. To check, free-falling latch plate, pull the shoulder portion of the belt to grasp the child restraint at the rest of the shoulder belt all the tighten the lap portion of the belt safety belt path and attempt to way out of the retractor to set and feed the shoulder belt back move it side-to-side and the lock. When installing a child into the retractor. When installing back-and-forth. When the child restraint using a lap-shoulder a forward-facing child restraint, it restraint is properly installed, belt and a cinching latch plate, may be helpful to use your knee there should be no more than skip Step 4 and proceed to to push down on the child 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. Step 5. restraint as you tighten the belt. To remove the child restraint, For passenger seating positions unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and with a lap-shoulder belt and a let it return to the stowed position. free-falling latch plate, try to pull If the top tether is attached to a top the belt out of the retractor to tether anchor, disconnect it. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (58,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-58 Seats and Restraints
Securing Child Restraints { Warning Warning (Continued) (Front Outboard Seat Position) A child in a rear-facing child fail-safe. No one can guarantee restraint can be seriously injured that an airbag will not deploy This vehicle has airbags. A rear or killed if the front outboard under some unusual seat is a safer place to secure a passenger airbag inflates. This is circumstance, even though it is forward-facing child restraint. See because the back of the turned off. Where to Put the Restraint on rear-facing child restraint would page 3-46. Secure rear-facing child restraints be very close to the inflating in a rear seat, even if the airbag In addition, the vehicle may have a airbag. A child in a forward-facing is off. If you secure a passenger sensing system which is child restraint can be seriously designed to turn off the front forward-facing child restraint in injured or killed if the front the front outboard seat, always outboard passenger frontal airbag outboard passenger airbag under certain conditions. See move the front passenger seat as inflates and the passenger seat is far back as it will go. It is better to Passenger Sensing System on in a forward position. page 3-33 and Passenger Airbag secure the child restraint in a Status Indicator on page 5-17 for The vehicle may have a rear seat. more information, including passenger sensing system which See Passenger Sensing System important safety information. is designed to turn off the front on page 3-33 for additional Never put a rear-facing child seat in outboard passenger frontal airbag information. the front. This is because the risk to under certain conditions. the rear-facing child is so great if the Even if the passenger sensing If the child restraint has the LATCH airbag deploys. system, if equipped, has turned system, see Lower Anchors and off the front outboard passenger Tethers for Children (LATCH frontal airbag, no system is System) on page 3-47 for how and (Continued) where to install the child restraint using LATCH. If a child restraint is Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (59,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Seats and Restraints 3-59
secured using a safety belt and it 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run uses a top tether, see Lower the lap and shoulder portions of Anchors and Tethers for Children the vehicle's safety belt through (LATCH System) on page 3-47 for or around the restraint. The child top tether anchor locations. restraint instructions will show Do not secure a child seat in a you how. position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored. In Canada, the law requires that 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way forward-facing child restraints have out of the retractor to set the a top tether, and that the tether be lock. When the retractor lock is attached. set, the belt can be tightened but not pulled out of the retractor. You will be using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position. Follow the instructions 4. Push the latch plate into the that came with the child restraint. buckle until it clicks. 1. Move the seat as far back as it Position the release button on will go before securing the the buckle so that the safety belt forward-facing child restraint. could be quickly unbuckled if 2. Put the child restraint on necessary. the seat. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (60,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
3-60 Seats and Restraints
Try to pull the belt out of the If a child restraint has been installed retractor to make sure the and the on indicator is lit, see “If the retractor is locked. If the On Indicator is Lit for a Child retractor is not locked, repeat Restraint” under Passenger Sensing Steps 5 and 6. System on page 3-33 for more 7. Before placing a child in the information. child restraint, make sure it is To remove the child restraint, securely held in place. To check, unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and grasp the child restraint at the let it return to the stowed position. safety belt path and attempt to move it side-to-side and back-and-forth. When the child 6. To tighten the belt, push down restraint is properly installed, on the child restraint, pull the there should be no more than shoulder portion of the belt to 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. tighten the lap portion of the belt, If the vehicle is equipped with the and feed the shoulder belt back passenger sensing system, and into the retractor. When installing when the passenger sensing system a forward-facing child restraint, it has turned off the front outboard may be helpful to use your knee passenger frontal airbag, the off to push down on the child indicator in the passenger airbag restraint as you tighten the belt. status indicator should light and stay lit when you start the vehicle. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 5-17. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (1,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Storage 4-1
Storage Storage Compartments Storage Compartments Glove Box ...... 4-1 Glove Box Cupholders ...... 4-1 Lift up on the glove box lever to Armrest Storage ...... 4-1 open it. Rear Storage ...... 4-2 Center Console Storage ...... 4-2 Cupholders Additional Storage Features For vehicles with cupholders located Cargo Cover ...... 4-2 in the front and rear of the floor Roof Rack System console or in the fold down armrest, Pull downward on the lid to access adjust the front cupholders by Roof Rack System ...... 4-3 the rear floor console cupholders. moving the insert forward or rearward. There could also be cupholders located in the second and third row seat armrest areas. Armrest Storage For vehicles with a rear seat armrest, pull the loop at the top of the armrest down to access the cupholders. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (2,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
4-2 Storage
Rear Storage Additional Storage To return the cover to the retracted position: For vehicles with a rear storage Features area, it is located in the rear cargo 1. Pull up on the cover handle to release the cover posts from the area of the vehicle on the Cargo Cover driver side. retaining sockets. 2. Let the cover move forward to Turn the knobs and pull the storage { Warning door to access. The door can be the full retracted position. removed. An unsecured cargo cover could To remove the cover from a regular strike people in a sudden stop or wheelbase model: Center Console Storage turn, or in a crash. Store the 1. Let the cover go all the way into For vehicles with a console cargo cover securely or remove it the holder. from the vehicle. compartment, it is located between 2. Then, grasping the driver side the bucket seats. cover end cap, push the cover Press the button and lift the lid to To use the cargo cover, if equipped: end cap toward the passenger access the console compartment. 1. Pull the cover handle toward the side of the vehicle. A cupholder located in the rear of rear of the vehicle. 3. Swing the cover rearward and the console, swings down for the 2. Latch the cover posts into the take it out of the vehicle. rear seat passenger to use. retaining sockets on the cargo To put the cover in the vehicle: area trim panels. 1. Make sure the cover slot in the holder faces rearward with the round surface facing down. 2. Then, hold the cover at an angle and place the cover end cap into the slot in the passenger side trim panel. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (3,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Storage 4-3
3. Move the other end of the cover Roof Rack System Notice: Loading cargo on the forward and hold it next to the roof rack that weighs more than driver side trim panel slot. 91 kg (200 lb) or hangs over the { Warning 4. Press the end caps in, to allow rear or sides of the vehicle may the cover to fit into the trim slot. damage the vehicle. Load cargo If something is carried on top of so that it rests evenly between 5. Pull lightly on the cover holder to the vehicle that is longer or wider the crossrails, making sure to make sure it is secure. than the roof rack — like paneling, fasten cargo securely. plywood, or a mattress the On extended wheelbase models — wind can catch it while the vehicle To prevent damage or loss of cargo there are two cover positions. is being driven. The item being when driving, check to make sure The slots furthest forward allow crossrails and cargo are securely carried could be violently torn off, the cover to be used if the third fastened. Loading cargo on the roof and this could cause a collision seat is removed or folded down. rack will make the vehicle’s center The cover can be installed and and damage the vehicle. Never of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, removed from either side. carry something longer or wider sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden than the roof rack on top of the braking or abrupt maneuvers, vehicle unless using a GM otherwise it may result in loss of certified accessory carrier. control. If driving for a long distance, on rough roads, or at high speeds, For vehicles with a roof rack, the occasionally stop the vehicle to rack can be used to load items. For make sure the cargo remains in its roof racks that do not have place. crossrails included, GM Certified crossrails can be purchased as an accessory. See your dealer for additional information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (4,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
4-4 Storage
Do not exceed the maximum vehicle . To carry long items, move the capacity when loading the vehicle. crossrails as far apart as For more information on vehicle possible. Tie the load to the capacity and loading, see Vehicle crossrails and the siderails or Load Limits on page 9-15. siderail supports. Also tie the load to the bumpers, but do not . If small heavy objects are placed tie the load so tightly that the on the roof, cut a piece of 9 mm crossrails or siderails are or 3/8 inch plywood to fit inside damaged. the crossrails and siderails to spread the load. Tie the plywood . After moving a crossrail, be sure to the siderail supports. it is securely locked into the siderail. . Tie the load and secure it to the crossrails or the siderail A Center High-Mounted Stoplamp supports. Use the crossrails only (CHMSL) is located above the rear to keep the load from sliding. To window glass. move a crossrail, lift the release Make sure items loaded on the roof lever up, on both sides of the of the vehicle do not block or rail. Then slide the crossrail to damage the CHMSL. the desired position balancing the force side to side. Press the release lever down on both sides of the rail, down to tighten it. Try to slide the crossrail back and forth slightly to make sure it is tight. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (1,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-1
Engine Coolant Temperature Vehicle Messages Instruments and Gauge ...... 5-14 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-34 Controls Voltmeter Gauge ...... 5-15 Battery Voltage and Charging Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-16 Messages ...... 5-34 Airbag Readiness Light ...... 5-16 Brake System Messages . . . . 5-35 Controls Passenger Airbag Status Door Ajar Messages ...... 5-35 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Indicator ...... 5-17 Engine Cooling System Steering Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Charging System Light ...... 5-18 Messages ...... 5-36 Horn ...... 5-4 Malfunction Engine Oil Messages ...... 5-37 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-4 Indicator Lamp ...... 5-19 Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-38 Rear Window Wiper/ Brake System Warning Fuel System Messages ...... 5-38 Washer ...... 5-5 Light ...... 5-21 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-38 Compass ...... 5-5 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Lamp Messages ...... 5-38 Clock ...... 5-7 Warning Light ...... 5-22 Object Detection System Power Outlets ...... 5-8 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 5-22 Messages ...... 5-39 StabiliTrak® OFF Light ...... 5-23 Ride Control System Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Control System Messages ...... 5-40 Indicators (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-23 Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-41 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Tire Pressure Light ...... 5-23 Security Messages ...... 5-41 Indicators ...... 5-10 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-24 Tire Messages ...... 5-41 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-11 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-24 Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-42 Speedometer ...... 5-12 Security Light ...... 5-25 Vehicle Reminder Odometer ...... 5-12 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-25 Messages ...... 5-43 Trip Odometer ...... 5-12 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 5-25 Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . 5-44 Tachometer ...... 5-12 Cruise Control Light ...... 5-25 Vehicle Personalization Fuel Gauge ...... 5-12 Information Displays Engine Oil Pressure Vehicle Personalization (With Gauge ...... 5-13 Driver Information DIC Buttons) ...... 5-44 Center (DIC) ...... 5-26 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (2,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-2 Instruments and Controls
Universal Remote System Controls Do not adjust the steering wheel Universal Remote System . . . 5-52 while driving. Universal Remote System Programming ...... 5-52 Steering Wheel Steering Wheel Controls Universal Remote System Adjustment Operation ...... 5-57
If equipped, some audio controls To adjust the steering wheel: can be adjusted at the steering 1. Hold the steering wheel and pull wheel. the lever. w (Next): Press to go to the next favorite radio station, track on a CD, 2. Move the steering wheel up ® or down. or folder on an iPod or USB device. 3. Release the lever to lock the wheel in place. c / x (Previous/End): Press to go to the previous favorite radio station, track on a CD, or folder on Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (3,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-3
® an iPod or USB device. Press to 2. Press and release w or c / x Navigating an iPod or USB Device reject an incoming call, or end a to scroll up or down the list, then on the Main Audio Screen current call. (Vehicles with a Navigation press and hold w , or press ¨ to System) Radio play the highlighted track. 1. Press and release or / To select preset or favorite radio Navigating Folders on an iPod or w c x to select the next or previous stations: USB Device (Vehicles without a Navigation System): track within the selected Press and release w or c / x to category. go to the next or previous radio 1. Press and hold or / w c x 2. Press and hold or / to station stored as a preset or while listening to a song until the w c x favorite. contents of the current folder move quickly through the tracks. CD/DVD display on the radio display. 3. Press and release ¨ to move up one track within the selected To select tracks on a CD/DVD: 2. Press and hold c / x to go back to the previous folder list. category. Press and release w or c / x to Navigating an iPod or USB Device 3. Press and release or / go to the next or previous track. w c x on the Music Navigator Screen to scroll up or down the list. Selecting Tracks on an iPod or (Vehicles with a Navigation USB Device (Vehicles without a . To select a folder, press System) Navigation System) and hold w , or press ¨ 1. Press and release w or c / x 1. Press and hold w or c / x when the folder is to select the next or previous while listening to a song until the highlighted. track within the selected category. contents of the current folder . To go back further in the display on the radio display. folder list, press and hold 2. Press and hold w or c / x to c / x. move quickly through the tracks within the selected category. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (4,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-4 Instruments and Controls
3. Press and release ¨ to move up ¨ (Seek): Press to go to the next + e : Press to increase volume. one track within the selected radio station while in AM, FM, ® e category. or SiriusXM . − : Press to decrease volume. b / g (Mute/Push to Talk): Press For vehicles with or without a Horn to silence the vehicle speakers only. navigation system: Press again to turn the sound on. To sound the horn, press the center Press ¨ to go to the next track or pad on the steering wheel. For vehicles with Bluetooth or chapter while sourced to the CD or OnStar systems, press and hold for DVD slot. longer than two seconds to interact Windshield Wiper/Washer with those systems. See Bluetooth Press ¨ to select a track or a folder on page 7-48 and OnStar Overview when navigating folders on an iPod on page 14-1 for more information. or USB device. SRCE (Source/Voice For vehicles with a navigation Recognition): Press to switch system: between the radio and CD, and for equipped vehicles, the DVD, front 1. Press and hold ¨ until a beep is auxiliary, and rear auxiliary. heard, to place the radio into The front wiper control is located on SCAN mode. A station will play the turn and lane-change lever. Turn For vehicles with the navigation for five seconds before moving the band with the wiper symbol to system, press and hold this button to the next station. control the windshield wipers. for longer than one second to initiate voice recognition. See “Voice 2. To stop the SCAN function, 8 (Mist): For a single wipe, turn Recognition” in the Navigation press ¨ again. to 8 , then release. For several System manual for more While listening to a CD/DVD, press wipes, hold the band on 8 longer. information. and hold ¨ to quickly move forward 9 (Off): Turns the windshield through the tracks. Release to stop wipers off. on the desired track. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (5,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-5
6 (Adjustable Interval Wipes): L (Washer Fluid): Push this return to your preset speed. For Turn the band up for more frequent paddle to spray washer fluid on the more washer cycles, press and hold wipes or down for less frequent windshield. The wipers clear the the button. wipes. window and then either stop or The rear window wiper/washer will w (Low Speed): Slow wipes. return to the preset speed. not operate if the liftgate or liftglass is open or ajar. If the liftgate or 1 (High Speed): Fast wipes. Rear Window Wiper/ liftglass is opened while the rear Clear ice and snow from the wiper Washer wiper is on, the wiper returns to the blades before using them. If frozen parked position and stops. to the windshield, carefully loosen or The rear wiper control is on the turn thaw them. Damaged wiper blades signal lever. Compass should be replaced. See Wiper To turn the rear wiper on, slide the The vehicle may have a compass in Blade Replacement on page 10-28. lever to a wiper position. the Driver Information Center (DIC). Heavy snow or ice can overload the ( (Off): Turns the wiper off. wiper motor. A circuit breaker will Compass Zone 5 (Rear Wiper Delay): Turns on stop the motor until it cools down. the rear wiper with a longer delay The zone is set to zone eight upon Windshield Washer between wipes. leaving the factory. Your dealer will set the correct zone for your Z (Rear Wiper): Turns on the rear location. { Warning wiper with a short delay between wipes. Under certain circumstances, such as during a long-distance, In freezing weather, do not use = the washer until the windshield is (Rear Wiper Wash): Press this cross-country trip or moving to a button on the end of the lever to warmed. Otherwise the washer new state or province, it will be spray washer fluid on the rear fluid can form ice on the necessary to compensate for window. The wipers will clear the windshield, blocking your vision. compass variance by resetting the rear window and either stop or zone through the DIC if the zone is not set correctly. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (6,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-6 Instruments and Controls
Compass variance is the difference two seconds to select the next between the earth's magnetic north available variance zone. Repeat and true geographic north. If the this step until the appropriate compass is not set to the zone variance zone is displayed. where you live, the compass may 5. If calibration is necessary, give false readings. The compass calibrate the compass. See must be set to the variance zone in “Compass Calibration which the vehicle is traveling. Procedure” following. To adjust for compass variance, use the following procedure: Compass Calibration The compass can be manually Compass Variance (Zone) calibrated. Only calibrate the Procedure 2. Find the vehicle's current compass in a magnetically clean 1. Do not set the compass zone location and variance zone and safe location, such as an open when the vehicle is moving. Only number on the map. parking lot, where driving the set it when the vehicle is in vehicle in circles is not a danger. P (Park). Zones 1 through 15 are It is suggested to calibrate away available. Press the vehicle information from tall buildings, utility wires, V 3. Press the set/reset button to manhole covers, or other industrial button until PRESS TO scroll through and select the structures, if possible. CHANGE COMPASS ZONE appropriate variance zone. displays. Or, if the vehicle does If CAL should ever appear in the not have DIC buttons, press the 4. Press the trip/fuel button until DIC display, the compass should be trip odometer reset stem until the vehicle heading, for calibrated. CHANGE COMPASS ZONE example, N for North, is If the DIC display does not show a displays. displayed in the DIC. Or, if the heading, for example, N for North, vehicle does not have DIC or the heading does not change buttons, press and hold the trip after making turns, there may be a odometer reset stem for Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (7,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-7
strong magnetic field interfering with 2. Press the vehicle information Clock the compass. Such interference button until PRESS V TO To set the time and date: may be caused by a magnetic CB or CALIBRATE COMPASS cell phone antenna mount, a displays. Or, if the vehicle does 1. Turn the ignition key to ACC/ magnetic emergency light, magnetic not have DIC buttons, press the ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, then note pad holder, or any other trip odometer reset stem until press the O button to turn the magnetic item. Turn off the vehicle, CALIBRATE COMPASS radio on. move the magnetic item, then turn displays. on the vehicle and calibrate the 2. Press the H button to display 3. Press the set/reset button to compass. HR, MIN, MM, DD, YYYY (hour, start the compass calibration. Or, minute, month, day, and year). To calibrate the compass, use the if the vehicle does not have DIC following procedure: buttons, press and hold the trip 3. Press the softkey located under Compass Calibration Procedure odometer reset stem for any one of the tabs to change two seconds to start the that setting. 1. Before calibrating the compass, compass calibration. make sure the compass zone is 4. To increase the time or date, do set to the variance zone in which 4. The DIC will display one of the following: CALIBRATING: DRIVE IN the vehicle is located. See . Press the softkey below the CIRCLES. Drive the vehicle in “Compass Variance (Zone) selected tab. Procedure” earlier in this tight circles at less than 8 km/h (5 mph) to complete the section. . Press the SEEK button. calibration. The DIC will display ¨ Do not operate any switches CALIBRATION COMPLETE for a . Press the \ FWD button. such as window, sunroof, few seconds when the climate controls, or seats during calibration is complete. The DIC . Turn the f knob clockwise. the calibration procedure. display will then return to the previous menu. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (8,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-8 Instruments and Controls
5. To decrease the time or date, do Power Outlets one of the following: { Warning The accessory power outlets can be . Press the © SEEK button. used to plug in electrical equipment, Power is always supplied to the such as a cell phone or MP3 player. outlets. Do not leave electrical . equipment plugged in when the Press the s REV button. There are two under the climate controls, one inside the center floor vehicle is not in use because the . f Turn the knob console, one on the rear of the vehicle could catch fire and cause counterclockwise. center floor console and one injury or death. To change the time default setting accessory power outlet in the rear from 12 hour to 24 hour or to change cargo area on the passenger side. Notice: Leaving electrical the date default setting from month/ Remove the cover to access and equipment plugged in for an day/year to day/month/year: replace when not in use. extended period of time while the H vehicle is off will drain the 1. Press the button and then the The accessory power outlets are battery. Always unplug electrical softkey located below the powered, even with the ignition off. equipment when not in use and forward arrow tab. 12H, 24H, the Continuing to use accessory power do not plug in equipment that date MM/DD (month and day), outlets while the ignition is in LOCK/ exceeds the maximum 20 ampere and DD/MM/ (day and month) OFF may cause the vehicle's rating. displays. battery to run down. Certain accessory plugs may not be 2. Press the softkey located below compatible with the accessory the desired option. power outlet and could overload 3. Press the H button again to adapter or vehicle fuses. If a apply the desired option, or let problem is experienced, see your the screen time out. dealer. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (9,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-9
When adding electrical equipment, If equipment is connected using be sure to follow the proper more than 150 watts or a system installation instructions included with fault is detected, a protection circuit the equipment. Do not use shuts off the power supply and the equipment exceeding the indicator light turns off. To reset the maximum amperage rating of circuit, unplug the item and plug it 20 amperes. See Add-On Electrical back in or turn the Remote Equipment on page 9-77. Accessory Power (RAP) off and Notice: Hanging heavy then back on. See Retained equipment from the power outlet Accessory Power (RAP) on can cause damage not covered page 9-24 by the vehicle warranty. The The power outlet is not designed for power outlets are designed for The power outlet is located on the and may not work properly, if the accessory power plugs only, such rear of the center console. following are plugged in: as cell phone charge cords. An indicator light on the outlet turns . Equipment with high initial peak Power Outlet 110 Volt on to show it is in use. The light wattage such as: Alternative Current comes on when the ignition is in compressor-driven refrigerators ON/RUN and equipment requiring and electric power tools. The vehicle may have a power less than 150 watts is plugged into outlet that can be used to plug in the outlet, and no system fault is . Other equipment requiring an electrical equipment that uses a detected. extremely stable power supply maximum limit of 150 watts. such as: The indicator light does not come on microcomputer-controlled when the ignition is in LOCK/OFF or electric blankets, touch sensor if the equipment is not fully seated lamps, etc. into the outlet. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (10,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-10 Instruments and Controls
Warning Lights, Warning lights come on when there When one of the warning lights could be a problem with a vehicle comes on and stays on while Gauges, and function. Some warning lights come driving, or when one of the gauges on briefly when the engine is started shows there may be a problem, Indicators to indicate they are working. check the section that explains what Warning lights and gauges can Gauges can indicate when there to do. Follow this manual's advice. signal that something is wrong could be a problem with a vehicle Waiting to do repairs can be costly before it becomes serious enough function. Often gauges and warning and even dangerous. to cause an expensive repair or lights work together to indicate a replacement. Paying attention to the problem with the vehicle. warning lights and gauges could prevent injury. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (11,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-11
Instrument Cluster
English 6-Speed Shown, Metric and 2500 Series Similar Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (12,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-12 Instruments and Controls
Speedometer To display the odometer reading Fuel Gauge with the ignition off, press the reset The speedometer shows the button. vehicle's speed in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per Tachometer hour (mph). The tachometer displays the engine Odometer speed in revolutions per minute (rpm). The odometer shows how far the vehicle has been driven, in either kilometers or miles. Trip Odometer The trip odometer can show how far Metric the vehicle has been driven since the trip odometer was last set to zero. Press the reset button, located on the instrument panel cluster next to the trip odometer display, to toggle between the trip odometer and the regular odometer. Holding the reset button for approximately one second while the trip odometer is displayed resets it.
English Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (13,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-13
The fuel gauge, when the ignition is Here are some situations owners Engine Oil Pressure on, shows how much fuel the may experience with the fuel gauge. vehicle has left in the tank. None of these indicate a problem Gauge An arrow on the fuel gauge with the fuel gauge. indicates the side of the vehicle the . At the gas station, the fuel pump fuel door is on. shuts off before the gauge The gauge first indicates empty reads full. before the vehicle is out of fuel, and . It takes a little more or less fuel the vehicle's fuel tank should be to fill up than the fuel gauge filled soon. indicated. For example, the When the fuel tank is low, the FUEL gauge may have indicated the LEVEL LOW message appears in tank was half full, but it actually the Driver Information Center (DIC). took a little more or less than See Fuel System Messages on half the tank's capacity to fill page 5-38 for more information. the tank. Metric
. The gauge goes back to empty when the ignition is turned off. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (14,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-14 Instruments and Controls
Center (DIC). See Engine Oil Engine Coolant Messages on page 5-37 and Engine Oil on page 10-6 for more Temperature Gauge information. A reading in the low pressure zone may be caused by a dangerously low oil level or some other problem causing low oil pressure. Notice: Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine. Driving with the engine oil low can also damage the English engine. The repairs would not be The oil pressure gauge shows the covered by the vehicle warranty. engine oil pressure in psi (pounds Check the oil level as soon as Metric per square inch) when the engine is possible. Add oil if required, but running. Canadian vehicles indicate if the oil level is within the pressure in kPa (kilopascals). operating range and the oil Oil pressure may vary with engine pressure is still low, have the speed, outside temperature and oil vehicle serviced. Always follow viscosity, but readings above the the maintenance schedule for low pressure zone indicate the changing engine oil. normal operating range. When the oil pressure reaches the low pressure zone, the OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP ENGINE message appears in the Driver Information Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (15,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-15
See Engine Overheating on When the engine is running, the page 10-18. gauge shows the condition of the charging system. The charging Voltmeter Gauge system regulates voltage based on the state of the battery for improved fuel economy and battery life. The gauge may transition from a higher to lower or a lower to higher reading, this is normal. Readings between the low and high warning zones indicate the normal operating range. The gauge may also read English low during the fuel economy mode, this is normal. This gauge shows the engine coolant temperature. Readings in the low warning zone may occur when a large number of It also provides an indicator of how electrical accessories are operating hard the vehicle is working. During a in the vehicle and the engine is left majority of the operation, the gauge When the engine is not running, but the ignition is on, this gauge shows at an idle for an extended period. reads 100°C (210°F) or less. If you This condition is normal since the are pulling a load or going up hills, it the battery's state of charge in DC volts. charging system is not able to is normal for the temperature to provide full power at engine idle. As fluctuate and approach the 122°C engine speeds are increased, this (250°F) mark. If the gauge reaches condition should correct itself as the 125°C (260°F) mark, it indicates higher engine speeds allow the that the cooling system is working charging system to create full beyond its capacity. power. If there is a problem with the battery charging system, this light Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (16,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-16 Instruments and Controls
will come on or the SERVICE times if the driver remains or the passenger remains or becomes BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM becomes unbuckled while the unbuckled while the vehicle is DIC message will display. See vehicle is moving. moving. Battery Voltage and Charging If the driver safety belt is buckled, If the passenger safety belt is Messages on page 5-34 and neither the light nor the chime buckled, neither the chime nor the Charging System Light on comes on. light comes on. page 5-18 for more information. Passenger Safety Belt The front passenger safety belt Safety Belt Reminders Reminder Light warning light and chime may turn on if an object is put on the seat such Driver Safety Belt Reminder There is a passenger safety belt as a briefcase, handbag, grocery Light reminder light near the passenger bag, laptop, or other electronic airbag status indicator. See device. To turn off the warning light There is a driver safety belt Passenger Sensing System on and/or chime, remove the object reminder light on the instrument page 3-33. from the seat or buckle the cluster. safety belt. Airbag Readiness Light This light shows if there is an electrical problem with the airbag system. The system check includes the airbag sensor(s), passenger When the vehicle is started, this sensing system (if equipped), the When the vehicle is started, this light flashes and a chime may come pretensioners, the airbag modules, light flashes and a chime may come on to remind passengers to fasten the wiring, and the crash sensing on to remind the driver to fasten their safety belt. Then the light stays and diagnostic module. For more their safety belt. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled. information on the airbag system, on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle continues several times if This cycle may continue several see Airbag System on page 3-27. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (17,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-17
If there is a problem with the airbag system, a Driver Information Center (DIC) message may also come on. See Airbag System Messages on page 5-41.
The airbag readiness light comes on Passenger Airbag Status United States for several seconds when the Indicator vehicle is started. If the light does not come on then, have it fixed If the vehicle has the airbag status immediately. indicator pictured in the following illustration, then the vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the { Warning front outboard passenger position. The passenger airbag status If the airbag readiness light stays Canada and Mexico indicator is on the overhead on after the vehicle is started or console. See Passenger Sensing When the vehicle is started, the comes on while driving, it means System on page 3-33 for important passenger airbag status indicator the airbag system might not be safety information. will light ON and OFF, or the working properly. The airbags in symbols for on and off, for several the vehicle might not inflate in a seconds as a system check. If you crash, or they could even inflate are using remote start, if equipped, without a crash. To help avoid to start the vehicle from a distance, injury, have the vehicle serviced you may not see the system check. right away. Then, after several more seconds, the status indicator will light either ON or OFF, or either the on or off Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (18,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-18 Instruments and Controls
symbol to let you know the status of If it does not, have the vehicle the front outboard passenger frontal { Warning serviced by your dealer. airbag. If the airbag readiness light ever The light should go out once the If the word ON or the on symbol is comes on and stays on, it means engine starts. If it stays on, lit on the passenger airbag status that something may be wrong or comes on while driving, there indicator, it means that the front with the airbag system. To help could be a problem with the outboard passenger frontal airbag is avoid injury to yourself or others, charging system. A charging system allowed to inflate. have the vehicle serviced right message in the Driver Information Center (DIC) can also appear. See If the word OFF or the off symbol is away. See Airbag Readiness Battery Voltage and Charging lit on the airbag status indicator, it Light on page 5-16 for more means that the passenger sensing Messages on page 5-34 for more information, including important information. This light could indicate system has turned off the front safety information. outboard passenger frontal airbag. that there are problems with a generator drive belt, or that there is If, after several seconds, both status Charging System Light an electrical problem. Have it indicator lights remain on, or if there checked right away. If the vehicle are no lights at all, there may be a must be driven a short distance with problem with the lights or the the light on, turn off accessories, passenger sensing system. See such as the radio and air your dealer for service. conditioner.
This light comes on briefly when the ignition key is turned to START, but the engine is not running, as a check to show it is working. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (19,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-19
Malfunction Malfunctions often are indicated by costly repairs not covered by the the system before any problem is vehicle warranty. This could also Indicator Lamp apparent. Being aware of the light result in a failure to pass a A computer system called OBD II can prevent more serious damage required Emission Inspection/ (On-Board Diagnostics-Second to the vehicle. This system also Maintenance test. See Generation) monitors the operation assists the service technician in Accessories and Modifications on of the vehicle to ensure emissions correctly diagnosing any page 10-3. are at acceptable levels, helping to malfunction. This light comes on during a maintain a clean environment. The Notice: If the vehicle is malfunction in one of two ways: malfunction indicator lamp comes continually driven with this light on when the vehicle is placed in Light Flashing: A misfire condition on, the emission controls might has been detected. A misfire ON/RUN, as a check to show it is not work as well, the vehicle fuel working. If it does not, have the increases vehicle emissions and economy might not be as good, could damage the emission control vehicle serviced by your dealer. See and the engine might not run as Ignition Positions on page 9-21. system on the vehicle. Diagnosis smoothly. This could lead to and service might be required. costly repairs that might not be covered by the vehicle warranty. To prevent more serious damage to the vehicle: Notice: Modifications made to the engine, transmission, exhaust, . Reduce vehicle speed. intake, or fuel system of the vehicle or the replacement of the . Avoid hard accelerations. original tires with other than . Avoid steep uphill grades. If the malfunction indicator lamp those of the same Tire comes on while the engine is Performance Criteria (TPC) can . If towing a trailer, reduce the running, this indicates that the OBD affect the vehicle's emission amount of cargo being hauled as II system has detected a problem controls and can cause this light soon as it is possible. and diagnosis and service might be to come on. Modifications to required. these systems could lead to Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (20,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-20 Instruments and Controls
If the light continues to flash, find a . Check that good quality fuel is Emissions Inspection and safe place to stop and park the used. Poor fuel quality causes Maintenance Programs vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at the engine not to run as least 10 seconds, and restart the efficiently as designed and may Depending on where you live, your engine. If the light is still flashing, cause stalling after start-up, vehicle may be required to follow the previous steps and see stalling when the vehicle is participate in an emission control your dealer for service as soon as changed into gear, misfiring, system inspection and maintenance possible. hesitation on acceleration, program. For the inspection, the emission system test equipment will Light On Steady: An emission or stumbling on acceleration. These conditions might go away likely connect to the vehicle's Data control system malfunction has Link Connector (DLC). been detected on the vehicle. once the engine is warmed up. Diagnosis and service might be If one or more of these conditions required. occurs, change the fuel brand used. The following may correct an It may require at least one full tank emission control system of the proper fuel to turn the light off. malfunction: See Recommended Fuel on page 9-55. . Check that the fuel cap is fully installed. See Filling the Tank on If none of the above have made the The DLC is under the instrument page 9-58. The diagnostic light turn off, your dealer can check panel to the left of the steering system can determine if the fuel the vehicle. The dealer has the wheel. See your dealer if assistance cap has been left off or proper test equipment and is needed. improperly installed. A loose or diagnostic tools to fix any missing fuel cap allows fuel to mechanical or electrical problems evaporate into the atmosphere. that might have developed. A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the light off. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (21,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-21
The vehicle may not pass system readiness, your dealer This light can also come on due to inspection if: can prepare the vehicle for low brake fluid. See Brake Fluid on inspection. page 10-22 for more information. . The malfunction indicator lamp is on with the engine running, or if Brake System Warning the light does not come on when the ignition is turned to ON/RUN Light while the engine is off. See your With the ignition on, the brake dealer for assistance in verifying system warning light comes on proper operation of the when the parking brake is set. If the Metric English malfunction indicator lamp. vehicle is driven with the parking This light comes on briefly when the . The OBD II (On-Board brake engaged, a chime sounds Diagnostics) system determines when the vehicle speed is greater ignition key is turned to ON/RUN. that critical emission control than 8 km/h (5 mph). If it does not come on then, have it fixed so it is ready to warn if there is systems have not been The vehicle brake system consists a problem. completely diagnosed. The of two hydraulic circuits. If one vehicle would be considered not circuit is not working, the remaining ready for inspection. This can circuit can still work to stop the { Warning happen if the 12-volt battery has vehicle. For normal braking recently been replaced or run performance, both circuits need to The brake system might not be down. The diagnostic system is be working. working properly if the brake designed to evaluate critical system warning light is on. If the warning light comes on and a emission control systems during Driving with the brake system chime sounds, there could be a normal driving. This can take warning light on can lead to a brake problem. Have the brake several days of routine driving. crash. If the light is still on after system inspected right away. If this has been done and the the vehicle has been pulled off vehicle still does not pass the (Continued) inspection for lack of OBD II Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (22,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-22 Instruments and Controls
For vehicles with the Antilock Brake For vehicles with a Driver Warning (Continued) System (ABS), this light comes on Information Center (DIC), see Brake briefly when the engine is started. System Messages on page 5-35 for the road and carefully stopped, all brake related DIC messages. have the vehicle towed for If it does not, have the vehicle service. serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally the Tow/Haul Mode Light indicator light then goes off. If the light comes on while driving, pull off the road and stop carefully. If the ABS light stays on, turn the The pedal might be harder to push ignition off. If the light comes on or might go closer to the floor. It can while driving, stop as soon as it is take longer to stop. If the light is still safely possible and turn the ignition on, have the vehicle towed for off. Then start the engine again to reset the system. If the ABS light service. See Towing the Vehicle on For vehicles with the Tow/Haul page 10-81. stays on, or comes on again while driving, the vehicle needs service. Mode feature, this light comes on If the regular brake system warning when the Tow/Haul Mode has been Antilock Brake System light is not on, the vehicle still has activated. (ABS) Warning Light brakes, but not antilock brakes. See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-32. If the regular brake system warning light is also on, the vehicle does not have antilock brakes and there is a problem with the regular brakes. See Brake System Warning Light on page 5-21. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (23,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-23
StabiliTrak® OFF Light If the StabiliTrak/TCS system is off, If the light comes on and stays on the system does not assist in while driving, and a message controlling the vehicle. Turn on the displays in the Driver Information StabiliTrak/TCS system and the Center (DIC), have the vehicle indicator light turns off. serviced by the dealer. See Ride See StabiliTrak® System on Control System Messages on page 9-42, and Ride Control System page 5-40 for more information. Messages on page 5-40 for more If the light flashes while driving, this This light comes on briefly while information. means that StabiliTrak or TCS is starting the engine. assisting in controlling the vehicle. Traction Control System See StabiliTrak® System on If it does not, have the vehicle ® page 9-42 for more information. serviced by your dealer. If the (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light system is working normally, the Tire Pressure Light indicator light then goes off. Press and release the Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak button to turn off TCS, and a message displays in the DIC.
Press and briefly hold the TCS/ The TCS/StabiliTrak light comes on StabiliTrak button to turn off the briefly when the engine is started. StabiliTrak system; the StabiliTrak For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Off light comes on and a message If the light does not come on or Monitor System (TPMS), this light appears in the Driver Information stays on, have the vehicle serviced comes on briefly when the engine is Center (DIC). by the dealer. If the system is started. It provides information working normally, the indicator light about tire pressures and the TPMS. turns off. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (24,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-24 Instruments and Controls
When the Light Is On Steady Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it This indicates that one or more of means that oil is not flowing through the tires are significantly the engine properly. The vehicle underinflated. could be low on oil and it might have some other system problem. A Driver Information Center (DIC) tire pressure message may also Low Fuel Warning Light display. See Tire Messages on page 5-41. Stop as soon as Notice: Lack of proper engine oil possible, and inflate the tires to the maintenance can damage the pressure value shown on the Tire engine. Driving with the engine and Loading Information label. See oil low can also damage the Tire Pressure on page 10-49. engine. The repairs would not be When the Light Flashes First and covered by the vehicle warranty. Then Is On Steady Check the oil level as soon as This light, under the fuel gauge, If the light flashes for about a minute possible. Add oil if required, but comes on briefly while the engine is if the oil level is within the and then stays on, there may be a being started. problem with the TPMS. If the operating range and the oil pressure is still low, have the This light and a chime come on problem is not corrected, the light when the fuel tank is low on fuel. will come on at every ignition cycle. vehicle serviced. Always follow the maintenance schedule for The Driver Information Center also See Tire Pressure Monitor changing engine oil. displays a FUEL LEVEL LOW Operation on page 10-52. message. See Fuel System This light comes on briefly while Messages on page 5-38 for more starting the engine. If it does not, information. When fuel is added this have the vehicle serviced by your light and message should go off. dealer. If the system is working If they do not, have the vehicle normally, the indicator light then serviced by your dealer. goes off. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (25,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-25
Security Light For information regarding this light The fog lamp light comes on when and the vehicle's security system, the fog lamps are in use. see Vehicle Alarm System on The light goes out when the fog page 2-12. lamps are turned off. See Fog Lamps on page 6-6 for more High-Beam On Light information. Cruise Control Light The security light should come on briefly as the engine is started. If the system is working normally, the indicator light turns off. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. This light comes on when the high-beam headlamps are in use. If the light stays on and the engine does not start, there could be a See Headlamp High/Low-Beam This light comes on when the cruise problem with the theft-deterrent Changer on page 6-2. control is set. system. This light goes out when the cruise This light is also used to indicate the Front Fog Lamp Light control is canceled. See Cruise status of the anti-theft alarm system Control on page 9-46. when the ignition is turned off. The light will flash rapidly if the alarm system is arming and one or more of the monitored entry points is not closed. The light will stay on if the alarm is arming and all entry points are closed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (26,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-26 Instruments and Controls
Information Displays not have DIC buttons, the trip The buttons are the trip/fuel, vehicle odometer reset stem can be used to information, customization, and set/ Driver Information access some of the menu items. reset buttons. The button functions The DIC displays trip, fuel, and are detailed in the following pages. Center (DIC) vehicle system information, and 3 (Trip/Fuel): Press to display Your vehicle has a Driver warning messages if a system the odometer, trip odometer, fuel Information Center (DIC). problem is detected. range, average economy, fuel used, timer, instantaneous economy and The DIC displays information about The DIC also allows some features Active Fuel Management your vehicle. It also displays to be customized. See Vehicle ™ indicator, and transmission warning messages if a system Personalization (With DIC Buttons) temperature. The compass and problem is detected. on page 5-44 for more information. outside air temperature will also be All messages will appear in the DIC DIC Buttons shown in the display. The display located below the temperature will be shown in °C or ° tachometer in the instrument panel F depending on the units selected. cluster. T (Vehicle Information): Press The DIC comes on when the ignition to display the oil life, units, side is on. After a short delay, the DIC blind zone system on/off, tire will display the information that was pressure readings for vehicles with last displayed before the engine the Tire Pressure Monitor System was turned off. (TPMS), trailer brake gain and The DIC has different displays output information for vehicles with which can be accessed by pressing the Integrated Trailer Brake Control the DIC buttons located on the (ITBC) system, engine hours, instrument panel, next to the compass zone setting, and compass steering wheel. If the vehicle does recalibration. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (27,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-27
U (Customization): Press to Trip Odometer odometer will display the number of customize the feature settings on Press the trip/fuel button until TRIP kilometers (km) or miles (mi) driven your vehicle. See Vehicle displays. This display shows the since the ignition was last turned on Personalization (With DIC Buttons) current distance traveled in either and the vehicle was moving. Once on page 5-44 for more information. kilometers (km) or miles (mi) since the vehicle begins moving, the trip odometer will accumulate mileage. V (Set/Reset): Press to set or the last reset for the trip odometer. Pressing the trip odometer reset For example, if the vehicle was reset certain functions and to turn driven 8 km (5 mi) before it is started off or acknowledge messages on stem will also display the trip odometer. again, and then the retroactive reset the DIC. feature is activated, the display will Trip/Fuel Menu Items (With DIC The trip odometer can be reset to show 8 km (5 mi). As the vehicle zero by pressing the set/reset Buttons) begins moving, the display will then button while the trip odometer is increase to 8.2 km (5.1 mi), 8.4 km 3 (Trip/Fuel): Press to scroll displayed. You can also reset the (5.2 mi), etc. through the following menu items: trip odometer while it is displayed by pressing and holding the trip Fuel Range Odometer odometer reset stem. Press the trip/fuel button until FUEL Press the trip/fuel button until The trip odometer has a feature RANGE displays. This display ODOMETER displays. This display called the retroactive reset. This can shows the approximate number of shows the distance the vehicle has be used to set the trip odometer to remaining kilometers (km) or been driven in either kilometers (km) the number of kilometers (miles) miles (mi) the vehicle can be driven or miles (mi). Pressing the trip driven since the ignition was last without refueling. The display will odometer reset stem will also turned on. This can be used if the show LOW if the fuel level is low. display the odometer. trip odometer is not reset at the The fuel range estimate is based on To switch between English and beginning of the trip. an average of the vehicle's fuel metric measurements, see “Units” To use the retroactive reset feature, economy over recent driving history later in this section. press and hold the set/reset button and the amount of fuel remaining in for at least four seconds. The trip the fuel tank. This estimate will Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (28,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-28 Instruments and Controls
change if driving conditions change. Fuel Used long as the ignition is on, even if For example, if driving in traffic and Press the trip/fuel button until FUEL another display is being shown on making frequent stops, this display USED displays. This display shows the DIC. The timer will record up to may read one number, but if the the number of liters (L) or 99 hours, 59 minutes and vehicle is driven on a freeway, the gallons (gal) of fuel used since the 59 seconds (99:59:59) after which number may change even though last reset of this menu item. To reset the display will return to zero. the same amount of fuel is in the the fuel used information, press and To stop the timer, press the set/reset fuel tank. This is because different hold the set/reset button while FUEL button briefly while TIMER is driving conditions produce different USED is displayed. displayed. fuel economies. Generally, freeway driving produces better fuel Speedometer To reset the timer to zero, press and economy than city driving. Fuel hold the set/reset button while The speedometer shows how fast TIMER is displayed. range cannot be reset. the vehicle is moving in either Average Economy kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles Transmission Temperature per hour (mph). The speedometer Press the trip/fuel button until Press the trip/fuel button until AVG cannot be reset. ECONOMY displays. This display TRANS TEMP displays. This shows the approximate average Timer display shows the temperature of the automatic transmission fluid in liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) Press the trip/fuel button until or miles per gallon (mpg). This either degrees Celsius (°C) or TIMER displays. This display can be degrees Fahrenheit (°F). number is calculated based on the used as a timer. number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded Instantaneous Economy and since the last time this menu item To start the timer, press the set/ reset button while TIMER is Active Fuel Management™ was reset. To reset AVG Indicator ECONOMY, press and hold the set/ displayed. The display will show the reset button. amount of time that has passed If your vehicle has this display, since the timer was last reset, not press the trip/fuel button until INST including time the ignition is off. ECON V8 displays. This display Time will continue to be counted as shows the current fuel economy at a Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (29,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-29
particular moment and will change Vehicle Information Menu recommended in the Maintenance frequently as driving conditions Items (With DIC Buttons) Schedule in this manual. See change. This display shows the T Maintenance Schedule on instantaneous fuel economy in liters (Vehicle Information): Press page 11-2 for more information. per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or to scroll through the following menu items: Remember, you must reset the OIL miles per gallon (mpg). Unlike LIFE display yourself after each oil average economy, this screen Oil Life change. It will not reset itself. Also, cannot be reset. Press the vehicle information button be careful not to reset the OIL LIFE An Active Fuel Management until OIL LIFE REMAINING display accidentally at any time indicator will display on the right displays. This display shows an other than when the oil has just side of the DIC, while INST ECON estimate of the oil's remaining useful been changed. It cannot be reset displays on the left side. Active Fuel life. If you see 99% OIL LIFE accurately until the next oil change. Management allows the engine to REMAINING on the display, that To reset the engine oil life system, operate on either four or eight means 99% of the current oil life see Engine Oil Life System on cylinders, depending on your driving remains. The engine oil life system page 10-9. demands. When Active Fuel will alert you to change the oil on a Side Blind Zone Alert Management is active, V4 will schedule consistent with your display on the DIC. When Active driving conditions. If your vehicle has the Side Blind Fuel Management is inactive, V8 Zone Alert (SBZA) system, this will display. See Active Fuel When the remaining oil life is low, display allows the system to be Management® on page 9-27 for the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON turned on or off. Once in this more information. message will appear on the display. display, press the set/reset button to See “CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON” select between ON or OFF. If you Blank Display under Engine Oil Messages on choose ON, the system will be This display shows no information. page 5-37. You should change the turned on. If you choose OFF, the oil as soon as you can. See Engine system will be turned off. When the Oil on page 10-6. In addition to the SBZA system is turned off, the DIC engine oil life system monitoring the will display the SIDE BLIND ZONE oil life, additional maintenance is Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (30,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-30 Instruments and Controls
ALERT SYSTEM OFF message as TIRES kPa (PSI) LEFT ## TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer a reminder that the system has RIGHT ##. Press the vehicle gain setting. This setting can be been turned off. See Object information button again until the adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either Detection System Messages on DIC displays REAR TIRES kPa a trailer connected or disconnected. page 5-39 and Side Blind Zone Alert (PSI) LEFT ## RIGHT ##. To adjust this setting, see (SBZA) on page 9-49 for more If a low tire pressure condition is “Integrated Trailer Brake Control information. detected by the system while System” under Towing Equipment on page 9-67 for more information. Units driving, a message advising you to add pressure in a specific tire will OUTPUT shows the power output to Press the vehicle information button appear in the display. See Tire the trailer anytime a trailer with until UNITS displays. This display Pressure on page 10-49 and Tire electric brakes is connected. Output allows you to select between metric Messages on page 5-41 for more is displayed in 0 to 10 bars. Dashes or English units of measurement. information. may appear in the OUTPUT display. Once in this display, press the set/ See “Integrated Trailer Brake reset button to select between If the tire pressure display shows Control System” under Towing METRIC or units ENGLISH. All of dashes instead of a value, there may be a problem with your vehicle. Equipment on page 9-67 for more the vehicle information will then be information. displayed in the unit of If this consistently occurs, see your measurement selected. dealer for service. Engine Hours Tire Pressure Trailer Gain and Output Press the vehicle information button until ENGINE HOURS displays. This On vehicles with the Tire Pressure On vehicles with the Integrated Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, display shows the total number of Monitor System (TPMS), the hours the engine has run. pressure for each tire can be viewed the trailer brake display appears in in the DIC. The tire pressure will be the DIC. Press the vehicle Compass Zone Setting shown in either kilopascals (kPa) or information button until TRAILER GAIN and OUTPUT display. This display allows for setting the pounds per square inch (psi). Press compass zone. See Compass on the vehicle information button until page 5-5 the DIC displays FRONT Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (31,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-31
Compass Recalibration in either kilometers (km) or and then the retroactive reset This display allows for calibrating miles (mi) since the last reset for the feature is activated, the display will the compass. See Compass on trip odometer. show 8 km (5 mi). As the vehicle page 5-5 The trip odometer can be reset to begins moving, the display will then zero by pressing and holding the trip increase to 8.2 km (5.1 mi), 8.4 km Blank Display odometer reset stem while the trip (5.2 mi), etc. This display shows no information. odometer is displayed. Language Trip Odometer Reset Stem The trip odometer has a feature This display allows you to select the Menu Items (With DIC Buttons) called the retroactive reset. This can language in which the DIC be used to set the trip odometer to messages will appear. To select a Use the trip odometer reset stem to the number of kilometers (miles) language: view the odometer and trip driven since the ignition was last odometer. The Language selection turned on. This can be used if the 1. Press the trip odometer reset and Engine Hours display can also trip odometer is not reset at the stem until ODOMETER displays. be accessed with the trip odometer beginning of the trip. 2. While in the ODOMETER reset stem. To use the retroactive reset feature, display, press and hold the trip Odometer press and hold the trip odometer odometer reset stem for reset stem for at least four seconds. three seconds until the currently Press the trip odometer reset stem set language displays. until ODOMETER displays. This The trip odometer will display the display shows the distance the number of kilometers (km) or 3. Continue to press and hold the vehicle has been driven in either miles (mi) driven since the ignition trip odometer reset stem to scroll kilometers (km) or miles (mi). was last turned on and the vehicle through all of the available was moving. Once the vehicle languages. Trip Odometer begins moving, the trip odometer The available selections are Press the trip odometer reset stem will accumulate mileage. For ENGLISH (default), FRANCAIS until TRIP displays. This display example, if the vehicle was driven (French), ESPANOL (Spanish), shows the current distance traveled 8 km (5 mi) before it is started again, and NO CHANGE. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (32,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-32 Instruments and Controls
4. Once the desired language is 2. While in the ODOMETER The trip odometer can be reset to displayed, release the trip display, press and hold the trip zero by pressing and holding the trip odometer reset stem to set your odometer reset stem for odometer reset stem while the trip choice. three seconds until the currently odometer is displayed. set language displays. Engine Hours The trip odometer has a feature 3. Continue to press and hold the called the retroactive reset. This can To display the ENGINE HOURS, trip odometer reset stem to scroll be used to set the trip odometer to place the ignition in LOCK/OFF or through all of the available the number of kilometers (miles) ACC/ACCESSORY, then press and languages. driven since the ignition was last hold the trip odometer reset stem for turned on. This can be used if the four seconds while viewing the The available languages are ENGLISH (default), FRANCAIS trip odometer is not reset at the ODOMETER. This display shows beginning of the trip. the total number of hours the engine (French), ESPANOL (Spanish), has run. and NO CHANGE. To use the retroactive reset feature, 4. Once the desired language is press and hold the trip odometer Trip Odometer Reset Stem reset stem for at least four seconds. Menu Items (Without DIC displayed, release the trip odometer reset stem to set your The trip odometer will display the Buttons) choice. number of kilometers (km) or miles (mi) driven since the ignition Language Trip Odometer was last turned on and the vehicle This display allows you to select the Press the trip odometer reset stem was moving. Once the vehicle language in which the DIC until TRIP displays. This display begins moving, the trip odometer messages will appear. To select a shows the current distance traveled will accumulate mileage. For language: in either kilometers (km) or example, if the vehicle was driven 1. Press the trip odometer reset miles (mi) since the last reset for the 8 km (5 mi) before it is started again, stem until ODOMETER displays. trip odometer. and then the retroactive reset feature is activated, the display will show 8 km (5 mi). As the vehicle Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (33,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-33
begins moving, the display will then OUTPUT shows the power output to Oil Life increase to 8.2 km (5.1 mi), 8.4 km the trailer anytime a trailer with To access this display, the vehicle (5.2 mi), etc. electric brakes is connected. Output must be in P (Park). Press the trip is displayed in 0 to 10 bars. Dashes Transmission Temperature odometer reset stem until OIL LIFE may appear in the OUTPUT display. REMAINING displays. This display Press the trip odometer reset stem See “Integrated Trailer Brake shows an estimate of the oil's until TRANS TEMP displays. This Control System” under Towing remaining useful life. If you see display shows the temperature of Equipment on page 9-67 for more 99% OIL LIFE REMAINING on the the automatic transmission fluid in information. display, that means 99% of the either degrees Celsius (°C) or Speedometer current oil life remains. The engine degrees Fahrenheit (°F). oil life system will alert you to The speedometer shows how fast Trailer Gain and Output change the oil on a schedule the vehicle is moving in either consistent with your driving On vehicles with the Integrated kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles conditions. Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, per hour (mph). The speedometer the trailer brake display appears in cannot be reset. When the remaining oil life is low, the DIC. Press the trip odometer the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON reset stem until TRAILER GAIN and Compass Zone Setting message will appear on the display. OUTPUT display. This display allows for setting the See “CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON” compass zone. See Compass on under Engine Oil Messages on TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer page 5-37. You should change the gain setting. This setting can be page 5-5 for more information. oil as soon as you can. See Engine adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either Compass Recalibration Oil on page 10-6. In addition to the a trailer connected or disconnected. engine oil life system monitoring the To adjust this setting, see This display allows for calibrating the compass. See Compass on oil life, additional maintenance is “Integrated Trailer Brake Control page 5-5 for more information. recommended in the Maintenance System” under Towing Equipment Schedule in this manual. See on page 9-67 for more information. Maintenance Schedule on page 11-2 for more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (34,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-34 Instruments and Controls
Remember, you must reset the OIL Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and LIFE display yourself after each oil change. It will not reset itself. Also, Messages displayed on the DIC Charging Messages be careful not to reset the OIL LIFE indicate the status of the vehicle or BATTERY LOW START display accidentally at any time some action may be needed to VEHICLE other than when the oil has just correct a condition. Multiple been changed. It cannot be reset messages may appear one after When the vehicle’s battery is accurately until the next oil change. another. severely discharged, this message will display and four chimes will To reset the engine oil life system, The messages that do not require sound. Start the vehicle see Engine Oil Life System on immediate action can be immediately. If the vehicle is not page 10-9. acknowledged and cleared by started and the battery continues to Relearn Tire Positions pressing V (Set/Reset) or the trip discharge, the climate controls, Your vehicle may have this display. odometer reset stem. heated seats, and audio systems To access this display, the vehicle The messages that require will shut off and the vehicle may must be in P (Park). If your vehicle immediate action cannot be cleared require a jump start. These systems has the Tire Pressure Monitor until that action is performed. will function again after the vehicle System (TPMS), after rotating the is started. All messages should be taken tires or after replacing a tire or seriously and clearing the message SERVICE BATTERY sensor, the system must re-learn the does not correct the problem. tire positions. To re-learn the tire CHARGING SYSTEM positions, see Tire Pressure Monitor The following are the possible On some vehicles, this message System on page 10-51. See Tire messages and some information displays if there is a problem with Inspection on page 10-54, Tire about them. the battery charging system. Under Rotation on page 10-55 and Tire certain conditions, the charging Messages on page 5-41 for more system light may also turn on in the information. instrument cluster. See Charging System Light on page 5-18. Driving with this problem could drain the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (35,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-35
battery. Turn off all unnecessary check for the message on the DIC See “Integrated Trailer Brake accessories. Have the electrical display. If the message is still Control System” under Towing system checked as soon as displayed or appears again when Equipment on page 9-67 for more possible. See your dealer. you begin driving, the brake system information. needs service. See your dealer. Brake System Messages SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE Door Ajar Messages SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM SYSTEM DRIVER DOOR OPEN This message displays along with On vehicles with the Integrated This message displays and a chime the brake system warning light if Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, sounds if the driver door is not fully there is a problem with the brake this message displays and a chime closed and the vehicle is shifted out system. See Brake System Warning sounds when there is a problem of P (Park). Stop and turn off the Light on page 5-21. If this message with the ITBC system. vehicle, check the door for appears, stop as soon as possible When this message displays, power obstructions, and close the door and turn off the vehicle. Restart the is no longer available to the trailer again. Check to see if the message vehicle and check for the message brakes. still appears on the DIC. on the DIC display. If the message is still displayed or appears again As soon as it is safe to do so, HOOD OPEN when you begin driving, the brake carefully pull your vehicle over to This message displays and a chime system needs service as soon as the side of the road and turn the sounds if the hood is not fully possible. See your dealer. ignition off. Check the wiring closed. Stop and turn off the connection to the trailer and turn the vehicle, check the hood for SERVICE BRAKES SOON ignition back on. If this message still obstructions, and close the hood This message displays if there is a displays, either your vehicle or the again. Check to see if the message problem with the brake system. trailer needs service. See your still appears on the DIC. If this message appears, stop as dealer. soon as possible and turn off the vehicle. Restart the vehicle and Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (36,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-36 Instruments and Controls
LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN ENGINE HOT A/C (Air This message displays and a chime This message displays and a chime Conditioning) TURNED OFF sounds if the driver side rear door is sounds if the passenger side rear This message displays when the not fully closed and the vehicle is door is not fully closed and the engine coolant becomes hotter than shifted out of P (Park). Stop and turn vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). the normal operating temperature. off the vehicle, check the door for Stop and turn off the vehicle, check See Engine Coolant Temperature obstructions, and close the door the door for obstructions, and close Gauge on page 5-14. To avoid again. Check to see if the message the door again. Check to see if the added strain on a hot engine, the air still appears on the DIC. message still appears on the DIC. conditioning compressor automatically turns off. When the PASSENGER DOOR OPEN Engine Cooling System coolant temperature returns to This message displays and a chime Messages normal, the air conditioning sounds if the front passenger door compressor turns back on. You can is not fully closed and the vehicle is Notice: If you drive the vehicle continue to drive your vehicle. shifted out of P (Park). Stop and turn while the engine is overheating, severe engine damage may If this message continues to appear, off the vehicle, check the door for have the system repaired by your obstructions, and close the door occur. If an overheat warning appears on the instrument cluster dealer as soon as possible to avoid again. Check to see if the message damage to the engine. still appears on the DIC. and/or DIC, stop the vehicle as soon as possible. See Engine REAR ACCESS OPEN Overheating on page 10-18. This message displays and a chime sounds if the liftgate or liftglass is open while the ignition is in ON/ RUN. Turn off the vehicle and check the liftgate and liftglass. Restart the vehicle and check for the message on the DIC display. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (37,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-37
ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE Engine Oil Messages OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP ENGINE ENGINE CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON This message displays when the Notice: If you drive the vehicle engine coolant temperature is too This message displays when the while the engine oil pressure is hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to engine oil needs to be changed. low, severe engine damage may idle until it cools down. See Engine When you change the engine oil, be occur. If a low oil pressure Coolant Temperature Gauge on sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE warning appears on the Driver page 5-14. OIL SOON message. See Engine Information Center (DIC), stop the Oil Life System on page 10-9 for vehicle as soon as possible. Do See Overheated Engine Protection information on how to reset the Operating Mode on page 10-19 for not drive the vehicle until the message. See Engine Oil on cause of the low oil pressure is information on driving to a safe page 10-6 and Maintenance place in an emergency. corrected. See Engine Oil on Schedule on page 11-2 for more page 10-6 for more information. information. ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP This message displays if low oil ENGINE ENGINE OIL HOT IDLE pressure levels occur. Stop the This message displays and a chime ENGINE vehicle as soon as safely possible and do not operate it until the cause sounds if the engine cooling system This message displays when the of the low oil pressure has been reaches unsafe temperatures for engine oil becomes hotter than the corrected. Check the oil as soon as operation. Stop and turn off the normal operating temperature. Stop possible and have the vehicle vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and allow the vehicle to idle until it serviced by your dealer. See Engine to avoid severe damage. This cools down. See Engine Coolant Oil on page 10-6. message clears when the engine Temperature Gauge on page 5-14. has cooled to a safe operating temperature. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (38,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-38 Instruments and Controls
Engine Power Messages Fuel System Messages Key and Lock Messages ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED FUEL LEVEL LOW REPLACE BATTERY IN This message displays and a chime This message displays and a chime REMOTE KEY sounds when the cooling system sounds if the fuel level is low. Refuel This message displays if a Remote temperature gets too hot and the as soon as possible. See Fuel Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter engine further enters the engine Gauge on page 5-12 and Fuel on battery is low. The battery needs to coolant protection mode. See page 9-55 for more information. be replaced in the transmitter. See Engine Overheating on page 10-18 “Battery Replacement” under for further information. TIGHTEN GAS CAP Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) This message also displays when This message may display along System Operation on page 2-2. the engine power is reduced. with the check engine light on the Reduced engine power can affect instrument cluster if the fuel cap is Lamp Messages the vehicle's ability to accelerate. not tightened properly. See If this message is on, but there is no Malfunction Indicator Lamp on TURN SIGNAL ON reduction in performance, proceed page 5-19. Reinstall the fuel cap This message displays and a chime to your destination. The fully. See Filling the Tank on sounds if a turn signal is left on for performance may be reduced the page 9-58. The diagnostic system 1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn next time the vehicle is driven. The can determine if the fuel cap has signal lever to the off position. vehicle may be driven at a reduced been left off or improperly installed. speed while this message is on, but A loose or missing fuel cap allows acceleration and speed may be fuel to evaporate into the reduced. Anytime this message atmosphere. A few driving trips with stays on, the vehicle should be the cap properly installed should taken to your dealer for service as turn this light and message off. soon as possible. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (39,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-39
Object Detection System park. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist SIDE BLIND ZONE SYSTEM on page 9-48 for more information. UNAVAILABLE Messages See your dealer for service. If your vehicle has the Side Blind PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE SERVICE SIDE BLIND ZONE Zone Alert (SBZA) system, this OWNERS MANUAL ALERT SYSTEM message displays when the SBZA This message displays if there is system is disabled because the If your vehicle has the Side Blind sensor is blocked and cannot detect something interfering with the park Zone Alert (SBZA) system and this assist system. See Ultrasonic vehicles in your blind zone. The message displays, both SBZA sensor may be blocked by mud, dirt, Parking Assist on page 9-48 for displays will remain on indicating more information. snow, ice, or slush. This message there is a problem with the SBZA may also display during heavy rain PARK ASSIST OFF system. If these displays remain on or due to road spray. It may also after continued driving, the system come on when driving in isolated After the vehicle has been started, needs service. See your dealer. See this message displays to remind the areas with no guardrails, trees, Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) on or road signs and light traffic. Your driver that the URPA system has page 9-49 for more information. been turned off. Press the set/reset vehicle does not need service. For button or the trip odometer reset SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT cleaning instructions, see “Washing stem to acknowledge this message SYSTEM OFF Your Vehicle” in Exterior Care on and clear it from the DIC display. To page 10-87. See Side Blind Zone If your vehicle has the Side Blind turn the URPA system back on, see Alert (SBZA) on page 9-49 for more Zone Alert (SBZA) system, this Ultrasonic Parking Assist on information. message displays when the SBZA page 9-48. system has been turned off. See SERVICE PARK ASSIST Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) on page 9-49 and Driver Information This message displays if there is a Center (DIC) on page 5-26 for more problem with the Ultrasonic Rear information. Parking Assist (URPA) system. Do not use this system to help you Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (40,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-40 Instruments and Controls
Ride Control System SERVICE TRACTION TRACTION XX Messages CONTROL STABILITRAK XX If your vehicle has StabiliTrak, this This message displays when the SERVICE STABILITRAK message displays when there is a traction control and/or StabiliTrak If your vehicle has StabiliTrak® and problem with the Traction Control systems have been turned on or off. this message displays, it means System (TCS). When this message Adjust your driving accordingly. To there may be a problem with the displays, the system will not limit limit wheel spin and realize the full StabiliTrak system. If you see this wheel spin. Adjust your driving benefits of the stability message, try to reset the system. accordingly. See your dealer for enhancement system, you should Stop; turn off the engine for at least service. See StabiliTrak® System on normally leave StabiliTrak on. 15 seconds; then start the engine page 9-42 for more information. However, you should turn again. If this message still comes StabiliTrak off if the vehicle gets on, it means there is a problem. You STABILITRAK INITIALIZING stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow should see your dealer for service. If the vehicle has StabiliTrak, this and you want to rock the vehicle to The vehicle is safe to drive, message may come on if the attempt to free it, or if you are however, you do not have the StabiliTrak system has not fully driving in extreme off-road benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce initialized because of road conditions and require more wheel your speed and drive accordingly. conditions or the incorrect tire size. spin. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck on When the StabiliTrak system is fully page 9-14. To turn the StabiliTrak SERVICE SUSPENSION initialized, the message will turn off. system on or off, see StabiliTrak® SYSTEM See StabiliTrak® System on System on page 9-42. If your vehicle has the Autoride® page 9-42 for more information. suspension system, this message If this message continues to be displays when the Autoride displayed for multiple ignition cycles suspension system is not operating and on different road surfaces, see properly. Have your vehicle serviced your dealer for service. by your dealer. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (41,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-41
STABILITRAK OFF may also The message turns off as soon as Tire Messages display when the stability control the conditions that caused the has been automatically disabled. message to be displayed are no SERVICE TIRE MONITOR There are several conditions that longer present. SYSTEM can cause this message to appear. Airbag System Messages On vehicles with the Tire Pressure . One condition is overheating, Monitor System (TPMS), this which could occur if StabiliTrak SERVICE AIR BAG message displays if a part on the activates continuously for an TPMS is not working properly. The extended period of time. This message displays if there is a tire pressure light also flashes and problem with the airbag system. then remains on during the same . The message also displays if the Have your dealer inspect the ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure brake system warning light is on. system for problems. See Airbag Light on page 5-23. Several See Brake System Warning Readiness Light on page 5-16 and conditions may cause this message Light on page 5-21. Airbag System on page 3-27 for to appear. See Tire Pressure more information. Monitor Operation on page 10-52 for . The message could display if the more information. If the warning stability system takes longer Security Messages comes on and stays on, there may than usual to complete its be a problem with the TPMS. See diagnostic checks due to driving SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT your dealer. conditions. SYSTEM TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE . The message displays if an This message displays when there engine or vehicle related is a problem with the theft-deterrent On vehicles with the Tire Pressure problem has been detected and system. The vehicle may or may not Monitor System (TPMS), this the vehicle needs service. See restart, so you may want to take the message displays when the TPMS your dealer. vehicle to your dealer before turning is re-learning the tire positions on off the engine. See Immobilizer your vehicle. The tire positions must Operation on page 2-14. be re-learned after rotating the tires or after replacing a tire or sensor. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (42,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-42 Instruments and Controls
See Tire Inspection on page 10-54, checked and set to those shown on GRADE BRAKING ON Tire Rotation on page 10-55, Tire the Tire Loading Information label. This message displays when the Pressure Monitor System on See Tires on page 10-40, Vehicle grade braking has been activated page 10-51, and Tire Pressure on Load Limits on page 9-15, and Tire while driving on downhill grades. page 10-49 for more information. Pressure on page 10-49. The DIC This message will only appear the also shows the tire pressure values. first time the feature is activated in TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE See Driver Information Center (DIC) an ignition cycle. See Tow/Haul on page 5-26. On vehicles with the Tire Pressure Mode on page 9-32, Automatic Monitor System (TPMS), this Transmission on page 9-28, and message displays when the Transmission Messages Cruise Control on page 9-46. pressure in one or more of the vehicle's tires needs to be checked. GRADE BRAKING DISABLED SERVICE 4 WHEEL DRIVE This message also displays LEFT This message displays when the If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, FRT (left front), RIGHT FRT (right grade braking has been disabled this message may display if a front), LEFT RR (left rear), with the tow/haul mode button on problem occurs with the or RIGHT RR (right rear) to indicate the end of the shift lever. See Tow/ four-wheel-drive system. If this the location of the low tire. The low Haul Mode on page 9-32, Automatic message appears, stop as soon as tire pressure warning light will also Transmission on page 9-28, and possible and turn off the vehicle. come on. See Tire Pressure Light Cruise Control on page 9-46. Make sure the key is in the LOCK/ on page 5-23. You can receive more OFF position for at least one minute than one tire pressure message at a GRADE BRAKING ENABLED and then restart the vehicle and time. To read the other messages This message displays when the check for the message on the DIC that may have been sent at the grade braking has been enabled display. If the message is still same time, press the set/reset with the tow/haul mode button on displayed or appears again when button or the trip odometer reset the end of the shift lever. See Tow/ you begin driving, the stem. If a tire pressure message Haul Mode on page 9-32, Automatic four-wheel-drive system needs appears on the DIC, stop as soon Transmission on page 9-28, and service. See your dealer. as you can. Have the tire pressures Cruise Control on page 9-46. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (43,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-43
TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE Vehicle Reminder As soon as it is safe to do so, ENGINE carefully pull the vehicle over to the Messages side of the road and turn the ignition Notice: Do not drive the vehicle CHECK TRAILER WIRING off. Check the wiring connection to while the transmission fluid is the trailer and turn the ignition back overheating and the transmission On vehicles with the Integrated on. This message clears if the trailer temperature warning is displayed Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, is reconnected. This message also on the instrument cluster and/or this message may display and a clears if you acknowledge it. If this DIC, or the transmission can be chime may sound when one of the message still displays, either the damaged. This could lead to following conditions exists: vehicle or the trailer needs service. costly repairs that would not be See your dealer. covered by the warranty. . A trailer with electric brakes becomes disconnected from the See “Integrated Trailer Brake This message displays and a chime vehicle. Control System” under Towing may sound if the transmission fluid Equipment on page 9-67. in the vehicle gets hot. Driving with ‐ If the disconnect occurs while the transmission fluid temperature the vehicle is stopped, this ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE high can cause damage to the message clears itself after a WITH CARE vehicle. Stop the vehicle and let it short time. idle to allow the transmission to This message displays when ice ‐ If the disconnect occurs while conditions are possible. cool. This message clears and the the vehicle is moving, this chime stops when the fluid message stays on until the TRAILER CONNECTED temperature reaches a safe level. ignition is turned off. On vehicles with the Integrated . There is a short in the wiring to Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, the electric trailer brakes. this message displays briefly when a trailer with electric brakes is first When this message displays, power connected to the vehicle. is no longer available to the trailer brakes. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (44,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-44 Instruments and Controls
This message clears itself after Vehicle To change customization several seconds. This message also preferences, use the following clears if you acknowledge it. After Personalization procedure. this message clears, the TRAILER GAIN/OUTPUT display appears in Vehicle Personalization Entering the Feature Settings Menu the DIC. (With DIC Buttons) See “Trailer Gain and Output” under 1. Turn the ignition on and place Driver Information Center (DIC) on Your vehicle may have the vehicle in P (Park). customization capabilities that allow page 5-26 and “Integrated Trailer you to program certain features to To avoid excessive drain on the Brake Control System” under battery, it is recommended that Towing Equipment on page 9-67. one preferred setting. Customization features can only be programmed to the headlamps are turned off. one setting on the vehicle and 2. Press the customization button Washer Fluid Messages cannot be programmed to a to scroll through the available WASHER FLUID LOW ADD preferred setting for two different customizable options. drivers. FLUID Feature Settings Menu Items All of the customization options may This message displays when the The following are customization windshield washer fluid is low. Fill not be available on your vehicle. Only the options available will be features that allow you to program the windshield washer fluid reservoir settings to the vehicle: as soon as possible. See Engine displayed on the DIC. Compartment Overview on The default settings for the DISPLAY IN ENGLISH page 10-5 for the location of the customization features were set This feature will only display if a windshield washer fluid reservoir. when your vehicle left the factory, language other than English has Also, see Washer Fluid on but may have been changed from been set. This feature allows you to page 10-21 for more information. their default state since then. change the language in which the The customization preferences are DIC messages appear to English. automatically recalled. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (45,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-45
Press the customization button until NO CHANGE: No change will be Press the customization button until the PRESS V TO DISPLAY IN made to this feature. The current AUTO DOOR LOCK appears on the ENGLISH screen appears on the setting will remain. DIC display. Press the set/reset DIC display. Press the set/reset To select a setting, press the set/ button once to access the settings button once to display all DIC reset button while the desired for this feature. Then press the messages in English. setting is displayed on the DIC. customization button to scroll through the following settings: DISPLAY LANGUAGE You can also change the language by pressing the trip odometer reset SHIFT OUT OF PARK (default): This feature allows you to select the The doors will automatically lock stem. See “Language” under DIC language in which the DIC when the vehicle is shifted out of messages will appear. Operation and Displays (Without DIC Buttons) earlier in this section P (Park). Press the customization button until for more information. AT VEHICLE SPEED: The doors the DISPLAY LANGUAGE screen will automatically lock when the appears on the DIC display. Press AUTO DOOR LOCK vehicle speed is above 8 mph the set/reset button once to access This feature allows you to select (13 km/h) for 3 seconds. the settings for this feature. Then when the vehicle's doors will NO CHANGE: No change will be press the customization button to automatically lock. See Automatic scroll through the following settings: made to this feature. The current Door Locks on page 2-8 for more setting will remain. ENGLISH (default): All messages information. will appear in English. To select a setting, press the set/ reset button while the desired FRANCAIS: All messages will setting is displayed on the DIC. appear in French. ESPANOL: All messages will appear in Spanish. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (46,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-46 Instruments and Controls
AUTO DOOR UNLOCK ALL AT KEY OUT: All of the doors Press the customization button until This feature allows you to select will unlock when the key is taken REMOTE DOOR LOCK appears on whether or not to turn off the out of the ignition. the DIC display. Press the set/reset automatic door unlocking feature. ALL IN PARK (default): All of the button once to access the settings It also allows you to select which doors will unlock when the vehicle is for this feature. Then press the doors and when the doors will shifted into P (Park). customization button to scroll through the following settings: automatically unlock. See Automatic NO CHANGE: No change will be Door Locks on page 2-8 for more made to this feature. The current OFF: There will be no feedback information. setting will remain. when you press the lock button on the RKE transmitter. Press the customization button until To select a setting, press the set/ AUTO DOOR UNLOCK appears on reset button while the desired LIGHTS ONLY: The exterior lamps the DIC display. Press the set/reset setting is displayed on the DIC. will flash when you press the lock button once to access the settings button on the RKE transmitter. for this feature. Then press the REMOTE DOOR LOCK HORN ONLY: The horn will sound customization button to scroll This feature allows you to select the on the second press of the lock through the following settings: type of feedback you will receive button on the RKE transmitter. OFF: None of the doors will when locking the vehicle with the HORN & LIGHTS (default): The automatically unlock. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) exterior lamps will flash when you DRIVER AT KEY OUT: Only the transmitter. You will not receive press the lock button on the RKE driver door will unlock when the key feedback when locking the vehicle transmitter, and the horn will sound is taken out of the ignition. with the RKE transmitter if the doors when the lock button is pressed are open. See Remote Keyless DRIVER IN PARK: Only the driver again within five seconds of the Entry (RKE) System Operation on previous command. door will unlock when the vehicle is page 2-2 for more information. shifted into P (Park). NO CHANGE: No change will be made to this feature. The current setting will remain. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (47,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-47
To select a setting, press the set/ LIGHTS ON (default): The exterior power door lock switch twice. See reset button while the desired lamps will flash when you press the Delayed Locking on page 2-8 for setting is displayed on the DIC. unlock button on the RKE more information. transmitter. REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK Press the customization button until NO CHANGE: No change will be DELAY DOOR LOCK appears on This feature allows you to select the made to this feature. The current the DIC display. Press the set/reset type of feedback you will receive setting will remain. button once to access the settings when unlocking the vehicle with the for this feature. Then press the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) To select a setting, press the set/ reset button while the desired customization button to scroll transmitter. You will not receive through the following settings: feedback when unlocking the setting is displayed on the DIC. OFF: There will be no delayed vehicle with the RKE transmitter if DELAY DOOR LOCK the doors are open. See Remote locking of the vehicle's doors. Keyless Entry (RKE) System This feature allows you to select ON (default): The doors will not Operation on page 2-2 for more whether or not the locking of the lock until 5 seconds after the last information. vehicle's doors and liftgate will be door or the liftgate is closed. delayed. When locking the doors Press the customization button until and liftgate with the power door lock NO CHANGE: No change will be REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK appears switch and a door or the liftgate is made to this feature. The current on the DIC display. Press the set/ open, this feature will delay locking setting will remain. reset button once to access the the doors and liftgate until To select a setting, press the set/ settings for this feature. Then press five seconds after the last door is the customization button to scroll reset button while the desired closed. You will hear three chimes setting is displayed on the DIC. through the following settings: to signal that the delayed locking LIGHTS OFF: The exterior lamps feature is in use. The key must be will not flash when you press the out of the ignition for this feature to unlock button on the RKE work. You can temporarily override transmitter. delayed locking by pressing the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (48,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-48 Instruments and Controls
EXIT LIGHTING To select a setting, press the set/ The lights will remain on for This feature allows you to select the reset button while the desired 20 seconds or until the lock button amount of time you want the setting is displayed on the DIC. on the RKE transmitter is pressed, or the vehicle is no longer off. See exterior lamps to remain on when it APPROACH LIGHTING is dark enough outside. This Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) happens after the key is turned from This feature allows you to select System Operation on page 2-2 for ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF. whether or not to have the exterior more information. lights turn on briefly during low light NO CHANGE: No change will be Press the customization button until periods after unlocking the vehicle EXIT LIGHTING appears on the DIC made to this feature. The current using the Remote Keyless Entry setting will remain. display. Press the set/reset button (RKE) transmitter. once to access the settings for this To select a setting, press the set/ feature. Then press the Press the customization button until reset button while the desired customization button to scroll APPROACH LIGHTING appears on setting is displayed on the DIC. through the following settings: the DIC display. Press the set/reset button once to access the settings CHIME VOLUME OFF: The exterior lamps will not for this feature. Then press the turn on. This feature allows you to select the customization button to scroll volume level of the chime. 30 SECONDS (default): The through the following settings: Press the customization button until exterior lamps will stay on for OFF: The exterior lights will not 30 seconds. CHIME VOLUME appears on the turn on when you unlock the vehicle DIC display. Press the set/reset 1 MINUTE: The exterior lamps will with the RKE transmitter. button once to access the settings stay on for 1 minute. ON (default): If it is dark enough for this feature. Then press the 2 MINUTES: The exterior lamps will outside, the exterior lights will turn customization button to scroll stay on for 2 minutes. on briefly when you unlock the through the following settings: vehicle with the RKE transmitter. NO CHANGE: No change will be NORMAL: The chime volume will made to this feature. The current be set to a normal level. setting will remain. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (49,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-49
LOUD: The chime volume will be Press the customization button until To select a setting, press the set/ set to a loud level. PARK TILT MIRRORS appears on reset button while the desired NO CHANGE: No change will be the DIC display. Press the set/reset setting is displayed on the DIC. button once to access the settings made to this feature. The current EASY EXIT RECALL setting will remain. for this feature. Then press the customization button to scroll If your vehicle has this feature, it There is no default for chime through the following settings: allows you to select your preference volume. The volume will stay at the for the automatic easy exit seat last known setting. OFF (default): Neither outside mirror will be tilted down when the feature. See Memory Seats on To select a setting, press the set/ vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). page 3-6 for more information. reset button while the desired Press the customization button until setting is displayed on the DIC. DRIVER MIRROR: The driver outside mirror will be tilted down EASY EXIT RECALL appears on PARK TILT MIRRORS when the vehicle is shifted into the DIC display. Press the set/reset R (Reverse). button once to access the settings If your vehicle has this feature, it for this feature. Then press the allows you to select whether or not PASSENGER MIRROR: The customization button to scroll the outside mirror(s) will passenger outside mirror will be through the following settings: automatically tilt down when the tilted down when the vehicle is vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). shifted into R (Reverse). DOOR BUTTON ONLY: No automatic seat exit recall will occur. See Park Tilt Mirrors on page 2-18 BOTH MIRRORS: The driver and for more information. The recall will only occur after passenger outside mirrors will be pressing the easy exit seat button. tilted down when the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). BUTTON & KEY OUT (default): If the features are enabled through the NO CHANGE: No change will be EASY EXIT SETUP menu, the made to this feature. The current driver seat will move back when the setting will remain. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (50,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-50 Instruments and Controls
key is removed from the ignition or feature. See Memory Seats on MEMORY SEAT RECALL after pressing the easy exit seat page 3-6 and EASY EXIT RECALL If your vehicle has this feature, it button. earlier for more information. allows you to select your preference The automatic easy exit seat Press the customization button until for the remote memory seat recall movement will only occur one time EASY EXIT SETUP appears on the feature. See Memory Seats on after the key is removed from the DIC display. Press the set/reset page 3-6 for more information. ignition. If the automatic movement button once to access the settings Press the customization button until has already occurred, and you put for this feature. Then press the MEMORY SEAT RECALL appears the key back in the ignition and menu up/down button to scroll on the DIC display. Press the set/ remove it again, the seat will stay in through the following settings: reset button once to access the the original exit position, unless a OFF: No automatic seat exit will settings for this feature. Then press memory recall took place prior to recall. the customization button to scroll removing the key again. SEAT ONLY (Default): The driver through the following settings: NO CHANGE: No change will be seat will recall. OFF (default): No remote memory made to this feature. The current seat recall will occur. setting will remain. NO CHANGE: No change will be made to this feature. The current ON: The driver seat and, on some To select a setting, press the set/ setting will remain. vehicles, the outside mirrors will reset button while the desired automatically move to the stored setting is displayed on the DIC. To select a setting, press the set/ reset button while the desired driving position when the unlock EASY EXIT SETUP setting is displayed on the DIC. button on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is pressed. On If your vehicle has this feature, it some vehicles with the adjustable allows you to select which areas will throttle and brake pedal feature, the recall with the automatic easy exit pedals will also automatically move. seat feature. It also allows you to turn off the automatic easy exit Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (51,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-51
NO CHANGE: No change will be ON (default): The remote start DO NOT RESTORE: The made to this feature. The current feature will be enabled. customization features will not be setting will remain. NO CHANGE: No change will be set to their factory default settings. To select a setting, press the set/ made to this feature. The current To select a setting, press the set/ reset button while the desired setting will remain. reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC. To select a setting, press the set/ setting is displayed on the DIC. REMOTE START reset button while the desired EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS setting is displayed on the DIC. If your vehicle has this feature, it This feature allows you to exit the allows you to turn the remote start FACTORY SETTINGS feature settings menu. off or on. The remote start feature This feature allows you to set all of Press the customization button until allows you to start the engine from the customization features back to PRESS V TO EXIT FEATURE outside of the vehicle using the their factory default settings. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) SETTINGS appears in the DIC transmitter. See Remote Vehicle Press the customization button until display. Press the set/reset button Start on page 2-5 for more FACTORY SETTINGS appears on once to exit the menu. information. the DIC display. Press the set/reset If you do not exit, pressing the button once to access the settings customization button again will Press the customization button until for this feature. Then press the REMOTE START appears on the return you to the beginning of the customization button to scroll feature settings menu. DIC display. Press the set/reset through the following settings: button once to access the settings for this feature. Then press the RESTORE ALL (default): The customization button to scroll customization features will be set to through the following settings: their factory default settings. OFF: The remote start feature will be disabled. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (52,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-52 Instruments and Controls
Exiting the Feature Universal Remote Do not use this system with any Settings Menu garage door opener that does not System have the stop and reverse feature. The feature settings menu will be This includes any garage door See Radio Frequency Statement on exited when any of the following opener model manufactured before page 13-15. occurs: April 1, 1982. . The vehicle is no longer in Universal Remote System Read the instructions completely ON/RUN. before attempting to program the Programming transmitter. Because of the steps . The trip/fuel or vehicle involved, it may be helpful to have information DIC buttons are another person assist with pressed. programming the transmitter. . The end of the feature settings Be sure to keep the original remote menu is reached and exited. control transmitter for use in other vehicles, as well as for future . A 40 second time period has elapsed with no selection made. programming. Only the original Vehicles with the Universal Remote remote control transmitter is needed System will have these buttons for Fixed Code programming. The located in the headliner. programmed buttons should be This system provides a way to erased when the vehicle is sold or replace up to three remote control the lease ends. See “Erasing transmitters used to activate Universal Home Remote Buttons” in devices such as garage door this section. openers, security systems, and home automation devices. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (53,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-53
Park the vehicle outside of the To program up to three devices: 3. Immediately return to the garage when programming a garage 1. From inside the vehicle, press vehicle. Press and hold the door. Be sure that people and the two outside buttons at the Universal Home Remote button objects are clear of the garage door same time for one to that will be used to control the or gate that is being programmed. two seconds, and immediately garage door until the garage release them. door moves. The indicator light, Programming Universal Home above the selected button, Remote — Rolling Code should slowly blink. This button For questions or help programming may need to be held for up to the Universal Home Remote 20 seconds. System, call 1-866-572-2728 or go 4. Immediately, within one second, to www.learcar2u.com. release the button when the Most garage door openers sold garage door moves. The after 1996 are Rolling Code units. indicator light will blink rapidly until programming is complete. Programming a garage door opener involves time-sensitive actions, so 5. Press and release the same read the entire procedure before 2. In the garage, locate the garage button again. The garage door starting. Otherwise, the device will door opener receiver should move, confirming that time out and the procedure will have (motor-head unit). Find the programming is successful and to be repeated. “Learn” or “Smart” button. It can complete. usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is To program another Rolling Code attached to the motor-head unit device such as an additional garage and may be a colored button. door opener, a security device, Press this button. After pressing or home automation device, repeat this button, complete the Steps 1 through 5, choosing a following steps in less than 30 seconds. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (54,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-54 Instruments and Controls
different function button in Step 3 Your hand-held transmitter can than what was used for the garage have between 8 to 12 dip door opener. switches depending on the If these instructions do not work, the brand of transmitter. garage door opener is probably a The garage door opener receiver Fixed Code unit. Follow the (motor head unit) could also programming instructions that follow have a row of dip switches that for a Fixed Code garage door can be used when programming opener. the Universal Home Remote. If the total number of switches Programming Universal Home on the motor head and Remote — Fixed Code hand-held transmitter are For questions or help programming To program up to three devices: different, or if the dip switch the Universal Home Remote settings are different, use the dip 1. To verify that the garage door switch settings on the motor System, call 1-866-572-2728 or go opener is a Fixed Code unit, to www.learcar2u.com. head unit to program the remove the battery cover on the Universal Home Remote. The Most garage door openers sold hand-held transmitter supplied motor head dip switch settings before 1996 are Fixed Code units. by the manufacturer of the can also be used when the garage door opener motor. Programming a garage door opener original hand-held transmitter is If there is a row of dip switches involves time-sensitive actions, so not available. similar to the graphic above, the read the entire procedure before garage door opener is a Fixed starting. Otherwise, the device will Code unit. If you do not see a time out and the procedure will have row of dip switches, return to the to be repeated. previous section for Programming Universal Home Remote — Rolling Code. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (55,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-55
The switch positions on the . If a switch is set between hand-held transmitter could be the up and down position, labeled as follows: write “Middle.” . A switch in the up position The switch settings written could be labeled as Up, down in Step 2 now +, or On. become the button strokes Example of Eight Dip Switches to be entered into the with Two Positions . A switch in the down Universal Home Remote in position could be labeled as Step 4. Be sure to enter the Down, −, or Off. switch settings written down in Step 2, in order from left . A switch in the middle to right, into the Universal position could be labeled as Home Remote, when Middle, 0, or Neutral. completing Step 4. 2. Write down the 8 to 12 switch 3. From inside your vehicle, first Example of Eight Dip Switches settings from left to right as with Three Positions firmly press all three buttons at follows: the same time for about The panel of switches might not . When a switch is in the up three seconds. Release the appear exactly as they do in the position, write “Left.” buttons to put the Universal examples above, but they Home Remote into should be similar. . When a switch is in the programming mode. down position, write “Right.” Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (56,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-56 Instruments and Controls
4. The indicator lights will blink 6. Press and hold the button that slowly. Enter each switch setting will be used to control the from Step 2 into your vehicle's garage door until the garage Universal Home Remote. You door moves. The indicator light will have two and one-half above the selected button minutes to complete Step 4. Now should slowly blink. This button press one button on the may need to be held for up to Universal Home Remote for 55 seconds. each switch setting as follows: 7. Immediately release the button . If you wrote “Left,” press when the garage door moves. the left button (A) in the The indicator light will blink vehicle. rapidly until programming is A. Left Button (Up, +, or On) complete. . If you wrote Right, press B. Middle Button (Middle, 0, “ ” 8. Press and release the same the right button (C) in the or Neutral) button again. The garage door vehicle. C. Right Button (Down, −, should move, confirming that or Off) . If you wrote “Middle,” press programming is successful and the middle button (B) in the complete. vehicle. To program another Fixed Code 5. After entering all of the switch device such as an additional garage positions, once again firmly door opener, a security device, press and release all three or home automation device, repeat buttons at the same time. The Steps 1-8, choosing a different indicator lights will turn on. button in Step 6 than what was used for the garage door opener. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (57,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Instruments and Controls 5-57
Universal Remote System the indicator lights, located directly above the buttons, begin Operation to blink rapidly. Press and hold the appropriate 2. Once the indicator lights begin to button for at least half of a second. blink, release both buttons. The The indicator light will come on codes from all buttons will be while the signal is being transmitted. erased. Reprogramming Universal For help or information on the Home Remote Buttons Universal Home Remote System, Any of the three buttons can be call the customer assistance phone reprogrammed by repeating the number under Customer Assistance instructions. Offices on page 13-3. Erasing Universal Home Remote Buttons The programmed buttons should be erased when the vehicle is sold or the lease ends. To erase either Rolling Code or Fixed Code settings on the Universal Home Remote device: 1. Press and hold the two outside buttons at the same time for approximately 20 seconds, until Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (58,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
5-58 Instruments and Controls
2 NOTES Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (1,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Lighting 6-1
Lighting Features Exterior Lighting Lighting Entry Lighting ...... 6-8 Exit Lighting ...... 6-8 Exterior Lamp Controls Exterior Lighting Battery Load Management . . . . 6-8 Battery Power Protection ...... 6-9 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 6-2 Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 Automatic Headlamp System ...... 6-3 The exterior lamp control is on the Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-5 instrument panel to the left of the Turn and Lane-Change steering wheel. Signals ...... 6-5 Fog Lamps ...... 6-6 There are four positions: Auxiliary O (Off): Turns off the automatic Roof-Mounted Lamp ...... 6-6 headlamps and Daytime Running Interior Lighting Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp Instrument Panel Illumination control to the off position again to Control ...... 6-7 turn the automatic headlamps or Dome Lamps ...... 6-7 DRL back on. Reading Lamps ...... 6-8 For vehicles first sold in Canada, the off position will only work when the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (2,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
6-2 Lighting
AUTO (Automatic): Automatically . License Plate Lamps Headlamp High/ turns on the headlamps at normal When the headlamps are turned on brightness, together with the Low-Beam Changer while the vehicle is on, the 5 3 following: headlamps will turn off automatically (Headlamp High/Low Beam Changer): To change the . Parking Lamps 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off. When the headlamps are headlamps from low to high beam, . Instrument Panel Lights turned on while the vehicle is off, push the turn signal lever toward the the headlamps will stay on for instrument panel. To return to . Taillamps 10 minutes before automatically low-beam headlamps, pull the lever toward you. Then release it. . License Plate Lamps turning off to prevent the battery from being drained. Turn the ; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the headlamp control to off and then parking lamps together with the back to the headlamp on position to following: make the headlamps stay on for an . Instrument Panel Lights additional 10 minutes. . Taillamps Exterior Lamps Off When the high beams are on, this . Reminder License Plate Lamps indicator light on the instrument 2 (Headlamps): Turns on the A reminder chime will sound when cluster will also be on. headlamps together with the the headlamps or parking lamps are following: manually turned on and the ignition Flash-to-Pass is off and a door is open. To disable . Parking Lamps the chime, turn the light off. This feature lets you use the high-beam headlamps to signal a . Instrument Panel Lights driver in front of you that you want to pass. It works even if the . Taillamps headlamps are in the automatic position. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (3,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Lighting 6-3
To use it, pull the turn signal lever . The transmission is not in sidemarker, parking lamps, and the toward you, then release it. P (Park). instrument panel lights. The radio lights will also be dim. If the headlamps are in the . The light sensor determines it is automatic position or on low beam, daytime. To turn off the automatic headlamp the high-beam headlamps will turn system, turn the exterior lamps on. They will stay on as long as you When the DRL system is on, only switch to the off position and then hold the lever toward you. The the DRL are on. The taillamps, release it. For vehicles first sold in high-beam indicator on the sidemarker lamps, instrument panel Canada, the transmission must be instrument cluster will come on. lights, and other lamps will not in the P (Park) position before the Release the lever to return to be on. automatic headlamp system can be normal operation. When it begins to get dark, the turned off. automatic headlamp system Daytime Running switches from DRL to the Lamps (DRL) headlamps. DRL can make it easier for others to To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior lamp control to the off position and see the front of the vehicle during then release. For vehicles first sold the day. Fully functional DRL are required on all vehicles first sold in in Canada, off will only work when Canada. the vehicle is in P (Park). The DRL system comes on when Automatic Headlamp the following conditions are met: The vehicle has a light sensor System located on the top of the instrument . The ignition is on. When it is dark enough outside, the panel which regulates when the automatic headlamps turn on. Do . The exterior lamp control is automatic headlamp system turns not cover the sensor, otherwise the in AUTO. on the headlamps at the normal brightness, along with the taillamps, headlamps will come on whenever the ignition is on. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (4,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
6-4 Lighting
The system may also turn on the is in the full bright position. See door closed. See Retained headlamps when driving through a Instrument Panel Illumination Accessory Power (RAP) on parking garage or heavy overcast Control on page 6-7. page 9-24. weather. This is normal. To idle the vehicle with the The regular headlamp system can There is a delay in the transition automatic headlamp system off, turn be turned on when needed. between the daytime and nighttime the control to the off position. Lights On with Wipers operation of the Daytime Running The headlamps will also stay on Lamps (DRL) and the automatic after you exit the vehicle. This If the windshield wipers are headlamp systems so that driving feature can be programmed using activated in daylight with the engine under bridges or bright overhead the Driver Information Center (DIC). on, and the exterior lamp control is street lights does not affect the See Vehicle Personalization (With in AUTO, the headlamps, parking system. The DRL and automatic DIC Buttons) on page 5-44. lamps, and other exterior lamps headlamp system are only affected come on. The transition time for the when the light sensor detects a If the vehicle is not equipped with lamps coming on varies based on change in lighting lasting longer DIC buttons, exit lighting is wiper speed. When the wipers are than the delay. automatic. When it is dark enough not operating, these lamps turn off. outside, the exterior lamps remain Move the exterior lamp control to P If the vehicle is started in a dark on for 30 seconds after the ignition garage, the automatic headlamp is moved from ON/RUN to or ; to disable this feature. system comes on immediately. LOCK/OFF. Once the vehicle leaves the garage, it takes approximately one minute For vehicles without a radio, the for the automatic headlamp system instrument panel light remains on for to change to DRL if it is bright 30 seconds with the driver door enough outside. During that delay, closed. For vehicles with a radio, the instrument cluster may not be as the instrument panel light remains bright as usual. Make sure the on for 10 minutes with the driver instrument panel brightness control Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (5,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Lighting 6-5
Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change one second will cause the turn signals to flash until you release the Signals lever. The lever returns to its starting position whenever it is released. If after signaling a turn or a lane change the arrows flash rapidly or do not come on, a signal bulb may be burned out. Have any burned out bulbs replaced. If a bulb is not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses and Move the lever all the way up or Circuit Breakers on page 10-32. down to signal a turn. Turn Signal On Chime | (Hazard Warning Flashers): An arrow on the instrument cluster Press this button to make the front flashes in the direction of the turn or If the turn signal is left on for more and rear turn signal lamps flash on lane change. than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime will and off. Press again to turn the Raise or lower the lever for less sound at each flash of the turn flashers off. than one second until the arrow signal and the message TURN SIGNAL ON will also appear in the When the hazard warning flashers starts to flash to signal a lane change. This causes the turn Driver Information Control (DIC). To are on, the vehicle's turn signals will turn the chime and message off, not work. signals to automatically flash three times. It will flash six times if move the turn signal lever to the off tow-haul mode is active. Holding the position. turn signal lever for more than Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (6,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
6-6 Lighting
Fog Lamps When the headlamps are changed When the wiring is connected to an to high beam, the fog lamps also go auxiliary roof-mounted lamp, off. When the high-beam headlamps pressing the bottom of the button are turned off, the fog lamps will will activate the lamp and illuminate come on again. an indicator light at the bottom of Some localities have laws that this button. Pressing the top of the require the headlamps to be on with button will turn off the roof-mounted the fog lamps. lamp and indicator. The emergency roof lamp circuit is Auxiliary fused at 30 amps, so the total Roof-Mounted Lamp current draw of the attached lamps For vehicles with fog lamps, the should be less than this value. The control is located next to the exterior If the vehicle has this feature, this attachment points for the roof lamp lamp control on the instrument button includes wiring provisions for circuits are two blunt cut wires panel, to the left of the steering a dealer or a qualified service center located above the overhead column. to install an auxiliary roof lamp. console, a dark green switched power wire and a black ground wire. The ignition must be in the ON/RUN position for the fog lamps to For more information on roof mount come on. emergency lamp installation, please visit the GM Upfitter website at # (Fog Lamps): Press to turn the www.gmupfitter.com or contact your fog lamps on or off. A light will come dealer. on in the instrument cluster. If the vehicle has this button, the When the fog lamps are turned on, vehicle may have the snow plow the parking lamps automatically prep package. See Adding a Snow turn on. This button is on the overhead Plow or Similar Equipment on console. page 9-78. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (7,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Lighting 6-7
Interior Lighting Dome Lamps The dome lamps are located in the Instrument Panel overhead console. Illumination Control They come on when any door is opened and turn off after all the doors are closed. Turn the instrument panel brightness knob located below the dome lamp override button, k (Dome Off): Press the button clockwise to the farthest position to in and the dome lamps remain off manually turn on the dome lamps. when a door is opened. Press the The dome lamps remain on until the button again to return it to the knob is turned counterclockwise. extended position so that the dome Dome Lamp Override lamps come on when a door is D (Instrument Panel opened. Brightness): This feature controls The dome lamp override button is the brightness of the instrument located next to the exterior lamps panel lights and is located next to control. the exterior lamps control. Push the knob to extend out and then it can be turned. Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to brighten or dim the instrument panel lights. Turning the knob to the farthest clockwise position turns on the dome lamps. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (8,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
6-8 Lighting
Reading Lamps Lighting Features Battery Load For vehicles with reading lamps Management they are located on the overhead Entry Lighting The vehicle has Electric Power console. The vehicle has an illuminated entry Management (EPM) that estimates To turn on the reading lamps, press feature. the battery's temperature and state of charge. It then adjusts the voltage the button located next to each When the doors are opened, the for best performance and extended lamp. To turn them off, press the dome lamps will come on if the life of the battery. button again. dome override button is in the The vehicle may also have reading extended position. If the dome When the battery's state of charge lamps in other locations. To turn the override button is pressed in, the is low, the voltage is raised slightly lamps on or off, press the button lamps will not come on. to quickly bring the charge back up. located next to the lamp. When the state of charge is high, the voltage is lowered slightly to The lamps are fixed and cannot be Exit Lighting prevent overcharging. If the vehicle adjusted. The interior lamps come on when has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage the key is removed from the ignition. display on the Driver Information They turn off automatically in Center (DIC), you may see the 20 seconds. The lights do not come voltage move up or down. This is on if the dome override button is normal. If there is a problem, an pressed in. alert will be displayed. The battery can be discharged at idle if the electrical loads are very high. This is true for all vehicles. This is because the generator (alternator) may not be spinning fast Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (9,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Lighting 6-9
enough at idle to produce all the displayed, such as BATTERY LOW power that is needed for very high START VEHICLE. If this message electrical loads. displays, it is recommended that the A high electrical load occurs when driver reduce the electrical loads as several of the following are on, such much as possible and restart the as: headlamps, high beams, fog vehicle. See Battery Voltage and lamps, rear window defogger, Charging Messages on page 5-34. climate control fan at high speed, heated seats, engine cooling fans, Battery Power Protection trailer loads, and loads plugged into This feature shuts off the dome and accessory power outlets. reading lamps if they are left on for EPM works to prevent excessive more than 10 minutes when the discharge of the battery. It does this ignition is off. This will keep the by balancing the generator's output battery from running down. and the vehicle's electrical needs. It can increase engine idle speed to generate more power, whenever needed. It can temporarily reduce the power demands of some accessories. Normally, these actions occur in steps or levels, without being noticeable. In rare cases at the highest levels of corrective action, this action may be noticeable to the driver. If so, a Driver Information Center (DIC) message might be Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (10,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
6-10 Lighting
2 NOTES Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (1,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Infotainment System 7-1
Rear Seat Infotainment Introduction Infotainment Rear Seat Entertainment System (RSE) System ...... 7-36 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Infotainment System ...... 7-46 Read the following pages to Introduction become familiar with the audio Phone system's features. Infotainment ...... 7-1 Bluetooth ...... 7-48 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Overview (Radio with Trademarks and License { Warning CD (MP3)) ...... 7-3 Agreements Overview (Radio with USB, CD, Trademarks and License Taking your eyes off the road for and DVD (MP3)) ...... 7-5 Agreements ...... 7-55 extended periods could cause a Operation ...... 7-6 crash resulting in injury or death Radio to you or others. Do not give AM-FM Radio ...... 7-10 extended attention to infotainment Satellite Radio ...... 7-11 tasks while driving. Radio Reception ...... 7-14 Rear Side Window This system provides access to Antenna ...... 7-15 many audio and non audio listings. Satellite Radio Antenna ...... 7-16 To minimize taking your eyes off the Audio Players road while driving, do the following CD Player ...... 7-16 while the vehicle is parked: CD/DVD Player ...... 7-21 Auxiliary Devices ...... 7-31 . Become familiar with the operation and controls of the audio system. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (2,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-2 Infotainment System
. Set up the tone, speaker even after the ignition is turned off. adjustments, and preset radio See Retained Accessory Power stations. (RAP) on page 9-24 for more For more information, see Defensive information. Driving on page 9-3. Navigation/Radio System This vehicle's audio system may be For vehicles with a navigation radio equipped with a noise reduction system, see the separate Navigation system which can work improperly if System manual. the audio amplifier, engine calibrations, exhaust system, Theft-Deterrent Feature microphones, radio, or speakers are modified or replaced. This could TheftLock® is designed to result in more noticeable engine discourage theft of the vehicle's noise at certain speeds. radio by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Notice: Contact your dealer The radio does not operate if it is before adding any equipment. stolen or moved to a different Adding audio or communication vehicle. equipment could interfere with the operation of the engine, radio, or other systems, and could damage them. Follow federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone equipment. The vehicle has Retained Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP, the audio system can be played Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (3,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Infotainment System 7-3
Overview (Radio with CD (MP3)) A. 4 (Information)
. Press to show information on the current station or track. B. FAV (Favorites Pages)
. Press to scroll through the favorite pages. C. MENU
. Press to open the tone menu to adjust the bass, midrange, treble, fade, and balance. D. Buttons 1 - 6
. Saves and selects favorite stations. Overview (Radio with CD (MP3)) E. EQ (Equalizer)
. Press to adjust the equalizer. F. f (Tone/Tune)
. Press to set the bass or treble. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (4,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-4 Infotainment System
. Turn to manually select M. s REV (Reverse) radio stations. . Press to and hold to go G. CAT (Category) backward fast through a . Press to display a list of track. XM categories. N. \ FWD (Forward) H. H (Clock) . Press to and hold to fast . Press to set the clock. forward through a track. I. BAND O. CD/AUX
. Press to scroll through the . Press to scroll through available bands AM, FM, selecting the CD or a or XM if equipped. auxiliary device. J. © SEEK P. Z Eject . Seeks the previous station. . Press to eject the loaded CD. K. ¨ SEEK . Seeks the next station. L. P (Power/Volume)
. Press to turn the infotainment system on or off.
. Turn to adjust the volume. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (5,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Infotainment System 7-5
Overview (Radio with USB, CD, and DVD (MP3)) A. 4 (Information)
. Press to show information on the current station or track. B. FAV (Favorites Pages)
. Press to scroll through the favorite pages. C. MENU
. Press to open the tone menu to adjust the bass, midrange, treble, fade, and balance. D. DVD Slot E. Buttons 1 - 6
. Saves and selects favorite Overview (Radio with USB, CD, and DVD (MP3)) stations. F. EQ (Equalizer)
. Press to adjust the equalizer settings. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (6,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-6 Infotainment System
G. f (Tone/Tune) M. ¨ SEEK S. DVD/CD/AUX . . Press to set the bass or . Seeks the next station. Press to scroll through treble. selecting the DVD, CD, N. P (Power/Volume) or an auxiliary device. . Turn to manually select radio stations. . Press to turn the Operation infotainment system on H. Z DVD or off. Vehicles with a USB, CD, and DVD radio have a Bose® Surround . Press to eject the . Turn to adjust the volume. Sound System. Some of its features loaded DVD. O. CD Slot are explained later in this section I. CAT (Category) under, “Adjusting the Speakers P. s REV (Reverse) (Balance/Fade).” . Press to display a list of XM categories. . Press to and hold to go Vehicles with a USB, CD, and DVD backward fast through a radio may have a Rear Seat J. H (Clock) track. Entertainment (RSE) system. See Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) . Press to set the clock. Q. \ FWD (Forward) System on page 7-36 for more information on the vehicle's RSE K. BAND . Press to and hold to fast system. . Press to scroll through the forward through a track. The DVD player is the top slot on available bands AM, FM, R. Z CD or XM if equipped. the radio faceplate. The player is capable of reading the DTS . Press to eject the programmed DVD Audio or DVD L. © SEEK loaded CD. Video media, (DTS and DTS Digital . Seeks the previous station. Surround are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc.). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (7,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Infotainment System 7-7
Manufactured under license from Speed Compensated Volume Noise Compensation Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the (SCV): Radios with SCV Technology: Vehicles with the LTZ double-D symbol are trademarks of automatically adjusts the radio package and a Bose Audio System Dolby Laboratories. volume to compensate for road and include the Bose AudioPilot® noise wind noise as the vehicle's speed compensation technology. When Using the Radio changes while driving, so that the turned on, AudioPilot continuously O (Power/Volume): Press to turn volume level stays consistent. adjusts the audio system the system on and off. To activate SCV: equalization, to compensate for background noise, so that music Turn clockwise or counterclockwise 1. Set the radio volume to the always sounds the same at the set to increase or decrease the volume. desired level. volume level. 4 (Information) (If Available): 2. Press the MENU button to This feature is most effective at Press to switch the display between display the radio setup menu. lower radio volume settings where the radio station frequency and the background noise can affect how time. While the ignition is off, press 3. Press the softkey under the well the music is heard. At higher this button to display the time. Press AUTO VOLUM (automatic volume settings, where the music is to display additional text information volume) tab on the radio display. much louder than the background related to the current FM-RDS or 4. Press the softkey under the noise, there might be little or no XM station; or CD, MP3, or WMA desired Speed Compensated adjustments by AudioPilot. song. If information is available Volume setting (OFF, Low, Med, during XM, CD, MP3, or WMA or High) to select the level of To activate: playback, the song title information radio volume compensation. The 1. Set the radio volume to the displays on the top line of the display times out after desired level. display and artist information approximately 10 seconds. Each displays on the bottom line. When higher setting allows for more 2. Press the MENU button to information is not available, “NO radio volume compensation at display the radio setup menu. INFO” displays. faster vehicle speeds. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (8,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-8 Infotainment System
3. Press the softkey under the 3. Adjust the setting by doing one EQ (Equalization): Press this AUTO VOLUM (automatic of the following: button to choose bass and treble volume) tab on the radio display. equalization settings designed for . Turn the f knob clockwise 4. Press the softkey under the ON different types of music. Selecting or counterclockwise. tab. The display times out after MANUAL or changing bass or approximately 10 seconds. treble, returns the EQ to the manual . Press the ¨ SEEK, or © bass and treble settings. For additional information on SEEK button. AudioPilot, please visit Unique EQ settings can be saved www.bose.com/audiopilot. . Press the \ FWD, or s for each source. REV button. If the radio has a Bose audio Setting the Tone (Bass/ system, the EQ settings are either If a station's frequency is weak or if Midrange/Treble) MANUAL or TALK. there is static, decrease the treble. BASS/MID/TREB (Bass, Midrange, Digital Signal Processing (DSP): To quickly adjust bass, midrange, or Treble): To adjust the bass, Press the EQ button to change the or treble to the middle position, midrange, or treble: DSP settings (only available on press the softkey positioned under Bose systems with the LTZ option 1. Press the f knob until the tone the BASS, MID, or TREB tab for package). DSP settings provide a control tabs display. more than two seconds. A beep choice of different listening sounds and the level adjusts to the 2. Highlight the desired tone experiences. middle position. control tab by doing one of the The following DSP settings are following: To quickly adjust all tone and available: speaker controls to the middle . f Pressing the knob. position, press the f knob for more . Normal — Select this setting to adjust the audio for normal . Press the softkey under the than two seconds until a beep mode. This provides the best desired tab. sounds. sound quality for all seating positions. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (9,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Infotainment System 7-9
. Driver — Select this setting to Adjusting the Speakers To quickly adjust all speaker and adjust the audio for the driver to (Balance/Fade) tone controls to the middle position, receive the best possible sound press the f knob for more than quality. BAL/FADE (Balance/Fade): To adjust the balance or fade: two seconds. . Rear — Select this setting to f If the Rear Seat Audio (RSA) is adjust the audio for the rear seat 1. Press the knob until the turned on, the radio disables FADE passengers to receive the best speaker control tabs display. and mutes the rear speakers. possible sound quality. 2. Highlight the desired speaker control tab by doing one of the Radio Messages . Surround (Centerpoint®) — following: Calibration Error: The audio Select this setting to enable system has been calibrated for the Bose Centerpoint. Centerpoint . Pressing the f knob. vehicle from the factory. If the error signal processing produces a displays, it means that the radio has surround sound listening . Press the softkey under the not been configured properly for the experience from a CD or XM desired tab. vehicle and it must be returned to stereo digital audio source. 3. Adjust the setting by doing one your dealer for service. Centerpoint delivers five of the following: independent audio channels Locked or Loc: One of these messages will display when the from conventional two channel . Turn the f knob clockwise stereo recordings. (Not available TheftLock® system has locked up or counterclockwise. for AM or FM.) the radio. Take the vehicle to your dealer for service. . Press the ¨ SEEK, or © SEEK button. If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected, . Press the \ FWD, or s contact your dealer. REV button. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (10,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-10 Infotainment System
Radio display and artist information stations. The radio only seeks and displays on the bottom line. When scans stations with a strong signal AM-FM Radio information is not available, “NO that are in the selected band. INFO” displays. s REV: Press to manually tune to Radio Data System (RDS) Finding a Station a radio station in descending order. For radios with the Radio Data BAND: Press to switch between \ FWD: Press to manually tune to System (RDS) feature, it only works AM, FM, or XM™, if equipped. a radio station in ascending order. with FM stations that broadcast f FAV (Favorites): Press to select RDS information. This system relies (Tune): Turn to manually select different favorite pages for stored upon receiving specific information radio stations. radio stations. from these stations and only works © SEEK: Press to seek the when the information is available. previous radio station. Press and Storing Radio Stations While the radio is tuned to an hold for a few seconds until a beep FM-RDS station, the station name Drivers are encouraged to store sounds to scan for radio stations in radio station while the vehicle is or call letters displays. In rare descending order, press the © cases, a radio station could parked, see Defensive Driving on SEEK button again to stop scanning page 9-3. Tune to stored radio broadcast incorrect information that radio stations. The radio only seeks causes the radio features to work stations using the presets, favorites and scans stations with a strong button, and steering wheel controls, improperly. If this happens, contact signal that are in the selected band. the radio station. if the vehicle has this feature. 4 ¨ SEEK: Press to seek the next Up to 36 stations can be (Information) (RDS Features): radio station. Press and hold for a For vehicles with RDS features, programmed as favorites using the 4 few seconds until a beep sounds to sixbutton. Press the FAV button to press to display additional text scan for radio stations in ascending go through up to six pages of information related to the current order, press the ¨ SEEK button favorites, each having six favorite FM-RDS station. If information is again to stop scanning radio stations available per page. Each available, the song title information displays on the top line of the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (11,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Infotainment System 7-11
page of favorites can contain any 3. Select the number of favorites For more information, contact combination of AM, FM, or XM, pages by pressing the softkey SiriusXM at www.siriusxm.com or if equipped, stations. located below the displayed call 1-866-635-2349 (U.S) and page numbers. www.xmradio.ca or call Storing a Radio Station as a 1-877-209-0079 (Canada). Favorite 4. Press the FAV button, or let the menu time out, to return to the 4 (Information) (SiriusXM Satellite To store a station as a favorite: original main radio screen Radio Service): For vehicles with 1. Tune to a radio station. showing the radio station SiriusXM, press 4 to display 2. Press the FAV button to display frequency tabs and to begin the additional text information related to the page where the station will process of programming the current SiriusXM channel. be stored. favorites. If information is available, the song title information displays on the top 3. Press and hold one of the Satellite Radio line of the display and artist six softkeys until a beep sounds. ® information displays on the bottom 4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to SiriusXM Satellite Radio line. When information is not store additional radio stations. Service available, “NO INFO” displays. SiriusXM is a satellite radio service The number of favorites pages can Finding a Channel be setup using the MENU button. To that is based in the 48 contiguous setup the number of favorites United States and 10 Canadian BAND: Press to switch between pages: provinces. SiriusXM Satellite Radio AM, FM, or SiriusXM, if equipped. has a wide variety of programming f 1. Press the MENU button. (Tune): Turn to manually select and commercial-free music, an SiriusXM channel. 2. Press the softkey located below coast-to-coast, and in digital-quality the FAV 1-6 tab. sound. A service fee is required to © SEEK: Press to go to the receive the SiriusXM service. If the previous SiriusXM channel. service needs to be reactivated, the ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next radio will display “No Subscription SiriusXM channel. Please Renew on channel XM1.” Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (12,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-12 Infotainment System
s REV: Press to go to the 2. Press either of the two softkeys To add or remove a category: previous SiriusXM category. below the desired category tab 1. Press the MENU button. to immediately tune to the first \ FWD: Press to go to the next SiriusXM station in that category. 2. Press the softkey located below SiriusXM category. the XM CAT tab. To go to the previous or next FAV (Favorites): Press to select SiriusXM station in the selected 3. Turn the f knob to display the different favorites pages for stored category, do one of the category to add or remove. radio stations. following: 4. Press the softkey located under CAT (Category): The CAT button is the Add or Remove tab. used to find SiriusXM channels . Turn the f knob. when the radio is in the XM mode. To restore all removed . Press the softkey below the categories, press the softkey Finding a Category (CAT) right or left arrows in the under the Restore All tab. Station category tab. 5. Repeat the steps to remove To find XM channels in a category: . Press © SEEK or ¨ SEEK. more categories. 1. Press the CAT button to display 3. To exit the category search Storing SiriusXM Channels the category tabs. Continue mode, press the FAV button or Drivers are encouraged to store pressing the CAT button until the BAND button to display the SiriusXM channels while the vehicle desired category name displays. favorites again. is parked; see Defensive Driving on . Radios with CD and DVD Adding and Removing Categories page 9-3. Tune to stored radio can also navigate the stations using the presets, favorites Categories cannot be added or category list by pressing the button, and steering wheel controls, removed while the vehicle is moving \ FWD or the s REV if the vehicle has this feature. buttons. faster than 8 km/h (5 mph). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (13,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Infotainment System 7-13
Up to 36 stations can be The number of favorites pages can XM Updating: The encryption code programmed as favorites using the be set up using the MENU button. in the receiver is being updated, and six softkeys below the radio station To set up the number of favorites no action is required. This process frequency tabs and by using the pages: should take no longer than FAV button. Press the FAV button to 1. Press the MENU button. 30 seconds. go through up to six pages of No XM Signal: The system is favorites, each having six favorite 2. Press the softkey located below the FAV 1-6 tab. functioning correctly, but the vehicle stations available per page. Each is in a location that is blocking the page of favorites can contain any 3. Select the number of favorites SiriusXM signal. When the vehicle is combination of AM, FM, pages by pressing the softkey moved into an open area, the signal or SiriusXM, if equipped, stations. located below the displayed should return. page numbers. Storing an SiriusXM Channel as a Loading XM: The audio system is Favorite 4. Press the FAV button, or let the acquiring and processing audio and To store a station as a favorite: menu time out, to return to the text data. No action is needed. This original main radio screen message should disappear shortly. 1. Tune to an SiriusXM channel. showing the radio station Channel Off Air: This channel is 2. Press the FAV button to display frequency tabs and to begin the not currently in service. Tune in to the page where the station will process of programming another channel. be stored. favorites. Channel Unauth: This channel is 3. Press and hold one of the six SiriusXM Radio Messages blocked or cannot be received with softkeys until a beep sounds. XL (Explicit Language your SiriusXM subscription package. 4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to Channels): These channels, or any Channel Unavail: This previously store additional radio stations. others, can be blocked at a assigned channel is no longer customer's request, by calling assigned. Tune to another station. 1-866-635-2349 (US) or 1-877-209-0079 (Canada). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (14,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-14 Infotainment System
If this station was one of the 1-866-635-2349 (U.S) and Check Antenna: If this message presets, choose another station for www.xmradio.ca or call does not clear within a short period that preset button. 1-877-209-0079 (Canada). of time, the receiver or antenna No Artist Info: No artist CAT Not Found: There are no could have a fault. Consult with your information is available at this time channels available for the selected dealer. on this channel. The system is category. The system is working Check XM Receiver: If this working properly. properly. message does not clear within a No Title Info: No song title XM Theftlocked: The SiriusXM short period of time, the receiver information is available at this time receiver in the vehicle could have could have a fault. Consult with your on this channel. The system is previously been in another vehicle. dealer. working properly. For security purposes, SiriusXM XM Not Available: If this message No CAT Info: No category receivers cannot be swapped does not clear within a short period information is available at this time between vehicles. If this message is of time, the receiver could have a on this channel. The system is received after having the vehicle fault. Consult with your dealer. working properly. serviced, check with your dealer. Radio Reception No Information: No text or XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0, informational messages are this message alternates with the Frequency interference and static available at this time on this SiriusXM Radio eight-digit radio ID can occur during normal radio channel. The system is working label. This label is needed to reception if items such as cell phone properly. activate the service. chargers, vehicle convenience accessories, and external electronic No Subscription Please Renew: Unknown: If this message is received when tuned to channel 0, devices are plugged into the The SiriusXM subscription needs to accessory power outlet. If there is be reactivated. Contact SiriusXM at there could be a receiver fault. Consult with your dealer. interference or static, unplug the www.siriusxm.com or call item from the accessory power outlet. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (15,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Infotainment System 7-15
AM SiriusXM® Satellite Radio Rear Side Window The range for most AM stations is Service Antenna greater than for FM, especially at SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service The AM-FM antenna is located in night. The longer range can cause gives digital radio reception from the passenger rear side windows. station frequencies to interfere with coast to coast in the 48 contiguous Make sure the inside surfaces of the each other. For better radio United States, and in Canada. Just rear side windows are not scratched reception, most AM radio stations as with FM, tall buildings or hills can and that the lines on the glass are boost the power levels during the interfere with satellite radio signals, not damaged. If the inside surfaces day, and then reduce these levels causing the sound to fade in and are damaged, they could interfere during the night. Static can also out. In addition, traveling or standing with radio reception. occur when things like storms and under heavy foliage, bridges, power lines interfere with radio garages, or tunnels may cause loss If a cellular telephone antenna reception. When this happens, try of the SiriusXM signal for a period needs to be attached to the glass, reducing the treble on the radio. of time. make sure that the grid lines for the AM-FM antenna are not damaged. FM Stereo Cellular Phone Usage There is enough space between the FM signals only reach about Cellular phone usage may cause grid lines to attach a cellular 16 to 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although interference with the vehicle's radio. telephone antenna without the radio has a built-in electronic This interference may occur when interfering with radio reception. circuit that automatically works to making or receiving phone calls, Notice: Using a razor blade or reduce interference, some static can charging the phone's battery, sharp object to clear the inside of occur, especially around tall or simply having the phone on. This the rear side windows may affect buildings or hills, causing the sound interference causes an increased radio reception or damage the to fade in and out. level of static while listening to the rear side window antenna. radio. If static is received while Repairs would not be covered by listening to the radio, unplug the the warranty. Do not clear the cellular phone and turn it off. inside of the rear side windows with sharp objects. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (16,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-16 Infotainment System
Notice: Do not apply aftermarket Audio Players the CD player and the loading slot glass tinting with metallic film. free of foreign materials, liquids, The metallic film in some tinting and debris. materials will interfere with or CD Player If an error displays, see “CD Player distort the incoming radio Care of the CD Player Messages” later in this section. reception. Any damage caused to the antenna due to metallic tinting Do not add any label to a CD. Care of CDs materials will not be covered by It could get caught in the CD. If a If playing a CD-R, the sound quality the warranty. CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is can be reduced due to CD-R or Satellite Radio Antenna needed, try labeling the top of the CD-RW quality, the method of recorded CD with a marking pen. recording, the quality of the music The XM Satellite Radio antenna is that has been recorded, and the located on the roof of the vehicle. The use of CD lens cleaners for way the CD-R or CD-RW has been Keep the antenna clear of CDs is not advised, due to the risk handled. Handle them carefully. obstructions for clear radio of contaminating the lens of the CD Store CD-R(s) or CD-RW(s) in their reception. optics with lubricants internal to the original cases or other protective CD player mechanism. cases and away from direct sunlight If the vehicle has a sunroof, the and dust. The CD player scans the performance of the XM system (if Notice: If a label is added to a CD, more than one CD is inserted bottom surface of the disc. If the equipped) may be affected if the surface of a CD is damaged, such sunroof is open. into the slot at a time, or an attempt is made to play scratched as cracked, broken, or scratched, or damaged CDs, the CD player the CD does not play properly or not could be damaged. While using at all. Do not touch the bottom side the CD player, use only CDs in of a CD while handling it; this could good condition without any label, damage the surface. Pick up CDs load one CD at a time, and keep by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (17,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Infotainment System 7-17
If the surface of a CD is soiled, CD is controlled by the buttons on portable audio player is not clean it with a soft, lint free cloth or the radio faceplate or by the RSA connected, “No Input Device Found” dampen a clean, soft cloth in a mild, unit. See Rear Seat Audio (RSA) displays. neutral detergent solution mixed System on page 7-46 for more 4 (Information): Press to display with water. Make sure the wiping information. additional text information related to process starts from the center to When a CD is inserted, the CD the current song. If information is the edge. symbol displays on the left side of available, the song title information Inserting a CD the radio display. As each new track displays on the top line of the starts to play, the track number display and artist information Insert a CD partway into the slot, displays. displays on the bottom line. When label side up. The player pulls it in information is not available, “NO and the CD should begin playing. The CD player can play the smaller 8 cm (3 inch) single CDs with an INFO” displays. Ejecting a CD adapter ring. Full-size CDs and the f (Tune): Turn to select tracks on Z EJECT: Press and release to smaller CDs are loaded in the same the CD that is currently playing. eject the disc. Remove the CD manner. © SEEK: Press to go to the start of when Remove Disc displays. If the CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to the current track, if more than ten disc is not removed, after several cycle through CD or Auxiliary when seconds on the CD have played. seconds, the disc is automatically listening to the radio. The CD icon Press to go to the previous track if pulled back into the player. and a message showing the disc less than ten seconds on the CD and/or track number displays when have played. Playing a CD a CD is in the player. Press again If the ignition or radio is turned off, and the system automatically Press and hold, or press multiple with a CD in the player, it stays in searches for an auxiliary input times to continue moving backward the player. When the ignition or device, see, Auxiliary Devices on through the tracks on the CD. radio is turned on, the CD starts page 7-31 for more information. If a ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next playing where it stopped, if it was track. the last selected audio source. The Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (18,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-18 Infotainment System
Press and hold, or press multiple Format . Up to 50 playlists. times to continue moving forward Radios that have the capability of . Up to 255 files. through the tracks on the CD. playing MP3s can play.mp3 or .wma s REV (Fast Reverse): Press files that were recorded onto a . Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl and hold to reverse playback quickly CD-R or CD-RW disc. The files can extension. within a track. be recorded with the following fixed . bit rates: 32 kbps, 40 kbps, 56 kbps, Files with an .mp3, .wma, or .cda \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press file extension. and hold to advance playback 64 kbps, 80 kbps, 96 kbps, 112 kbps, quickly within a track. 128 kbps, 160 kbps, 192 kbps, Root Directory 224 kbps, 256 kbps, and 320 kbps or RDM (Random): Press to listen to a variable bit rate. The root directory is treated as a tracks in random, rather than folder. Files are stored in the root sequential order. To use random: Compressed Audio or Mixed Mode directory when the disc or storage Discs device does not contain folders. 1. Press the softkey positioned The radio can play discs that Files accessed from the root under the RDM tab until Random directory of a CD display as Current Disc displays. contain both uncompressed CD audio and MP3 files. If both formats F1 ROOT. 2. Press the softkey again to turn are on the disc, the radio reads all Empty Folder off random play. MP3 files first, then the uncompressed CD audio files. Folders that do not contain files are MP3 Supported Files skipped, and the player advances to The Radio with CD (MP3) and the CD-R or CD-RW Supported File the next folder that contains files. and Folder Structure Radio with USB and CD (MP3), Order of Play have the capability of playing an The radio supports: MP3 CD-R or CD-RW disc. Compressed audio files are . Up to 50 folders. accessed in the following order:
. Up to eight folders in depth. . Playlists (Px). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (19,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Infotainment System 7-19
. Files stored in the root directory. radio displays the file name without button or the ¨ SEEK button. An the extension (such as .mp3) as the MP3 CD-R or CD-RW that has been . Files stored in folders in the root track name. directory. recorded without using file folders Track names longer than 32 can be played. If a CD-R or CD-RW Tracks are played in the following characters or four pages are contains more than the maximum of order: shortened. The display does not 50 folders, 15 playlists, and 512 folders and files, the player . Play begins from the first track in show parts of words on the last allows access and navigates up to the first playlist and continues page of text and the extension of the maximum, but all items over the sequentially through all tracks in the filename is not displayed. maximum are not accessible. each playlist. When the last Preprogrammed Playlists track of the last playlist has CDs that have preprogrammed Playing an MP3 played, play continues from the 4 first track of the first playlist. playlists that were created using (Information): Press to display WinAmp™, MusicMatch™, or Real additional text information related to . Play begins from the first track in Jukebox™ software can be the current song. If information is the first folder and continues accessed, however, there is no available, the song title information sequentially through all tracks in playlist editing capability using the displays on the top line of the each folder. When the last track radio. These playlists are treated as display and artist information of the last folder has played, special folders containing displays on the bottom line. When play continues from the first compressed audio song files. information is not available, “NO track of the first folder. Playlists that have an .m3u or .pls INFO” displays. File System and Naming file extension and are stored on a f (Tune): Turn to select MP3 files USB device may be supported by on the CD currently playing. The song name that displays is the the radio with a USB port. song name that is contained in the ID3 tag. If the song name is not Playlists can be changed by using present in the ID3 tag, then the the softkeys below the S c and c T tabs, the f knob, the © SEEK Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (20,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-20 Infotainment System
© SEEK: Press to go to the start of c T (Next Folder): Press the are played, the player moves to the the track, if more than ten seconds softkey below the c T tab to go to next artist in alphabetical order and begins playing files by that artist. have played. Press and hold or the first track in the next folder. press multiple times to continue To listen to files by another artist, RDM (Random): Press to listen to moving backward through tracks. press the softkey located below tracks in random, rather than either arrow tab. The disc goes to ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next sequential order. To use random: track. Press and hold or press the next or previous artist in multiple times to continue moving 1. Press the softkey positioned alphabetical order. Continue forward through tracks. under the RDM tab until Random pressing either softkey below the Current Disc displays. arrow tab until the desired artist s REV (Reverse): Press and hold displays. to reverse playback quickly. Sound 2. Press the softkey again to turn is heard at a reduced volume and off random play. To change from playback by artist to the elapsed time of the file displays. h (Music Navigator): Press the playback by album: Release s REV to resume playing. softkey below the h tab to have 1. Press the softkey located below the Sort By tab. \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press the files played in order by artist or and hold to advance playback album. The player scans the disc to 2. Press one of the softkeys below quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced sort the files by artist and album ID3 the Album tab from the sort volume and the elapsed time of the tag information. It can take several screen. minutes to scan the disc depending file displays. Release \ FWD to on the number of files on the disc. 3. Press the softkey below the resume playing. The elapsed time of The radio may begin playing while it Back tab to return to the main the file displays. is scanning in the background. music navigator screen. S c (Previous Folder): Press When the scan is finished, the disc The album name displays on the the softkey below the S c tab to begins playing files in order by second line between the arrows and go to the first track in the previous artist. The current artist playing is songs from the current album folder. shown on the second line of the begins to play. Once all songs from display. Once all songs by that artist that album have played, the player Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (21,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Infotainment System 7-21
moves to the next album in . The label could be caught in the Notice: If a label is added to a alphabetical order on the CD and CD player. CD, more than one CD is inserted begins playing MP3 files from that If the CD is not playing correctly, for into the slot at a time, or an album. any other reason, try a known attempt is made to play scratched To exit music navigator mode, press good CD. or damaged CDs, the CD player could be damaged. While using the softkey below the Back tab to If any error occurs repeatedly or if return to normal MP3 playback. the CD player, use only CDs in an error cannot be corrected, good condition without any label, CD Player Messages contact your dealer. If the radio load one CD at a time, and keep displays an error message, write it the CD player and the loading slot CHECK DISC: If this message down and provide it to your dealer free of foreign materials, liquids, displays and/or the CD ejects, it when reporting the problem. and debris. could be for one of the following reasons: CD/DVD Player If an error displays, see “CD Messages” later in this section. . It is very hot. When the Care of the CD and DVD Player temperature returns to normal, Care of CDs and DVDs the CD should play. Do not add any label to a disc. If playing a CD-R or CD-RW, the It could get caught in the CD or . The road is very rough. When sound quality can be reduced due to DVD player. If a disc is recorded on CD-R or CD-RW quality, the method the road becomes smoother, the a personal computer and a CD should play. of recording, the quality of the music description label is needed, try that has been recorded, and the . The CD is dirty, scratched, wet, labeling the top of the recorded disc way the CD-R or CD-RW has been or upside down. with a marking pen. handled. Handle them carefully. The use of CD/DVD lens cleaners is Store CD-Rs or CD-RWs in their . The air is very humid. If so, wait not advised, due to the risk of original cases or other protective about an hour and try again. contaminating the lens of the optics cases and away from direct sunlight . There could have been a with lubricants internal to the CD and dust. The CD or DVD player problem while burning the CD. and DVD player mechanism. scans the bottom surface of the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (22,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-22 Infotainment System
disc. If the surface of a disc is Front seat passengers can listen to Inserting a Disc damaged, such as cracked, broken, the radio (AM, FM, or XM if Insert a disc partway into either slot, or scratched, the disc does not play equipped) by pressing the BAND label side up. The player pulls it in properly or not at all. Do not touch button or the DVD/CD AUX button to and the disc should begin playing. the bottom side of a disc while select CD slot, DVD slot, front (Loading a disc into the system, handling it; this could damage the auxiliary input, USB port, or rear depending on media type and surface. Pick up discs by grasping auxiliary input (if available). format, ranges from 5 to 20 seconds the outer edges or the edge of the If a playback device is plugged into for a CD, and up to 30 seconds for a hole and the outer edge. the radio’s front auxiliary input jack, DVD to begin playing.) If the surface of a disc is soiled, USB port, or the rear auxiliary jack, clean it with a soft, lint-free cloth or the front seat passengers are able Ejecting a Disc dampen a clean, soft cloth in a mild, to listen to playback from this Z CD (Eject): Press and release neutral detergent solution mixed source through the vehicle to eject the disc that is currently with water. Make sure the wiping speakers. See “Using the Auxiliary playing. The CD ejects from the process starts from the center to Input Jack” in Auxiliary Devices on bottom slot. A beep sounds and the edge. page 7-31, or “Audio/Video (A/V) Ejecting Disc displays. Once the Jacks” under Rear Seat Audio Output disc is ejected, Remove Disc Entertainment (RSE) System on displays. The disc can be removed. Only one audio source can be heard page 7-36 for more information. If the disc is not removed, after through the speakers at one time. In some vehicles, depending on several seconds the disc An audio source is defined as DVD audio options, the rear speakers automatically pulls back into the slot, CD slot, XM, FM-AM, front can be muted when the RSA power player. auxiliary jack, USB port, or rear is turned on. See Rear Seat Audio Z DVD (Eject): Press and auxiliary jack. (RSA) System on page 7-46 for release to eject the disc that is Press the O button to turn the radio more information. currently playing in the top slot. on. The radio can be heard through A beep sounds and Ejecting Disc all of the vehicle speakers. displays. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (23,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Infotainment System 7-23
If loading and reading of a disc When a CD is inserted, the text tab If a front auxiliary device is cannot be completed, due to DVD or CD symbol displays on the connected, the DVD/CD AUX button unknown format, etc., and the disc left side of the radio display. As cycles through all available options, fails to eject, press and hold for each new track starts to play, the such as: DVD slot, CD slot, Front more than five seconds to force the track number displays. Auxiliary, and Rear Auxiliary (if disc to eject. The CD player can play the smaller available). See “Using the Auxiliary 8 cm (3 in) single CDs with an Input Jack” in Auxiliary Devices on Playing a CD (in Either the page 7-31 or “Audio/Video (A/V) DVD or CD Slot) adapter ring. Full-size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same Jacks” under Rear Seat If the ignition or radio is turned off manner. Entertainment (RSE) System on with a CD in the player, it stays in page 7-36 for more information. DVD/CD AUX (Auxiliary): Press to the player. When the ignition or If a disc is inserted into the top DVD radio is turned on, the CD starts cycle through DVD, CD, or Auxiliary when listening to the radio. The slot, the rear seat operator can turn playing where it stopped, if it was on the video screen and use the the last selected audio source. The DVD/CD text tab and a message showing the track or chapter remote control to navigate the CD CD is controlled by the buttons on (tracks only) through the remote the radio faceplate or by the RSA number will display when a disc is in either slot. Press the DVD/CD AUX control. unit. See Rear Seat Audio (RSA) 4 System on page 7-46 for more button again and the system (Information): Press to display information. The DVD/CD decks automatically searches for an additional text information related to (the upper slot is the DVD deck and auxiliary input device; see Auxiliary the current song. If information is the lower slot is the CD deck) of the Devices on page 7-31 for more available, the song title information radio are compatible with most information. If a portable audio displays on the top line of the audio CDs, CD-Rs, CD-RWs, player is not connected, “No Aux display and artist information and MP3s. Input Device” displays. If a disc is in displays on the bottom line. When both the DVD slot and the CD slot, information is not available, “NO the DVD/CD AUX button cycles INFO” displays. between the two sources and does not indicate “No Aux Input Device.” Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (24,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-24 Infotainment System
f (Tune): Turn to select tracks on RDM (Random): Press to listen to The CD player reads both the disc that is currently playing. tracks in random, rather than uncompressed audio and MP3/ sequential order. To use random: WMA files on a mixed mode disc. © SEEK: Press to go to the start of 1. Press the softkey under the Uncompressd audio is played the current track, if more than before MP3/WMA files. Press the five seconds on the CD have RDM tab until Random Current Disc displays. CAT (category) button to toggle played. between uncompressed audio and Press to go to the previous track if 2. Press the softkey again to turn MP3/WMA files. less than five seconds on the CD off random play. CD-R or CD-RW Supported File have played. MP3 and WMA Supported Files and Folder Structure Press and hold, or press multiple The DVD player supports: times, to continue moving backward Format through the tracks on the CD. The radio can play.mp3 or .wma . Up to 255 folders. files that were recorded onto a ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next . Up to eight folders in depth. track. CD-R or CD-RW disc. . Press and hold, or press multiple Compressed Audio or Mixed Mode Up to 15 playlists. Discs times, to continue moving forward . Up to 40 sessions. through the tracks on the CD. The radio plays discs that contain . Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl s REV (Fast Reverse): Press both uncompressed CD audio and extension. and hold to reverse playback quickly MP3/WMA files depending on which slot the disc is loaded into. within a track. . Files with an .mp3, .wma, or .cda \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press The DVD player only reads file extension. uncompressed audio and ignores and hold to advance playback The CD player supports: quickly within a track. MP3/WMA files on a mixed mode disc. . Up to 512 files and folders.
. Up to 8 folders in depth. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (25,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Infotainment System 7-25
. Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl recorded without folders or playlists. each playlist. When the last extension. When displaying the name of the track of the last playlist has folder, the radio displays ROOT. played, play continues from the . Files with an .mp3, .wma, or .cda first track of the first playlist. file extension. When the disc contains only playlists and compressed audio . Play begins from the first track in Root Directory files, but no folders, all files are the first folder and continues The root directory of the disc is located under the root folder. The sequentially through all tracks in treated as a folder. If the root folder down and the folder up each folder. When the last track directory has compressed audio buttons search playlists first and of the last folder has played, files, the directory displays as F1 then go to the root folder. When the play continues from the first ROOT on the radio. radio displays the name of the track of the first folder. folder, the radio displays ROOT. If a disc contains both When play enters a new folder, the uncompressed CD audio and MP3/ Order of Play display does not automatically show WMA files, a folder under the root Compressed audio files are the new folder name unless the directory called CD accesses all of accessed in the following order: folder mode has been chosen as the CD audio tracks on the disc. the default display. The new track . Playlists (Px). name displays. Empty Folder Folders that do not contain files are . Files stored in the root directory. File System and Naming skipped, and the player advances to . Files stored in folders in the root The song name that displays is the the next folder that contains files. directory. song name that is contained in the ID3 tag. If the song name is not No Folder Tracks are played in the following present in the ID3 tag, then the When the disc contains only order: radio displays the file name without compressed files, the files are the extension (such as .mp3) as the . Play begins from the first track in located under the root folder. The the first playlist and continues track name. next and previous folder function sequentially through all tracks in does not function on a disc that was Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (26,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-26 Infotainment System
Track names longer than f (Tune): Turn to select MP3/WMA c T (Next Folder): Press the 32 characters or 4 pages are files. softkey below the c T tab to go to shortened. Parts of words on the the first track in the next folder. last page of text and the extension © SEEK: Press to go to the start of of the file name do not display. the track, if more than five seconds RDM (Random): Press to listen to have played. Press and hold or tracks in random, rather than Preprogrammed Playlists press multiple times, if less than sequential order. five seconds have played, to Preprogrammed playlists that were To use random: created using WinAmp™, continue moving backward through MusicMatch™, or Real Jukebox™ tracks. 1. Press the softkey under the software can be accessed; however, ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next RDM tab until Random Current they cannot be edited using the track. Disc displays radio. These playlists are treated as Press and hold, or press multiple 2. Press the same softkey again to special folders containing times, to continue moving forward turn off random play. compressed audio song files. through tracks. h (Music Navigator): Press the Playlists that have an .m3u or .pls s REV (Reverse): Press and hold softkey below the h tab to play file extension and are stored on a to reverse playback quickly. files in order by artist or album. USB device may be supported by the radio with a USB port. \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press The player scans the disc to sort the and hold to advance playback files by artist and album ID3 tag Playing an MP3 or WMA (in quickly. information. It can take several Either the DVD or CD Slot) S c (Previous Folder): Press minutes to scan the disc depending on the number of files on the disc. If a disc is inserted into the top DVD the softkey below the S c tab to slot, the rear seat operator can turn The radio may begin playing while it go to the first track in the previous on the video screen and use the is scanning in the background. folder. remote control to navigate the CD When the scan is finished, the disc (tracks only). begins playing files in order by artist. The current artist playing is Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (27,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Infotainment System 7-27
shown on the second line of the that album have played, the player DVD-Audio, DVD-R/RW, and DVD display. Once all songs by that artist moves to the next album in +R/RW media, along with MP3 and are played, the player moves to the alphabetical order on the CD and WMA formats. next artist in alphabetical order and begins playing MP3 files from that If an error message displays on the begins playing files by that artist. album. video screen or the radio, see “DVD To listen to files by another artist, To exit music navigator mode, press Display Error Messages” under press the softkey located below the softkey below the Back tab to Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) either arrow tab. The disc goes to return to normal MP3 playback. System on page 7-36, and “CD/DVD the next or previous artist in Player Messages” later in this alphabetical order. Continue Using the DVD Player section for more information. pressing either softkey below the The DVD player can be controlled arrow tab until the artist displays. by the buttons on the remote Inserting a Disc To change from playback by artist to control, the RSA system, or by the Insert a disc partway into the top playback by album: buttons on the radio faceplate. See slot, label side up. The player pulls “Remote Control” under Rear Seat it in and the disc should begin 1. Press the softkey below the Sort Entertainment (RSE) System on playing. “Loading Disc” shows on By tab. page 7-36 and Rear Seat Audio the radio display. At the same time, 2. Press one of the softkeys below (RSA) System on page 7-46 for the radio displays a softkey menu of the Album tab from the sort more information. option(s). Some discs automatically screen. The DVD player is only compatible play the movie while others default with DVDs of the appropriate region to the softkey menu display, which 3. Press the softkey below the requires the Play, Enter, Back tab to return to the main code printed on the jacket of most DVDs. or Navigation softkeys to be music navigator screen. pressed, either by softkey or by the The album name displays on the The DVD slot of the radio is rear seat passenger using the second line between the arrows, compatible with most audio CDs remote control. and songs from the current album and CD-R/RW, DVD-Video, begin to play. Once all songs from Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (28,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-28 Infotainment System
Loading a disc into the system, auxiliary input device; see Auxiliary O (Power): Press to turn the radio depending on media type and Devices on page 7-31 for more on or off. Turn clockwise or format, ranges from 5 to 20 seconds information. If a portable audio counterclockwise to increase or for a CD, and up to 30 seconds for player is not connected, “No Aux decrease the volume. Press and a DVD. Input Device” displays. If a disc is in hold for more than two seconds to both the DVD slot and the CD slot, Ejecting a Disc turn off the entire radio and Rear the DVD/CD AUX button cycles Seat Entertainment (RSE) system Z DVD (Eject): Press and between the two sources and does and to start the Parental Control release to eject the disc currently not indicate “No Aux Input Device.” feature. Parental Control prevents playing in the top slot. A beep If a front auxiliary device is the rear seat occupant from sounds and Ejecting Disc displays. connected, the DVD/CD AUX button operating the Rear Seat Audio cycles through all available options, If loading and reading of a disc (RSA) system or remote control. such as: DVD slot, CD slot, front cannot be completed, due to auxiliary, and rear auxiliary (if A lock symbol displays next to the unknown format, etc., and the disc available). See Using the Auxiliary clock display. The Parental Control fails to eject, press and hold for “ Input Jack in Auxiliary Devices on feature remains on until the knob is more than five seconds to force the ” page 7-31 or Audio/Video (A/V) pressed and held for more than disc to eject. “ Jacks” under Rear Seat two seconds again, or until the Playing a DVD Entertainment (RSE) System on driver turns the ignition off and exits page 7-36 for more information. the vehicle. DVD/CD AUX (Auxiliary): Press to f (Tune): Turn to select tracks on cycle through DVD, CD, or Auxiliary If a disc is inserted into the top DVD a CD or DVD. when listening to the radio. The slot, the rear seat operator can turn DVD/CD text tab and a message on the video screen and use the © SEEK: Press to return to the start showing the track or chapter remote control to navigate the CD of the current track or chapter. number will display when a disc is in (tracks only) through the remote Press again to go to the previous either slot. Press the DVD/CD AUX control. track or chapter. This button might button again and the system automatically searches for an Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (29,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Infotainment System 7-29
not work when the DVD is playing Using Softkeys to Play a DVD-V If the DVD still does not play, refer the copyright information or the (Video) to the on-screen instructions, previews. Once a DVD-V is inserted, the radio if available. ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next display menu shows several tab c (Stop): Press to stop playing, track or chapter. This button might options for playback. Press the rewinding, or fast forwarding a DVD. not work when the DVD is playing softkey located under any tab option r (Enter): Press to select the the copyright information or the during DVD-V playback. choices that are highlighted in previews. r / j (Play/Pause): Press either any menu. s REV (Fast Reverse): Press to the Play or Pause tab displayed on y (Menu): Press to access the quickly reverse the CD or DVD at the radio, to toggle between pausing DVD menu. The DVD menu is five times the normal speed. To stop or restarting playback of a DVD. different on every DVD. Use the fast reversing, press again. This If the forward arrow is showing on softkeys located under the button might not work when the the display, the system is in pause navigation arrows to navigate the DVD is playing the copyright mode. If the Pause tab is showing cursor through the DVD menu. After information or the previews. on the display, the system is in making a selection press this \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press to playback mode. If the DVD screen button. This button only operates fast forward the CD or DVD at is off, press the play button to turn when using a DVD. the screen on. five times the normal speed. To stop Nav (Navigate): Press to display fast forwarding, press again. This Some DVDs begin playing after the directional arrows for navigating button might not work when the previews have finished, although through the menus. DVD is playing the copyright there could be a delay of up to information or the previews. 30 seconds. If the DVD does not q (Return): Press to exit the begin playing the movie current active menu and return to automatically, press the softkey the previous menu. This button located under the play/pause operates only when a DVD is symbol tag displayed on the radio. playing and a menu is active. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (30,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-30 Infotainment System
The rear seat passenger can the display, the system is in pause It must be manually turned on by navigate the DVD-V and DVD-A mode. If the pause tab is showing the rear seat occupant through the menus and controls through the on the display, the system is in remote control power button. remote control. See “Remote playback mode. Control” under Rear Seat Stopping and Resuming q Groupr : Press to cycle through Playback Entertainment (RSE) System on musical groupings on the page 7-36 for more information. The DVD-A disc. To stop playing a DVD without video screen automatically turns on turning off the system, press the c when the DVD-V is inserted into the Nav (Navigate): Press to display button on the remote control, DVD slot, and does not directional arrows for navigating or press the softkey located under automatically power on when the through the menus. the c or the / j tabs displayed DVD-A is inserted into the DVD slot. e (Audio Stream): Press to cycle r on the radio. If the radio is sourced It must be manually turned on by through audio stream formats to something other than DVD-V, the rear seat occupant through the located on the DVD-A disc. The press the DVD/CD AUX button to remote control power button. video screen shows the audio make DVD-V the active source. Using Softkeys to Play a DVD-A stream changing. To resume DVD playback, press the (Audio) The rear seat passenger can / j button on the remote control, navigate the DVD-V and DVD-A r Once a DVD-A is inserted, the radio or press the softkey located under display menu shows several tab menus and controls through the the / j tab on the radio. The DVD options for playback. Press the remote control. See “Remote r should resume play from where it softkey located under any tab option Control” under Rear Seat during DVD-A playback. Entertainment (RSE) System on last stopped if the disc has not been page 7-36 for more information. The ejected and the stop button has not r / j (Play/Pause): Press either video screen automatically turns on been pressed twice on the remote the play or pause icon displayed on when the DVD-V is inserted into the control. If the disc has been ejected the radio, to toggle between pausing DVD slot, and does not or the stop button has been pressed or restarting playback of a DVD. automatically power on when the If the forward arrow is showing on DVD-A is inserted into the DVD slot. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (31,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Infotainment System 7-31
twice on the remote control, the disc Player Error: This message displays an error message, write it resumes playing at the beginning of displays if there are disc load or down and provide it to your dealer the disc. disc eject problems. when reporting the problem. CD/DVD Player Messages . It is very hot. When the Auxiliary Devices Disc Format Error: This message temperature returns to normal, displays if the disc is inserted with the disc should play. Using the Auxiliary Input Jack the disc label wrong side up, or if . The road is very rough. When Radios with an auxiliary input jack the disc is damaged. the road becomes smoother, the located on the lower right side of the Disc Region Error: This message disc should play. faceplate can connect to an external ® displays if the disc is not from a audio device such as an iPod , . The disc is dirty, scratched, wet, correct region. MP3 player, CD player, for use as or upside down. another source for audio listening. No Disc Inserted: This message This input jack is not an audio displays if no disc is present when . The air is very humid. If so, wait about an hour and try again. output; do not plug headphones into the Z or DVD/CD AUX button is the front auxiliary input jack. pressed on the radio. . There was a problem while Drivers are encouraged to set up Optical Error: This message burning the disc. any auxiliary device while the displays if the disc was inserted . The label is caught in the CD/ vehicle is in P (Park). See upside down. DVD player. Defensive Driving on page 9-3 for Disk Read Error: This message more information on driver If the disc is not playing correctly, for distraction. displays if a disc was inserted with any other reason, try a known an invalid or unknown format. good disc. To use a portable audio player, connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to If any error occurs repeatedly or if the radio's front auxiliary input jack. an error cannot be corrected, When a device is connected, press contact your dealer. If the radio Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (32,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-32 Infotainment System
the radio CD/AUX button to begin player. If a portable audio player is Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) playing audio from the device over not connected, “No Input Device System on page 7-36 for more the vehicle speakers. Found” displays. information. For optimal sound quality, increase DVD/CD AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Using the USB Port the portable audio device's volume Press to cycle through DVD, CD, to the loudest level. or Auxiliary when listening to the Radios with a USB port can control radio. The DVD/CD text tab and a a USB storage device or an iPod It is always best to power the using the radio buttons and knobs. portable audio device through its message showing track or chapter own battery while playing. number displays when a disc is in USB Support either slot. Press again and the O (Power/Volume): Turn clockwise system automatically searches for The USB connector is located on or counterclockwise to increase or an auxiliary input device, such as a the instrument panel or in the center decrease the volume of the portable portable audio player. If a portable console, and uses the USB 2.0 player. Additional volume audio player is not connected, “No standard. adjustments might have to be made Aux Input Device” displays. If a disc USB Supported Devices from the portable device if the is in both the DVD slot and the CD volume is not loud or soft enough. slot the DVD/CD AUX button cycles . USB Flash Drives between the two sources and not BAND: Press to listen to the radio . Portable USB Hard Drives when a portable audio device is indicate “No Aux Input Device”. If a playing. The portable audio device front auxiliary device is connected, . Fifth generation or later iPod continues playing. the DVD/CD AUX button cycles through all available options, such . iPod nanos CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to as: DVD slot, CD slot, Front . iPod touch play a CD when a portable audio Auxiliary, and Rear Auxiliary (if device is playing. Press again and available). See “Using the Auxiliary . iPod classic the system begins playing audio Input Jack(s)” in this section, Not all iPods and USB Drives are from the connected portable audio or “Audio/Video (A/V) Jacks” under, compatible with the USB port. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (33,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Infotainment System 7-33
Make sure the iPod has the latest . AAC files stored on an iPod. The iPod charges while it is firmware from Apple® for proper connected to the vehicle if the operation. iPod firmware can be . FAT16 vehicle is in the ACC/ACCESSORY ® updated using the latest iTunes . FAT32 or ON/RUN position. When the application. See www.apple.com/ vehicle is turned off, the iPod itunes. Connecting a USB Storage automatically powers off and will not For help with identifying your iPod, Device or iPod charge or draw power from the vehicle's battery. go to www.apple.com/support. The USB Port can be used to Radios that have a USB port can control an iPod or a USB storage If you have an older iPod model that play.mp3 and .wma files that are device. is not supported, it can still be used by connecting it to the Auxiliary stored on a USB storage device as To connect a USB storage device, Input Jack using a standard 3.5 mm well as AAC files that are stored on connect the device to the USB port (1/8 in) stereo cable. See Using the an iPod. located in the center console or on “ Auxiliary Input Jack earlier for more the instrument panel. ” USB Supported File and Folder information. Structure To connect an iPod, connect one end of the USB cable that came Using the Radio to Control a The radio supports: with the iPod to the iPod’s dock USB Storage Device or iPod . Up to 700 folders. connector and connect the other The radio can control a USB end to the USB port located in the storage device or an iPod using the . Up to 8 folders in depth. center console or on the instrument radio buttons and knobs and display panel. If the vehicle is on and the . Up to 65,535 files. song information on the radio’s USB connection works, “OK to display. . Folder and file names up to disconnect” and a GM logo may f 64 bytes. appear on the iPod and iPod (Tune): Turn to select files. appears on the radio display. The . Files with an .mp3 or .wma file iPod music appears on the radio’s extension. display and begins playing. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (34,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-34 Infotainment System
© SEEK: Press to go to the start of Using Softkeys to Control a c (Folder View): Press the the track, if more than ten seconds USB Storage Device or iPod softkey below c to view the have played. Press and hold or The five softkeys below the radio contents of the current folder on the press multiple times to continue display are used to control the USB drive. To browse and select moving backward through tracks. functions listed below. files: SEEK: Press to go to the next ¨ To use the softkeys: 1. Press the softkey below c. track. Press and hold or press multiple times to continue moving 1. Press the first or fifth softkey 2. Turn f to scroll through the list below the radio display to forward through tracks. of folders. display the functions listed s REV (Reverse): Press and hold below, or press the softkey 3. Press f to select the desired to reverse playback quickly. Sound below the function if it is is heard at a reduced volume. folder. If there is more then one currently displayed. folder, repeat Steps 1 and 2 until Release s REV to resume playing. 2. Press the softkey below the tab the desired folder is reached. The elapsed time of the file with the function on it to use that displays. 4. Turn f to scroll through the files function. \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press in the selected folder. j (Pause): Press the softkey below and hold to advance playback j to pause the track. The tab 5. Press f to select the desired file quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced appears raised when pause is being to be played. volume. Release \ FWD to used. Press the softkey below j To skip through large lists, the five resume playing. The elapsed time of again to resume playback. softkeys can be used to navigate in the file displays. the following order: Back: Press the softkey below the 4 (Information): Press to display Back tab to go back to the main . additional information about the First softkey, first item in the list. display screen on an iPod, or the selected track. root directory on a USB storage . Second softkey, 1% through the device. list each time the softkey is pressed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (35,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Infotainment System 7-35
. Third softkey, 5% through the list 3. Press f to select the Repeat Functionality each time the softkey is pressed. desired menu. To use Repeat: . Fourth softkey, 10% through the 4. Turn f to scroll through the Press the softkey below or list each time the softkey is " ' folders or files in the to select between Repeat All and pressed. selected menu. Repeat Track. . Fifth softkey, end of the list. 5. Press f to select the desired file " (Repeat All): Press the softkey h (Music Navigator): Press the to be played. below " to repeat all tracks. The softkey below h to view and To skip through large lists, the five tab appears lowered when Repeat select a file on an iPod, using the softkeys can be used to navigate in All is being used. This is the default iPod's menu system. Files are the following order: mode when a USB storage device sorted by: or iPod is first connected. . First softkey, first item in the list. (Repeat Track): Press the . Playlists ' . Second softkey, 1% through the softkey below ' to repeat one . Artists list each time the softkey is track. The tab appears raised when pressed. Repeat Track is being used. . Albums . Third softkey, 5% through the list Shuffle Functionality . Genres each time the softkey is pressed. To use Shuffle: . Songs . Fourth softkey, 10% through the Press the softkey below >, 2, . list each time the softkey is Composers C or to select between pressed. = To select files: Shuffle Off, Shuffle All Songs/ . Fifth softkey, end of the list. Shuffle Songs, Shuffle Album, 1. Press the softkey below h. or Shuffle Folder. 2. Turn f to scroll through the list of menus. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (36,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-36 Infotainment System
> (Shuffle Off): Press the Rear Seat In severe or extreme weather softkey below to turn shuffle conditions, the RSE system might 2 Infotainment not work until the temperature is off. This is the default mode when a within the operating range. The USB storage device or iPod is first operating range for the RSE system connected. Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) System is above −20°C (−4°F) or below 2 (Shuffle All Songs / Shuffle 60°C (140°F). If the temperature of Songs): Press the softkey below The vehicle may have an Overhead the vehicle is outside this range, = or C to shuffle all songs on DVD Rear Seat heat or cool the vehicle until the the USB storage device or iPod. Entertainment (RSE) system. The temperature is within the operating C (Shuffle Album): Press the RSE system works with the range of the RSE system. vehicle's audio system. The DVD softkey below > to shuffle all player is part of the front radio. The Parental Control songs in the current album on RSE system includes a radio with a The RSE system may have a an iPod. DVD player, a video display screen, Parental Control feature, depending = (Shuffle Folder): Press the and if the vehicle has a third row on which radio the vehicle has. To softkey below > to shuffle all seat, it could have a second video start Parental Control, press and songs in the current folder on a USB display screen, audio/video jacks, hold the radio power button for more storage device. two wireless headphones, and a than two seconds to stop all system remote control. See CD/DVD Player features such as: radio, video on page 7-21 for more information screen, Rear Seat Audio (RSA), on the vehicle's DVD system. DVD, and/or CD. While Parental Control is on, a padlock icon Before Driving displays. The RSE is designed for rear seat The radio can be turned back on passengers only. The driver cannot with a single press of the power safely view the video screen while button, but the RSE system will driving and should not try to do so. remain under Parental Control. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (37,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Infotainment System 7-37
To turn Parental Control off, press A. Battery cover on. If the light comes on, but there and hold the radio power button for B. Channel 1 or 2 switch is intermittent sound and/or static on more than two seconds. The RSE the headphones, or if the indicator returns from where it was previously C. Power button light does not come on, the batteries left and the padlock icon disappears D. Volume control might need to be replaced. See from the radio display. “Battery Replacement” later in this E. Power indicator light Parental Control can also be turned section for more information. Switch off by inserting or ejecting any disc, The RSE includes two 2-channel the headphones to Off when not pressing the play icon on the radio wireless headphones that are in use. DVD display menu, or changing an dedicated to this system. Channel 1 Infrared transmitters are located at ignition position. is dedicated to the video screen, the rear of the overhead console. while Channel 2 is dedicated to The headphones shut off Headphones Rear Seat Audio (RSA) selections. automatically to save the battery These headphones can be used to power if the RSE system and RSA listen to the radio, CDs, DVDs, are shut off, or if the headphones MP3s, DVD-As, or any auxiliary are out of range of the transmitters source connected to A/V jacks or for more than three minutes. If you the auxiliary input jack, if the vehicle move too far forward or step out of has this feature. The wireless the vehicle, the headphones lose headphones have a power button, the audio signal. channel 1 or 2 switch, and a volume control. To adjust the volume on the headphones, use the volume control If the vehicle has a third row video located on the right side. screen display, it has two additional headphones. For optimal audio performance, the headphones must be worn correctly. Push the power button to turn on Headphones should be worn with the headphones. An indicator light the headband over the top of the located on the headphones comes Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (38,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-38 Infotainment System
head for best audio reception. The Battery Replacement Audio/Video (A/V) Jacks symbol L (Left) appears on the To change the batteries on the outside bottom edge of the ear cup headphones: and should be positioned on the left ear. The symbol R (Right) appears 1. Turn the screw to loosen the on the outside bottom edge of the battery door located on the left ear cup and should be positioned on side of the headphones. Slide the right ear. the battery door open. Notice: Do not store the 2. Replace the two batteries in the headphones in heat or direct compartment. Make sure that sunlight. This could damage the they are installed correctly, using headphones and repairs will not the diagram on the inside of the be covered by the warranty. battery compartment. Storage in extreme cold can 3. Replace the battery door and weaken the batteries. Keep the tighten the door screw. headphones stored in a cool, dry Yellow: Video Input place. If the headphones are to be stored for a long period of time, remove the White: Left Audio Input If the foam ear pads attached to the batteries and keep them in a cool, Red: Right Audio Input headphones become worn or dry place. damaged, the pads can be replaced The A/V jacks are color coded to separately from the headphone set. match typical home entertainment To purchase replacement ear pads, system equipment. call 1-888-293-3332, then prompt The A/V jacks, located on the rear zero (0), or contact your dealer. of the floor console, allow audio or video signals to be connected from an auxiliary device such as a camcorder or a video game unit to Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (39,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Infotainment System 7-39
the RSE system. Adapter the wired headphones. See “Using Audio Output connectors or cables (not included) the Auxiliary Input Jack under ” Audio from the DVD player or may be required to connect the Auxiliary Devices on page 7-31 for auxiliary inputs can be heard auxiliary device to the A/V jacks. more information about changing through the following possible Refer to the manufacturer s the source. ’ sources: instructions for proper usage. How to Change the RSE Video Power for auxiliary devices is not Screen Settings . Wireless headphones supplied by the radio system. The screen display mode (normal, . Vehicle speakers To use the auxiliary inputs of the full, and zoom), screen brightness, . Vehicle-wired headphone jacks RSE system, connect an external and setup menu language can be on the RSA system, if the auxiliary device to the color-coded changed from the on screen setup vehicle has this feature. A/V jacks and turn both the auxiliary menu. To change any feature: device and the video screen power z The RSE system always transmits on. If the video screen is in the DVD 1. Press the (display menu) the audio signal to the wireless player mode, pressing the AUX button on the remote control. headphones, if there is audio (auxiliary) button on the remote 2. Use the remote control n, q, available. See “Headphones” earlier control switches the video screen p o in this section for more information. from the DVD player mode to the , (navigation) arrows and The DVD player is capable of auxiliary device. The audio of the the r (enter) button to use the outputting audio to the wired connected source can be listened to setup menu. headphone jacks on the RSA over the speakers by sourcing the 3. Press the z button again to system, if the vehicle has this radio to the auxiliary device or by feature. The DVD player can be sourcing the RSA to the Rear Aux remove the setup menu from the selected as an audio source on the and listening with the wireless screen. RSA system. See Rear Seat Audio headphones on Channel 2 or with (RSA) System on page 7-46 for more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (40,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-40 Infotainment System
When a device is connected to the and the DVD continues to play Remote Control A/V jacks, or the radio's auxiliary through the previous audio source. input jack if the vehicle has this Use the remote control power button feature, the rear seat passengers or eject the disc to turn off the are able to hear audio from the screen. auxiliary device through the wireless The overhead console contains the or wired headphones. The front seat infrared transmitters for the wireless passengers are able to listen to headphones and the infrared playback from this device through receivers for the remote control. the vehicle speakers by selecting They are located at the rear of the AUX as the source on the radio. console. Video Screen(s) Notice: Avoid directly touching The video screen(s) are located in the video screen, as damage may the overhead console. occur. See “Cleaning the Video Screens” later in this section for To use the remote control, aim it at To use the video screen(s): more information. the transmitter window at the rear of 1. Push the release button located the RSE overhead console and on the overhead console. press the desired button. Direct sunlight or very bright light could 2. Move the screen to the desired affect the ability of the RSE position. transmitter to receive signals from When the video screen is not in the remote control. If the remote use, push it up into its locked control does not seem to be position. working, the batteries might need to be replaced. See Battery If a DVD is playing and the screen “ Replacement later in this section. is raised to its locked position, the ” screen remains on. This is normal, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (41,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Infotainment System 7-41
Objects blocking the line of sight Remote Control Buttons r (Enter): Press this button to could also affect the function of the O (Power): Press this button to select the choice that is highlighted remote control. turn the video screen on and off. in any menu. If a CD or DVD is in the Radio DVD P (Illumination): Press this button z (Display Menu): Press this slot, the remote control O (power) to turn the remote control backlight button to adjust the brightness, button can be used to turn on the on. The backlight automatically screen display mode (normal, full, video screen display and start the times out after 7 to 10 seconds if no or zoom), and display the disc. The radio can also turn on the other button is pressed while the language menu. video screen display. See CD/DVD backlight is on. q (Return): Press this button to Player on page 7-21 for more v exit the current active menu and information. (Title): Press this button to return the DVD to the main menu of return to the previous menu. This Notice: Storing the remote the DVD. This function could vary button operates only when the control in a hot area or in direct for each disc. display menu or a DVD menu is sunlight can damage it, and the active. y (Main Menu): Press this button repairs will not be covered by the to access the DVD menu. The DVD c (Stop): Press this button to stop warranty. Storage in extreme cold menu is different on every DVD. playing, fast reversing, or fast can weaken the batteries. Keep Use the navigation arrows to move forwarding a DVD. Press this button the remote control stored in a twice to return to the beginning of cool, dry place. the cursor around the DVD menu. After making a selection press the the DVD. If the remote control becomes lost enter button. This button only s (Play/Pause): Press this or damaged, a new universal operates when using a DVD. button to start playing a DVD. Press remote control can be purchased. n q p o this button while a DVD is playing to If this happens, make sure the , , , (Menu Navigation Arrows): Use the arrow buttons to pause it. Press it again to continue universal remote control uses a ® navigate through a menu. playing the DVD. code set of Toshiba . Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (42,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-42 Infotainment System
While the DVD is playing, the reversing a DVD audio or CD, AUX (Auxiliary): Press this button DVD can be played slowly by release r. This button might not to switch the system between the pressing s, then pressing r. The work when the DVD is playing the DVD player and an auxiliary source. DVD continues playing in a slow copyright information or the If the vehicle has a third row video play mode. Also, reverse can be previews. screen, the AUX button controls the played slowly by pressing s, then [ (Fast Forward): Press this source display on the second row pressing [. To cancel slow play button to fast forward the DVD or video screen, and the third row s CD. To stop fast forwarding a DVD video screen as described in the mode, press . s table below: t video, press . To stop fast (Previous Track/Chapter): forwarding a DVD audio or CD, Aux Second Third Row Press this button to return to the Button Row Screen release [. This button might not start of the current track or chapter. Press Screen Press this button again to go to the work while the DVD is playing the previous track or chapter. This copyright information or the Default DVD DVD button might not work when the previews. State (No Media Media Press) DVD is playing the copyright e (Audio): Press this button to information or the previews. change audio tracks on DVDs that First Aux Video Aux Video u (Next Track/Chapter): Press have this feature when the DVD is Press Source Source playing. The format and content of this button to go to the beginning of Second DVD Aux Video this function vary for each disc. the next chapter or track. This Press Media Source button might not work while the { (Subtitles): Press this button to Third Aux Video DVD DVD is playing the copyright turn on or off subtitles and to move Press Source Media information or the previews. through subtitle options when a r (Fast Reverse): Press this DVD is playing. The format and Fourth Return to Return to button to quickly reverse the DVD or content of this function vary for Press Default Default CD. To stop fast reversing a DVD each disc. State State video, press s. To stop fast Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (43,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Infotainment System 7-43
2 (Camera): Press this button to 2. Replace the two batteries in the change camera angles on DVDs compartment. Make sure they that have this feature while a DVD is are installed correctly using the playing. The format and content of diagram on the inside of the this function vary for each disc. remote control. 1 through 0 (Numeric Keypad): 3. Replace the battery cover. The numeric keypad provides the If the remote control is to be stored capability of direct chapter or track for a long period of time, remove the number selection. batteries and keep them in a cool, \ (Clear): Press this button within dry place. three seconds after entering a numeric selection, to clear all numerical inputs. } 10 (Double Digit Entries): Press this button to select chapter or track numbers greater than nine. Press this button before entering the number. Battery Replacement To change the remote control batteries: 1. Slide the rear cover back on the remote control. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (44,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-44 Infotainment System
Tips and Troubleshooting Chart Problem Recommended Action There is no power. The ignition might not be turned to ON/RUN or ACC/ ACCESSORY. The picture does not fill the screen. There are black Check the display mode settings in the setup menu by borders on the top and bottom or on both sides, or the pressing the display menu button on the remote control. picture looks stretched out. In auxiliary mode, the picture moves or scrolls. Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices. The remote control does not work. Check to make sure there is no obstruction between the remote control and the transmitter window. Check the batteries to make sure they are not dead or installed incorrectly. After stopping the player, and pushing Play, sometimes If the stop button was pressed one time, the DVD player the DVD starts where it left off and sometimes at the resumes playing where the DVD was stopped. If the beginning. stop button was pressed two times, the DVD player begins to play from the beginning of the DVD. The auxiliary source is running, but there is no picture or Check that the RSE video screen is in the auxiliary sound. source mode. Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (45,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Infotainment System 7-45
Tips and Troubleshooting Chart (cont'd) Problem Recommended Action Sometimes the wireless headphone audio cuts out or Check for obstructions, low batteries, reception range, buzzes. and interference from cellular telephone towers, or use a cellular telephone in the vehicle. Check that the headphones are on correctly using the L (left) and R (right) on the headphones. The remote and/or the headphones are lost. See your dealer for assistance. The DVD is playing, but there is no picture or sound. Check that the RSE video screen is sourced to the DVD player.
DVD Display Error Messages Disc Region Error: This message It might be necessary to turn off the displays if the disc is not from a DVD player when operating one of The DVD display error message correct region. these devices in or near the vehicle. depends on the radio that is in the vehicle. The video screen can No Disc Inserted: This message *Excludes the OnStar® System. display one of the following: displays if no disc is present when Z or DVD AUX is pressed on the Cleaning the RSE Overhead Disc Load/Eject Error: This radio. Console message displays when there are disc load or eject problems. DVD Distortion When cleaning the RSE overhead console surface, use only a clean Disc Format Error: This message Video distortion can occur when cloth dampened with clean water. displays if the disc is inserted with operating cellular phones, scanners, the disc label wrong side up, or if CB radios, Global Position Systems the disc is damaged. (GPS)*, two-way radios, mobile fax machines, or walkie talkies. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (46,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-46 Infotainment System
Cleaning the Video Screen The radio functionality is controlled by both the RSA and the front radio. When cleaning the video screen, Only one band can be tuned to at use only a clean cloth dampened one time. Changing the band on the with clean water. Use care when RSA or the front radio will change directly touching or cleaning the the band on the other system, screen, as damage could result. if they are both sourced to the radio. Rear Seat Audio (RSA) The RSA functions operate even when the main radio is off. The front System audio system will display the P (Power): Press the P button to headphone icon when the RSA is Vehicles with this feature allow the turn the RSA on or off. rear seat passengers to listen to on, and will disappear from the and control any of the music display when it is off. Volume: To increase or decrease headphone volume, turn the knobs sources: radio, CDs, DVDs, or other Audio can be heard through wired located next to the SRCE or PROG auxiliary sources. However, the rear headphones (not included) plugged buttons. The left knob controls the seat passengers can only control into the jacks on the RSA. If the left headphones and the right knob the music sources the front seat vehicle has this feature, audio can controls the right headphones. passengers are not listening to also be heard on Channel 2 of the (except on some radios where dual wireless headphones. SRCE (Source): Press this button control is allowed). For example, to switch between the radio (AM/ The audio system mutes the rear rear seat passengers can control FM), XM (if equipped), CD, and if speakers when the RSA audio is ™ and listen to a CD through the the vehicle has these features, active through the headphones. headphones, while the driver listens DVD, front auxiliary, and rear to the radio through the front auxiliary. speakers. The rear seat passengers have control of the volume for each set of headphones. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (47,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Infotainment System 7-47
© ¨ (Seek): When listening to FM, inactive, with some radios, if the When a disc is playing in the CD or AM, or XM™ (if equipped), press front seat passengers are listening DVD changer, press this button to the left or right seek arrow to go to the disc. select the next disc, if multiple discs © ¨ are loaded. This function is inactive, to the previous or to the next station When a DVD video menu is being with some radios, if the front seat or channel and stay there. This displayed, press the left © or right ¨ passengers are listening to the disc. function is inactive, with some seek arrow to perform a cursor up radios, if the front seat passengers or down on the menu. Hold the left When a DVD video menu is being are listening to the radio. © or right ¨ arrow to perform a displayed, press the PROG button to perform the menu function, enter. Press and hold the left © or right ¨ cursor left or right on the menu. seek arrow until the display flashes, PROG (Program): Press this to tune to an individual station. The button to go to the next preset radio display stops flashing after the station or channel set on the main buttons have not been pushed for radio. This function is inactive, with more than two seconds. This some radios, if the front seat function is inactive, with some passengers are listening to the radios, if the front seat passengers radio. are listening to the radio. When a CD or DVD audio disc is While listening to a disc, press the playing, press this button to go to left © seek arrow to go back to the the beginning of the CD or DVD start of the current track or chapter audio. This function is inactive, with (if more than ten seconds have some radios, if the front seat passengers are listening to the disc. played). Press the right ¨ seek arrow to go to the next track or chapter on the disc. This function is Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (48,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-48 Infotainment System
Phone . Review the controls and operation of the infotainment Warning (Continued) system. Bluetooth long or too often could cause a . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. crash resulting in injury or death. For vehicles equipped with The system may not work with Bluetooth capability, the system can Focus your attention on driving. all cell phones. See Pairing in interact with many cell phones, “ ” this section for more information. allowing: A Bluetooth system can use a . If the cell phone has voice Bluetooth-capable cell phone with a . Placement and receipt of calls in dialing capability, learn to use Hands-Free Profile to make and a hands-free mode. that feature to access the receive phone calls. The system . Sharing of the cell phone’s address book or contact list. See can be used while the key is in the address book or contact list with “Voice Pass-Thru” in this section ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY the vehicle. for more information. position. The range of the Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft). To minimize driver distraction, . See “Storing and Deleting Phone Not all phones support all functions, before driving, and with the vehicle Numbers” in this section for and not all phones work with the parked: more information. in-vehicle Bluetooth system. See . Become familiar with the www.gm.com/bluetooth for more features of the cell phone. { Warning information on compatible phones. Organize the phone book and When using a cell phone, it can Voice Recognition contact lists clearly and delete duplicate or rarely used entries. be distracting to look too long or The Bluetooth system uses voice If possible, program speed dial too often at the screen of the recognition to interpret voice or other shortcuts. phone or the infotainment system. commands to dial phone numbers Taking your eyes off the road too and name tags. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (49,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Infotainment System 7-49
For additional information, say missed calls, a minimum volume Pairing Information “Help” while you are in a voice level is used if the volume is turned recognition menu. down too low. . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 capability cannot be paired to Noise: Keep interior noise levels to Bluetooth Controls the vehicle as a phone and an a minimum. The system may not MP3 player at the same time. recognize voice commands if there Use the buttons on the steering is too much background noise. wheel to operate the in-vehicle . Up to five cell phones can be Bluetooth system. See Steering paired to the Bluetooth system. When to Speak: A short tone Wheel Controls on page 5-2. sounds after the system responds . The pairing process is disabled / (Push to Talk): Press to indicating when it is waiting for a b g when the vehicle is moving. voice command. Wait until the tone answer incoming calls, confirm and then speak. system information, and start . Pairing only needs to be speech recognition. completed once, unless the How to Speak: Speak clearly in a pairing information on the cell calm and natural voice. c / x (End): Press to end a call, reject a call, or cancel an operation. phone changes or the cell phone Audio System is deleted from the system. Pairing When using the in-vehicle Bluetooth . Only one paired cell phone can system, sound comes through the A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone be connected to the Bluetooth vehicle's front audio system must be paired to the Bluetooth system at a time. speakers and overrides the audio system and then connected to the system. Use the audio system vehicle before it can be used. See volume knob, during a call, to the cell phone manufacturer's user change the volume level. The guide for Bluetooth functions before adjusted volume level remains in pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth memory for later calls. To prevent phone is not connected, calls will be made using OnStar Hands-Free Calling, if equipped. See OnStar Overview on page 14-1. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (50,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-50 Infotainment System
. If multiple paired cell phones are 5. Locate the device named “Your 2. Say “Bluetooth.” within range of the system, the Vehicle in the list on the cell ” 3. Say “List.” system connects to the first phone. Follow the instructions available paired cell phone in the on the cell phone to enter the Deleting a Paired Phone order that they were first paired PIN provided in Step 3. After the If the phone name you want to to the system. To connect to a PIN is successfully entered, the delete is unknown, see “Listing All different paired phone, see system prompts you to provide a Paired and Connected Phones.” “Connecting to a Different name for the paired cell phone. Phone” later in this section. This name will be used to 1. Press and hold b / g for indicate which phones are two seconds. Pairing a Phone paired and connected to the 2. Say “Bluetooth.” 1. Press and hold b / g for vehicle. The system responds two seconds. with “
Infotainment System 7-51
Connecting to a Different Phone Storing and Deleting Phone Using the “Store” Command Numbers To connect to a different cell phone, 1. Press and hold b / g for the Bluetooth system looks for the The system can store up to 30 two seconds. next available cell phone in the phone numbers as name tags in the 2. Say Store. order in which all the available cell Hands-Free Directory that is shared “ ” phones were paired. Depending on between the Bluetooth and OnStar 3. Say the phone number or group which cell phone you want to systems, if equipped. of numbers you want to store all connect to, you may have to use at once with no pauses, then The following commands are used this command several times. follow the directions given by the to delete and store phone numbers. system to save a name tag for 1. Press and hold / for b g Store: This command will store a this number. two seconds. phone number, or a group of Using the Digit Store Command 2. Say “Bluetooth.” numbers as a name tag. “ ” If an unwanted number is 3. Say “Change phone.” Digit Store: This command allows a phone number to be stored as a recognized by the system, say . If another cell phone is name tag by entering the digits one “Clear” at any time to clear the last found, the response will be at a time. number. “
7-52 Infotainment System
3. Say each digit, one at a time, To delete all name tags: Digit Dial: This command allows a that you want to store. After phone number to be dialed by each digit is entered, the system 1. Press and hold b / g for entering the digits one at a time. two seconds. repeats back the digit it heard Re-dial: This command is used to followed by a tone. After the last 2. Say “Delete all name tags.” dial the last number used on the cell digit has been entered, say phone. “Store,” and then follow the Listing Stored Numbers directions given by the system to The list command will list all stored Using the “Dial” or “Call” save a name tag for this number. numbers and name tags. Command Using the “Delete” Command Using the “List” Command 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. 1. Press and hold b / g for 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. two seconds. 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” 3. Say the entire number without 2. Say “Delete.” 2. Say “Directory.” pausing, or say the name tag. 3. Say the name tag you want to 3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.” delete. Once connected, the person called 4. Say “List.” will be heard through the audio Using the “Delete All Name Tags” speakers. Command Making a Call Calling 911 Emergency This command deletes all stored Calls can be made using the name tags in the Hands-Free following commands. 1. Press and hold b / g for Calling Directory and the OnStar Dial or Call: The dial or call two seconds. Turn-by-Turn Destinations Directory, command can be used 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” if equipped. interchangeably to dial a phone number or a stored name tag. 3. Say “911.” 4. Say “Dial” or “Call.” Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (53,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Infotainment System 7-53
Once connected, the person called followed by a tone. After the last Call Waiting will be heard through the audio digit has been entered, Call waiting must be supported on speakers. say Dial. “ ” the cell phone and enabled by the Using the “Digit Dial” Command Once connected, the person called wireless service carrier. will be heard through the audio The digit dial command allows a speakers. . Press / to answer an phone number to be dialed by b g incoming call when another call entering the digits one at a time. Using the Re-dial Command “ ” is active. The original call is After each digit is entered, the placed on hold. system repeats back the digit it 1. Press and hold b / g for heard followed by a tone. two seconds. . Press b / g again to return to If an unwanted number is 2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.” the original call. recognized by the system, say Once connected, the person called . To ignore the incoming call, no “Clear” at any time to clear the last will be heard through the audio number. speakers. action is required. To hear all of the numbers Receiving a Call . Press c / x to disconnect the recognized by the system, say current call and switch to the call “Verify” at any time. When an incoming call is received, on hold. the audio system mutes and a ring 1. Press and hold b / g for tone is heard in the vehicle. Three-Way Calling two seconds. Three-way calling must be . Press b / g to answer the call. 2. Say “Digit Dial.” supported on the cell phone and 3. Say each digit, one at a time, . Press c / x to ignore a call. enabled by the wireless service that you want to dial. After each carrier. digit is entered, the system 1. While on a call, press b / g. repeats back the digit it heard 2. Say “Three-way call.” Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (54,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-54 Infotainment System
3. Use the dial or call command to Transferring a Call phone. See your cell phone dial the number of the third party manufacturer's user guide for more Audio can be transferred between to be called. information. the Bluetooth system and the cell 4. Once the call is connected, phone. Voice Pass-Thru press b / g to link all callers The cell phone must be paired and Voice pass-thru allows access to the together. connected with the Bluetooth voice recognition commands on the Ending a Call system before a call can be cell phone. See your cell phone transferred. The connection process manufacturer's user guide to see if Press c / x to end a call. can take up to two minutes after the the cell phone supports this feature. ignition is turned to ON/RUN. Muting a Call To access contacts stored in the cell Transferring Audio from the phone: During a call, all sounds from inside Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone the vehicle can be muted so that the 1. Press and hold b / g for person on the other end of the call During a call with the audio in the two seconds. cannot hear them. vehicle: 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command 1. Press b / g. can be skipped. . To mute a call, press b / g , and then say “Mute call.” 2. Say “Transfer Call.” 3. Say “Voice.” The system responds OK, accessing Transferring Audio to the “ . To cancel mute, press / ,
Infotainment System 7-55
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency previous section “Deleting a Paired Trademarks and (DTMF) Tones Phone” and the previous sections on deleting name tags. License Agreements The Bluetooth system can send numbers and the numbers stored as Other Information name tags during a call. You can The Bluetooth® word mark and use this feature when calling a logos are owned by the Bluetooth® menu-driven phone system. SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks Account numbers can also be by General Motors is under license. stored for use. Other trademarks and trade names Sending a Number or Name Tag are those of their respective owners. Manufactured under license under During a Call See Radio Frequency Statement on U.S. Patent #'s: 5,451,942; 1. Press / . The system page 13-15. 5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762; b g 6,487,535 & other U.S. and responds Ready, followed by “ ” worldwide patents issued & a tone. pending. DTS and the Symbol are 2. Say “Dial.” registered trademarks and DTS 3. Say the number or name tag Digital Surround and the DTS logos to send. are trademarks of DTS Inc. All Rights Reserved. Clearing the System Unless information is deleted out of the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it will be retained indefinitely. This includes all saved name tags in the phone book and phone pairing information. For information on how to delete this information, see the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (56,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
7-56 Infotainment System
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (1,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Climate Controls 8-1
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems
The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with Climate Control Systems this system. Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Dual Automatic Climate Control System ...... 8-4 Rear Climate Control System (Rear Climate Control Only) ...... 8-9 Rear Climate Control System (with Rear Seat Audio) . . . . . 8-11 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 8-12
A. Fan Control G. Rear Window Defogger B. REAR (Rear Climate Control) Temperature Control: Move the C. Recirculation thumbwheels up or down to increase or decrease the D. Air Delivery Mode Control temperature on the driver side or E. Air Conditioning the passenger side of the vehicle for the dual zone system. F. Driver and Passenger Temperature Controls Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (2,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
8-2 Climate Controls
9 (Fan Control): Turn the left outlets. In this mode, the system automatically in this setting, unless knob clockwise or counterclockwise automatically selects outside air. the outside temperature is close to to increase or decrease the fan Recirculation cannot be selected freezing. speed. Turn the knob all the way when in Floor Mode. Do not drive the vehicle until all the counterclockwise to turn the front - (Defog): The defog mode is windows are clear. system off. used to clear the windows of fog or # (Air Conditioning): Press this Air Delivery Mode Control: Turn moisture. Air is directed to the button to turn the air conditioning clockwise or counterclockwise to windshield, floor outlets, and side system on or off. An indicator light change the airflow direction inside window vents. In this mode, the comes on to show that the air the vehicle. By positioning the knob system turns off recirculation and conditioning is on. The air between two modes, a combination runs the air conditioning compressor conditioning can be selected in any of those modes is selected. unless the outside temperature is mode as long as the fan switch close to freezing. The recirculation is on. Select from the following modes: mode cannot be selected while in H (Vent): Air is directed to the the defog mode. On hot days, open the windows to instrument panel outlets. let hot inside air escape; then close 0 (Defrost): The defrost mode is them. This helps to reduce the time ) (Bi-Level): Air is divided used to remove fog or frost from the it takes for the vehicle to cool down. between the instrument panel and windshield more quickly. Air is It also helps the system to operate floor outlets. Some air is directed directed to the windshield and side more efficiently. towards the windshield and side window vents, with some directed to window outlets. Cooler air is the floor vents. In this mode, the The air conditioning system directed to the upper outlets and system automatically forces outside removes moisture from the air, so a warmer air to the floor outlets. air into the vehicle. The recirculation small amount of water might drip mode cannot be selected while in under the vehicle while idling or (Floor): Air is directed to the 6 the defrost mode. The air after turning off the engine. This is floor outlets, with some of the air conditioning compressor runs normal. directed to the windshield, side window, and second row floor Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (3,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Climate Controls 8-3
h (Recirculation): Press this REAR: Press to turn the rear For vehicles with heated outside button to turn the recirculation mode heating and air conditioning on. See rearview mirrors, the mirrors will on or off. An indicator light comes Rear Climate Control System (Rear heat to help clear fog or frost from on to show that recirculation is on. Climate Control Only) on page 8-9 the surface of the mirror when the or Rear Climate Control System rear window defog button is This mode recirculates and helps to (with Rear Seat Audio) on page 8-11 pressed. quickly cool the air inside the for more information. vehicle. It can be used to help Notice: Do not use anything prevent outside air and odors from Rear Window Defogger sharp on the inside of the rear entering the vehicle. window. If you do, you could cut The rear window defogger uses a or damage the warming grid, and The recirculation mode cannot be warming grid to remove fog from the the repairs would not be covered used with floor, defrost, or defogging rear window. by the vehicle warranty. Do not modes. If recirculation is selected 1 (Rear Window Defogger): attach a temporary vehicle while in one of those modes, the Press this button to turn the rear license, tape, a decal, or anything indicator flashes three times and window defogger on or off. The similar to the defogger grid. turns off. The air conditioning system automatically turns off compressor will also come on when several minutes after it has been this mode is activated. While in activated. The defogger can also be recirculation mode the windows may turned off by turning off the engine. fog when the weather is cold and Do not drive the vehicle until all the damp. To clear the fog, select either windows are clear. the defog or defrost mode and increase the fan speed. The recirculation mode can also be turned off by turning off the engine. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (4,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
8-4 Climate Controls
Dual Automatic Climate Control System O (On/Off): Press to turn the climate control system on or off. The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with Outside air still enters the vehicle, this system. The vehicle also has a flow-through ventilation system and is directed to the floor. This described later in this section. direction can be changed by pressing the mode button. Recirculation can be selected once you have selected vent or bi-level mode. The temperature can also be adjusted using either temperature button. If the air delivery mode or temperature settings are adjusted with the system off, the display illuminates briefly to show the settings and then returns to off. The system can be turned back on by pressing either O, D, C, # , the defrost or the AUTO button. A. Fan Control H. Display Driver and Passenger Side B. AUTO (Automatic Operation) I. Power Button Temperature Control C. Defrost J. Rear Window Defogger The driver and passenger side temperature buttons are used to D. Recirculation K. Air Conditioning adjust the temperature of the air E. REAR (Rear Climate Control) L. PASS coming through the system on the driver or passenger side of the F. Air Delivery Mode Control M. Passenger Temperature Control vehicle. The temperature can be G. Driver Temperature Control adjusted even if the system is Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (5,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Climate Controls 8-5
turned off. This is possible since Use the steps below to place the 2. Set the driver and passenger outside air always flows through the entire system in automatic mode: temperature. system as the vehicle is moving 1. Press the AUTO button. To find your comfort setting, start forward unless it is set to When AUTO is selected, the with a 23°C (74°F) temperature recirculation mode. See setting and allow about “Recirculation” later in this section. display will change to show the current temperature(s) and 20 minutes for the system to Press the + or − buttons to increase AUTO will be lit on the display. regulate. Use the driver or or decrease the cabin temperature. The current delivery mode and passenger temperature buttons The driver side or passenger side fan speed will also be displayed to adjust the temperature setting temperature display shows the for approximately 5 seconds. as necessary. If a temperature temperature setting decreasing or setting of 15°C (60°F) is chosen, increasing. When AUTO is selected, the air the system remains at the conditioning operation and air The passenger temperature setting maximum cooling setting. If a inlet will be automatically temperature setting of 32°C can be set to match the driver controlled. The air conditioning temperature setting by pressing the (90°F) is chosen, the system compressor will run when the remains at the maximum heat PASS button and turning off the outside temperature is over PASS indicator. setting. Choosing either about 4°C (40°F). The air inlet maximum setting will not cause When in defrost mode the will normally be set to outside the vehicle to heat or cool any passenger temperature setting air. If it is hot outside, the air faster. cannot be changed. inlet may automatically switch to recirculate inside air to help Do not cover the solar sensor Automatic Operation quickly cool down the vehicle. located on the top of the instrument panel near the windshield. This AUTO (Automatic): When The light on the button comes on sensor regulates air temperature automatic operation is active the in recirculation. based on sun load and also turns system will control the inside on the headlamps. For more temperature, the air delivery, and information on the solar sensor, see the fan speed. “Sensors” later in this section. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (6,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
8-6 Climate Controls
To avoid blowing cold air in cold system on. Pressing either mode recirculation and runs the air weather, the system will delay button while in automatic control conditioning compressor unless the turning on the fan until warm air is places the mode under manual outside temperature is close to available. The length of delay control. freezing. The recirculation mode depends on the engine coolant The air delivery mode setting is cannot be selected while in the temperature. Pressing the fan displayed and the AUTO light turns defog mode. switch will override this delay and off. The fan remains under 0 (Defrost): This mode removes change the fan to a selected speed. automatic control. fog or frost from the windshield Manual Operation H (Vent): Air is directed to the more quickly. Air is directed to the instrument panel outlets. windshield and side window vents, DC (Fan Control): Press these with some directed to the floor buttons to increase or decrease the ) (Bi-Level): Air is divided vents. In this mode, the system fan speed. between the instrument panel and automatically forces outside air into Pressing either fan button while in floor outlets. Some air is directed the vehicle and runs the air automatic control places the fan towards the windshield and side conditioning compressor unless the under manual control. The fan window outlets. outside temperature is close to setting remains displayed and the 6 (Floor): Air is directed to the freezing. The recirculation mode AUTO light turns off. The air floor outlets, with some to the cannot be selected while in the delivery mode remains under windshield, side window outlets, and defrost mode. automatic control. second row floor outlets. In this The passenger temperature control HG (Air Delivery Mode Control): mode, the system automatically cannot be activated while in defrost Press these buttons to change the selects outside air. mode. If the PASS button is direction of the airflow in the vehicle. - (Defog): This mode clears the pressed, the button indicator flashes Repeatedly press either button until windows of fog or moisture. Air is three times and will not work. If the the desired mode appears on the directed to the windshield, floor passenger temperature buttons are display. Pressing either mode button outlets, and side window vents. In adjusted, the driver temperature while the system is off changes the this mode, the system turns off indicator changes. The passenger air delivery mode without turning the temperature will not be displayed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (7,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Climate Controls 8-7
If vent, bi-level, or floor mode is takes for the vehicle to cool down. windows may fog when the weather selected again, the climate control It also helps the system to operate is cold and damp. To clear the fog, system displays the previous more efficiently. select either the defog or defrost temperature settings. The air conditioning system mode and increase the fan speed. Do not drive the vehicle until all the removes moisture from the air, so a The recirculation mode can also be windows are clear. small amount of water might drip turned off by turning off the ignition. # (Air Conditioning): Press to under the vehicle while idling or PASS: Press to set the passenger turn the air conditioning (A/C) after turning off the engine. This is temperature setting to match the compressor on and off. An indicator normal. driver temperature setting. The light comes on to show that the air @ (Recirculation): Press to turn PASS indicator will turn off. When conditioning is on. the recirculation mode on or off. An the passenger temperature setting If this button is pressed when the air indicator light comes on to show is set different than the driver conditioning compressor is that the recirculation is on. setting, the indicator on the PASS unavailable, the indicator flashes This mode recirculates and helps to button illuminates and both the three times and then turns off. If the quickly cool the air inside the driver side and passenger side air conditioning is on and the vehicle. It can be used to help temperature displays are shown. outside temperature drops below a prevent outside air and odors from REAR: For vehicles with the rear temperature which is too cool for air entering the vehicle. heat and air conditioning controls. conditioning to be effective, the air The recirculation mode cannot be Press to turn the rear climate control conditioning light turns off to show used with floor, defog, or defrost system on or off. See Rear Climate that the air conditioning mode has modes. If recirculation is selected Control System (Rear Climate been canceled. with one of those modes, the Control Only) on page 8-9 or Rear On hot days, open the windows long indicator light flashes three times Climate Control System (with Rear enough to let hot inside air escape. and then turns off. The air Seat Audio) on page 8-11. This helps to reduce the time it conditioning compressor also comes on when this mode is activated. While in recirculation mode the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (8,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
8-8 Climate Controls
Rear Window Defogger Sensors The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog from the rear window. 1 (Rear Window Defogger): Press to turn the rear window defogger on or off. It automatically turns off several minutes after it has been activated. The defogger can The interior temperature sensors also be turned off by turning off the located in the headliner above the engine. Do not drive the vehicle until driver side seat and if equipped, in all the windows are clear. the headliner above the second row Notice: Do not use a razor blade seats measure the temperature of the air inside the vehicle. or sharp object to clear the inside The solar sensor, located in the rear window. Do not adhere defrost grille in the middle of the There is also an exterior anything to the defogger grid instrument panel, monitors the solar temperature sensor located behind lines in the rear glass. These heat. Do not cover the solar sensor the front grille. This sensor reads actions may damage the rear or the system will not work properly. the outside air temperature and defogger. Repairs would not be helps maintain the temperature covered by your warranty. inside the vehicle. Any cover on the Heated Mirrors: Press 1 to help front of the vehicle could cause a false reading in the displayed clear fog or frost from the surface of temperature. the outside mirror. See Power Mirrors on page 2-16. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (9,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Climate Controls 8-9
The climate control system uses the Rear Climate Control System (Rear Climate information from these sensors to maintain your comfort setting by Control Only) adjusting the outlet temperature, fan For vehicles with this system, the rear controls are three knobs located in speed, and the air delivery mode. the headliner. The system can also be controlled with the front controls. The system may also supply cooler air to the side of the vehicle facing the sun. The recirculation mode will also be used as needed to maintain cool outlet temperatures.
A. Fan Control See Climate Control Systems on B. Temperature Control page 8-1 or Dual Automatic Climate Control System on page 8-4. The C. Air Delivery Mode Control rear system can also be turned off REAR: Press the REAR button on by turning the rear fan knob to the front climate control system to the 9 position. turn the rear climate control system on or off. An indicator comes on when the rear system is on. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (10,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
8-10 Climate Controls
Mimic Mode: This mode matches outlets are located directly behind the rear climate control to the front the second row seats. The flow can climate control airflow settings. be divided between vent and floor It comes on when REAR is pressed outlets depending upon where the the first time. knob is placed between the settings. Independent Mode: This mode 6 (Floor): Air is directed to the directs rear seating airflow floor outlets. The rear system floor according to the settings of the rear outlets are located directly behind controls. It comes on when any rear the second row seats. control is adjusted. Temperature Control: Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the airflow temperature into the passenger area. Fan Control: Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed. Air Delivery Mode Control: Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to change the direction of the airflow. H (Vent): Air is directed through the headliner outlets. ) (Bi-Level): Air is directed through the floor and headliner outlets. The rear system floor Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (11,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Climate Controls 8-11
Rear Climate Control System (with Rear Seat Audio) The rear climate control system can also be turned off by pressing and For vehicles with the rear heat and air conditioning controls, they are holding the C button. To turn the integrated with the rear seat audio controls located in the center console. system on from the rear seats, The system can be controlled from the front controls as well as the rear press any rear climate control controls. button, except the C button. Mimic Mode: This mode matches the rear climate control to the front climate control airflow settings. It comes on when REAR is pressed the first time. Independent Mode: This mode directs rear seating airflow according to the settings of the rear controls. To turn the system on from the rear, press any rear climate control Rear Climate Control with Rear Seat Audio Controls button, except the C button.
A. Fan Control REAR: Press the REAR button on B. Air Delivery Mode Control the front climate control system to turn the rear climate control system C. Temperature Control on or off. An indicator comes on when the rear system is on. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (12,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
8-12 Climate Controls
Automatic Operation, If will turn the system on. The air Air Vents Equipped delivery mode will remain under automatic control. Use the air outlets located in the AUTO: Press the air delivery mode center and on the side of the + or − (Temperature Control): button until this setting is selected to instrument panel to direct the Press these buttons to adjust the control the inside temperature, air airflow. delivery, and fan speed. AUTO temperature of the air flowing into appears in the display when the passenger area. Press the + Operation Tips automatic operation is active. button for warmer air and press the − button for cooler air. . Keep the hood and front air + or − (Increase/Decrease inlets free of ice, snow, or any Temperature): Press the + or − N (Air Delivery Mode Control): other obstruction (such as buttons to increase or decrease the Press the mode button to change leaves). The heater and cabin temperature. The rear control the direction of the airflow in the defroster will work far better, temperature display will show the vehicle. Repeatedly press the reducing the chance of fogging temperature setting increasing or button until the desired mode the inside of the windows. decreasing. appears on the display. Multiple presses will cycle through the . When you enter a vehicle in cold The display only indicates climate delivery selections. weather, press the fan up button control functions when the system is to the maximum fan level before in rear independent mode. driving. This helps clear the Manual Operation intake ducts of snow and moisture, and reduces the DC (Fan Control): Press these chance of fogging the inside of buttons on the rear seat audio the window. control panel to increase or decrease the airflow. Pressing the . Keep the air path under the front fan up button when the system is off seats clear of objects. This helps air to circulate throughout the vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (13,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Climate Controls 8-13
. Adding outside equipment to the front of the vehicle, such as hood-air deflectors, may affect the performance of the heating and air conditioning system. Check with your dealer before adding equipment to the outside of the vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (14,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
8-14 Climate Controls
2 NOTES Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (1,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-1
Retained Accessory Brakes Driving and Power (RAP) ...... 9-24 Antilock Brake Operating Shifting Into Park ...... 9-25 System (ABS) ...... 9-40 Shifting out of Park ...... 9-26 Parking Brake ...... 9-41 Parking over Things Brake Assist ...... 9-41 Driving Information That Burn ...... 9-27 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-41 Active Fuel Management® . . . 9-27 Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 Ride Control Systems Defensive Driving ...... 9-3 Engine Exhaust StabiliTrak® System ...... 9-42 Drunk Driving ...... 9-3 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-27 Locking Rear Axle ...... 9-45 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Running the Vehicle While Continuous Damping Braking ...... 9-3 Parked ...... 9-28 Control (CDC) ...... 9-45 Steering ...... 9-4 Automatic Level Control . . . . . 9-45 Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-4 Automatic Transmission Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-28 Cruise Control Off-Road Driving ...... 9-5 Manual Mode ...... 9-31 Cruise Control ...... 9-46 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 9-10 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 9-32 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-11 Object Detection Systems Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 9-11 Drive Systems Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-48 Winter Driving ...... 9-12 Four-Wheel Drive (Two Speed Side Blind Zone If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 9-14 Automatic Alert (SBZA) ...... 9-49 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-15 Transfer Case) ...... 9-33 Rear Vision Four-Wheel Drive (Single Camera (RVC) ...... 9-51 Starting and Operating Speed Automatic New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-20 Transfer Case) ...... 9-38 Fuel Adjustable Throttle and Brake Fuel ...... 9-55 Pedal ...... 9-20 Recommended Fuel ...... 9-55 Ignition Positions ...... 9-21 Gasoline Specifications ...... 9-56 Starting the Engine ...... 9-22 California Fuel Engine Heater ...... 9-24 Requirements ...... 9-56 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (2,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-2 Driving and Operating
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-56 Driving Information . Designate a front seat Fuel Additives ...... 9-57 passenger to handle potential E85 or FlexFuel ...... 9-57 distractions. Filling the Tank ...... 9-58 Distracted Driving . Become familiar with vehicle Filling a Portable Fuel Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as Container ...... 9-59 and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio task of driving. Exercise good Towing stations and adjusting climate judgment and do not let other General Towing control and seat settings. activities divert your attention away Information ...... 9-60 Program all trip information into from the road. Many local Driving Characteristics and any navigation device prior to governments have enacted laws Towing Tips ...... 9-60 driving. Trailer Towing ...... 9-63 regarding driver distraction. Become Towing Equipment ...... 9-67 familiar with the local laws in . Wait until the vehicle is parked Trailer Sway your area. to retrieve items that have fallen Control (TSC) ...... 9-76 To avoid distracted driving, always to the floor. keep your eyes on the road, hands . Stop or park the vehicle to tend Conversions and Add-Ons on the wheel, and mind on the drive. Add-On Electrical to children. Equipment ...... 9-77 . Do not use a phone in . Keep pets in an appropriate Adding a Snow Plow or demanding driving situations. carrier or restraint. Similar Equipment ...... 9-78 Use a hands-free method to place or receive necessary . Avoid stressful conversations phone calls. while driving, whether with a passenger or on a cell phone. . Watch the road. Do not read, take notes, or look up information on phones or other electronic devices. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (3,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-3
. Allow enough following distance Control of a Vehicle { Warning between you and the driver in front of you. Braking, steering, and accelerating Taking your eyes off the road too are important factors in helping to long or too often could cause a . Focus on the task of driving. control a vehicle while driving. crash resulting in injury or death. Focus your attention on driving. Drunk Driving Braking Death and injury associated with Braking action involves perception Refer to the infotainment section for drinking and driving is a global time and reaction time. Deciding to more information on using that tragedy. push the brake pedal is perception system and the navigation system, time. Actually doing it is if equipped, including pairing and { Warning reaction time. using a cell phone. Average driver reaction time is Drinking and then driving is very about three-quarters of a second. In Defensive Driving dangerous. Your reflexes, that time, a vehicle moving at perceptions, attentiveness, and Defensive driving means “always 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m expect the unexpected.” The first judgment can be affected by even (66 ft), which could be a lot of step in driving defensively is to wear a small amount of alcohol. You distance in an emergency. can have a serious — or even the safety belt. See Safety Belts on Helpful braking tips to keep in mind fatal collision if you drive after page 3-17. — include: drinking. . Assume that other road users . Keep enough distance between (pedestrians, bicyclists, and Do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking. you and the vehicle in front other drivers) are going to be of you. careless and make mistakes. Ride home in a cab; or if you are Anticipate what they might do with a group, designate a driver . Avoid needless heavy braking. and be ready. who will not drink. . Keep pace with traffic. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (4,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-4 Driving and Operating
If the engine ever stops while the Curve Tips Off-Road Recovery vehicle is being driven, brake normally but do not pump the . Take curves at a reasonable brakes. Doing so could make the speed. pedal harder to push down. If the . Reduce speed before entering a engine stops, there will be some curve. power brake assist but it will be used when the brake is applied. . Maintain a reasonable steady Once the power assist is used up, it speed through the curve can take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push. . Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve before accelerating Steering gently into the straightaway. Hydraulic Power Steering Steering in Emergencies Your vehicle has hydraulic power . There are some situations when The vehicle's right wheels can drop steering. It may require steering around a problem may off the edge of a road onto the maintenance. See Power Steering be more effective than braking. shoulder while driving. Follow Fluid on page 10-20. these tips: . Holding both sides of the If power steering assist is lost steering wheel allows you to turn 1. Ease off the accelerator and because the engine stops or 180 degrees without removing then, if there is nothing in the because of a system malfunction, a hand. way, steer the vehicle so that it the vehicle can be steered but may straddles the edge of the required increased effort. See your . Antilock Brake System (ABS) pavement. dealer if there is a problem. allows steering while braking. 2. Turn the steering wheel about one-eighth of a turn, until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (5,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-5
3. Turn the steering wheel to go If the vehicle starts to slide, follow Remember: Antilock brakes help straight down the roadway. these suggestions: avoid only the braking skid. Loss of Control . Ease your foot off the Off-Road Driving accelerator pedal and steer the Skidding way you want the vehicle to go. Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be The vehicle may straighten out. used for off-road driving. Vehicles There are three types of skids that Be ready for a second skid if it without four-wheel drive and correspond to the vehicle's three occurs. vehicles not equipped with All control systems: Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) . Slow down and adjust your tires must not be driven off-road . Braking Skid — wheels are not driving according to weather rolling. except on a level, solid surface. To conditions. Stopping distance contact the tire manufacturer for . Steering or Cornering Skid — can be longer and vehicle more information about the original too much speed or steering in a control can be affected when equipment tires, see the Limited curve causes tires to slip and traction is reduced by water, Warranty and Owner Assistance lose cornering force. snow, ice, gravel, or other Information manual. material on the road. Learn to . Acceleration Skid — too much recognize warning clues — such Controlling the vehicle is the key to throttle causes the driving as enough water, ice, or packed successful off-road driving. One of wheels to spin. snow on the road to make a the best ways to control the vehicle is to control the speed. Defensive drivers avoid most skids mirrored surface — and slow by taking reasonable care suited to down when you have any doubt. existing conditions, and by not . Try to avoid sudden steering, overdriving those conditions. But acceleration, or braking, skids are always possible. including reducing vehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear. Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (6,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-6 Driving and Operating
. Know the local laws that apply to { Warning off-road driving. Warning (Continued)
When driving off-road, bouncing To gain more ground clearance if . Keep cargo in the cargo area and quick changes in direction needed, it may be necessary to as far forward and as low as can easily throw you out of remove the front fascia lower possible. The heaviest things position. This could cause you to air dam. should be on the floor, lose control and crash. You and Notice: Operating the vehicle for forward of the rear axle. your passengers should always extended periods without the . wear safety belts. front fascia lower air dam Heavy loads on the roof raise installed can cause improper air the vehicle's center of gravity, making it more likely to roll flow to the engine. Re‐attach the Before Driving Off-Road front fascia air dam after off-road over. You can be seriously or driving. fatally injured if the vehicle . Have all necessary maintenance rolls over. Put heavy loads and service work completed. Loading the Vehicle for inside the cargo area, not on . Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, Off-Road Driving the roof. and check inflation pressure in all tires, including the spare, { Warning For more information about loading if equipped. the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits . Unsecured cargo on the load and Tires. . Read all the information about floor can be tossed about four-wheel-drive vehicles in this when driving over rough Environmental Concerns manual. terrain. You or your . Always use established trails, . Make sure all underbody passengers can be struck by roads, and areas that have been shields, if equipped, are properly flying objects. Secure the set aside for public off-road attached. cargo properly. recreational driving and obey all (Continued) posted regulations. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (7,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-7
. Do not damage shrubs, flowers, cannot be seen, get out of the trees, or grasses or disturb vehicle and walk the hill before Warning (Continued) wildlife. driving further. seriously injured or killed. As you . Do not park over things that When driving on hills: near the top of a hill, slow down burn. See Parking over Things . Use a low gear and keep a firm and stay alert. That Burn on page 9-27. grip on the steering wheel. Driving on Hills . . Maintain a slow speed. Never go downhill forward or Driving safely on hills requires good backward with either the judgment and an understanding of . When possible, drive straight up transmission or transfer case in what the vehicle can and cannot do. or down the hill. N (Neutral). The brakes could overheat and you could lose . Slow down when approaching control. { Warning the top of the hill. Many hills are simply too steep . Use headlamps even during the { Warning for any vehicle. Driving up hills day to make the vehicle more can cause the vehicle to stall. visible. If the vehicle has the two‐speed Driving down hills can cause loss automatic transfer case, shifting of control. Driving across hills can { Warning the transfer case to N (Neutral) cause a rollover. You could be can cause your vehicle to roll injured or killed. Do not drive on Driving to the top of a hill at high even if the transmission is in steep hills. speed can cause an accident. P (Park). This is because the There could be a drop-off, N (Neutral) position on the embankment, cliff, or even transfer case overrides the Before driving on a hill, assess the another vehicle. You could be transmission. You or someone steepness, traction, and else could be injured. If leaving obstructions. If the terrain ahead (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (8,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-8 Driving and Operating
If the vehicle stalls on a hill: . The vehicle can roll Warning (Continued) 1. Apply the brakes to stop the backward quickly and you could lose control. the vehicle, set the parking brake vehicle, and then apply the and shift the transmission to parking brake. . If driving downhill when the P (Park). Shift the transfer case to 2. Shift into P (Park) and then vehicle stalls, shift to a any position but N (Neutral). restart the engine. lower gear, release the parking brake, and drive . If driving uphill when the straight down the hill. . When driving down a hill, keep vehicle stalls, shift to the vehicle headed straight R (Reverse), release the 3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted down. Use a low gear because parking brake, and back after stalling, set the parking the engine will work with the straight down. brake, shift an automatic brakes to slow the vehicle and transmission into P (Park), and help keep the vehicle under . Never try to turn the vehicle turn the vehicle off. control. around. If the hill is steep 3.1. Leave the vehicle and enough to stall the vehicle, seek help. it is steep enough to cause { Warning it to roll over. 3.2. Stay clear of the path the vehicle would take if it Heavy braking when going down . If you cannot make it up the rolled downhill. a hill can cause your brakes to hill, back straight down overheat and fade. This could the hill. . Avoid turns that take the vehicle cause loss of control and you or across the incline of the hill. others could be injured or killed. . Never back down a hill in A hill that can be driven straight Apply the brakes lightly when N (Neutral) using only the up or down might be too steep to descending a hill and use a low brake. drive across. Driving across an gear to keep vehicle speed under incline puts more weight on the control. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (9,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-9
downhill wheels which could Traction is reduced on hard packed cause a downhill slide or a { Warning snow and ice and it is easy to lose rollover. control. Reduce vehicle speed when Getting out of the vehicle on the driving on hard packed snow . Surface conditions can be a downhill side when stopped and ice. problem. Loose gravel, muddy across an incline is dangerous. spots, or even wet grass can If the vehicle rolls over, you could { Warning cause the tires to slip sideways, be crushed or killed. Always get downhill. If the vehicle slips out on the uphill side of the Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, sideways, it can hit something vehicle and stay well clear of the or rivers can be dangerous. Ice that will trip it a rock, a rut, etc. – rollover path. conditions vary greatly and the – and roll over. vehicle could fall through the ice; . Hidden obstacles can make the Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, you and your passengers could steepness of the incline more or Ice drown. Drive your vehicle on safe severe. If a rock is driven across surfaces only. with the uphill wheels, or if the Use a low gear when driving in mud downhill wheels drop into a rut – the deeper the mud, the lower the or depression, the vehicle can tilt gear. Keep the vehicle moving to even more. avoid getting stuck. Traction changes when driving on . If an incline must be driven sand. On loose sand, such as on across, and the vehicle starts to beaches or sand dunes, the tires slide, turn downhill. This should tend to sink into the sand. This help straighten out the vehicle affects steering, accelerating, and and prevent the side slipping. braking. Drive at a reduced speed and avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (10,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-10 Driving and Operating
Driving in Water the tailpipe is under water, you will Driving on Wet Roads not be able to start the engine. Rain and wet roads can reduce { Warning When going through water, the brakes get wet, and it might take vehicle traction and affect your ability to stop and accelerate. Driving through rushing water can longer to stop. See Driving on Wet Always drive slower in these types be dangerous. Deep water can Roads. of driving conditions and avoid sweep your vehicle downstream After Off-Road Driving driving through large puddles and and you and your passengers deep‐standing or flowing water. could drown. If it is only shallow Remove any brush or debris that water, it can still wash away the has collected on the underbody, { Warning ground from under your tires. or chassis, or under the hood. These accumulations can be a fire Traction could be lost, and the hazard. Wet brakes can cause crashes. vehicle could roll over. Do not They might not work as well in a drive through rushing water. After operation in mud or sand, quick stop and could cause have the brake linings cleaned and pulling to one side. You could checked. These substances can lose control of the vehicle. Notice: Do not drive through cause glazing and uneven braking. standing water if it is deep Check the body structure, steering, After driving through a large enough to cover the wheel hubs, suspension, wheels, tires, and puddle of water or a car/vehicle axles or exhaust pipe. Deep water exhaust system for damage and wash, lightly apply the brake can damage the axle and other check the fuel lines and cooling pedal until the brakes work vehicle parts. system for any leakage. normally. If the standing water is not too deep, More frequent maintenance service Flowing or rushing water creates drive slowly through it. At faster is required. Refer to the speeds, water splashes on the strong forces. Driving through Maintenance Schedule for more flowing water could cause the ignition system and the vehicle can information. stall. Stalling can also occur if you vehicle to be carried away. If this get the tailpipe under water. While (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (11,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-11
Other Rainy Weather Tips Other driving tips include: Warning (Continued) Besides slowing down, other wet . Keep the vehicle well ventilated. happens, you and other vehicle weather driving tips include: occupants could drown. Do not . Keep the interior . Allow extra following distance. ignore police warnings and be temperature cool. very cautious about trying to drive . Pass with caution. . Keep your eyes moving — scan through flowing water. the road ahead and to the sides. . Keep windshield wiping equipment in good shape. . Check the rearview mirror and Hydroplaning vehicle instruments often. . Keep the windshield washer fluid Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water reservoir filled. can build up under the vehicle's Hill and Mountain Roads tires so they actually ride on the . Have good tires with proper Driving on steep hills or through water. This can happen if the road is tread depth. See Tires on mountains is different than driving wet enough and you are going fast page 10-40. on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for enough. When the vehicle is . driving in these conditions include: hydroplaning, it has little or no Turn off cruise control. contact with the road. . Highway Hypnosis Keep the vehicle serviced and in There is no hard and fast rule about good shape. Always be alert and pay attention to hydroplaning. The best advice is to . Check all fluid levels and brakes, your surroundings while driving. slow down when the road is wet. tires, cooling system, and If you become tired or sleepy, find a transmission. safe place to park the vehicle and rest. . Shift to a lower gear when going down steep or long hills. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (12,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-12 Driving and Operating
Winter Driving { Warning Warning (Continued) Driving on Snow or Ice If you do not shift down, the crash. Always have the engine brakes could get so hot that they running and the vehicle in gear Drive carefully when there is snow would not work well. You would when going downhill. or ice between the tires and the then have poor braking or even road, creating less traction or grip. none going down a hill. You could Wet ice can occur at about 0°C . (32°F) when freezing rain begins to crash. Shift down to let the engine Stay in your own lane. Do not swing wide or cut across the fall, resulting in even less traction. assist the brakes on a steep center of the road. Drive at Avoid driving on wet ice or in downhill slope. speeds that let you stay in your freezing rain until roads can be own lane. treated with salt or sand. { Warning . Be alert on top of hills; Drive with caution, whatever the something could be in your lane condition. Accelerate gently so Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) (stalled car, accident). traction is not lost. Accelerating too or with the ignition off is quickly causes the wheels to spin dangerous. The brakes will have . Pay attention to special road and makes the surface under the to do all the work of slowing down signs (falling rocks area, winding tires slick, so there is even less and they could get so hot that roads, long grades, passing or traction. no-passing zones) and take they would not work well. You Try not to break the fragile traction. appropriate action. would then have poor braking or If you accelerate too fast, the drive even none going down a hill. wheels will spin and polish the Steering may also be affected surface under the tires even more. when ignition is off. You could Traction Control should be turned (Continued) on. See StabiliTrak® System on page 9-42. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (13,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-13
The Antilock Brake System (ABS) Blizzard Conditions improves vehicle stability during Warning (Continued) Being stuck in snow can be a hard stops on slippery roads, but serious situation. Stay with the apply the brakes sooner than when If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: vehicle unless there is help nearby. on dry pavement. See Antilock If possible, use Roadside . Clear away snow from around Brake System (ABS) on page 9-40. Assistance. See Roadside the base of your vehicle, Allow greater following distance on Assistance Program on page 13-5. especially any that is blocking any slippery road and watch for To get help and keep everyone in the exhaust pipe. slippery spots. Icy patches can the vehicle safe: . Check again from time to occur on otherwise clear roads in time to be sure snow does shaded areas. The surface of a . Turn on the hazard warning not collect there. curve or an overpass can remain icy flashers. when the surrounding roads are . . Tie a red cloth to an outside Open a window about 5 cm clear. Avoid sudden steering mirror. (2 in) on the side of the maneuvers and braking while vehicle that is away from the on ice. { Warning wind to bring in fresh air. Turn off cruise control on slippery . Fully open the air outlets on surfaces. Snow can trap engine exhaust or under the instrument under the vehicle. This may panel. cause exhaust gases to get inside. Engine exhaust contains . Adjust the climate control carbon monoxide (CO) which system to a setting that cannot be seen or smelled. It can circulates the air inside the cause unconsciousness and even vehicle and set the fan speed death. to the highest setting. See “Climate Control Systems”. (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (14,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-14 Driving and Operating
If the Vehicle Is Stuck For information about using tire Warning (Continued) chains on the vehicle, see Tire Slowly and cautiously spin the Chains on page 10-61. For more information about wheels to free the vehicle when carbon monoxide, see Engine stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. Rocking the Vehicle to Get Exhaust on page 9-27. If the vehicle has a traction system, it Out it can often help to free a stuck Turn the steering wheel left and To save fuel, run the engine for only vehicle. Refer to the vehicle's right to clear the area around the short periods as needed to warm traction system in the Index. If stuck front wheels. For four-wheel-drive the vehicle and then shut the engine too severely for the traction system vehicles, shift into Four-Wheel High off and close the window most of to free the vehicle, turn the traction or, if the vehicle has a two-speed the way to save heat. Repeat this system off and use the rocking automatic transfer case, Four-Wheel until help arrives but only when you method. Low. For vehicles with StabiliTrak®, feel really uncomfortable from the turn the traction control part of the cold. Moving about to keep warm { Warning system off. Shift back and forth also helps. between R (Reverse) and a forward If it takes some time for help to If the vehicle's tires spin at high gear, spinning the wheels as little as arrive, now and then when you run speed, they can explode, and you possible. To prevent transmission the engine, push the accelerator or others could be injured. The wear, wait until the wheels stop pedal slightly so the engine runs vehicle can overheat, causing an spinning before shifting gears. faster than the idle speed. This engine compartment fire or other Release the accelerator pedal while keeps the battery charged to restart damage. Spin the wheels as little shifting, and press lightly on the the vehicle and to signal for help as possible and avoid going accelerator pedal when the with the headlamps. Do this as little above 56 km/h (35 mph). transmission is in gear. Slowly as possible to save fuel. spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that could free the vehicle. If that does not get the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (15,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-15
vehicle out after a few tries, it might vehicle capacity weight and need to be towed out. Recovery includes the weight of all hooks can be used, if the vehicle occupants, cargo, and all has them. If the vehicle does need nonfactory-installed options. to be towed out, see Towing the Two labels on your vehicle show Vehicle on page 10-81. how much weight it was Recovery Hooks designed to carry, the Tire and Loading Information label and { Warning the Certification/Tire label.
Never pull on recovery hooks { Warning from the side. The hooks could Notice: Never use recovery break and you and others could hooks to tow the vehicle. Your Do not load the vehicle any be injured. When using recovery vehicle could be damaged and it heavier than the Gross hooks, always pull the vehicle would not be covered by Vehicle Weight Rating from the front. warranty. (GVWR), or either the For vehicles with recovery hooks at maximum front or rear Gross the front of the vehicle, you can use Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). them if you are stuck off-road and This can cause systems to need to be pulled to some place break and change the way the where you can continue driving. vehicle handles. This could cause loss of control and a Vehicle Load Limits crash. Overloading can also It is very important to know how shorten the life of the vehicle. much weight your vehicle can carry. This weight is called the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (16,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-16 Driving and Operating
Tire and Loading Information positions (A), and the maximum “Steps for Determining Correct Label vehicle capacity weight (B) in Load Limit– kilograms and pounds. 1. Locate the statement "The The Tire and Loading combined weight of Information label also shows the occupants and cargo should size of the original equipment never exceed XXX kg or tires (C) and the recommended XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s cold tire inflation pressures (D). placard. For more information on tires 2. Determine the combined and inflation see Tires on weight of the driver and page 10-40 andTire Pressure on passengers that will be riding page 10-49. in your vehicle. There is also important loading 3. Subtract the combined Label Example information on the vehicle weight of the driver and Certification/Tire label. It tells A vehicle specific Tire and passengers from XXX kg or you the Gross Vehicle Weight Loading Information label is XXX lbs. attached to the center pillar Rating (GVWR) and the Gross (B-pillar). With the driver door Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for 4. The resulting figure equals open, you will find the label the front and rear axles. See the available amount of cargo attached below the door lock “Certification/Tire Label” later in and luggage load capacity. post (striker). The tire and this section. For example, if the "XXX" loading information label shows amount equals 1400 lbs. and the number of occupant seating there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (17,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-17
and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) 5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing Example 1 Example 2 a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for vehicle. Consult this manual Example 1 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) Example 2 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) to determine how this B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ reduces the available cargo 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 136 kg and luggage load capacity of (300 lbs) (750 lbs) your vehicle.” C. Available Occupant and Cargo C. Available Cargo Weight = Weight = 317 kg (700 lbs) 113 kg (250 lbs) See Trailer Towing on page 9-63 for important information on towing a trailer, towing safety rules, and trailering tips. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (18,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-18 Driving and Operating
weight of the driver, passengers, (GVWR). The GVWR includes and cargo should never exceed the weight of the vehicle, all your vehicle's capacity weight. occupants, fuel, and cargo. Certification/Tire Label The Certification/Tire label also tells you the maximum weights for the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles, you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle. Example 3 Your dealer can help you with A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for this. Be sure to spread out your Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) load equally on both sides of the B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ centerline. 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg Never exceed the GVWR for (1,000 lbs) A vehicle specific Certification/ your vehicle, or the GAWR for C. Available Cargo Weight = Tire label is found on the rear either the front or rear axle. edge of the driver door. The 0 kg (0 lbs) The Certification/Tire label also label shows the size of your Refer to your vehicle's tire and contains information about your vehicle's original tires and the loading information label for Front Axle Reserve Capacity. specific information about your inflation pressures needed to And, if you do have a heavy vehicle's capacity weight and obtain the gross weight capacity load, you should spread it out. seating positions. The combined of your vehicle. This is called Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (19,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-19
Using heavier suspension { Warning components to get added Warning (Continued) durability might not change your Do not load the vehicle any . weight ratings. Ask your dealer Never stack heavier heavier than the Gross things, like suitcases, Vehicle Weight Rating to help you load your vehicle the right way. inside the vehicle so that (GVWR), or either the some of them are above maximum front or rear Gross If you put things inside your the tops of the seats. Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). vehicle — like suitcases, tools, This can cause systems to packages, or anything . Do not leave an break and change the way the else — they go as fast as the unsecured child restraint vehicle handles. This could vehicle goes. If you have to stop in the vehicle. cause loss of control and a or turn quickly, or if there is a . When you carry something crash. Overloading can also crash, they will keep going. inside the vehicle, secure shorten the life of the vehicle. it whenever you can. { Warning Notice: Overloading the . Do not leave a seat folded Things you put inside the vehicle may cause damage. down unless you need to. vehicle can strike and injure Repairs would not be covered people in a sudden stop or by the vehicle warranty. Do turn, or in a crash. There is also important loading not overload the vehicle. information for off-road driving in The label will help you decide . Put things in the cargo this manual. See “Loading Your how much cargo and installed area of the vehicle. Try to Vehicle for Off-Road Driving” equipment your truck can carry. spread the weight evenly. under Off-Road Driving on (Continued) page 9-5. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (20,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-20 Driving and Operating
Starting and replacement. Follow this breaking-in guideline every Operating time you get new brake linings. New Vehicle Break-In . Do not tow a trailer during Notice: The vehicle does not break-in. See Trailer Towing need an elaborate break-in. But it on page 9-63 for the trailer The control used to adjust the will perform better in the long run towing capabilities of the pedals is located on the instrument if you follow these guidelines: vehicle and more panel below the climate control information. system. . Keep the vehicle speed at Press the bottom of the control to Following break‐in, engine speed 88 km/h (55 mph) or less for move the pedals closer. Press the the first 805 km (500 miles). and load can be gradually increased. top of the control to move the . Do not drive at any one pedals away. constant speed, fast or slow, Adjustable Throttle and Before you start driving, fully press for the first 805 km Brake Pedal the brake pedal to confirm the (500 miles). Do not make adjustment is right for you. While full-throttle starts. Avoid On vehicles with this feature, you driving, make only small downshifting to brake or can change the position of the adjustments. slow the vehicle. throttle and brake pedals. The vehicle may have a memory . Avoid making hard stops for No adjustment to the pedals can be function which lets pedal settings be the first 322 km (200 miles) or made when the vehicle is in saved and recalled. See Memory so. During this time the new R (Reverse) or while using cruise Seats on page 3-6. brake linings are not yet control. broken in. Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (21,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-21
Ignition Positions will remain active. See Retained If the vehicle must be shut off in an Accessory Power (RAP) on emergency: page 9-24. 1. Brake using a firm and steady This position locks the ignition. pressure. Do not pump the It also locks the transmission on brakes repeatedly. This may automatic transmission vehicles. deplete power assist, requiring The key can be removed in increased brake pedal force. LOCK/OFF. 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). The steering can bind with the This can be done while the wheels turned off center. If this vehicle is moving. After shifting happens, move the steering wheel to N (Neutral), firmly apply the from right to left while turning the brakes and steer the vehicle to a key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this safe location. does not work, then the vehicle 3. Come to a complete stop, shift The ignition switch has four different needs service. to P (Park), and turn the ignition positions. Do not turn the engine off when the to LOCK/OFF. On vehicles with To shift out of P (Park), the ignition vehicle is moving. This will cause a an automatic transmission, the must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ loss of power assist in the brake shift lever must be in P (Park) to ACCESSORY and the regular brake and steering systems and disable turn the ignition switch to the pedal must be applied. the airbags. LOCK/OFF position. A (STOPPING THE ENGINE/ 4. Set the parking brake. See LOCK/OFF): When the vehicle is Parking Brake on page 9-41. stopped, turn the ignition switch to LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (22,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-22 Driving and Operating
while the engine is off. Use this D (START): This is the position that { Warning position if the vehicle must be starts the engine. When the engine pushed or towed. starts, release the key. The ignition Turning off the vehicle while C (ON/RUN): This position can be switch returns to ON/RUN for moving may cause loss of power driving. assist in the brake and steering used to operate the electrical systems and disable the airbags. accessories and to display some A warning tone will sound when the While driving, only shut the instrument panel cluster warning driver door is opened and the vehicle off in an emergency. and indicator lights. This position ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or can also be used for service and LOCK/OFF, and the key is in the diagnostics, and to verify the proper ignition. If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, operation of the malfunction and must be shut off while driving, indicator lamp as may be required Starting the Engine turn the ignition to ACC/ for emission inspection purposes. ACCESSORY. The switch stays in this position Move the shift lever to P (Park) or when the engine is running. The N (Neutral). The engine will not start Notice: Using a tool to force the in any other position. To restart the key to turn in the ignition could transmission is also unlocked in this position on automatic transmission engine when the vehicle is already cause damage to the switch or moving, use N (Neutral) only. break the key. Use the correct vehicles. key, make sure it is all the way in, If you leave the key in the ACC/ Notice: Do not try to shift to and turn it only with your hand. ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. If the key cannot be turned by with the engine off, the battery could If you do, you could damage the hand, see your dealer. be drained. You may not be able to transmission. Shift to P (Park) only when the vehicle is stopped. B (ACC/ACCESSORY): This start the vehicle if the battery is position lets things like the radio allowed to drain for an extended and the windshield wipers operate period of time. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (23,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-23
Starting Procedure the engine is already running. 2. If the engine does not start after Engine cranking can be stopped 5-10 seconds, especially in very 1. With your foot off the accelerator by turning the ignition switch to cold weather (below −18°C or pedal, turn the ignition to START. the ACC/ACCESSORY or 0°F), it could be flooded with too When the engine starts, let go of LOCK/OFF position. much gasoline. Try pushing the the key. The idle speed will go accelerator pedal all the way to down as the engine warms. Do When the Low Fuel warning the floor and holding it there as not race the engine immediately lamp is on and the FUEL LEVEL you hold the key in START for after starting it. Operate the LOW message is displayed in up to a maximum of 15 seconds. engine and transmission gently the Driver Information Center Wait at least 15 seconds to allow the oil to warm up and (DIC), the Computer-Controlled between each try, to allow the lubricate all moving parts. Cranking System is disabled to prevent possible vehicle cranking motor to cool down. The vehicle has a component damage. When this When the engine starts, let go of Computer-Controlled Cranking happens, hold the ignition switch the key and accelerator. If the System. This feature assists in in the START position to vehicle starts briefly but then starting the engine and protects continue engine cranking. stops again, repeat these steps. components. If the ignition key is This clears the extra gasoline turned to the START position, Notice: Cranking the engine for from the engine. Do not race the and then released when the long periods of time, by returning engine immediately after starting engine begins cranking, the the key to the START position it. Operate the engine and engine will continue cranking for immediately after cranking has transmission gently until the oil a few seconds or until the ended, can overheat and damage warms up and lubricates all vehicle starts. If the engine does the cranking motor, and drain the moving parts. not start and the key is held in battery. Wait at least 15 seconds Notice: If you add electrical parts START, cranking will be stopped between each try, to let the or accessories, you could change after 15 seconds to prevent cranking motor cool down. the way the engine operates. Any cranking motor damage. To resulting damage would not be prevent gear damage, this system also prevents cranking if Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (24,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-24 Driving and Operating
covered by the vehicle warranty. tie which secures the electrical The length of time the heater should See Add-On Electrical Equipment cord. Do not cut the remain plugged in depends on on page 9-77. electrical cord. several factors. Ask a dealer in the 3. Plug the cord into a normal, area where you will be parking the Engine Heater grounded 110-volt AC outlet. vehicle for the best advice on this. The engine coolant heater can Retained Accessory provide easier starting and better { Warning fuel economy during engine Power (RAP) warm-up in cold weather conditions Plugging the cord into an The following vehicle accessories at or below −18°C (0°F). Vehicles ungrounded outlet could cause an can be used for up to 10 minutes with an engine heater should be electrical shock. Also, the wrong after the engine is turned off: plugged in at least four hours before kind of extension cord could starting. An internal thermostat in overheat and cause a fire. You . Audio System the plug-end of the cord may exist could be seriously injured. Plug . Power Windows which will prevent engine coolant the cord into a properly grounded heater operation at temperatures three-prong 110-volt AC outlet. . OnStar System (if equipped) above −18°C (0°F). If the cord will not reach, use a . Sunroof (if equipped) To Use the Engine Coolant heavy-duty three-prong extension Heater cord rated for at least 15 amps. These features work when the key is in ON/RUN or ACC/ 1. Turn off the engine. ACCESSORY. Once the key is 4. Before starting the engine, be turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, 2. Open the hood and unwrap the sure to unplug and store the the windows and sunroof continue electrical cord. The cord is cord as it was before to keep it to work up to 10 minutes until any secured to the engine away from moving engine parts. door is opened. The radio continues compartment fuse block with a If you do not, it could be to work for up to 10 minutes or until clip. Carefully remove the wire damaged. the driver door is opened. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (25,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-25
Shifting Into Park 1. Hold the brake pedal down, then set the parking brake. Warning (Continued) { Warning See Parking Brake on if the shift lever is not fully in page 9-41. P (Park) with the parking brake It can be dangerous to get out of 2. Move the shift lever into the firmly set. the vehicle if the shift lever is not P (Park) position by pulling the fully in P (Park) with the parking If you have four-wheel drive and shift lever toward you and the transfer case is in N (Neutral), brake firmly set. The vehicle can moving it up as far as it will go. roll. If you have left the engine the vehicle will be free to roll, running, the vehicle can move 3. Be sure the transfer case is in a even if the shift lever is in suddenly. You or others could be drive gear — not in N (Neutral). P (Park). So be sure the transfer injured. To be sure the vehicle will 4. Turn the ignition key to case is in a drive gear — not in not move, even when you are on LOCK/OFF. N (Neutral). fairly level ground, use the steps 5. Remove the key and take it with And, if you leave the vehicle with that follow. If the vehicle has a you. If you can leave the vehicle the engine running, it could four-wheel drive transfer case with the ignition key in your overheat and even catch fire. You with a N (Neutral) position, and hand, the vehicle is in P (Park). or others could be injured. Do not the transfer case is in N (Neutral), leave the vehicle with the engine the vehicle will be free to roll, Leaving the Vehicle with the running unless you have to. even if the shift lever is in Engine Running P (Park). Be sure the transfer If you have to leave the vehicle with case is in a drive gear. If towing a { Warning the engine running, be sure the trailer, see Driving Characteristics vehicle is in P (Park) and the and Towing Tips on page 9-60. It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle with the engine running. parking brake is firmly set before The vehicle could move suddenly you leave it. After you move the shift lever into P (Park), hold the regular (Continued) brake pedal down. Then, see if you Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (26,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-26 Driving and Operating
can move the shift lever away from in the transmission. You will then be If the vehicle has an uncharged P (Park) without first pulling it toward able to pull the shift lever out of battery or a battery with low voltage, you. If you can, it means that the P (Park). try charging or jump starting the shift lever was not fully locked into battery. See Jump Starting on P (Park). Shifting out of Park page 10-77. Torque Lock This vehicle is equipped with an To shift out of P (Park): electronic shift lock release system. If you are parking on a hill and you 1. Apply the brake pedal. do not shift the transmission into The shift lock release is designed to: 2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) properly, the weight of the desired position. vehicle may put too much force on . Prevent ignition key removal the parking pawl in the If you still are unable to shift out of unless the shift lever is in P (Park): transmission. You may find it difficult P (Park) with the shift lever to pull the shift lever out of P (Park). button fully released. 1. Ease the pressure on the shift This is called torque lock. To lever. prevent torque lock, set the parking . Prevent movement of the shift 2. While holding down the brake brake and then shift into P (Park) lever out of P (Park), unless the pedal, press the shift lever all properly before you leave the driver ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ the way into P (Park). seat. To find out how, see Shifting ACCESSORY and the regular Into Park on page 9-25. brake pedal is applied. 3. Move the shift lever to the desired position. When you are ready to drive, move The shift lock release is always the shift lever out of P (Park) before functional except in the case of an If you are still having a problem you release the parking brake. uncharged or low voltage (less than shifting, then have the vehicle 9 volt) battery. serviced soon. If torque lock does occur, you may need to have another vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the pressure from the parking pawl Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (27,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-27
Parking over Things When less power is required, such Engine Exhaust as cruising at a constant vehicle That Burn speed, the system will operate in the half cylinder mode, allowing the { Warning { Warning vehicle to achieve better fuel economy. When greater power Engine exhaust contains carbon Things that can burn could touch demands are required, such as monoxide (CO) which cannot be hot exhaust parts under the accelerating from a stop, passing, seen or smelled. Exposure to CO vehicle and ignite. Do not park or merging onto a freeway, the can cause unconsciousness and over papers, leaves, dry grass, system will maintain full-cylinder even death. or other things that can burn. operation. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: If the vehicle has an Active Fuel . The vehicle idles in areas ® Management indicator, see Driver Active Fuel Management with poor ventilation (parking Information Center (DIC) on garages, tunnels, deep snow Vehicles with V8 engines may have page 5-26 for more information on that may block underbody Active Fuel Management. This using this display. system allows the engine to operate airflow or tail pipes). on either all or half of its cylinders, . The exhaust smells or depending on the driving conditions. sounds strange or different.
. The exhaust system leaks due to corrosion or damage.
. The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged, or improperly repaired. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (28,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-28 Driving and Operating
Running the Vehicle Warning (Continued) Automatic While Parked Transmission . There are holes or openings It is better not to park with the If the vehicle is has an automatic in the vehicle body from engine running. damage or aftermarket transmission, it has an electronic modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine shift position indicator within the completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to instrument panel cluster. This be sure the vehicle will not move. display comes on when the ignition If unusual fumes are detected or See Shifting Into Park on page 9-25 key is turned to the ON/RUN if it is suspected that exhaust is and Engine Exhaust on page 9-27. position. coming into the vehicle: If parking on a hill and pulling a There are several different positions . Drive it only with the windows trailer, see Driving Characteristics for the shift lever. completely down. and Towing Tips on page 9-60.
. Have the vehicle repaired immediately. Never park the vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed area such as a garage or a Heavy Duty 6-Speed Automatic building that has no fresh air Transmission Shown (Light Duty ventilation. Similar) See “Range Selection Mode” under Manual Mode on page 9-31. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (29,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-29
P (Park): This position locks the Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) rear wheels. It is the best position to Warning (Continued) while the vehicle is moving use when starting the engine forward could damage the because the vehicle cannot move move the shift lever to P (Park). transmission. The repairs would easily. When parked on a hill, See Shifting Into Park on not be covered by the vehicle especially when the vehicle has a page 9-25 and Driving warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only heavy load, you might notice an Characteristics and Towing Tips after the vehicle is stopped. on page 9-60. increase in the effort to shift out of To rock the vehicle back and forth to P (Park). See “Torque Lock” under get out of snow, ice, or sand without Shifting Into Park on page 9-25 for damaging the transmission, see If more information. { Warning the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9-14. { Warning If the vehicle has a four-wheel N (Neutral): In this position, the drive transfer case with a engine does not connect with the It is dangerous to get out of the N (Neutral) position, and the wheels. To restart the engine when vehicle if the shift lever is not fully transfer case is in N (Neutral), the the vehicle is already moving, use in P (Park) with the parking brake vehicle will be free to roll — even N (Neutral) only. Also, use firmly set. The vehicle can roll. if the shift lever is in P (Park). Be N (Neutral) when the vehicle is sure the transfer case is in a drive being towed. Do not leave the vehicle when the gear, Two-Wheel Drive High or engine is running. If you have left Four-Wheel Drive High or { Warning the engine running, the vehicle Four-Wheel Drive Low — not in can move suddenly. You or others N (Neutral). See Shifting Into Park Shifting into a drive gear while the could be injured. To be sure the on page 9-25. Always set the engine is running at high speed is vehicle will not move, even when parking brake. dangerous. Unless your foot is you are on fairly level ground, firmly on the brake pedal, the always set the parking brake and vehicle could move very rapidly. R (Reverse): Use this gear to (Continued) (Continued) back up. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (30,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-30 Driving and Operating
. Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or throttle position, and vehicle load. Warning (Continued) more, push the accelerator all If the shift stabilization feature the way down. determines that a current vehicle You could lose control and hit By doing this, the vehicle shifts speed cannot be maintained, the people or objects. Do not shift transmission does not upshift and into a drive gear while the engine down to the next gear and has more power. instead holds the current gear. In is running at high speed. some cases, this could appear to be D (Drive) can be used when towing a delayed shift, however the Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) or a trailer, carrying a heavy load, transmission is operating normally. driving on steep hills, or for off-road N (Neutral) with the engine The vehicle's transmission uses running at high speed may driving. You might want to shift the transmission to a lower gear adaptive shift controls. Adaptive damage the transmission. The shift controls continually compares repairs would not be covered by selection if the transmission shifts too often. key shift parameters to the vehicle warranty. Be sure the pre-programmed ideal shifts stored engine is not running at high Downshifting the transmission in in the transmissions computer. The speed when shifting the vehicle. slippery road conditions could result transmission constantly makes D (Drive): This position is for in skidding. See “Skidding” under adjustments to improve vehicle normal driving. It provides the best Loss of Control on page 9-5. performance according to how the fuel economy. If you need more The vehicle has a shift stabilization vehicle is being used, such as with power for passing, and you are: feature that adjusts the transmission a heavy load or when the shifting to the current driving temperature changes. During this . Going less than about 55 km/h conditions in order to reduce rapid adaptive shift control process, (35 mph), push the accelerator upshifts and downshifts. This shift shifting might feel different as the pedal about halfway down. stabilization feature is designed to transmission determines the best determine, before making an settings. upshift, if the engine is able to When temperatures are very cold, maintain vehicle speed by analyzing shifting could be delayed providing things such as vehicle speed, more stable shifts until the engine Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (31,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-31
warms up. Shifts could be more using the engine and transmission Manual Mode noticeable with a cold transmission. to slow the vehicle. The first time This difference in shifting is normal. the system engages for each Range Selection Mode ® M (Manual Mode): This position ignition key cycle, a DIC message (Hydra-Matic 6-Speed lets drivers select the range of gears will be displayed. See Transmission Transmission) appropriate for current driving Messages on page 5-42. conditions. If the vehicle has this To disable or enable Normal Mode feature, see “Range Selection Grade Braking within the current Mode” under Manual Mode on ignition key cycle, press and hold page 9-31. the Tow/Haul button for Notice: Spinning the tires or three seconds. A DIC message displays. See Transmission holding the vehicle in one place Base Trim Shown (Uplevel Similar) on a hill using only the Messages on page 5-42. The vehicle may have a Range accelerator pedal may damage For other forms of grade braking, Selection Mode. The Range the transmission. The repair will see Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-32 Selection Mode helps control the not be covered by the vehicle and Cruise Control on page 9-46. vehicle's transmission and vehicle warranty. If you are stuck, do not speed while driving down hill or spin the tires. When stopping on towing a trailer by letting you select a hill, use the brakes to hold the a desired range of gears. vehicle in place. To use this feature, do the following: Normal Mode Grade Braking 1. Move the shift lever to Normal Mode Grade Braking is M (Manual Mode). enabled when the vehicle is started, but is not enabled in Range Selection Mode. It assists in maintaining desired vehicle speeds when driving on downhill grades by Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (32,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-32 Driving and Operating
2. Press the plus/minus buttons, Notice: Spinning the tires or Tow/Haul Mode located on the steering column holding the vehicle in one place shift lever, to select the desired on a hill using only the range of gears for the current accelerator pedal may damage driving conditions. the transmission. The repair will When M (Manual Mode) is selected not be covered by the vehicle a number displays next to the M, warranty. If you are stuck, do not indicating the current gear. spin the tires. When stopping on a hill, use the brakes to hold the This number is the highest gear that vehicle in place. The vehicle has a Tow/Haul Mode. can be used. However, the vehicle The selector button is located on the can automatically shift to lower Low Traction Mode end of the column shift lever. You gears as it adjusts to driving If the vehicle has the Hydra-Matic® can use this feature to assist when conditions. This means that all 6-Speed Automatic Transmission driving down steep hills or mountain gears below that number are with the 6.0L engine, it has a Low grades, towing, or hauling a heavy available. When 5 (Fifth) is selected, Traction Mode that assists in vehicle load, or if there is a need to charge 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are acceleration when road conditions a battery installed in a trailer. See automatically shifted by the vehicle, are slippery, such as with ice or Towing Equipment on page 9-67 but 6 (Sixth) cannot be used until snow. While the vehicle is at a stop, and Hill and Mountain Roads on the plus/minus button located on the select the second gear range using page 9-11 for more information. steering column lever is used to Range Selection Mode. This will change to the gear. limit torque to the wheels helping to Grade Braking is not available when prevent the tires from spinning. Range Selection Mode is active. See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-32. While using Range Selection Mode, Cruise Control and the Tow/Haul Mode can be used. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (33,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-33
desired vehicle speeds when driving Drive Systems on downhill grades by using the engine and transmission to slow the vehicle. Four-Wheel Drive (Two To disable or enable Tow/Haul Speed Automatic Grade Braking within the current Transfer Case) When Tow/Haul Mode is selected ignition key cycle, press and hold If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, the tow/haul indicator light will come the Tow/Haul button for you can send the engine's driving on. See Tow/Haul Mode Light on three seconds. A DIC message will power to all four wheels for extra page 5-22. be displayed. See Transmission traction. Read the following before The Tow/Haul Mode works with the Messages on page 5-42. using four-wheel drive. Autoride® feature, if the vehicle has See Towing Equipment on Notice: Driving on clean, dry this, to enhance the ride when page 9-67 for more information. pavement in Four-Wheel Drive trailering or with a loaded vehicle. For other forms of grade braking, High or Four-Wheel Drive Low for See Continuous Damping Control see Automatic Transmission on an extended period of time may (CDC) on page 9-45. page 9-28 and Cruise Control on cause premature wear on the Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking page 9-46. vehicle's powertrain. Do not drive (6-Speed Automatic on clean, dry pavement in Transmission) Four-Wheel Drive High or Four-Wheel Drive Low for Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is extended periods of time. only enabled while the Tow/Haul Mode is selected and the vehicle is While driving on clean dry pavement not in the Range Selection Mode. and during tight turns, you may experience a vibration in the See “Tow/Haul Mode” listed previously and Manual Mode on steering system. page 9-31. Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking assists in maintaining Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (34,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-34 Driving and Operating
The vehicle has StabiliTrak®. The transfer case knob is located to AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Shifting into Four-Wheel Drive Low the left of the instrument panel Drive): This setting is ideal for use will turn Traction Control and cluster. when road surface traction ® StabiliTrak off. See StabiliTrak Use this dial to shift into and out of conditions are variable. When System on page 9-42. four-wheel drive. driving the vehicle in AUTO, the front axle is engaged, and the Front Axle You can choose among five driving vehicle's power is sent to the front The front axle engages and settings: and rear wheels automatically disengages automatically when you Indicator lights in the switches show based on driving conditions. Driving shift the transfer case. Some delay you which setting you are in. The in this mode results in slightly lower for the axle to engage or disengage indicator lights will come on briefly fuel economy than Two-Wheel is normal. when you turn on the ignition and Drive High. Automatic Transfer Case the last chosen setting will stay on. 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High): Use If the lights do not come on, you the Four-Wheel Drive High position should take the vehicle to your when you need extra traction, such dealer for service. An indicator light as on snowy or icy roads or in most will flash while shifting. It will stay on off-road situations. This setting also when the shift is completed. If for engages your front axle to help some reason the transfer case drive the vehicle. This is the best cannot make a requested shift, it will setting to use when plowing snow. return to the last chosen setting. 4 (Four-Wheel Drive Low): This 2 (Two-Wheel Drive High): This n m setting also engages the front axle setting is used for driving in most and delivers extra torque. You may street and highway situations. The never need this setting. It sends front axle is not engaged in maximum power to all four wheels. two-wheel drive. This setting also You might choose Four-Wheel Drive provides the best fuel economy. Low if you are driving off-road in Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (35,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-35
deep sand, deep mud, deep snow, If the SERVICE 4 WHEEL DRIVE Shifting Into Four-Wheel and while climbing or descending message stays on, you should take Drive Low steep hills. the vehicle to your dealer for When Four-Wheel Drive Low is The vehicle has StabiliTrak. Shifting service. See SERVICE 4 WHEEL engaged, vehicle speed should be into Four-Wheel Drive Low will turn DRIVE message under kept below 72 km/h (45 mph). Traction Control and StabiliTrak off. Transmission Messages on Extended high-speed operation in See StabiliTrak® System on page 5-42. 4L may damage or shorten the life page 9-42. Shifting Into Four-Wheel Drive of the drivetrain. High or AUTO (Automatic To shift to the Four-Wheel Drive { Warning Four-Wheel Drive) Low position, the ignition must be in Turn the knob to the Four-Wheel ON/RUN and the vehicle must be Shifting the transfer case to Drive High or AUTO position. This stopped or moving less than 5 km/h N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle can be done at any speed, except (3 mph) with the transmission in to roll even if the transmission is when shifting from Four-Wheel N (Neutral). The preferred method in P (Park). You or someone else Drive Low. The indicator light will for shifting into Four-Wheel Drive could be seriously injured. Be flash while shifting. It will remain on Low is to have the vehicle moving sure to set the parking brake when the shift is completed. 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). Turn the before placing the transfer case in knob to the Four-Wheel Drive Low N (Neutral). See Parking Brake on Shifting Into Two-Wheel position. You must wait for the page 9-41. Drive High Four-Wheel Drive Low indicator light Turn the knob to the Two-Wheel to stop flashing and remain on Drive High position. This can be before shifting the transmission N (Neutral): Shift the vehicle's done at any speed, except when into gear. transfer case to N (Neutral) only shifting from Four-Wheel Drive Low. when towing the vehicle. See Notice: Shifting the transmission Recreational Vehicle Towing on See “Shifting Out of Four-Wheel into gear before the requested page 10-82 or Towing the Vehicle Drive Low” in this section for more mode indicator light has stopped on page 10-81 for more information. information. flashing could damage the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (36,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-36 Driving and Operating
transfer case. To help avoid Shifting Out of Four-Wheel for the mode indicator lights to damaging the vehicle, always wait Drive Low stop flashing before shifting the for the mode indicator lights to To shift from Four-Wheel Drive Low transmission into gear. stop flashing before shifting the to Four-Wheel Drive High, AUTO, The vehicle may have significant transmission into gear. or Two-Wheel Drive High, the engagement noise and bump when The vehicle may have significant vehicle must be stopped or moving shifting between Four-Wheel Drive engagement noise and bump when less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with the Low and Four-Wheel Drive High shifting between Four-Wheel Drive transmission in N (Neutral) and the ranges or from N (Neutral) while the Low and Four-Wheel Drive High ignition in ON/RUN. The preferred engine is running. ranges or from N (Neutral) while the method for shifting out of If the knob is turned to the engine is running. Four-Wheel Drive Low is to have Four-Wheel Drive High, AUTO, If the knob is turned to the your vehicle moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h or Two-Wheel Drive High switch Four-Wheel Drive Low position (1 to 2 mph). Turn the knob to the position when the vehicle is in gear when the vehicle is in gear and/or Four-Wheel Drive High, AUTO, and/or moving more than 5 km/h moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), or Two-Wheel Drive High position. (3 mph), the Four-Wheel Drive High, the Four-Wheel Drive Low indicator You must wait for the Four-Wheel AUTO, or Two-Wheel Drive High light will flash for 30 seconds and Drive High, AUTO, or Two-Wheel indicator light will flash for not complete the shift. After Drive High indicator light to stop 30 seconds but will not complete the 30 seconds the transfer case will flashing and remain on before shift. With the vehicle moving less shift to Four-Wheel Drive shifting the transmission into gear. than 5 km/h (3 mph) and the High mode. With the vehicle moving Notice: Shifting the transmission transmission is in N (Neutral), less than 5 km/h (3 mph) and the into gear before the requested attempt the shift again. transmission in N (Neutral), attempt mode indicator light has stopped the shift again. flashing could damage the transfer case. To help avoid damaging the vehicle, always wait Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (37,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-37
Shifting into N (Neutral) 7. If the engine is running, verify 3. Turn the transfer case dial to the To shift the transfer case to that the transfer case is in desired transfer case shift N (Neutral) do the following: N (Neutral) by shifting the position (Two-Wheel Drive High, transmission to R (Reverse) for Four-Wheel Drive High, 1. Make sure the vehicle is parked one second, then shift the or AUTO). so that it will not roll. transmission to D (Drive) for After the transfer case has 2. Set the parking brake and apply one second. shifted out of N (Neutral), the the regular brake pedal. See 8. Turn the ignition to ACC/ N (Neutral) light will go out. Parking Brake on page 9-41 for ACCESSORY, which will turn the more information. 4. Release the parking brake prior engine off. to moving the vehicle. 3. Start the vehicle or turn the 9. Place the transmission shift ignition to ON/RUN. Notice: Shifting the transmission lever in P (Park). into gear before the requested 4. Put the transmission in 10. Release the parking brake prior mode indicator light has stopped N (Neutral). to moving the vehicle. flashing could damage the 5. Shift the transfer case to 11. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. transfer case. To help avoid Two-Wheel Drive High. damaging the vehicle, always wait Shifting Out of N (Neutral) for the mode indicator lights to 6. Turn the transfer case dial To shift out of N (Neutral) do the stop flashing before shifting the clockwise to N (Neutral) until it transmission into gear. stops and hold it there until the following: N (Neutral) light starts blinking. 1. Set the parking brake and apply 5. Start the engine and shift the This will take at least the regular brake pedal. transmission to the desired 10 seconds. Then slowly release position. 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with the dial to the Four-Wheel Drive Excessively shifting the transfer Low position. The N (Neutral) the engine off, and shift the transmission to N (Neutral). case into or out of the different light will come on when the modes may cause the transfer case transfer case shift to N (Neutral) to enter the shift protection mode. is complete. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (38,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-38 Driving and Operating
This will protect the transfer case While driving on clean dry pavement The transfer case knob is located to from possible damage and will only and during tight turns, you may the left of the instrument panel allow the transfer case to respond to experience a vibration in the cluster. one shift per 10 seconds. The steering system. Use this dial to shift into and out of transfer case may stay in this mode four-wheel drive. for up to three minutes. Front Axle The front axle engages and The vehicle has Four-Wheel Drive with StabiliTrak®. For information on Four-Wheel Drive (Single disengages automatically when you ® Speed Automatic shift the transfer case. Some delay StabiliTrak, see StabiliTrak System for the axle to engage or disengage on page 9-42. Transfer Case) is normal. You can choose among three If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, Automatic Transfer Case driving settings: you can send the engine's driving Indicator lights in the switch show power to all four wheels for extra you which setting you are in. The traction. Read the following before indicator lights will come on briefly using four-wheel drive. when you turn on the ignition and Notice: Driving on clean, dry the last chosen setting will stay on. pavement in Four-Wheel Drive If the lights do not come on, you High for an extended period of should take the vehicle to your time may cause premature wear dealer for service. An indicator light on the vehicle's powertrain. Do will flash while shifting. It will stay on not drive on clean, dry pavement when the shift is completed. If for in Four-Wheel Drive High for some reason the transfer case extended periods of time. cannot make a requested shift, it will return to the last chosen setting. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (39,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-39
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High): This Service Four-Wheel Drive Excessively shifting the transfer setting is used for driving in most If the SERVICE 4 WHEEL DRIVE case into or out of the different street and highway situations. The message stays on, you should take modes may cause the transfer case front axle is not engaged in the vehicle to your dealer for to enter the shift protection mode. two-wheel drive. This setting also service. See SERVICE 4 WHEEL This will protect the transfer case provides the best fuel economy. DRIVE message under from possible damage and will only allow the transfer case to respond to AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Transmission Messages on page 5-42. one shift per 10 seconds. The Drive): This setting is ideal for use transfer case may stay in this mode when road surface traction Shifting Into Four-Wheel Drive for up to three minutes. conditions are variable. When High or AUTO (Automatic driving the vehicle in AUTO, the Four-Wheel Drive) front axle is engaged, and the vehicle's power is sent to the front Turn the knob to the Four-Wheel and rear wheels automatically Drive High or AUTO position. This based on driving conditions. Driving can be done at any speed. The in this mode results in slightly lower indicator light will flash while fuel economy than Two-Wheel shifting. It will remain on when the Drive High. shift is completed. 4 (Four-Wheel Drive High): Use Shifting Into Two-Wheel m Drive High the Four-Wheel Drive High position when you need extra traction, such Turn the knob to the Two-Wheel as on snowy or icy roads or in most Drive High position. This can be off-road situations. This setting also done at any speed. The indicator engages the front axle to help drive light will flash while shifting. It will the vehicle. This is the best setting remain on when the shift is to use when plowing snow. completed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (40,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-40 Driving and Operating
Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it suddenly slows or stops. Always becomes necessary to slam on the leave enough room up ahead to brakes and continue braking to stop, even with ABS. Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a System (ABS) computer senses that the wheels Using ABS are slowing down. If one of the This vehicle has ABS, an advanced Do not pump the brakes. Just hold wheels is about to stop rolling, the electronic braking system that helps the brake pedal down firmly and let computer will separately work the prevent a braking skid. ABS work. You might hear the ABS brakes at each wheel. pump or motor operating and feel When the vehicle begins to drive ABS can change the brake pressure the brake pedal pulsate, but this is away, ABS checks itself. to each wheel, as required, faster normal. A momentary motor or clicking noise than any driver could. This can help might be heard while this test is Braking in Emergencies you steer around the obstacle while going on, and it might even be braking hard. ABS allows you to steer and brake noticed that the brake pedal moves at the same time. In many a little. This is normal. As the brakes are applied, the emergencies, steering can help computer keeps receiving updates more than even the very best on wheel speed and controls braking. braking pressure accordingly. Remember: ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance. If you get too If there is a problem with ABS, this close to the vehicle in front of you, warning light stays on. See Antilock there will not be enough time to Brake System (ABS) Warning Light apply the brakes if that vehicle on page 5-22. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (41,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-41
Parking Brake brake is fully released and the power brake system under brake warning light is off before conditions where the driver has driving. quickly and forcefully applied the To release the parking brake, hold brake pedal in an attempt to quickly the regular brake pedal down, then stop or slow down the vehicle. The push down momentarily on the stability system hydraulic brake parking brake pedal until you feel control module increases brake the pedal release. Slowly pull your pressure at each corner of the foot up off the parking brake pedal. vehicle until the ABS activates. If the parking brake is not released Minor brake pedal pulsation or when you begin to drive, the brake pedal movement during this time is system warning light will flash and a normal and the driver should chime will sound warning you that continue to apply the brake pedal as the parking brake is still on. the driving situation dictates The Brake Assist feature will Set the parking brake by holding the If you are towing a trailer and are automatically disengage when the regular brake pedal down, then parking on a hill, see Driving brake pedal is released or brake pushing down the parking brake Characteristics and Towing Tips on pedal pressure is quickly pedal. page 9-60. decreased. If the ignition is on, the brake system warning light will come on. Brake Assist Hill Start Assist (HSA) See Brake System Warning Light on The Brake Assist feature is Vehicles with StabiliTrak have an page 5-21. designed to assist the driver in HSA feature, which may be useful Notice: Driving with the parking stopping or decreasing vehicle when the vehicle is stopped on a brake on can overheat the brake speed in emergency driving grade. This feature is designed to system and cause premature conditions. This feature uses the prevent the vehicle from rolling, wear or damage to brake system stability system hydraulic brake either forward or rearward, during parts. Make sure that the parking control module to supplement the vehicle drive off. After the driver Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (42,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-42 Driving and Operating
completely stops and holds the Ride Control Systems When the vehicle is started and vehicle in a complete standstill on a begins to move, the system grade, HSA will be automatically ® performs several diagnostic checks activated. During the transition StabiliTrak System to insure there are no problems. period between when the driver The vehicle has a vehicle stability The system may be heard or felt releases the brake pedal and starts enhancement system called while it is working. This is normal to accelerate to drive off on a grade, StabiliTrak. It is an advanced and does not mean there is a HSA holds the braking pressure for computer-controlled system that problem with the vehicle. a maximum of two seconds to assists the driver with directional If cruise control is being used when ensure that there is no rolling. The control of the vehicle in difficult StabiliTrak activates, the cruise brakes will automatically release driving conditions. control automatically disengages. when the accelerator pedal is StabiliTrak activates when the The cruise control can be applied within the two-second re-engaged when road conditions window. If the vehicle is equipped computer senses a discrepancy between the intended path and the allow. See Cruise Control on with the Integrated Trailer Brake page 9-46. Control (ITBC) system, HSA may direction the vehicle is actually also apply the trailer brakes. It will traveling. StabiliTrak selectively If the system fails to turn on or not activate if the vehicle is in a applies braking pressure at any one activate, the StabiliTrak light along drive gear and facing downhill or if of the vehicle's brakes to assist the with a message will be displayed on the vehicle is facing uphill and in driver with keeping the vehicle on the Driver Information Center (DIC). R (Reverse). There may be the intended path. If a DIC message appears, make situations on minor hills (less than StabiliTrak is on automatically sure the StabiliTrak system has not 5% grade) with a loaded vehicle or whenever the vehicle is started. To been turned off using the Traction while pulling a trailer where HSA will assist with directional control of the Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak not activate. vehicle, the system should always button. Then turn the vehicle off, be left on. Trailer Sway Control wait 15 seconds, and then turn it (TSC) is also on automatically when back on again to reset the system. the vehicle is started. See Trailer If any of the messages still appear Sway Control (TSC) on page 9-76. on the DIC, the vehicle should be Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (43,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-43
taken in for service. For more The traction control part of When the TCS or StabiliTrak system information on the DIC messages, StabiliTrak can be turned off by is turned off, the StabiliTrak light see Ride Control System Messages pressing and releasing the TCS/ and the appropriate message will be on page 5-40. StabiliTrak button if both systems displayed on the DIC to warn the (traction control and StabiliTrak) driver. The vehicle will still have were previously on. brake-traction control when traction control is off, but will not be able to use the engine speed management system. See “Traction Control Operation” next for more information. The StabiliTrak light will flash on the When the TCS has been turned off, instrument panel cluster when the system noises may still be heard as system or the TSC feature is both To disable both TCS and a result of the brake-traction control on and activated. StabiliTrak, press and hold the TCS/ coming on. StabiliTrak button until the The system may be heard or felt It is recommended to leave the StabiliTrak OFF light illuminates and while it is working; this is normal. system on for normal driving the appropriate DIC message conditions, but it may be necessary displays. This will also disable the to turn the system off if the vehicle TSC feature. is stuck in sand, mud, ice or snow, Traction control and StabiliTrak can and you want to “rock” the vehicle to be turned on by pressing and attempt to free it. It may also be releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak button necessary to turn off the system if they are not automatically shut off when driving in extreme off-road The TCS/StabiliTrak button is for any other reason. This will also conditions where high wheel spin is located on the instrument panel. enable the TSC feature. required. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9-14. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (44,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-44 Driving and Operating
When the transfer case is in 4LO, disabled. In this mode, engine If cruise control is being used when the stability system is automatically power is not reduced automatically the system activates, the StabiliTrak disabled, the StabiliTrak light comes and the driven wheels can spin light will flash and cruise control will on, and the appropriate message more freely. This can cause the automatically disengage. Cruise will appear on the DIC. Both traction brake-traction control to activate control may be reengaged when control and StabiliTrak are constantly. road conditions allow. See Cruise automatically disabled in this Notice: If the wheel(s) of one axle Control on page 9-46. condition. is allowed to spin excessively StabiliTrak may also turn off ® Traction Control Operation while the StabiliTrak , ABS, brake automatically if it determines that a warning lights, and any relevant problem exists with the system. The TCS is part of the StabiliTrak DIC messages are displayed, the If the problem does not clear itself system. Traction control limits wheel transfer case could be damaged. after restarting the vehicle, see your spin by reducing engine power to The repairs would not be covered dealer for service. the wheels (engine speed by the vehicle warranty. Reduce management) and by applying Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a engine power and do not spin the Trailer Sway Control (TSC) feature. brakes to each individual wheel wheel(s) excessively while these (brake-traction control) as See Trailer Sway Control (TSC) on lights and messages are page 9-76. necessary. displayed. Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a Hill The TCS is enabled automatically The TCS may activate on dry or when the vehicle is started. It will Start Assist (HSA) feature. See Hill rough roads or under conditions Start Assist (HSA) on page 9-41. activate and the StabiliTrak light will such as heavy acceleration while flash if it senses that any of the turning or abrupt upshifts/downshifts Adding non-dealer accessories can wheels are spinning or beginning to of the transmission. When this affect the vehicle's performance. lose traction while driving. If traction happens, a reduction in acceleration See Accessories and Modifications control is turned off, only the may be noticed, or a noise or on page 10-3. brake-traction control portion of vibration may be heard. This is traction control will work. The normal. engine speed management will be Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (45,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-45
Locking Rear Axle independently adjust the damping rear of the vehicle to maintain level to provide the optimum proper vehicle height. The system is Vehicles with a locking rear axle can vehicle ride. activated when the ignition key is give more traction on snow, mud, turned to ON/RUN and will ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a Autoride also interact with the tow/ haul mode that, when activated, will automatically adjust vehicle height standard axle most of the time, but thereafter. The system may exhaust when traction is low, this feature will provide additional control of the shock absorbers. This additional (lower vehicle height) for up to allow the rear wheel with the most ten minutes after the ignition key traction to move the vehicle. control results in better ride and handling characteristics when the has been turned off. You may hear vehicle is loaded or towing a trailer. the air compressor operating when Continuous Damping the height is being adjusted. See “Tow/Haul Mode” under Trailer Control (CDC) Towing on page 9-63 for more If a weight‐distributing hitch is being This vehicle may have a continuous information. used, it is recommended to allow damping control system called the shocks to inflate, thereby Autoride®. With this feature, Automatic Level Control leveling the vehicle prior to adjusting the hitch. improved vehicle ride and handling The automatic level control rear is provided under a variety of suspension is available on light‐duty passenger and loading conditions. vehicles and comes as a part of the Autoride is fully automatic and uses Continuous Damping Control (CDC) a computer controller to suspension, if equipped. continuously monitor vehicle speed, This type of level control is fully wheel to body position, lift/dive, and automatic and will provide a better steering position of the vehicle. The leveled riding position as well as controller then sends signals to better handling under a variety of each shock absorber to passenger and loading conditions. An air compressor connected to the rear shocks will raise or lower the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (46,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-46 Driving and Operating
Cruise Control If the vehicle has StabiliTrak and the +RES (Resume/Accelerate): system begins to limit wheel spin, Press briefly to make the vehicle cruise control will automatically resume to a previously set speed, { Warning disengage. See StabiliTrak® System or press and hold to accelerate. on page 9-42. When road conditions SET− (Set/Coast): Press to set the Cruise control can be dangerous allow the cruise control to be safely where you cannot drive safely at speed and activate cruise control or used again, it can be turned make the vehicle decelerate. a steady speed. Do not use the back on. cruise control on winding roads or [ (Cancel): Press to disengage in heavy traffic. cruise control without erasing the Cruise control can be dangerous set speed from memory. on slippery roads. On such roads, Setting Cruise Control fast changes in tire traction can If the cruise button is on when not in cause excessive wheel slip, and use, it could get bumped and go into you could lose control. Do not use cruise when not desired. Keep the cruise control on slippery roads. cruise control switch off when cruise is not being used. With cruise control, a speed of The cruise control light on the about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can instrument panel cluster comes on be maintained without keeping your after the cruise control has been set foot on the accelerator. Cruise to the desired speed. control does not work at speeds I (On/Off): Press to turn the below about 40 km/h (25 mph). system on or off. The indicator light 1. Press the I button. When the brakes are applied, cruise is on when cruise control is on and 2. Get up to the desired speed. turns off when cruise control is off. control is turned off. 3. Press the SET− button located on the steering wheel and release it. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (47,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-47
4. Take your foot off the . To increase vehicle speed in Using Cruise Control on Hills accelerator. small amounts, press the +RES How well the cruise control works button. Each time this is done, Resuming a Set Speed on hills depends on the vehicle the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h speed, the load, and the steepness If the cruise control is set at a (1 mph) faster. of the hills. When going up steep desired speed and then the brakes hills, pressing the accelerator pedal are applied, the cruise control is Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control may be necessary to maintain disengaged without erasing the set vehicle speed. When going speed from memory. If the cruise control system is downhill, Cruise Grade Braking Once the vehicle speed reaches already activated, helps maintain the driver selected about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, . Press and hold the SET– button speed. press the +RES button on the on the steering wheel until the Cruise Grade Braking is enabled steering wheel. The vehicle returns desired lower speed is reached, when the vehicle is started and to the previous set speed and stays then release it. Cruise Control is active. It is not there. enabled in Range Selection Mode. . To slow down in small amounts, It assists in maintaining driver Increasing Speed While Using press the SET– button on the Cruise Control steering wheel briefly. Each time selected speed when driving on downhill grades by using the engine If the cruise control system is this is done, the vehicle goes and transmission to slow the already activated, about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower. vehicle. . Press and hold the +RES button Passing Another Vehicle While To disable and enable Cruise Grade on the steering wheel until the Using Cruise Control Braking for the current ignition key desired speed is reached, then Use the accelerator pedal to cycle, press and hold the Tow/Haul release it. increase the vehicle speed. When button for three seconds. A DIC you take your foot off the pedal, the message displays. See vehicle will slow down to the Transmission Messages on previous set cruise speed. page 5-42. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (48,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-48 Driving and Operating
For other forms of Grade Braking, Object Detection How the System Works see Automatic Transmission on URPA comes on automatically when page 9-28 andTow/Haul Mode on Systems the shift lever is moved into page 9-32. R (Reverse). A single tone sounds Ending Cruise Control Ultrasonic Parking Assist to indicate the system is working. There are three ways to end cruise If available, the Ultrasonic Rear URPA operates only at speeds less control: Parking Assist (URPA) system uses than 8 km/h (5 mph). sensors on the rear bumper to . To disengage cruise control, assist with parking and avoiding An obstacle is indicated by audible step lightly on the brake pedal. objects while in R (Reverse). beeps. The time between the beeps gets shorter as the vehicle . [ approaches the obstacle. Press the on the steering { Warning wheel. A continuous tone is heard when The URPA system does not the distance is less than . To turn off the cruise control, 30 cm (12 in). detect children, pedestrians, press I on the steering wheel. bicyclists, animals, or objects To be detected, objects must be at Erasing Speed Memory below the bumper or that are too least 25 cm (10 in) off the ground close or too far from the vehicle. and below liftgate level. Objects The cruise control set speed is It is not available at speeds must also be within 2.5 m (8 ft) from erased from memory by pressing greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To the rear bumper. This distance may the I button or if the ignition is prevent injury, death, or vehicle be less during warmer or humid turned off. damage, even with URPA, always weather. check the area around the vehicle and check all mirrors before backing. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (49,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-49
Turning the System On and Off PARK ASSIST OFF: This message Other conditions may affect system occurs if the driver disables the performance, such as vibrations system or if the vehicle is driven from a jackhammer or the above 8 km/h (5 mph) in compression of air brakes on a very R (Reverse). large truck. PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE OWNERS MANUAL: This Side Blind Zone message can occur under the Alert (SBZA) Press this button, located next to following conditions: If equipped, the Side Blind Zone the radio, to disable URPA. . The ultrasonic sensors are not Alert system is a lane-changing aid The indicator light comes on and clean. Keep the rear bumper that assists drivers with avoiding PARK ASSIST OFF displays on the free of mud, dirt, snow, ice, crashes that occur with vehicles in Driver Information Center (DIC). slush, and frost. The message the side blind zone (or spot) areas. See Object Detection System may not clear until frost or ice The SBZA warning display will light Messages on page 5-39. has melted all around and inside up in the corresponding outside side the sensor. mirror and will flash if the turn signal When the System Does Not is on. Seem to Work Properly . A trailer is attached to the The following messages may be vehicle, or a bicycle or an object { Warning displayed on the DIC: hanging out of the liftgate during the current or last drive cycle. SBZA does not alert the driver to SERVICE PARK ASSIST: this URPA will return to normal message occurs, take the vehicle to vehicles rapidly approaching operation after it is determined outside of the side blind zones, your dealer for repair. the object is removed. This pedestrians, bicyclists, could take a few drive cycles. or animals. It may not provide . A tow bar is attached to the alerts when changing lanes under vehicle. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (50,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-50 Driving and Operating
The SBZA sensor covers a zone of When the vehicle is started, both Warning (Continued) approximately one lane over from outside mirror SBZA displays will both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m briefly come on to indicate the all driving conditions. Failure to (11 ft). The height of the zone is system is operating. When the use proper care when changing approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) vehicle is moving forward, the left- lanes may result in injury, death, and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. This or right-side mirror display will light or vehicle damage. Before zone starts at approximately the up if a vehicle is detected in that making a lane change, always middle of the vehicle and goes back blind zone. If the turn signal is check mirrors, glance over your 5 m (16 ft). activated in the same direction of a shoulder, and use the turn detected vehicle, this display will signals. How the System Works flash as an extra warning not to The SBZA symbol lights up in the change lanes. SBZA Detection Zones side mirrors when the system SBZA can be disabled through the detects a vehicle in the next lane Driver Information Center (DIC). See over that is in the side blind zone. Driver Information Center (DIC) on This indicates it may be unsafe to page 5-26. If SBZA is disabled by change lanes. Before making a lane the driver, the SBZA mirror displays change, check the SBZA display, will not light up. check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and use the turn signals. When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly SBZA displays may not come on when passing a vehicle quickly or when towing a trailer. Keep in mind the SBZA detection zones that extend back from the side of the Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror vehicle do not move further back Display Display when a trailer is towed. Use extra Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (51,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-51
caution while changing lanes when cleaning both sides of the vehicle towing a trailer. SBZA may alert you toward the rear corners of the { Warning to objects attached to the vehicle, vehicle, see your dealer. such as a trailer, bicycle, or object The RVC system does not display If the SBZA displays do not light up children, pedestrians, bicyclists, extending out to either side of the when vehicles are in the blind zone vehicle. This is normal system animals, or any other object and the system is clean, the system located outside the camera's field operation; the vehicle does not need may need service. Take the vehicle service. of view, below the bumper, to your dealer. or under the vehicle. Perceived SBZA may not always alert the When SBZA is disabled for any distances may be different from driver to vehicles in the side blind reason other than the driver turning actual distances. Do not back the zone, especially in wet conditions. it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert ON The system does not need to be vehicle using only the RVC option will not be available on the screen, during longer, higher serviced. The system may light up DIC menu. due to guardrails, signs, trees, speed backing maneuvers, shrubs, and other non-moving FCC Information or where there could be cross objects. This is normal system traffic. Failure to use proper care See Radio Frequency Statement on operation; the vehicle does not need before backing may result in page 13-15. service. injury, death, or vehicle damage. Always check behind and around SBZA may not operate when the Rear Vision the vehicle before backing. SBZA sensors in the left or right corners of the rear bumper are Camera (RVC) covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice, If available, the Rear Vision Camera Vehicles without Navigation or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For (RVC) system displays part of the System cleaning instructions, see "Washing scene behind the vehicle. the Vehicle" under Exterior Care on The RVC system displays a view of page 10-87. If the DIC still displays the area behind the vehicle. When the SIDE BLIND ZONE SYSTEM the vehicle is on and shifted into UNAVAILABLE message after R (Reverse) the video image Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (52,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-52 Driving and Operating
appears on the inside rearview screen displays the last screen after The delay that is received after mirror. The video image disappears the vehicle is shifted out of shifting out of R (Reverse) is after the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse). approximately 10 seconds. The R (Reverse). delay can be canceled by Turning the RVC System On or Off performing one of the following: Turning the RVC System On or Off To turn the RVC system on or off: To turn off the RVC system, press . Pressing a hard key on the 1. Shift into P (Park). navigation system. and hold z , located on the inside 2. Press MENU to enter the rearview mirror, until the left . Shifting into P (Park). indicator light turns off. The RVC configure menu options. Turn display is now disabled. the Multifunction knob until the . Reach a vehicle speed of Display feature is highlighted 8 km/h (5 mph). To turn the RVC system on, press and press the Multifunction and hold z until the left indicator knob. Or press the Display Symbols light comes on. The RVC system screen button The navigation system may have a display will appear in the mirror. 3. Select the Rear Camera Options feature that allows for viewing parking assist symbols on the Vehicles with Navigation screen button. The Rear Camera Options screen displays. navigation screen while using the System RVC. The Ultrasonic Rear Park 4. Select the Video screen button. The RVC system is designed to Assist (URPA) system must not be When the Video screen button is help the driver when backing up by disabled to use the caution symbols. highlighted the RVC displaying a view of the area behind If URPA has been disabled and the system is on. the vehicle. When the vehicle is symbols have been turned on, the shifted into R (Reverse), the video Rear Parking Assist Symbols image appears on the navigation Unavailable error message may screen. After a delay, the navigation display. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on page 9-48. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (53,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-53
The symbols appear near objects Guidelines RVC Location detected by the URPA system. The The RVC system has a guideline symbol may cover the object when overlay that can help the driver align viewing the navigation screen. the vehicle when backing into a To turn the symbols on or off: parking spot. 1. Make sure that URPA has not To turn the guidelines on or off: been disabled. 1. Make sure that URPA has not 2. Shift into P (Park). been disabled. 3. Press MENU to enter the 2. Shift into P (Park). configure menu options. Turn 3. Press MENU to enter the the Multifunction knob until the configure menu options. Turn Display feature is highlighted the Multifunction knob until the and press the Multifunction Display feature is highlighted knob. Or press the Display and press the Multifunction The camera is located above the screen button knob. Or press the Display license plate. 4. Select the Rear Camera Options screen button This shows the field of view that the screen button. The Rear Camera 4. Select the Rear Camera Options camera provides. Options screen displays. screen button. The Rear Camera 5. Touch the Symbols screen Options screen displays. button. The screen button will be 5. Touch the Guidelines screen highlighted when on. button. The screen button will be highlighted when on. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (54,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-54 Driving and Operating
Displayed images may be further or . The back of the vehicle is in an closer than they appear. The area accident, the position and displayed is limited and objects mounting angle of the camera which are close to either corner of can change or the camera can the bumper or under the bumper do be affected. Be sure to have the not display. camera and its position and mounting angle checked at your When the System Does Not dealer. Seem To Work Properly The RVC system display in the The RVC system might not work rearview mirror may turn off or not properly or display a clear image if: appear as expected due to one of the following conditions. If this . The RVC is turned off. See A. View displayed by the camera occurs the left indicator light on the “Turning the RVC System On or mirror will flash. Off” earlier in this section. . A slow flash may indicate a loss . It is dark. of video signal, or no video . The sun or the beam of signal present during the reverse headlamps is shining directly cycle. into the camera lens.
. Ice, snow, mud, or anything else builds up on the camera lens. A. View displayed by the camera Clean the lens, rinse it with water, and wipe it with a soft B. Corners of the rear bumper cloth. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (55,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-55
. A fast flash may indicate that the Fuel If the vehicle has a yellow fuel cap, display has been on for the E85 or FlexFuel can be used in the maximum allowable time during Use of the recommended fuel is an vehicle. See E85 or FlexFuel on a reverse cycle, or the display important part of the proper page 9-57. has reached an Over maintenance of this vehicle. When Temperature limit. driving in the U.S., to help keep the Recommended Fuel engine clean and maintain optimum The fast flash conditions are vehicle performance, we Use regular unleaded gasoline with used to protect the video device recommend using TOP TIER a posted octane rating of 87 or from high temperature Detergent Gasolines. See higher. If the octane rating is less conditions. Once conditions www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP than 87, an audible knocking noise, return to normal the device will TIER Detergent Gasolines. commonly referred to as spark reset and the green indicator will knock, might be heard when driving. stop flashing. If this occurs, use a gasoline rated During any of these fault conditions, at 87 octane or higher as soon as the display will be blank and the possible. If heavy knocking is heard indicator will flash while the vehicle when using gasoline rated at is in R (Reverse) or until the 87 octane or higher, the engine conditions return to normal. needs service. Press and hold z when the left Use of Seasonal Fuels indicator light is flashing to turn off Use summer and winter fuels in the the video display along with the left appropriate season. Driving or indicator light. starting could be affected if the incorrect fuel is used. Drive the vehicle with the engine running until the fuel is a half tank or less, then refuel with the current seasonal fuel. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (56,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-56 Driving and Operating
Prohibited Fuels emission control system satisfactorily on fuels meeting Gasolines containing oxygenates, performance. The malfunction federal specifications, but emission such as ethers and ethanol, as well indicator lamp may turn on. If this control system performance might as reformulated gasolines are occurs, see your dealer for service. be affected. The malfunction available in some cities. If these indicator lamp could turn on and the gasolines comply with the Gasoline Specifications vehicle may not pass a smog-check test. See Malfunction Indicator previously described specification, At a minimum, gasoline should meet then they are acceptable to use. Lamp on page 5-19. If this occurs, ASTM specification D 4814. Some return to your authorized dealer for However, E85 and other fuels gasolines contain an containing more than 15% ethanol diagnosis. If it is determined that the octane-enhancing additive called condition is caused by the type of must be used only in FlexFuel methylcyclopentadienyl manganese vehicles. fuel used, repairs may not be tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend covered by the vehicle warranty. Notice: Do not use fuel against the use of gasolines containing methanol. It can containing MMT. See “Prohibited Fuels in Foreign corrode metal parts in the fuel Fuels" in Recommended Fuel on system and also damage plastic page 9-55. Countries and rubber parts. That damage If planning to drive in countries would not be covered under the California Fuel outside the U.S. or Canada, the vehicle warranty. Requirements proper fuel might be hard to find. Check regional auto club or fuel Some gasolines that are not If the vehicle is certified to meet reformulated for low emissions can retail brand websites for availability California Emissions Standards, it is in the country where driving. Never contain an octane-enhancing designed to operate on fuels that additive called use leaded gasoline, fuel containing meet California specifications. See methanol, or any other fuel not methylcyclopentadienyl manganese the underhood emission control tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use recommended. Costly repairs label. If this fuel is not available in caused by use of improper fuel gasolines with MMT as they can states adopting California Emissions reduce spark plug life and affect would not be covered by the vehicle Standards, the vehicle will operate warranty. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (57,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-57
Fuel Additives The use of E85 or FlexFuel is immediately after refueling to allow encouraged when the vehicle is the vehicle to adapt to the change in To keep fuel systems clean, TOP designed to use it. E85 or FlexFuel ethanol concentration. TIER Detergent Gasoline is is made from renewable sources. recommended. See Fuel on Because E85 or FlexFuel has less page 9-55. To help locate fuel stations that energy per liter (gallon) than carry E85 or FlexFuel, the U.S. gasoline, the vehicle will need to be If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is Department of Energy has an refilled more often. See Filling the not available, one bottle of Fuel alternative fuels website. See Tank on page 9-58. System Treatment PLUS, part www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/locator/ Notice: Some additives are not number 88861013, added to the fuel stations. tank at every engine oil change, can compatible with E85 fuel and can help. Fuel System Treatment PLUS E85 or FlexFuel should meet ASTM harm the vehicle's fuel system. is the only gasoline additive Specification D 5798 or CAN/ Do not add anything to E85. recommended by General Motors. CGSB–3.512 in Canada. Do not use Damage caused by additives It is available at your dealer. the fuel if the ethanol content is would not be covered by the greater than 85%. Fuel mixtures that vehicle warranty. Do not use additives with E85 or do not meet ASTM or CGSB FlexFuel. Notice: This vehicle was not specifications can affect driveability designed for fuel that contains and could cause the malfunction E85 or FlexFuel methanol. Do not use fuel indicator lamp to come on. containing methanol. It can Vehicles with a yellow fuel cap can After refueling, the vehicle corrode metal parts in the fuel use either unleaded gasoline or fuel calculates the composition of the system and also damage plastic containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). fuel. It is not recommended to and rubber parts. That damage All other vehicles should use only repeatedly switch between fuels. would not be covered under the the unleaded gasoline as described If fuels are switched frequently, add vehicle warranty. in Recommended Fuel on as much fuel as possible and do not page 9-55. add less than 11 L (3 gal) when refueling. Drive at least 11 km (7 mi) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (58,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-58 Driving and Operating
Filling the Tank Warning (Continued)
{ Warning . Keep children away from the fuel pump and never let Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn children pump fuel. violently and can cause injury or death. . Fuel can spray out if the fuel cap is opened too quickly. . To help avoid injuries to you This spray can happen if the and others, read and follow tank is nearly full, and is all the instructions on the fuel more likely in hot weather. pump island. Open the fuel cap slowly and . Turn off the engine when wait for any hiss noise to stop To open the fuel door, push and refueling. then unscrew the cap all release the rearward center edge of the way. the door. . Keep sparks, flames, and To remove the fuel cap, turn it smoking materials away The tethered fuel cap is located slowly counterclockwise. The fuel from fuel. behind a hinged fuel door on the cap has a spring in it; if the cap is . Do not leave the fuel pump driver side of the vehicle. If the released too soon, it will spring back unattended. vehicle has E85 fuel capability, the to the right. fuel cap will be yellow and state that While refueling, hang the tethered . Do not reenter the vehicle E85 or gasoline can be used. See fuel cap from the hook on the while pumping fuel. E85 or FlexFuel on page 9-57. fuel door. (Continued) Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not top off or overfill the tank and wait a few seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (59,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-59
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted Filling a Portable Fuel surfaces as soon as possible. See { Warning Exterior Care on page 10-87. Container If a fire starts while you are When replacing the fuel cap, insert refueling, do not remove the { Warning the tether in its hole before nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by tightening the cap. Turn the fuel cap shutting off the pump or by Filling a portable fuel container clockwise until it clicks. It will require notifying the station attendant. while it is in the vehicle can cause more effort to turn the fuel cap on Leave the area immediately. fuel vapors that can ignite either the last turn as you tighten it. Make by static electricity or other sure the cap is fully installed. The means. You or others could be diagnostic system can determine if Notice: If a new fuel cap is badly burned and the vehicle the fuel cap has been left off or needed, be sure to get the right improperly installed. This would type of cap from your dealer. The could be damaged. Always: allow fuel to evaporate into the wrong type of fuel cap might not . Use approved fuel atmosphere. See Malfunction fit properly, might cause the containers. Indicator Lamp on page 5-19. malfunction indicator lamp to light, and could damage the fuel . Remove the container from If the vehicle has a Driver tank and emissions system. See the vehicle, trunk, or pickup Information Center (DIC), the Malfunction Indicator Lamp on bed before filling. TIGHTEN GAS CAP message page 5-19. displays if the fuel cap is not . Place the container on the properly installed. ground.
. Place the nozzle inside the fill opening of the container before dispensing fuel, and (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (60,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-60 Driving and Operating
Driving Characteristics Warning (Continued) Towing and Towing Tips keep it in contact with the fill General Towing Driving with a Trailer opening until filling is Information complete. When towing a trailer: Only use towing equipment that has . Fill the container no more been designed for the vehicle. . Become familiar with the state than 95% full to allow for Contact your dealer or trailering and local laws that apply to expansion. dealer for assistance with preparing trailer towing. the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read . Do not smoke, light matches, . Do not tow a trailer during the or use lighters while the entire section before towing a trailer. first 800 km (500 mi) to prevent pumping fuel. damage to the engine, axle, For towing a disabled vehicle, see or other parts. . Avoid using cell phones or Towing the Vehicle on page 10-81. other electronic devices. For towing the vehicle behind . Then during the first 800 km another vehicle such as a motor (500 mi) of trailer towing, do not home, see Recreational Vehicle drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and Towing on page 10-82. do not make starts at full throttle. . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift the transmission to a lower gear if the transmission shifts too often under heavy loads and/ or hilly conditions. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (61,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-61
Towing a trailer requires a certain Passing { Warning amount of experience. The More passing distance is needed combination you are driving is when towing a trailer. The When towing a trailer, exhaust longer and not as responsive as the combination will not accelerate as gases may collect at the rear of vehicle itself. Get acquainted with quickly and is longer so it is the vehicle and enter if the the handling and braking of the rig necessary to go much farther liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most before setting out for the open road. window is open. beyond the passed vehicle before Before starting, check all trailer hitch returning to the lane. When towing a trailer: parts and attachments, safety chains, electrical connectors, lamps, Backing Up . Do not drive with the liftgate, tires, and mirrors. If the trailer has trunk/hatch, or rear-most Hold the bottom of the steering electric brakes, start the window open. wheel with one hand. To move the combination moving and then apply trailer to the left, move that hand to . Fully open the air outlets on the trailer brake controller by hand the left. To move the trailer to the or under the instrument to be sure the brakes work. right, move your hand to the right. panel. During the trip, check occasionally Always back up slowly and, to be sure that the load is secure if possible, have someone . Also adjust the climate guide you. control system to a setting and the lamps and any trailer that brings in only outside air. brakes still work. Making Turns See “Climate Control Following Distance Notice: Making very sharp turns Systems” in the Index. Stay at least twice as far behind the while trailering could cause the For more information about vehicle ahead as you would when trailer to come in contact with the Carbon Monoxide, see Engine driving the vehicle without a trailer. vehicle. The vehicle could be Exhaust on page 9-27. This can help to avoid heavy damaged. Avoid making very braking and sudden turns. sharp turns while trailering. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (62,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-62 Driving and Operating
When turning with a trailer, make The Tow/Haul Mode may be used if Parking on Hills wider turns than normal. Do this so the transmission shifts too often. the trailer will not strike soft See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-32. { Warning shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, When towing at high altitude on or other objects. Avoid jerky or steep uphill grades, consider the Parking the vehicle on a hill with sudden maneuvers. Signal well in following: Engine coolant will boil at the trailer attached can be advance. a lower temperature than at normal dangerous. If something goes If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn altitudes. If the engine is turned off wrong, the rig could start to move. out, the arrows on the instrument immediately after towing at high People can be injured, and both cluster will still flash for turns. It is altitude on steep uphill grades, the the vehicle and the trailer can be important to check occasionally to vehicle may show signs similar to damaged. When possible, always be sure the trailer bulbs are still engine overheating. To avoid this, park the rig on a flat surface. working. let the engine run while parked, preferably on level ground, with the Driving on Grades automatic transmission in P (Park) If parking the rig on a hill: Reduce speed and shift to a lower for a few minutes before turning the 1. Press the brake pedal, but do gear before starting down a long or engine off. If the overheat warning not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn steep downgrade. If the comes on, see Engine Overheating the wheels into the curb if facing transmission is not shifted down, the on page 10-18. downhill or into traffic if facing brakes might get hot and no longer uphill. work well. 2. Have someone place chocks Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift under the trailer wheels. the transmission to a lower gear if 3. When the wheel chocks are in the transmission shifts too often place, release the regular brakes under heavy loads and/or hilly until the chocks absorb the load. conditions. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (63,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-63
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then lubricant, belts, cooling system, and apply the parking brake and shift brake system. It is a good idea to Warning (Continued) into P (Park). inspect these before and during the trip. the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer 5. Release the brake pedal. only if all the steps in this section Check periodically to see that all Leaving After Parking on a Hill have been followed. Ask your hitch nuts and bolts are tight. dealer for advice and information 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. about towing a trailer with the 2. Start the engine. Trailer Towing vehicle. 3. Shift into a gear. Do not tow a trailer during break-in. See New Vehicle Break-In on 4. Release the parking brake. Notice: Pulling a trailer page 9-20 for more information. improperly can damage the 5. Let up on the brake pedal. vehicle and result in costly 6. Drive slowly until the trailer is { Warning repairs not covered by the vehicle clear of the chocks. warranty. To pull a trailer The driver can lose control when correctly, follow the advice in this 7. Stop and have someone pick up pulling a trailer if the correct section and see your dealer for and store the chocks. equipment is not used or the important information about Maintenance when Trailer vehicle is not driven properly. For towing a trailer with the vehicle. Towing example, if the trailer is too To identify the trailering capacity of heavy, the brakes may not work the vehicle, read the information in The vehicle needs service more well — or even at all. The driver Weight of the Trailer that appears often when pulling a trailer. See “ ” and passengers could be later in this section. Maintenance Schedule on seriously injured. The vehicle may page 11-2. Things that are also be damaged; the resulting Trailering is different than just driving the vehicle by itself. especially important in trailer repairs would not be covered by operation are automatic Trailering means changes in transmission fluid, engine oil, axle (Continued) handling, acceleration, braking, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (64,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-64 Driving and Operating
durability and fuel economy. trailering equipment. Weight of Successful, safe trailering takes additional optional equipment, correct equipment, and it has to be passengers, and cargo in the tow used properly. vehicle must be subtracted from the The following information has many trailer weight rating. time-tested, important trailering tips Use the following chart to determine and safety rules. Many of these are how much the vehicle can weigh, important for your safety and that of based upon the vehicle model and your passengers. So please read options. this section carefully before pulling a trailer. Weight of the Trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be? It depends on how the rig is used. Speed, altitude, road grades, outside temperature, and how much the vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important. It can depend on any special equipment on the vehicle, and the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry. See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” later in this section for more information. Trailer weight rating (TWR) is calculated assuming the tow vehicle has only the driver but all required Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (65,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-65
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR* 1500 Series 2WD Short Wheel Base 5.3LV8 3.08 2 495 kg (5,500 lb) 4 990 kg (11,000 lb) 5.3LV8 3.42 2 722 kg (6,000 lb) 5 216 kg (11,500 lb) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.42 3 856 kg (8,500 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) 1500 Series 2WD Long Wheel Base 5.3LV8 3.08 2 313 kg (5,100 lb) 4 990 kg (11,000 lb) 5.3LV8 3.42 2 540 kg (5,600 lb) 5 216 kg (11,500 lb) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.42 3 674 kg (8,100 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) 1500 Series 4WD Short Wheel Base 5.3LV8 3.08 2 359 kg (5,200 lb) 4 990 kg (11,000 lb) 5.3LV8 3.42 2 586 kg (5,700 lb) 5 216 kg (11,500 lb) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.42 3 720 kg (8,200 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) 1500 Series 4WD Long Wheel Base 5.3LV8 3.08 2 268 kg (5,000 lb) 4 990 kg (11,000 lb) 5.3LV8 3.42 2 495 kg (5,500 lb) 5 216 kg (11,500 lb) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.42 3 629 kg (8,000 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) *The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (66,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-66 Driving and Operating
Ask your dealer for trailering information or advice, or write us at our Customer Assistance Offices, See Customer Assistance Offices on page 13-3. Weight of the Trailer Tongue The tongue load (A) of any trailer is very important because it is also part of the vehicle weight. The Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the curb weight of the vehicle, any cargo carried in it, and Trailer tongue weight (A) should be the people who will be riding in the 10 percent to 15 percent of the vehicle as well as trailer tongue loaded trailer weight (B) up to the weight. Vehicle options, equipment, maximums for vehicle series and passengers and cargo in the vehicle hitch type. reduce the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry, which will also reduce the trailer weight the vehicle can tow. See Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-15 for more information about the vehicle's maximum load capacity. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (67,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-67
Maximum Tongue Weight of the Trailering Vehicle Series Hitch Type Weight Combination 1500 Weight Carrying 272 kg (600 lb) It is important that the combination of the tow vehicle and trailer does 1500 Weight Distributing 453 kg (1,000 lb) not exceed any of its weight ratings — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Trailer Weight Rating or Tongue Weight. Do not exceed the maximum proper. If they are not, adjustments The only way to be sure it is not allowable tongue weight for the might be made by moving some exceeding any of these ratings is to vehicle. Choose the shortest hitch items around in the trailer. weigh the tow vehicle and trailer extension that will position the hitch combination, fully loaded for the trip, ball closest to the vehicle. This will Total Weight on the Vehicle's getting individual weights for each of help reduce the effect of trailer Tires these items. tongue weight on the rear axle. Be sure the vehicle's tires are Trailer rating may be limited by the inflated to the inflation pressures Towing Equipment found on the Certification label on vehicle's ability to carry tongue Hitches weight. Tongue weight cannot cause the drivers door or see Vehicle Load the vehicle to exceed the GVWR Limits on page 9-15 for more The correct hitch equipment helps (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or information. Make sure not to maintain combination control. Most the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle exceed the GVWR limit for the small-to-medium trailers can be Weight Rating). See “Total Weight vehicle, or the RGAWR, with the tow towed with a weight carrying hitch on the Vehicle's Tires” later in this vehicle and trailer fully loaded for which simply features a coupler section for more information. the trip including the weight of the latched to the hitch ball. Larger trailer tongue. If using a weight trailers may require a weight After loading the trailer, weigh the distributing hitch, make sure not to distributing hitch that uses spring trailer and then the tongue, exceed the RGAWR before applying bars to distribute the trailer tongue separately, to see if the weights are the weight distribution spring bars. weight among the two vehicle and trailer axles. See “Weight of the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (68,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-68 Driving and Operating
Trailer Tongue” in Trailer Towing on When using a weight-distributing Trailer Brakes page 9-63 for rating limits with hitch, the spring bars should be A loaded trailer that weighs more various hitch types. adjusted so the distance (A) is the than 900 kg (2,000 lbs) needs to same after coupling the trailer to the Consider using sway controls with have its own brake system that is tow vehicle and adjusting the hitch. any trailer. Ask a trailering adequate for the weight of the professional about sway controls or Safety Chains trailer. Be sure to read and follow refer to the trailer manufacturer's the instructions for the trailer brakes recommendations and instructions. Always attach chains between the so they are installed, adjusted and vehicle and the trailer. Cross the maintained properly. Weight-Distributing Hitch safety chains under the tongue of the trailer to help prevent the tongue Since the vehicle is equipped with Adjustment ® from contacting the road if it StabiliTrak , the trailer brakes becomes separated from the hitch. cannot tap into the vehicle's Instructions about safety chains hydraulic system. may be provided by the hitch Trailer Wiring Harness manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer. If the trailer being The vehicle is equipped with the towed weighs up to 2 271 kg following wiring harnesses for (5,000 lbs) with a factory-installed towing a trailer. step bumper, safety chains may be Basic Trailer Wiring attached to the attaching points on the bumper, otherwise, safety The trailer wiring harness, with a chains should be attached to holes seven-pin connector, is located at on the trailer hitch platform. Always the rear of the vehicle and is tied to the vehicle's frame. The harness A. Body to Ground Distance leave just enough slack so the combination can turn. Never allow connector can be plugged into a B. Front of Vehicle safety chains to drag on the ground. seven-pin universal heavy-duty trailer connector available through your dealer. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (69,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-69
The seven-wire harness contains Heavy-Duty Trailer Wiring Harness . Brown: Taillamps the following trailer circuits: Package . White: Ground . Yellow: Left Stop/Turn Signal . Light Green: Back-up Lamps . Dark Green: Right Stop/Turn Signal . Red: Battery Feed* . . Brown: Taillamps Dark Blue: Trailer Brake* *The fuses for these two circuits are . White: Ground installed in the underhood electrical . Light Green: Back-up Lamps center, but the wires are not connected. They should be . Red: Battery Feed* connected by your dealer or a qualified service center. . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake* If charging a remote (non-vehicle) *The fuses for these two circuits are The vehicle is equipped with the battery, press the tow/haul mode installed in the underhood electrical seven-wire trailer towing harness. button located at the end of the shift center, but the wires are not This harness with a seven-pin lever. This will boost the vehicle connected. They should be universal trailer connector is system voltage and properly charge connected by your dealer or a attached to a bracket on the hitch the battery. If the trailer is too light qualified service center. platform. for tow/haul mode, turn on the The seven-wire harness contains headlamps as a second way to the following trailer circuits: boost the vehicle system and charge the battery. . Yellow: Left Stop/Turn Signal
. Dark Green: Right Stop/Turn Signal Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (70,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-70 Driving and Operating
Electric Brake Control Wiring power both ITBC and aftermarket Tow/Haul is a feature that assists Provisions controllers to control the trailer when pulling a heavy trailer or a brakes at the same time. large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul These wiring provisions are Mode on page 9-32 for more included with the vehicle as part of Tow/Haul Mode information. the trailer wiring package. These provisions are for an electric brake Tow/Haul is designed to be most controller. The instrument panel effective when the vehicle and contains blunt cut wires near the trailer combined weight is at least data link connector for the trailer 75 percent of the vehicle's Gross brake controller. The harness Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). contains the following wires: See “Weight of the Trailer” earlier in the section. Tow/Haul is most useful . Dark Blue: Brake Signal to Pressing this button at the end of under the following driving Trailer Connector the shift lever turns on and off the conditions: tow/haul mode. . Red/Black: Battery . When pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load through . Light Blue/White: Brake Switch rolling terrain. . White: Ground . When pulling a heavy trailer or a It should be installed by your dealer large or heavy load in stop and or a qualified service center. go traffic. If the vehicle is equipped with an This indicator light on the instrument . When pulling a heavy trailer or a ITBC, the blunt cuts exist, but are panel cluster comes on when the large or heavy load in busy not connected further in the tow/haul mode is on. parking lots where improved low harness. If an aftermarket trailer speed control of the vehicle is brake controller is installed, the desired. ITBC must be disconnected. Do not Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (71,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-71
Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul This symbol is located on the Trailer The vehicle may have a Hill Start when lightly loaded or with no trailer Brake Control Panel on vehicles Assist (HSA) feature. See Hill Start at all will not cause damage. with an Integrated Trailer Brake Assist (HSA) on page 9-41. However, there is no benefit to the Control System. The power output If the vehicle’s brake, anti-lock selection of Tow/Haul when the to the trailer brakes is based on the brake or StabiliTrak systems are not vehicle is unloaded. Such a amount of brake pressure being functioning properly, the ITBC selection when unloaded may result applied by the vehicle’s brake system may not be fully functional in unpleasant engine and system. This available power output or may not function at all. Make sure transmission driving characteristics to the trailer brakes can be adjusted all of these systems are fully and reduced fuel economy. Tow/ to a wide range of trailering operational to ensure full Haul is recommended only when situations. functionality of the ITBC system. pulling a heavy trailer or a large or The ITBC system is integrated with heavy load. The ITBC system is powered the vehicle’s brake, anti-lock brake through the vehicle's electrical Integrated Trailer Brake and StabiliTrak systems. In trailering system. Turning the ignition off will Control System conditions that cause the vehicle’s also turn off the ITBC system. The anti-lock brake or StabiliTrak ITBC system is fully functional only systems to activate, power sent to when the ignition is in ON or the trailer's brakes will be in RUN. automatically adjusted to minimize trailer wheel lock-up. This does not The ITBC system can only be used imply that the trailer has the with trailers with electric brakes. StabiliTrak system. The vehicle may have an Integrated The vehicle may have a Trailer Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system Sway Control (TSC) feature. See for electric trailer brakes. Trailer Sway Control (TSC) on page 9-76. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (72,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-72 Driving and Operating
Trailer Brake Control Panel Brake Display Page on the DIC to { Warning adjust and display power output to the trailer brakes. Connecting a trailer that has a surge, air, Trailer Brake DIC Display Page or electric-over-hydraulic trailer The ITBC system displays brake system may result in messages into the vehicle’s Driver reduced or complete loss of trailer Information Center (DIC). See braking. There may be an Driver Information Center (DIC) on increase in stopping distance or page 5-26 for more information. trailer instability which could The display page indicates Trailer result in personal injury or Gain setting, power output to the damage to the vehicle, trailer, electric trailer brakes, trailer or other property. Use the ITBC connection and system operational system only with electric brakes. A. Manual Trailer Brake Apply status. Lever The Trailer Brake Display Page can B. Trailer Gain Adjustment Buttons be displayed by performing any of The ITBC system has a control the following actions: panel located on the instrument . Scrolling through the DIC menu panel to the left of the steering pages using the odometer trip column. The control panel allows stem or the DIC Vehicle adjustment to the amount of output, Information button (if equipped). referred to as trailer gain, available to the electric trailer brakes and . Pressing a Trailer Gain button – allows manual application the trailer If the Trailer Brake Display Page brakes. The Trailer Brake Control is not currently displayed, Panel is used along with the Trailer pressing a Trailer Gain button Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (73,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-73
will first recall the current Trailer adjustment buttons located on the are active. See Trailer Sway Control Gain setting. After the Trailer Trailer Brake Control Panel. Press (TSC) on page 9-76 and Hill Start Brake Display Page is displayed, and hold a gain button to cause the Assist (HSA) on page 9-41. each press and release of the Trailer Gain to continuously adjust. The Trailer Output will indicate “--- gain buttons will then cause the To turn the output to the trailer off, ---“ on the Trailer Brake Display Trailer Gain setting to change. adjust the Trailer Gain setting to Page whenever the following occur: 0.0 (zero). . Activating the Manual Trailer . No trailer is connected. Brake Apply lever 0.0 (zero) gain is the factory default setting. To properly adjust trailer . A trailer without electric brakes . Connecting a trailer equipped gain, see the Trailer Gain is connected (no DIC message with electric trailer brakes Adjustment Procedure later in this is displayed). All DIC warning and service section. . A trailer with electric brakes has messages must first be TRAILER OUTPUT – This is acknowledged by the driver by displayed any time a trailer with become disconnected (a pressing the odometer trip stem or electric brakes is connected. Output CHECK TRAILER WIRING the DIC Vehicle Information button to the electric brakes is based on message will also be displayed (if equipped) before the Trailer the amount of vehicle braking on the DIC). Brake Display Page can be present and relative to the Trailer . There is a fault present in the displayed and Trailer Gain can be Gain setting. Output is displayed wiring to the electric trailer adjusted. from 0 to 10 bars for each gain brakes (a CHECK TRAILER TRAILER GAIN – This setting is setting. WIRING message will also be displayed anytime the Trailer Brake Vehicles with Trailer Sway Control displayed on the DIC). Display Page is active. This setting (TSC) or Hill Start Assist (HSA), . There is a fault in the ITBC can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 output to the electric trailer brakes system (a SERVICE TRAILER with either a trailer connected or may be displayed when the systems disconnected. To adjust the Trailer BRAKE SYSTEM message will Gain, press one of the Trailer Gain also be displayed in the DIC). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (74,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-74 Driving and Operating
Manual Trailer Brake Apply Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure electrical connections. See The Manual Trailer Brake Apply Trailer Gain should be set for a Vehicle Load Limits on Lever is located on the Trailer Brake specific trailering condition and must page 9-15 for more information. Control Panel and is used to apply be adjusted any time vehicle 3. After the electrical connection is the trailer’s electric brakes loading, trailer loading or road made to a trailer equipped with independent of the vehicle’s brakes. surface conditions change. electric brakes: This lever is used in the Trailer Gain Setting the Trailer Gain properly is Adjustment Procedure to properly . A TRAILER CONNECTED needed for the best trailer stopping message will be briefly adjust the power output to the trailer performance. A trailer that is brakes. Sliding the lever to the left displayed on the DIC over-gained may result in locked display. will apply only the trailer brakes. trailer brakes. A trailer that is The power output to the trailer is under-gained may result in not . The Trailer Brake Display indicated in the Trailer Brake enough trailer braking. Both of these Page will appear on the Display Page in the DIC. If the conditions may result in poorer DIC showing TRAILER vehicle’s service brakes are applied stopping and stability of the vehicle GAIN and TRAILER while using the Manual Trailer Brake and trailer. OUTPUT. Apply Lever, the trailer output power will be the greater of the two. Use the following procedure to . In the Trailer Output display correctly adjust Trailer Gain for each on the DIC, “------“ will The trailer and the vehicle's brake towing condition: lamps will come on when either disappear if there is no vehicle braking or manual trailer 1. Make sure the trailer brakes are error present. Connecting a brakes are applied. in proper working condition. trailer without electric brakes will not clear the six 2. Connect a properly loaded trailer dashed lines. to the vehicle and make all necessary mechanical and 4. Adjust the Trailer Gain by using the gain adjustment (+ / -) buttons on the Trailer Brake Control Panel. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (75,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-75
5. Drive the vehicle with the trailer 7. Re-adjust Trailer Gain any time CHECK TRAILER WIRING – This attached on a level road surface vehicle loading, trailer loading or message will be displayed if: representative of the towing road surface conditions change 1. The ITBC system first condition and free of traffic at or if trailer wheel lock-up is determines connection to a about 32 to 40 km/h (20 to noticed at any time while towing trailer with electric brakes and 25 mph) and fully apply the Other ITBC Related DIC Messages then the trailer harness becomes Manual Trailer Brake Apply disconnected from the vehicle. lever. In addition to displaying TRAILER If the disconnect occurs while Adjusting trailer gain at speeds GAIN and TRAILER OUTPUT through the DIC, trailer connection the vehicle is stationary, this lower than 32 to 40 km/h (20 to message will automatically turn 25 mph) may result in an and ITBC system status is displayed in the DIC. off in about thirty seconds. This incorrect gain setting. message will also turn off if the 6. Adjust the Trailer Gain to just TRAILER CONNECTED – This driver acknowledges this below the point of trailer wheel message will be briefly displayed message off or if the trailer lock-up, indicated by trailer when a trailer with electric brakes is harness is re-connected. first connected to the vehicle. This wheel squeal or tire smoke when If the disconnect occurs while a trailer wheel locks. message will automatically turn off in about ten seconds. The driver the vehicle is moving, this Trailer wheel lock-up may not can also acknowledge this message message will continue until the occur if towing a heavily loaded before it automatically turns off. ignition is turned off. This trailer. In this case, adjust the message will also turn off if the Trailer Gain to the highest driver acknowledges this allowable setting for the towing message off or if the trailer condition. harness is re-connected. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (76,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-76 Driving and Operating
2. There is an electrical fault in the harness to the vehicle, the An authorized GM dealer may be wiring to the electric trailer electrical fault is on the able to diagnose and repair brakes. This message will trailer side. problems with the trailer. However, continue as long as there is an SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE any diagnosis and repair of the electrical fault in the trailer trailer is not covered under the SYSTEM – This message will be wiring. This message will also displayed when there is a problem vehicle warranty. Please contact turn off if the driver with the ITBC system. If this your trailer dealer for assistance acknowledges this message off. message persists over multiple with trailer repairs and trailer To determine if the electrical fault is ignition cycles there is problem with warranty information. on the vehicle side or trailer side of the ITBC system. Take the vehicle the trailer wiring harness to an authorized GM dealer to have Trailer Sway connection, do the following: the ITBC system diagnosed and Control (TSC) repaired. 1. Disconnect the trailer wiring Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a harness from the vehicle. If either the CHECK TRAILER TSC feature. Trailer sway is 2. Turn the ignition OFF. WIRING or SERVICE TRAILER unintended side-to-side motion of a BRAKE SYSTEM message is trailer while being towed. If the 3. Wait ten seconds, then turn the displayed while driving the vehicle, vehicle is towing a trailer and the ignition back to RUN. power is no longer available to the TSC detects that sway is increasing, 4. If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING trailer brakes. When traffic the vehicle brakes are selectively message re-appears, the conditions allow, carefully pull the applied at each wheel, to help electrical fault is on the vehicle over to the side of the road reduce excessive trailer sway. If the vehicle side. and turn the ignition off. Check the vehicle is equipped with the wiring connection to the trailer and Integrated Trailer Brake Control If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING turn the ignition back on. If either of (ITBC) system, and the trailer has message only re-appears when these messages continues, either the electric actuated brake system, connecting the trailer wiring the vehicle or trailer needs service. StabiliTrak may also apply the trailer brakes. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (77,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-77
If TSC is enabled, the Traction Conversions and Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak Warning (Continued) warning light will flash on the Add-Ons instrument cluster. Vehicle speed See Towing Equipment on must be reduced. If trailer sway page 9-67 for trailer ratings and Add-On Electrical continues, StabiliTrak can reduce hitch setup recommendations. engine torque to help slow the Equipment ® vehicle. See StabiliTrak System on Adding non-dealer accessories can Notice: Some electrical page 9-42. affect the vehicle performance. See equipment can damage the Accessories and Modifications on vehicle or cause components to { Warning page 10-3. not work and would not be covered by the warranty. Always Even if the vehicle is equipped check with your dealer before with TSC, trailer sway could result adding electrical equipment. in loss of control and the vehicle Add-on equipment can drain the could crash. If excessive trailer vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the sway is detected, slow down to a vehicle is not operating. safe speed. Check the trailer and The vehicle has an airbag system. vehicle to help correct possible Before attempting to add anything causes. These could include an electrical to the vehicle, see improperly or overloaded trailer, Servicing the Airbag-Equipped unrestrained cargo, improper Vehicle on page 3-38 and Adding trailer hitch configuration, Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped excessive vehicle-trailer speed, Vehicle on page 3-38. or improperly inflated or incorrect vehicle or trailer tires. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (78,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-78 Driving and Operating
Adding a Snow Plow or the weights on the vehicle's axles Here are some guidelines for safely and the Gross Vehicle Weight carrying a snow plow on the vehicle: Similar Equipment Rating (GVWR), are not exceeded. . Before installing a snow plow on the Make sure the weight on the The plow the vehicle can carry front and rear axles does not vehicle, here are some things you depends on many things, such as: need to know: exceed the axle rating for each. . Notice: If the vehicle does not The options the vehicle came . For the front axle, if more cargo have the snow plow prep with, and the weight of those or passengers must be carried, package, adding a plow can options. appropriate counter ballast must be installed rear of the rear axle. damage the vehicle, and the . The weight and number of repairs would not be covered by passengers intended to be Counter ballast must be properly warranty. Unless the vehicle was carried. secured so it will not move built to carry a snow plow, do not during driving. add one to the vehicle. If the . The weight of items added to the . Follow the snow plow vehicle has the snow plow prep vehicle. manufacturer's package, called RPO VYU, then . recommendations regarding rear the payload the vehicle can carry The total weight of any ballast. Rear ballast may be will be reduced when a snow additional cargo intended to be required to ensure a proper front plow is installed. The vehicle can carried. and rear weight distribution ratio, be damaged if either the front or Say, for example, you have a 318 kg even though the actual weight at rear axle ratings or the Gross (700 lb) snow plow. The total weight the front axle may be less than Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) of all occupants and cargo inside the front axle rating. are exceeded. the cab should not exceed 135 kg Some vehicles are built with a (300 lb). This means that you may . The snow plow manufacturer or special snow plow prep package, only be able to carry one passenger. installer can assist in called RPO VYU. If the vehicle has But, even this may be too much if determining the amount of rear this option, you can add a plow to it, there is other equipment already ballast required, to help make provided certain weights, such as adding to the weight of the vehicle. sure the snowplow/vehicle Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (79,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-79
combination does not exceed In order to calculate the amount of the GVW rating, the front and weight any front accessory, such as rear axle ratings, and the front a snow plow, is adding to the front and rear weight distribution ratio. axle, use the following formula:
. The total vehicle must not exceed the GVW rating. Front axle reserve capacity is the difference between the front Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) and the front axle weight of the vehicle with full fuel and passengers. Basically, it is the amount of weight that can be United States added to the front axle before reaching the front GAWR. The front axle reserve capacity for the vehicle can be found in the lower right corner of the (W x (A + W.B.)) /W.B.= Weight the Certification/Tire label, as shown. accessory is adding to the front axle. Where: W = Weight of added accessory A = Distance that the accessory is in front of the front axle W.B. = Vehicle Wheelbase Canada Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (80,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-80 Driving and Operating
For example, adding a 318 kg GAWR, rear GAWR, and the Gross (700 lb) snow plow actually adds Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) Warning (Continued) more than 318 kg (700 lb) to the must never be exceeded. front axle. Using the formula, if the weight is less than the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR). snow plow is 122 cm (4 ft) in front of { Warning the front axle and the wheel base is Maintaining a proper front and 305 cm (10 ft), then: On some vehicles that have rear weight distribution ratio is W = 318 kg (700 lb) certain front mounted equipment, necessary to provide proper A = 122 cm (4 ft) such as a snow plow, it may be braking performance. W.B. = 305 cm (10 ft) possible to load the front axle to (W x (A + W.B.))/W.B. = the front gross axle weight rating Total vehicle reserve capacity is the (318 x (122 + 305))/305 = 445 kg (GAWR) but not have enough difference between the GVWR and (980 lb) weight on the rear axle to have the weight of the vehicle with full fuel and passengers. It is the So, if the vehicle's front axle reserve proper braking performance. If the amount of weight that can be added capacity is more than 980 lbs brakes cannot work properly, you to the vehicle before reaching (445 kg), the snow plow could be could have a crash. To help the theGVWR. Keep in mind that added without exceeding the brakes work properly when a reserve capacity numbers are front GAWR. snow plow is installed, always follow the snow plow intended as a guide when selecting Heavier equipment can be added on manufacturer or installer's the amount of equipment or cargo the front of the vehicle if it is recommendation for rear ballast the vehicle can carry. If you are compensated for by carrying fewer unsure of the vehicle's front, rear, to ensure a proper front and rear passengers, less cargo, or by or total weight, go to a weigh station weight distribution ratio, even positioning cargo toward the rear. and weigh the vehicle. Your dealer This has the effect of reducing the though the actual front weight can also help you with this. load on the front. However, the front may be less than the front GAWR, and the total vehicle (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (81,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Driving and Operating 9-81
The total vehicle reserve capacity for the vehicle can be found in the lower right corner of the Certification/Tire label as shown previously. See your dealer for additional advice and information about using a snow plow on the vehicle. Also, see Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-15. Emergency Roof Lamp Provisions Vehicles with the RPO VYU snow plow prep package also have an emergency roof lamp provision package, RPO TRW. Wiring for the emergency roof lamp is provided above the overhead console. See Auxiliary Roof-Mounted Lamp on page 6-6 for switch location. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (82,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
9-82 Driving and Operating
2 NOTES Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (1,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-1
Engine Fan ...... 10-20 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Vehicle Care Power Steering Fluid ...... 10-20 Stoplamps, and Back-Up Washer Fluid ...... 10-21 Lamps ...... 10-30 Brakes ...... 10-21 License Plate Lamp ...... 10-31 General Information Brake Fluid ...... 10-22 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-31 General Information ...... 10-2 Battery ...... 10-24 California Proposition Four-Wheel Drive ...... 10-25 Electrical System 65 Warning ...... 10-2 Front Axle ...... 10-25 Electrical System California Perchlorate Rear Axle ...... 10-26 Overload ...... 10-32 Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Starter Switch Check ...... 10-27 Fuses and Circuit Accessories and Automatic Transmission Shift Breakers ...... 10-32 Modifications ...... 10-3 Lock Control Function Engine Compartment Fuse Vehicle Checks Check ...... 10-27 Block ...... 10-33 Ignition Transmission Lock Instrument Panel Fuse Doing Your Own Block ...... 10-37 Service Work ...... 10-3 Check ...... 10-27 Hood ...... 10-4 Park Brake and P (Park) Wheels and Tires Engine Compartment Mechanism Check ...... 10-28 Tires ...... 10-40 Overview ...... 10-5 Wiper Blade All-Season Tires ...... 10-41 Engine Oil ...... 10-6 Replacement ...... 10-28 Winter Tires ...... 10-42 Engine Oil Life System ...... 10-9 Glass Replacement ...... 10-29 Summer Tires ...... 10-42 Automatic Transmission Headlamp Aiming All-Terrain Tires ...... 10-42 Fluid ...... 10-10 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-29 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-43 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-13 Tire Designations ...... 10-45 Cooling System ...... 10-14 Bulb Replacement Tire Terminology and Engine Coolant ...... 10-15 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-30 Definitions ...... 10-47 Engine Overheating ...... 10-18 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-30 Tire Pressure ...... 10-49 Overheated Engine Tire Pressure Monitor Protection System ...... 10-51 Operating Mode ...... 10-19 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (2,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-2 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure Monitor Jump Starting General Information Operation ...... 10-52 Jump Starting ...... 10-77 Tire Inspection ...... 10-54 For service and parts needs, visit Tire Rotation ...... 10-55 Towing the Vehicle your dealer. You will receive When It Is Time for New Towing the Vehicle ...... 10-81 genuine GM parts and GM-trained Tires ...... 10-56 Recreational Vehicle and supported service people. Towing ...... 10-82 Buying New Tires ...... 10-57 Genuine GM parts have one of Different Size Tires and Appearance Care these marks: Wheels ...... 10-58 Exterior Care ...... 10-87 Uniform Tire Quality Interior Care ...... 10-90 Grading ...... 10-59 Floor Mats ...... 10-93 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ...... 10-60 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-61 Tire Chains ...... 10-61 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-62 Tire Changing ...... 10-64 Secondary Latch System . . . 10-73 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 10-76
California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles, including this one, contain and/or emit chemicals known to the State of California to Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (3,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-3
cause cancer and birth defects or handling, emissions systems, Vehicle Checks other reproductive harm. Engine aerodynamics, durability, and exhaust, many parts and systems, electronic systems like antilock many fluids, and some component brakes, traction control, and stability Doing Your Own wear by-products contain and/or control. These accessories or Service Work emit these chemicals. modifications could even cause malfunction or damage not covered { Warning California Perchlorate by the vehicle warranty. Materials Requirements Damage to vehicle components It can be dangerous to work on resulting from modifications or the your vehicle if you do not have Certain types of automotive installation or use of non GM the proper knowledge, service applications, such as airbag ‐ certified parts, including control manual, tools, or parts. Always initiators, safety belt pretensioners, module or software modifications, is follow owner manual procedures and lithium batteries contained in not covered under the terms of the and consult the service manual Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, vehicle warranty and may affect for your vehicle before doing any may contain perchlorate materials. remaining warranty coverage for service work. Special handling may be necessary. affected parts. For additional information, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ GM Accessories are designed to If doing some of your own service perchlorate. complement and function with other work, use the proper service systems on the vehicle. See your manual. It tells you much more Accessories and dealer to accessorize the vehicle about how to service the vehicle Modifications using genuine GM Accessories than this manual can. To order the installed by a dealer technician. proper service manual, see Service Adding non‐dealer accessories or Also, see Adding Equipment to the Publications Ordering Information making modifications to the vehicle Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on on page 13-11. can affect vehicle performance and page 3-38. safety, including such things as airbags, braking, stability, ride and Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (4,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-4 Vehicle Care
This vehicle has an airbag system. 1. Pull the handle with this symbol 4. Lift the hood. Before attempting to do your own on it. It is inside the vehicle to Before closing the hood, be sure service work, see Airbag System the lower left of the steering all the filler caps are on properly. Check on page 3-39. wheel. Then bring the hood from full Keep a record with all parts receipts open to within 152 mm (6 in) and list the mileage and the date of from the closed position, pause, any service work performed. See then push the front center of the Maintenance Records on hood with a swift, firm motion to page 11-15. fully close the hood. Notice: Even small amounts of contamination can cause damage to vehicle systems. Do not allow contaminants to contact the fluids, reservoir caps, or dipsticks. Hood 2. Then go to the front of the To open the hood: vehicle and locate the secondary hood release, near the center of the grille. 3. Push the secondary hood release to the right. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (5,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-5
Engine Compartment Overview
5.3L V8 Engine Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (6,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-6 Vehicle Care
A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on I. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of Engine Oil page 10-13. View). See Cooling System on page 10-14. To ensure proper engine B. Coolant Surge Tank and performance and long life, careful Pressure Cap. See Cooling J. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir. attention must be paid to engine oil. System on page 10-14. See Power Steering Fluid on Following these simple, but C. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. page 10-20. important steps will help protect See Jump Starting on K. Brake Master Cylinder your investment: page 10-77. Reservoir. See “Brake Fluid” . Always use engine oil approved under Brake Fluid on D. Battery on page 10-24. to the proper specification and of page 10-22. E. Remote Negative (−) Terminal the proper viscosity grade. See (Out of View). See Jump L. Engine Compartment Fuse “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” Starting on page 10-77. Block on page 10-33. in this section. F. Automatic Transmission M. Windshield Washer Fluid . Check the engine oil level Dipstick (Out of View). See Reservoir. See “Adding Washer regularly and maintain the Fluid under Washer Fluid on “Checking the Fluid Level” ” proper oil level. See “Checking under Automatic Transmission page 10-21. Engine Oil” and “When to Add Fluid on page 10-10. Engine Oil” in this section. G. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When . Change the engine oil at the to Add Engine Oil” under appropriate time. See Engine Oil Engine Oil on page 10-6. Life System on page 10-9.
H. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of . Always dispose of engine oil View). See Checking Engine “ properly. See “What to Do with Oil under Engine Oil on ” Used Oil” in this section. page 10-6. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (7,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-7
Checking Engine Oil 2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it to the engine. If you find that you with a paper towel or cloth, then have an oil level above the It is a good idea to check the engine push it back in all the way. operating range, i.e., the engine oil level at each fuel fill. In order to Remove it again, keeping the tip has so much oil that the oil level get an accurate reading, the vehicle down, and check the level. gets above the cross-hatched must be on level ground. The area that shows the proper engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. When to Add Engine Oil operating range, the engine could See Engine Compartment Overview be damaged. You should drain on page 10-5 for the location of the out the excess oil or limit driving engine oil dipstick. of the vehicle and seek a service Obtaining an accurate oil level professional to remove the reading is essential: excess amount of oil. 1. If the engine has been running See Engine Compartment Overview recently, turn off the engine and on page 10-5 for the location of the allow several minutes for the oil If the oil is below the cross-hatched engine oil fill cap. to drain back into the oil pan. area at the tip of the dipstick, add Add enough oil to put the level Checking the oil level too soon 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil somewhere in the proper operating after engine shutoff will not and then recheck the level. See range. Push the dipstick all the way provide an accurate oil level Selecting the Right Engine Oil in “ ” back in when through. reading. this section for an explanation of what kind of oil to use. For engine Selecting the Right Engine Oil { Warning oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities and Specifications on Selecting the right engine oil depends on both the proper oil The engine oil dipstick handle page 12-2. specification and viscosity grade. may be hot; it could burn you. Notice: Do not add too much oil. See Recommended Fluids and Use a towel or glove to touch the Oil levels above or below the Lubricants on page 11-12. dipstick handle. acceptable operating range shown on the dipstick are harmful Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (8,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-8 Vehicle Care
Specification Viscosity Grade Engine oil system flushes are not Use and ask for licensed engine oils SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity recommended and could cause with the dexos1® approved grade for the vehicle. Do not use engine damage not covered by the certification mark. Engine oils other viscosity grade oils such as vehicle warranty. meeting the requirements for the SAE 10W-30, 10W-40, or 20W-50. What to Do with Used Oil vehicle should have the dexos1 Cold Temperature Operation: In an Used engine oil contains certain approved certification mark. This area of extreme cold, where the certification mark indicates that the elements that can be unhealthy for temperature falls below −29°C (−20° your skin and could even cause oil has been approved to the dexos1 F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be used. specification. cancer. Do not let used oil stay on An oil of this viscosity grade will your skin for very long. Clean your provide easier cold starting for the skin and nails with soap and water, engine at extremely low or a good hand cleaner. Wash or temperatures. When selecting an oil properly dispose of clothing or rags of the appropriate viscosity grade, containing used engine oil. See the always select an oil of the correct manufacturer's warnings about the specification. See “Specification” use and disposal of oil products. earlier in this section for more Notice: Failure to use the information. Used oil can be a threat to the recommended engine oil or environment. If you change your equivalent can result in engine Engine Oil Additives/Engine own oil, be sure to drain all the oil damage not covered by the Oil Flushes from the filter before disposal. Never dispose of oil by putting it in the vehicle warranty. Check with your Do not add anything to the oil. The trash or pouring it on the ground, dealer or service provider on recommended oils with the dexos into sewers, or into streams or whether the oil is approved to the specification and displaying the bodies of water. Recycle it by taking dexos1 specification. dexos certification mark are all that it to a place that collects used oil. is needed for good performance and engine protection. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (9,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-9
Engine Oil Life System engine oil and filter must be How to Reset the Engine Oil changed at least once a year and, Life System When to Change Engine Oil at this time, the system must be Reset the system whenever the This vehicle has a computer system reset. For vehicles without the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON engine oil is changed so that the that indicates when to change the system can calculate the next engine oil and filter. This is based message, an oil change is needed when the OIL LIFE REMAINING engine oil change. Always reset the on a combination of factors which engine oil life to 100% after every oil include engine revolutions, engine percentage is near 0%. Your dealer has trained service people who will change. It will not reset itself. To temperature, and miles driven. reset the system on most vehicles: Based on driving conditions, the perform this work and reset the mileage at which an oil change is system. It is also important to check 1. Display the OIL LIFE indicated can vary considerably. For the oil regularly over the course of REMAINING on the DIC. If the the oil life system to work properly, an oil drain interval and keep it at vehicle does not have DIC the system must be reset every time the proper level. buttons, the vehicle must be in the oil is changed. If the system is ever reset P (Park) to access this display. accidentally, the oil must be See Driver Information Center On some vehicles, when the system (DIC) on page 5-26. has calculated that oil life has been changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE since the last oil change. 2. Press and hold the SET/RESET OIL SOON message comes on to Remember to reset the oil life button on the DIC, or the trip indicate that an oil change is system whenever the oil is changed. odometer reset stem if the necessary. See Engine Oil vehicle does not have DIC Messages on page 5-37. Change buttons, for more than the oil as soon as possible within five seconds. The oil life will the next 1 000 km (600 mi). It is change to 100%. possible that, if driving under the best conditions, the oil life system might indicate that an oil change is not necessary for up to a year. The Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (10,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-10 Vehicle Care
On all vehicles, the Engine Oil Life Automatic Transmission Change the fluid and filter at the System can be reset as follows: Fluid scheduled maintenance intervals 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with listed in Maintenance Schedule on the engine off. When to Check and Change page 11-2. Be sure to use the Automatic Transmission Fluid transmission fluid listed in 2. Fully press the accelerator pedal Recommended Fluids and slowly three times within It is usually not necessary to check Lubricants on page 11-12. five seconds. the transmission fluid level. The only reason for fluid loss is a How to Check Automatic 3. Display the OIL LIFE transmission leak or overheated Transmission Fluid REMAINING on the DIC. If the transmission. If a small leak is display shows 100%, the system Notice: Too much or too little suspected, then use the following is reset. See Driver Information fluid can damage the checking procedures to check the Center (DIC) on page 5-26. transmission. Too much can fluid level. However, if there is a mean that some of the fluid could If the vehicle has a CHANGE large leak, then it may be necessary come out and fall on hot engine ENGINE OIL SOON message and it to have the vehicle towed to a parts or exhaust system parts, comes back on when the vehicle is dealer and have it repaired before starting a fire. Too little fluid started and/or the OIL LIFE driving the vehicle further. could cause the transmission to REMAINING is near 0%, the engine Notice: Use of the incorrect overheat. Be sure to get an oil life system has not been reset. automatic transmission fluid may accurate reading if checking the Repeat the procedure. damage the vehicle, and the transmission fluid. damages may not be covered by Before checking the fluid level, the vehicle warranty. Always use prepare the vehicle as follows: the automatic transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids 1. Start the engine and park the and Lubricants on page 11-12. vehicle on a level surface. Keep the engine running. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (11,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-11
2. Apply the parking brake and Cold Check Procedure 1. Locate the transmission dipstick place the shift lever in P (Park). Use this procedure only as a at the rear of the engine 3. With your foot on the brake reference to determine if the compartment, on the passenger pedal, move the shift lever transmission has enough fluid to be side of the vehicle. through each gear range, operated safely until a hot check See Engine Compartment pausing for about three seconds procedure can be made. The hot Overview on page 10-5 for more in each range. Then, move the check procedure is the most information. shift lever back to P (Park). accurate method to check the fluid 2. Flip the handle up, then pull out level. Perform the hot check 4. Allow the engine to idle (500 – the dipstick and wipe it with a 800 rpm) for at least 1 minute. procedure at the first opportunity. clean rag or paper towel. Slowly release the brake pedal. Use this cold check procedure to check fluid level when the 3. Install the dipstick by pushing it 5. Keep the engine running and transmission temperature is back in all the way; wait press the Trip/Fuel button or trip between 27°C and 32°C (80°F and three seconds, and then pull it odometer reset stem until 90°F). back out again. TRANS TEMP (Transmission 4. Check both sides of the dipstick Temperature) displays on the and read the lower level. Repeat Driver Information Center (DIC). the check procedure to verify the 6. Using the TRANS TEMP reading. reading, determine and perform the appropriate check procedure. If the TRANS TEMP reading is not within the required temperature ranges, allow the vehicle to cool, or operate the vehicle until the appropriate transmission fluid temperature is reached. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (12,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-12 Vehicle Care
5. If the fluid level is below the the first opportunity in order to verify 4. Check both sides of the dipstick COLD check band, add only the cold check. The fluid level rises and read the lower level. Repeat enough fluid as necessary to as fluid temperature increases, so it the check procedure to verify the bring the level into the COLD is important to ensure the reading. band. It does not take much transmission temperature is within fluid, generally less than 0.5 L range. (1 pt). Do not overfill. 6. Perform a hot check at the first opportunity after the transmission reaches a normal operating temperature between 71°C to 93°C (160°F to 200°F). 5. Safe operating level is within the 7. If the fluid level is in the 1. Locate the transmission dipstick HOT cross hatch band on the acceptable range, push the at the rear of the engine dipstick. If the fluid level is not dipstick back in all the way, then compartment, on the passenger within the HOT band, and the flip the handle down to lock the side of the vehicle. transmission temperature is dipstick in place. between 71°C and 93°C (160°F See Engine Compartment and 200°F), add or drain fluid as Hot Check Procedure Overview on page 10-5 for more necessary to bring the level into Use this procedure to check the information. the HOT band. If the fluid level is transmission fluid level when the 2. Flip the handle up, then pull out low, add only enough fluid to transmission fluid temperature is the dipstick and wipe it with a bring the level into the HOT between 71°C and 93°C (160°F and clean rag or paper towel. band. It does not take much 200°F). fluid, generally less than 0.5 L 3. Install the dipstick by pushing it (1 pt). Do not overfill. The hot check is the most accurate back in all the way; wait method to check the fluid level. The three seconds, and then pull it hot check should be performed at back out again. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (13,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-13
6. If the fluid level is in the How to Inspect the Engine Air acceptable range, push the Cleaner/Filter dipstick back in all the way, then flip the handle down to lock the To inspect the air cleaner/filter, dipstick in place. remove the engine air cleaner/filter from the vehicle by following Consistency of Readings Steps 1 through 6. When the engine air cleaner/filter is removed, lightly Always check the fluid level at least shake it to release loose dust and twice using the procedure described dirt. If the engine air cleaner/filter previously. Consistency (repeatable remains covered with dirt, a new readings) is important to maintaining filter is required. Never use proper fluid level. If readings are still compressed air to clean the filter. inconsistent, contact the dealer. 2. Loosen the four screws on the Replacing the Engine Air Cleaner/ cover of the housing and lift up Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Filter the cover. See Engine Compartment Overview 1. Locate the air cleaner/filter on page 10-5 for the location of the assembly. See Engine engine air cleaner/filter. Compartment Overview on page 10-5. Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the scheduled maintenance intervals and replace it at the first oil change after each 80 000 km (50,000 mi) interval. See Maintenance Schedule on page 11-2 for more information. If driving on dusty/dirty conditions, inspect the filter at each engine oil change. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (14,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-14 Vehicle Care
3. Remove the engine air cleaner/ Cooling System filter from the housing. Care { Warning should be taken to dislodge as The cooling system allows the little dirt as possible. engine to maintain the correct An electric engine cooling fan working temperature. under the hood can start up even 4. Clean the engine air cleaner/ when the engine is not running filter sealing surfaces and the and can cause injury. Keep housing. hands, clothing, and tools away 5. Inspect or replace the engine air from any underhood electric fan. cleaner/filter. 6. Reinstall the cover and tighten the screws. { Warning Heater and radiator hoses, and { Warning 5.3L V8 Engine other engine parts, can be very hot. Do not touch them. If you do, Operating the engine with the air A. Coolant Surge Tank cleaner/filter off can cause you or you can be burned. B. Coolant Surge Tank others to be burned. The air Pressure Cap Do not run the engine if there is a cleaner not only cleans the air; it leak. If you run the engine, it helps to stop flames if the engine C. Engine Cooling Fan(s) (Out could lose all coolant. That could backfires. Use caution when of View) cause an engine fire, and you working on the engine and do not could be burned. Get any leak drive with the air cleaner/filter off. fixed before you drive the vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (15,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-15
Notice: Using coolant other than What to Use Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, DEX-COOL® can cause premature drinkable water and DEX-COOL engine, heater core, or radiator { Warning coolant. If using this mixture, corrosion. In addition, the engine nothing else needs to be added. coolant could require changing Adding only plain water or some This mixture: sooner, at 50 000 km (30,000 mi) other liquid to the cooling system . Gives freezing protection down or 24 months, whichever occurs can be dangerous. Plain water first. Any repairs would not be to −37°C (−34°F), outside and other liquids, can boil before temperature. covered by the vehicle warranty. the proper coolant mixture will. Always use DEX-COOL The coolant warning system is set . Gives boiling protection up to (silicate-free) coolant in the for the proper coolant mixture. 129°C (265°F), engine vehicle. With plain water or the wrong temperature. mixture, the engine could get too Engine Coolant . Protects against rust and hot but you would not get the corrosion. The cooling system in the vehicle is overheat warning. The engine filled with DEX-COOL engine could catch fire and you or others . Will not damage aluminum parts. coolant. This coolant is designed to could be burned. Use a 50/ . Helps keep the proper engine remain in the vehicle for 5 years or 50 mixture of clean, drinkable temperature. 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever water and DEX-COOL coolant. occurs first. Notice: If improper coolant The following explains the cooling mixture, inhibitors, or additives system and how to check and add are used in the vehicle cooling coolant when it is low. If there is a system, the engine could problem with engine overheating, overheat and be damaged. Too see Engine Overheating on much water in the mixture can page 10-18. freeze and crack engine cooling parts. The repairs would not be covered by the warranty. Use only Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (16,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-16 Vehicle Care
the proper mixture of engine coolant surge tank, but be sure the How to Add Coolant to the coolant for the cooling system. cooling system is cool before this Surge Tank See Recommended Fluids and is done. Lubricants on page 11-12. { Warning Never dispose of engine coolant by putting it in the trash, pouring it on You can be burned if you spill the ground, or into sewers, streams, coolant on hot engine parts. or bodies of water. Have the coolant Coolant contains ethylene glycol changed by an authorized service and it will burn if the engine parts center, familiar with legal are hot enough. Do not spill requirements regarding used coolant on a hot engine. coolant disposal. This will help protect the environment and your health. Notice: This vehicle has a specific coolant fill procedure. Checking Coolant Failure to follow this procedure could cause the engine to The vehicle must be on a level The coolant surge tank is located in overheat and be severely surface when checking the coolant the engine compartment on the damaged. level. passenger side of the vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview on Check to see if coolant is visible in { Warning the coolant surge tank. If the coolant page 10-5 for more information on location. inside the coolant surge tank is Steam and scalding liquids from a boiling, do not do anything else until The coolant level should be at or hot cooling system can blow out it cools down. If coolant is visible above the FULL COLD mark. If it is and burn you badly. Never turn but the coolant level is not at or not, the vehicle may have a leak in the cap when the cooling system, above the FULL COLD mark, add a the cooling system. including the surge tank pressure 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and DEX-COOL coolant at the (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (17,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-17
2. Keep turning the pressure cap Warning (Continued) slowly and remove it. cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling system and surge tank pressure cap to cool.
If no coolant is visible in the surge tank, add coolant as follows:
4. With the coolant surge tank pressure cap off, start the engine and let it run until the 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with upper radiator hose can be felt 1. Remove the coolant surge tank the proper mixture to the FULL getting hot. Watch out for the pressure cap when the cooling COLD mark. engine cooling fan. system, including the coolant surge tank pressure cap and By this time, the coolant level upper radiator hose, is no inside the coolant surge tank longer hot. may be lower. If the level is lower, add more of the proper Turn the pressure cap slowly mixture to the coolant surge tank counterclockwise about one full until the level reaches the FULL turn. If a hiss is heard, wait for COLD mark. that to stop. A hiss means there is still some pressure left. 5. Replace the pressure cap tightly. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (18,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-18 Vehicle Care
6. Verify coolant level after engine If the decision is made not to lift the If Steam Is Coming from the is shut off and the coolant is hood when this warning appears, Engine Compartment cold. If necessary, repeat coolant but instead get service help right fill procedure Steps 1–6. away. See Roadside Assistance { Warning Notice: If the pressure cap is not Program on page 13-5. tightly installed, coolant loss and If the decision is made to lift the Steam from an overheated engine possible engine damage may hood, make sure the vehicle is can burn you badly, even if you occur. Be sure the cap is properly parked on a level surface. just open the hood. Stay away and tightly secured. Then check to see if the engine from the engine if you see or hear cooling fans are running. If the steam coming from it. Turn it off Engine Overheating engine is overheating, both fans and get everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down. Wait The vehicle has several indicators should be running. If they are not, to warn of engine overheating. do not continue to run the engine until there is no sign of steam or and have the vehicle serviced. coolant before you open There is a coolant temperature the hood. gauge on your vehicle's instrument Notice: Running the engine panel. See Engine Coolant without coolant may cause If you keep driving when the Temperature Gauge on page 5-14. damage or a fire. Vehicle damage vehicles engine is overheated, would not be covered by the the liquids in it can catch fire. You In addition, ENGINE OVERHEATED warranty. See Overheated Engine or others could be badly burned. STOP ENGINE, ENGINE Protection Operating Mode on Stop the engine if it overheats, OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE, and page 10-19 for information on and get out of the vehicle until the an ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED driving to a safe place in an engine is cool. message comes on in the Driver emergency. Information Center (DIC) on the (Continued) instrument panel. See Engine Cooling System Messages on page 5-36 and Engine Power Messages on page 5-38. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (19,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-19
. Idles for long periods in traffic. If the warning continues, pull over, Warning (Continued) stop, and park the vehicle . Tows a trailer. See Trailer right away. See Overheated Engine Towing on page 9-63. Protection Operating Mode on If there is no sign of steam, idle the If the overheat warning is displayed engine for three minutes while page 10-19 for information on with no sign of steam: driving to a safe place in an parked. If the warning is still emergency. 1. Turn the air conditioning off. displayed, turn off the engine until it cools down. Also, see Overheated 2. Turn the heater on to the highest “ Engine Protection Operating Mode temperature and to the highest ” If No Steam Is Coming from later in this section. fan speed. Open the windows as the Engine Compartment necessary. Overheated Engine The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP 3. In heavy traffic, let the engine ENGINE or the ENGINE idle in N (Neutral) while stopped. Protection OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE If it is safe to do so, pull off the Operating Mode message, along with a low coolant road, shift to P (Park) or If an overheated engine condition condition, can indicate a serious N (Neutral) and let the problem. exists and the ENGINE POWER IS engine idle. REDUCED message is displayed, If an engine overheat warning is If the temperature overheat gauge is an overheat protection mode which displayed but no steam can be seen no longer in the overheat zone or an alternates firing groups of cylinders or heard, the problem may not be overheat warning no longer helps prevent engine damage. In too serious. Sometimes the engine displays, the vehicle can be driven. this mode, a loss in power and can get a little too hot when the Continue to drive the vehicle slowly engine performance will be noticed. vehicle: for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe This operating mode allows the . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. vehicle distance from the vehicle in vehicle to be driven to a safe place front. If the warning does not come in an emergency. Driving extended . Stops after high-speed driving. back on, continue to drive normally. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (20,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-20 Vehicle Care
distances and/or towing a trailer in properly. The fans will change to low How to Check Power Steering the overheat protection mode speed when additional cooling is no Fluid should be avoided. longer required. To check the power steering fluid: Notice: After driving in the overheated engine protection Power Steering Fluid 1. Turn the key off and let the operating mode, to avoid engine engine compartment cool down. damage, allow the engine to cool 2. Wipe the cap and the top of the before attempting any repair. The reservoir clean. engine oil will be severely 3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the degraded. Repair the cause of dipstick with a clean rag. coolant loss, change the oil and reset the oil life system. See 4. Replace the cap and completely Engine Oil on page 10-6. See Engine Compartment Overview tighten it. on page 10-5 for reservoir location. 5. Remove the cap again and look Engine Fan When to Check Power Steering at the fluid level on the dipstick. The vehicle electric cooling fans Fluid The level should be at the FULL may be heard spinning at low speed COLD mark. If necessary, add only during most everyday driving. The It is not necessary to regularly enough fluid to bring the level up to fans may turn off if no cooling is check power steering fluid unless the mark. required. Under heavy vehicle there is a leak suspected in the loading, trailer towing, high outside system or an unusual noise is What to Use heard. A fluid loss in this system temperatures, or operation of the air To determine what kind of fluid to could indicate a problem. Have the conditioning system, the fans may use, see Recommended Fluids and system inspected and repaired. change to high speed and an Lubricants on page 11-12. Always increase in fan noise may be heard. use the proper fluid. This is normal and indicates that the cooling system is functioning Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (21,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-21
Notice: Use of the incorrect fluid displays, washer fluid will need to . Fill the washer fluid tank only may damage the vehicle and the be added to the windshield washer three-quarters full when it is damages may not be covered by fluid reservoir. very cold. This allows for the vehicle's warranty. Always fluid expansion if freezing use the correct fluid listed in occurs, which could damage Recommended Fluids and the tank if it is Lubricants on page 11-12. completely full. Washer Fluid . Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze) in the windshield What to Use washer. It can damage the Open the cap with the washer windshield washer system When windshield washer fluid needs symbol on it. Add washer fluid until and paint. to be added, be sure to read the the tank is full. See Engine manufacturer's instructions before Compartment Overview on Brakes use. Use a fluid that has sufficient page 10-5 for reservoir location. protection against freezing in an This vehicle has disc brakes. Disc Notice area where the temperature may fall brake pads have built-in wear below freezing. . When using concentrated indicators that make a high-pitched warning sound when the brake pads Adding Washer Fluid washer fluid, follow the manufacturer instructions for are worn and new pads are needed. The vehicle has a low washer fluid adding water. The sound can come and go or be message on the DIC that comes on heard all the time the vehicle is when the washer fluid is low. The . Do not mix water with moving, except when applying the message is displayed for ready-to-use washer fluid. brake pedal firmly. 15 seconds at the start of each Water can cause the solution ignition cycle. When the WASHER to freeze and damage the FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (22,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-22 Vehicle Care
Brake linings should always be installing disc brake pads that are { Warning replaced as complete axle sets. wrong for the vehicle, can change the balance between the front and The brake wear warning sound Brake Pedal Travel rear brakes — for the worse. The means that soon the brakes will See your dealer if the brake pedal braking performance expected can not work well. That could lead to does not return to normal height, change in many other ways if the a crash. When the brake wear or if there is a rapid increase in wrong replacement brake parts are warning sound is heard, have the pedal travel. This could be a sign installed. vehicle serviced. that brake service might be required. Brake Fluid Notice: Continuing to drive with Brake Adjustment worn-out brake pads could result in costly brake repair. Every time the brakes are applied, with or without the vehicle moving, Some driving conditions or climates the brakes adjust for wear. can cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly Replacing Brake System Parts applied. This does not mean The braking system on a vehicle is something is wrong with the brakes. The brake master cylinder reservoir complex. Its many parts have to be is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid. See Properly torqued wheel nuts are of top quality and work well together Engine Compartment Overview on necessary to help prevent brake if the vehicle is to have really good page 10-5 for the location of the pulsation. When tires are rotated, braking. The vehicle was designed reservoir. inspect brake pads for wear and and tested with top-quality brake evenly tighten wheel nuts in the parts. When parts of the braking proper sequence to torque system are replaced, be sure to get specifications in Capacities and new, approved replacement parts. Specifications on page 12-2. If this is not done, the brakes might not work properly. For example, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (23,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-23
There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir { Warning might go down: If too much brake fluid is added, it . The brake fluid level goes down can spill on the engine and burn, because of normal brake lining if the engine is hot enough. You wear. When new linings are or others could be burned, and installed, the fluid level goes the vehicle could be damaged. back up. Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake hydraulic . A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system can also cause system. See “Checking Brake a low fluid level. Have the brake Fluid” in this section. hydraulic system fixed, since a The fluid level should be above leak means that sooner or later When the brake fluid falls to a low MIN. If it is not, have the brake the brakes will not work well. level, the brake warning light comes hydraulic system checked to see if Do not top off the brake fluid. on. See Brake System Warning there is a leak. Light on page 5-21. Adding fluid does not correct a leak. After work is done on the brake If fluid is added when the linings are Refer to the Maintenance Schedule hydraulic system, make sure the worn, there will be too much fluid to determine when to check the level is above the MIN but not over when new brake linings are brake fluid. See Maintenance the MAX mark. installed. Add or remove brake fluid, Schedule on page 11-2. as necessary, only when work is What to Add done on the brake hydraulic system. Checking Brake Fluid Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid Check brake fluid by looking at the from a sealed container. See brake fluid reservoir. See Engine Recommended Fluids and Compartment Overview on Lubricants on page 11-12. page 10-5. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (24,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-24 Vehicle Care
Always clean the brake fluid . If brake fluid is spilled on the Vehicle Storage reservoir cap and the area around vehicle's painted surfaces, the cap before removing it. This the paint finish can be { Warning helps keep dirt from entering the damaged. Be careful not to reservoir. spill brake fluid on the Batteries have acid that can burn vehicle. If you do, wash it off you and gas that can explode. { Warning immediately. You can be badly hurt if you are not careful. See Jump Starting on With the wrong kind of fluid in the Battery page 10-77 for tips on working brake hydraulic system, the Refer to the replacement number on around a battery without brakes might not work well. This the original battery label when a getting hurt. could cause a crash. Always use new battery is needed. See Engine the proper brake fluid. Compartment Overview on Infrequent Usage: Remove the page 10-5 for battery location. black, negative (−) cable from the Notice battery to keep the battery from { Warning running down. . Using the wrong fluid can badly damage brake Battery posts, terminals, and Extended Storage: Remove the hydraulic system parts. For related accessories contain lead black, negative (−) cable from the example, just a few drops of and lead compounds, chemicals battery or use a battery trickle charger. mineral-based oil, such as known to the State of California to engine oil, in the brake cause cancer and reproductive hydraulic system can harm. Wash hands after handling. damage brake hydraulic system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced. Do not let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (25,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-25
Four-Wheel Drive To get an accurate reading, the Front Axle vehicle should be on a level Transfer Case surface. When to Check and Change Lubricant When to Check Lubricant If the level is below the bottom of the fill plug (A) hole, some lubricant It is not necessary to regularly Refer to Maintenance Schedule on will need to be added. Add enough check front axle fluid unless a leak page 11-2 to determine when to lubricant to raise the level to the is suspected, or an unusual noise is check the lubricant. bottom of the fill plug (A) hole. Use heard. A fluid loss could indicate a How to Check Lubricant care not to overtighten the plug. problem. Have it inspected and repaired. When to Change Lubricant How to Check Lubricant Refer to Maintenance Schedule on page 11-2 to determine how often to To get an accurate reading, the change the lubricant. vehicle should be on a level surface. What to Use Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11-12 to determine what kind of lubricant to use.
Active Transfer Case A. Fill Plug B. Drain Plug Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (26,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-26 Vehicle Care
What to Use out along the axle tubes and has Refer to Recommended Fluids and not drained back to the sump area. Lubricants on page 11-12 to Therefore, a reading taken determine what kind of lubricant five minutes after the vehicle has to use. been driven will appear to have a lower fluid level than a vehicle that has been stationary for an hour or Rear Axle two. Remember that the rear axle When to Check Lubricant assembly must be supported to get a true reading. It is not necessary to regularly check rear axle fluid unless there is How to Check Lubricant a leak suspected, or an unusual A. Fill Plug noise is heard. A fluid loss could B. Drain Plug indicate a problem. Have it inspected and repaired. . When the differential is cold, add enough lubricant to raise the All axle assemblies are filled by level from 0 mm (0 in) to 3.2 mm volume of fluid during production. (1/8 in) below the fill They are not filled to reach a certain plug (A) hole. level. When checking the fluid level on any axle, variations in the . When the differential is at readings can be caused by factory operating temperature (warm), fill differences between the minimum add enough lubricant to raise the and the maximum fluid volume. level to the bottom of the fill Also, if a vehicle has just been plug (A) hole. driven before checking the fluid To get an accurate reading, the level, it may appear lower than vehicle should be on a level normal because fluid has traveled surface. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (27,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-27
The proper level is from 1.0 mm to 3. Try to start the engine in each 2. Apply the parking brake. Be 19.0 mm (0.04 in to 0.75 in) below gear. The vehicle should start ready to apply the regular brake the bottom of the fill plug hole, only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). immediately if the vehicle begins located on the rear axle. Add only If the vehicle starts in any other to move. enough fluid to reach the proper position, contact your dealer for 3. With the engine off, turn the level. service. ignition on, but do not start the engine. Without applying the Starter Switch Check Automatic Transmission regular brake, try to move the Shift Lock Control shift lever out of P (Park) with { Warning Function Check normal effort. If the shift lever moves out of P (Park), contact When you are doing this your dealer for service. inspection, the vehicle could { Warning move suddenly. If the vehicle When you are doing this Ignition Transmission moves, you or others could be inspection, the vehicle could Lock Check injured. move suddenly. If the vehicle If equipped with a key type ignition, moves, you or others could be while parked and with the parking 1. Before starting this check, be injured. brake set, try to turn the ignition to sure there is enough room LOCK/OFF in each shift lever around the vehicle. 1. Before starting this check, be position. 2. Apply both the parking brake sure there is enough room . and the regular brake. The ignition should turn to around the vehicle. It should be LOCK/OFF only when the shift Do not use the accelerator parked on a level surface. lever is in P (Park). pedal, and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it . The ignition key should come starts. out only in LOCK/OFF. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (28,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-28 Vehicle Care
Contact your dealer if service is pressure from the regular brake required. pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only. Park Brake and P (Park) . To check the P (Park) Mechanism Check mechanism's holding ability: With the engine running, shift to { Warning P (Park). Then release the 2. Squeeze the grooved areas on parking brake followed by the each side of the blade, and turn When you are doing this check, regular brake. the blade assembly away from the arm connector. the vehicle could begin to move. Contact your dealer if service is You or others could be injured required. and property could be damaged. Make sure there is room in front Wiper Blade Replacement of the vehicle in case it begins to roll. Be ready to apply the regular Windshield wiper blades should be brake at once should the vehicle inspected for wear or cracking. See begin to move. Maintenance Schedule on page 11-2. 3. Install the new blade onto the Park on a fairly steep hill, with the Replacement blades come in arm connector and make sure vehicle facing downhill. Keeping different types and are removed in the grooved areas are fully set in your foot on the regular brake, set different ways. the locked position. the parking brake. Front Wiper Blade For the proper type and size, see Maintenance Replacement Parts on . To check the parking brake's Replacement page 11-14. holding ability: With the engine 1. Pull the windshield wiper arm running and the transmission in connector away from the N (Neutral), slowly remove foot windshield. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (29,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-29
Rear Wiper Blade Replacement Headlamp Aiming 1. Lift the wiper blade assembly up Headlamp aim has been preset and and out of the park rest position. should need no further adjustment. If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the headlamp aim may be affected. 4. Replace the wiper blade. If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary, see your dealer. 5. Return the wiper blade assembly to the park rest position.
2. Pull the wiper blade assembly Glass Replacement away from the backglass. The If the windshield or front side glass backglass wiper blade will not must be replaced, see your dealer lock in a vertical position, so to determine the correct care should be used when replacement glass. pulling it away from the vehicle. 3. Turn the wiper blade assembly, and pull it off of the wiper arm. Hold the wiper arm in position and push the blade away from the wiper arm. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (30,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-30 Vehicle Care
Bulb Replacement Taillamps, Turn Signal, For the proper type of replacement Stoplamps, and Back-Up bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on Lamps page 10-31. For any bulb‐changing procedure not listed in this section, contact your dealer. Halogen Bulbs
{ Warning 2. Remove the two screws from the Halogen bulbs have pressurized taillamp assembly. gas inside and can burst if you 3. Pull the taillamp assembly drop or scratch the bulb. You or rearward disengaging the two others could be injured. Be sure A. Stoplamp/Taillamp outer pins on the taillamp to read and follow the instructions assembly from the vehicle. on the bulb package. B. Back-up Lamp 4. Turn the bulb socket C. Taillamp/Turn Signal Lamp counterclockwise to remove it D. Side Marker Lamp from the taillamp assembly. To replace one of these bulbs: 5. Pull the old bulb straight out from the bulb socket. 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate on page 2-9. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (31,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-31
6. Press a new bulb into the bulb License Plate Lamp 5. Reverse Steps 1–3 to reinstall socket and install the socket into the license plate lamp. the taillamp assembly by turning it clockwise. Replacement Bulbs 7. Reinstall the taillamp assembly. Bulb Exterior Lamp When reinstalling, make sure to Number line up the pins on the taillamp assembly with the vehicle. If this Back-up Lamp 7441 is not done, the taillamp License Plate Lamp W5WLL assembly will not be able to be installed correctly. Rear Turn Signal 3057 Lamp, Taillamp, and KX RD Stoplamp Side Marker Lamp 194 1. Remove the two screws holding each of the license plate lamps For replacement bulbs not listed to the molding that is part of the here, contact your dealer. liftgate. 2. Twist and pull the license plate lamp assembly forward through the molding opening. 3. Remove the bulb socket from the lamp assembly by turning it counterclockwise. 4. Pull the bulb straight out of the socket and install the new bulb. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (32,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-32 Vehicle Care
Electrical System Headlamp Wiring Fuses and Circuit An electrical overload may cause Breakers the lamps to go on and off, or in Electrical System The wiring circuits in the vehicle are some cases to remain off. Have the Overload protected from short circuits by a headlamp wiring checked right away combination of fuses, circuit The vehicle has fuses and circuit if the lamps go on and off or breakers, and fusible thermal links. breakers to protect against an remain off. electrical system overload. This greatly reduces the chance of Windshield Wipers fires caused by electrical problems. When the current electrical load is too heavy, the circuit breaker opens If the wiper motor overheats due to Look at the silver-colored band and closes, protecting the circuit heavy snow or ice, the windshield inside the fuse. If the band is broken until the current load returns to wipers will stop until the motor cools or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure normal or the problem is fixed. This and will then restart. you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating. greatly reduces the chance of circuit Although the circuit is protected overload and fire caused by from electrical overload, overload Fuses of the same amperage can electrical problems. due to heavy snow or ice may be temporarily borrowed from Fuses and circuit breakers protect cause wiper linkage damage. another fuse location, if a fuse goes power devices in the vehicle. Always clear ice and heavy snow out. Replace the fuse as soon as from the windshield before using the you can. Replace a bad fuse with a new one windshield wipers. of the identical size and rating. If the overload is caused by an If there is a problem on the road and electrical problem and not snow or a fuse needs to be replaced, the ice, be sure to get it fixed. same amperage fuse can be borrowed. Choose some feature of the vehicle that is not needed to use and replace it as soon as possible. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (33,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-33
Engine Compartment Fuse Block
The Engine Compartment Fuse Block is located in the engine compartment, on the driver side of the vehicle. Lift the cover for access to the fuse/relay block. Notice: Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the covers on any electrical component. To remove fuses, hold the end of the fuse between your thumb and index finger and pull straight out. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (34,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-34 Vehicle Care Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (35,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-35
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage Fuses Usage with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. 10 Trailer Back-up 21 Fuel System Control Fuses Usage Lamps Module 1 Right Trailer Stop/ 11 Driver Side 22 Headlamp Washer Low-Beam Headlamp Turn Lamp 23 Rear Windshield 2 Electronic Stability 12 Engine Control Washer Module (Battery) Suspension Control, 24 Fuel Injectors, Ignition Automatic Level 13 Fuel Injectors, Ignition Coils (Left Side) Control Exhaust Coils (Right Side) 25 Trailer Parking Lamps 3 Left Trailer Stop/ 14 Transmission Control 26 Driver Side Parking Turn Lamp Module (Battery) Lamps 4 Engine Controls 15 Vehicle Back-up 27 Passenger Side Lamps 5 Engine Control Parking Lamps Module, Throttle 16 Passenger Side 28 Fog Lamps Control Low-Beam Headlamp 29 Horn 6 Trailer Brake 17 Air Conditioning Controller Compressor 30 Passenger Side High-Beam Headlamp 7 Front Washer 18 Oxygen Sensors 31 Daytime Running 8 Oxygen Sensors 19 Transmission Controls Lamps (DRL) (If (Ignition) 9 Antilock Brakes Equipped) System 2 20 Fuel Pump 32 Driver Side High-Beam Headlamp Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (36,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-36 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 33 Daytime Running 45 Airbag System 56 Engine Control Lamps 2 (If Equipped) (Battery) Module, Secondary Fuel Pump (Ignition) 34 Sunroof 46 Instrument Panel Cluster 35 Key Ignition System, J-Case Usage Theft Deterrent 47 Not Used Fuses System 48 Auxiliary Climate 57 Cooling Fan 1 36 Windshield Wiper Control (Ignition) 58 Automatic Level 37 SEO B2 Upfitter 49 Center High-Mounted Control Compressor Usage (Battery) Stoplamp (CHMSL) 59 Heavy Duty Antilock 38 Electric Adjustable 50 Rear Defogger Braking System Pedals 51 Heated Mirrors 60 Cooling Fan 2 39 Climate Controls 52 SEO B1 Upfitter (Battery) 61 Antilock Brake Usage (Battery) System 1 40 Airbag System 53 Accessory Power (Ignition) 62 Starter Outlet, Cigarette 41 Amplifier Lighter (If Equipped) 63 Stud 2 (Trailer Brakes) 42 Audio System 54 Automatic Level Control Compressor 64 Left Bussed Electrical 43 Miscellaneous Relay Center 1 (Ignition), Cruise Control 55 Climate Controls 65 Electric Running (Ignition) Boards 44 Liftgate Release Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (37,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-37
J-Case Relays Usage Instrument Panel Fuse Usage Fuses HDLP Low-Beam Headlamp Block 66 Not Used LO/HID 67 Transfer Case FOG Front Fog Lamps LAMP 68 Stud 1 (Trailer Connector Battery A/C Air Conditioning Power) CMPRSR Compressor 69 Mid-Bussed Electrical STRTR Starter Center 1 PWR/TRN Powertrain 70 Climate Control FUEL Fuel Pump Blower PMP 71 Power Liftgate PRK Parking Lamps Module LAMP The instrument panel fuse block 72 Left Bussed Electrical REAR Rear Defogger access door is located on the driver Center 2 DEFOG side edge of the instrument panel. Pull off the cover to access the fuse Relays Usage RUN/ Switched Power CRNK block. FAN HI Cooling Fan High Speed FAN LO Cooling Fan Low Speed FAN Cooling Fan Control CNTRL Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (38,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-38 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage 6 Driver Side Turn Signal, Stoplamp 7 Instrument Panel Back Lighting 8 Passenger Side Turn Signal, Stoplamp 9 Passenger Door Module, Driver Unlock 10 Power Door Lock 2 (Unlock Feature) 11 Power Door Lock 2 (Lock Feature) 12 Stoplamps, Center High‐Mounted The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage Stoplamp with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. 3 Steering Wheel 13 Rear Climate Controls Controls Backlight Fuses Usage 14 Power Mirror 4 Driver Door Module 1 Rear Seats 15 Body Control 5 Dome Lamps, Driver Module (BCM) 2 Rear Accessory Side Turn Signal Power Outlet 16 Accessory Power Outlets Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (39,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-39
Fuses Usage Circuit Top View Usage Breaker 17 Interior Lamps LT DR Driver Side Power 18 Power Door Lock 1 Window Circuit (Unlock Feature) Breaker 19 Rear Seat Entertainment Harness 20 Ultrasonic Rear Connector Usage Parking Assist, Power Driver Door Liftgate LT DR Harness 21 Power Door Lock 1 Connection (Lock Feature) BODY Harness Connector 22 Driver Information BODY Harness Connector Center (DIC) Harness 23 Rear Wiper Center Instrument Panel Fuse Connector Usage 24 Cooled Seats Block BODY 2 Body Harness Connector 2 25 Driver Seat Module, The center instrument panel fuse Remote Keyless Entry block is located underneath the BODY 1 Body Harness System instrument panel, to the left of the Connector 1 steering column. 26 Driver Power Door BODY 3 Body Harness Lock (Unlock Feature) Connector 3 HEADLINER Headliner Harness 3 Connector 3 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (40,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-40 Vehicle Care
Harness Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) Connector Usage HEADLINER Headliner Harness Tires and a serious crash. See 2 Connector 2 Every new GM vehicle has Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-15. HEADLINER Headliner Harness high-quality tires made by a 1 Connector 1 leading tire manufacturer. See . Underinflated tires pose SEO/ Special Equipment the warranty manual for the same danger as UPFITTER Option Upfitter information regarding the tire overloaded tires. The Harness Connector warranty and where to get resulting crash could service. For additional cause serious injury. Circuit information refer to the tire Check all tires frequently Breaker Usage manufacturer. to maintain the CB1 Passenger Side recommended pressure. Power Window Circuit { Warning Tire pressure should be Breaker checked when the tires . Poorly maintained and are cold. CB2 Passenger Seat improperly used tires are Circuit Breaker dangerous. . Overinflated tires are more CB3 Driver Seat Circuit likely to be cut, punctured, Breaker . Overloading the tires can or broken by a sudden cause overheating as a impact such as when CB4 Rear Sliding Window — result of too much flexing. hitting a pothole. Keep There could be a blowout tires at the recommended (Continued) pressure. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (41,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-41
potholes, or sharp edged Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) objects, or when sliding into a curb. The warranty does not . mud, ice, etc. Excessive Worn or old tires can cover this type of damage. cause a crash. If the tread spinning may cause the tires to explode. Keep tires set to the correct is badly worn, inflation pressure and, when replace them. possible, avoid contact with 20 Inch Tires . Replace any tires that ‐ curbs, potholes, and other have been damaged by If the vehicle has 20‐inch P275/ road hazards. impacts with potholes, 55R20 size tires, they are curbs, etc. classified as touring tires and All-Season Tires are designed for on road use. This vehicle may come with . Improperly repaired tires The low‐profile, wide tread all-season tires. These tires are can cause a crash. Only design is not recommended for designed to provide good overall the dealer or an off‐road driving. See Off-Road performance on most road surfaces authorized tire service Driving on page 9-5, for and weather conditions. Original center should repair, additional information. equipment tires designed to GM's replace, dismount, and specific tire performance criteria mount the tires. Notice: Low‐profile tires are have a TPC specification code more susceptible to damage molded onto the sidewall. Original . Do not spin the tires in from road hazards or curb equipment all-season tires can be excess of 56 km/h impact than standard profile identified by the last two characters (35 mph) on slippery tires. Tire and/or wheel of this TPC code, which will surfaces such as snow, assembly damage can occur be “MS.” (Continued) when coming into contact Consider installing winter tires on with road hazards like, the vehicle if frequent driving on snow or ice-covered roads is Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (42,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-42 Vehicle Care
expected. All-season tires provide If using winter tires: installing winter tires on the vehicle adequate performance for most if frequent driving in cold winter driving conditions, but they . Use tires of the same brand and temperatures or on snow or ice may not offer the same level of tread type on all four wheel covered roads is expected. See traction or performance as winter positions. Winter Tires on page 10-42. tires on snow or ice-covered roads. . Use only radial ply tires of the See Winter Tires on page 10-42. same size, load range, and All-Terrain Tires speed rating as the original This vehicle may have all-terrain Winter Tires equipment tires. tires. These tires provide good This vehicle was not originally Winter tires with the same speed performance on most road surfaces, equipped with winter tires. Winter rating as the original equipment tires weather conditions, and for off-road tires are designed for increased may not be available for H, V, W, Y, driving. See Off-Road Driving on traction on snow and ice-covered and ZR speed rated tires. If winter page 9-5. roads. Consider installing winter tires with a lower speed rating are The tread pattern on these tires may tires on the vehicle if frequent chosen, never exceed the tire's wear more quickly than other tires. driving on ice or snow covered maximum speed capability. Consider rotating the tires more roads is expected. See your dealer frequently than at 12 000 km for details regarding winter tire Summer Tires (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular wear availability and proper tire selection. This vehicle may come with high is noted when the tires are Also, see Buying New Tires on inspected. See Tire Inspection on page 10-57. performance summer tires. These tires have a special tread and page 10-54. With winter tires, there may be compound that are optimized for decreased dry road traction, maximum dry and wet road increased road noise, and shorter performance. This special tread and tread life. After changing to winter compound will decrease tires, be alert for changes in vehicle performance in cold climates, and handling and braking. on ice and snow. We recommend Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (43,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-43
Tire Sidewall Labeling and service description. See the digits represent the week “Tire Size” illustration later in this (01-52) and the last two digits, Useful information about a tire is section for more detail. the year. For example, the third molded into the sidewall. The week of the year 2010 would examples show a typical (B) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria have a four-digit DOT date passenger and light truck tire of 0310. sidewall. Specification): Original equipment tires designed to (D) Tire Identification Number GM's specific tire performance (TIN): The letters and numbers criteria have a TPC specification following the DOT code are the code molded onto the sidewall. Tire Identification Number (TIN). GM's TPC specifications meet or The TIN shows the exceed all federal safety manufacturer and plant code, guidelines. tire size, and date the tire was (C) DOT (Department of manufactured. The TIN is Transportation): The molded onto both sides of the Department of Transportation tire, although only one side may (DOT) code indicates that the have the date of manufacture. Passenger (P-Metric) Tire tire is in compliance with the (E) Tire Ply Material: The type U.S. Department of of cord and number of plies in (A) Tire Size: The tire size Transportation Motor Vehicle the sidewall and under the tread. code is a combination of letters Safety Standards. and numbers used to define a particular tire's width, height, DOT Tire Date of aspect ratio, construction type, Manufacture: The last four digits of the TIN indicate the tire manufactured date. The first two Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (44,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-44 Vehicle Care
(F) Uniform Tire Quality criteria have a TPC specification Grading (UTQG): Tire code molded onto the sidewall. manufacturers are required to GM's TPC specifications meet or grade tires based on three exceed all federal safety performance factors: treadwear, guidelines. traction, and temperature (C) Dual Tire Maximum Load: resistance. For more Maximum load that can be information, see Uniform Tire carried and the maximum Quality Grading on page 10-59. pressure needed to support that (G) Maximum Cold Inflation load when used in a dual Load Limit: Maximum load that configuration. For information on can be carried and the Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire recommended tire pressure see maximum pressure needed to (A) Tire Size: The tire size Tire Pressure on page 10-49 support that load. For code is a combination of letters and Vehicle Load Limits on information on recommended and numbers used to define a page 9-15. tire pressure see Tire Pressure particular tire's width, height, (D) DOT (Department of on page 10-49 and Vehicle Load aspect ratio, construction type, Transportation): The Limits on page 9-15. and service description. See the Department of Transportation “Tire Size” illustration later in this (DOT) code indicates that the section for more detail. tire is in compliance with the (B) TPC Spec (Tire U.S. Department of Performance Criteria Transportation Motor Vehicle Specification): Original Safety Standards. equipment tires designed to GM's specific tire performance Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (45,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-45
DOT Tire Date of (G) Single Tire Maximum (A) Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire: Manufacture: The last four Load: Maximum load that can The United States version of a digits of the TIN indicate the tire be carried and the maximum metric tire sizing system. The manufactured date. The first two pressure needed to support that letter P as the first character in digits represent the week load when used as a single. For the tire size means a passenger (01-52) and the last two digits, information on recommended vehicle tire engineered to the year. For example, the third tire pressure see Tire Pressure standards set by the U.S. Tire week of the year 2010 would on page 10-49 and Vehicle Load and Rim Association. have a four-digit DOT date Limits on page 9-15. (B) Tire Width: The three‐digit of 0310. number indicates the tire section (E) Tire Identification Number Tire Designations width in millimeters from (TIN): The letters and numbers Tire Size sidewall to sidewall. following the DOT code are the The examples show a typical (C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digit Tire Identification Number (TIN). passenger vehicle and light number that indicates the tire The TIN shows the truck tire size. height‐to‐width measurements. manufacturer and plant code, For example, if the tire size tire size, and date the tire was aspect ratio is 75, as shown in manufactured. The TIN is item C of the tire illustration, it molded onto both sides of the would mean that the tire's tire, although only one side may sidewall is 75 percent as high as have the date of manufacture. it is wide. (F) Tire Ply Material: The type Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (46,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-46 Vehicle Care
(D) Construction Code: A (LT‐Metric) tire illustration, it letter code is used to indicate would mean that the tire's the type of ply construction in sidewall is 75 percent as high as the tire. The letter R means it is wide. radial ply construction; the (D) Construction Code: A letter D means diagonal or bias letter code is used to indicate Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire ply construction; and the letter B the type of ply construction in means belted‐bias ply (A) Light Truck (LT‐Metric) the tire. The letter R means construction. Tire: The United States version radial ply construction; the (E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of of a metric tire sizing system. letter D means diagonal or bias the wheel in inches. The letters LT as the first two ply construction; and the letter B characters in the tire size mean (F) Service Description: These means belted‐bias ply a light truck tire engineered to construction. characters represent the load standards set by the U.S. Tire index and speed rating of the and Rim Association. (E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of tire. The load index represents the wheel in inches. (B) Tire Width: The three‐digit the load carrying capacity a tire (F) Load Range: Load Range. is certified to carry. The speed number indicates the tire section rating is the maximum speed a width in millimeters from (G) Service Description: The tire is certified to carry a load. sidewall to sidewall. service description indicates the (C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digit load index and speed rating of a number that indicates the tire tire. If two numbers are given as height‐to‐width measurements. in the example, 120/116, then For example, if the tire size this represents the load index for aspect ratio is 75, as shown in single versus dual wheel usage item C of the light truck Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (47,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-47
(single/dual). The speed rating is Belt: A rubber coated layer of maximum capacity of fuel, oil, the maximum speed a tire is cords between the plies and the and coolant, but without certified to carry a load. tread. Cords may be made from passengers and cargo. steel or other reinforcing DOT Markings: A code molded Tire Terminology and materials. into the sidewall of a tire Definitions Bead: The tire bead contains signifying that the tire is in Air Pressure: The amount of steel wires wrapped by steel compliance with the U.S. air inside the tire pressing cords that hold the tire onto Department of Transportation outward on each square inch of the rim. (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety the tire. Air pressure is Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire Standards. The DOT code expressed in kPa (kilopascal) in which the plies are laid at includes the Tire Identification or psi (pounds per square inch). alternate angles less than Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which can also Accessory Weight: The 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread. identify the tire manufacturer, combined weight of optional production plant, brand, and accessories. Some examples of Cold Tire Pressure: The date of production. optional accessories are amount of air pressure in a tire, automatic transmission, power measured in kPa (kilopascal) GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight steering, power brakes, power or psi (pounds per square inch) Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits windows, power seats, and air before a tire has built up heat on page 9-15. conditioning. from driving. See Tire Pressure GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight Aspect Ratio: The relationship on page 10-49. Rating for the front axle. See of a tire's height to its width. Curb Weight: The weight of a Vehicle Load Limits on motor vehicle with standard and page 9-15. optional equipment including the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (48,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-48 Vehicle Care
GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight Maximum Load Rating: The model name molding that is Rating for the rear axle. See load rating for a tire at the higher or deeper than the same Vehicle Load Limits on maximum permissible inflation moldings on the other sidewall page 9-15. pressure for that tire. of the tire. Intended Outboard Sidewall: Maximum Loaded Vehicle Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A The side of an asymmetrical tire, Weight: The sum of curb tire used on passenger cars and that must always face outward weight, accessory weight, some light duty trucks and when mounted on a vehicle. vehicle capacity weight, and multipurpose vehicles. Kilopascal (kPa): The metric production options weight. Recommended Inflation unit for air pressure. Normal Occupant Weight: The Pressure: Vehicle Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire: A number of occupants a vehicle manufacturer's recommended tire used on light duty trucks and is designed to seat multiplied by tire inflation pressure as shown some multipurpose passenger 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load on the tire placard. See Tire vehicles. Limits on page 9-15. Pressure on page 10-49 and Occupant Distribution: Vehicle Load Limits on Load Index: An assigned page 9-15. number ranging from 1 to 279 Designated seating positions. that corresponds to the load Outward Facing Sidewall: The Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic carrying capacity of a tire. side of an asymmetrical tire that tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at Maximum Inflation Pressure: has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a 90 degrees to the centerline of The maximum air pressure to the tread. which a cold tire can be inflated. vehicle. The side of the tire that The maximum air pressure is contains a whitewall, bears Rim: A metal support for a tire molded onto the sidewall. white lettering, or bears and upon which the tire beads manufacturer, brand, and/or are seated. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (49,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-49
Sidewall: The portion of a tire tire's traction, temperature, and recommended inflation pressure. between the tread and the bead. treadwear. Ratings are See “Tire and Loading Speed Rating: An determined by tire Information Label” under Vehicle alphanumeric code assigned to manufacturers using Load Limits on page 9-15. a tire indicating the maximum government testing procedures. speed at which a tire can The ratings are molded into the Tire Pressure operate. sidewall of the tire. See Uniform Tires need the correct amount of Tire Quality Grading on air pressure to operate Traction: The friction between page 10-59. the tire and the road surface. effectively. The amount of grip provided. Vehicle Capacity Weight: The Notice: Neither tire number of designated seating Tread: The portion of a tire that underinflation nor positions multiplied by overinflation is good. comes into contact with 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated the road. Underinflated tires, or tires cargo load. See Vehicle Load that do not have enough air, Treadwear Indicators: Narrow Limits on page 9-15. can result in: bands, sometimes called wear Vehicle Maximum Load on the . bars, that show across the tread Tire: Load on an individual tire Tire overloading and of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/ due to curb weight, accessory overheating which could 16 in) of tread remains. See weight, occupant weight, and lead to a blowout. When It Is Time for New Tires cargo weight. . Premature or on page 10-56. Vehicle Placard: A label irregular wear. UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality permanently attached to a . Poor handling. Grading Standards): A tire vehicle showing the vehicle information system that provides capacity weight and the original . Reduced fuel economy. consumers with ratings for a equipment tire size and Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (50,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-50 Vehicle Care
Overinflated tires, or tires that the vehicle is loaded affects Remove the valve cap from the have too much air, can vehicle handling and ride tire valve stem. Press the tire result in: comfort. Never load the vehicle gauge firmly onto the valve to with more weight than it was get a pressure measurement. . Unusual wear. designed to carry. If the cold tire inflation pressure . matches the recommended Poor handling. When to Check pressure on the Tire and . Rough ride. Check the tires once a month Loading Information label, no or more. further adjustment is necessary. . Needless damage from road hazards. Do not forget the spare tire, If the inflation pressure is low, if the vehicle has one. See add air until the recommended The Tire and Loading Full-Size Spare Tire on pressure is reached. If the Information label on the vehicle page 10-76 for additional inflation pressure is high, press indicates the original equipment information. on the metal stem in the center tires and the correct cold tire of the tire valve to release air. inflation pressures. The How to Check recommended pressure is the Re-check the tire pressure with Use a good quality pocket-type the tire gauge. minimum air pressure needed to gauge to check tire pressure. support the vehicle's maximum Proper tire inflation cannot be Return the valve caps on the load carrying capacity. determined by looking at the tire. valve stems to prevent leaks For additional information Check the tire inflation pressure and keep out dirt and moisture. regarding how much weight the when the tires are cold, meaning vehicle can carry, and an the vehicle has not been driven example of the Tire and Loading for at least three hours or no Information label, see Vehicle more than 1.6 km (1 mi). Load Limits on page 9-15. How Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (51,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-51
Tire Pressure Monitor pressure telltale when one or more The TPMS malfunction indicator is of your tires is significantly combined with the low tire pressure System under-inflated. telltale. When the system detects a The Tire Pressure Monitor System Accordingly, when the low tire malfunction, the telltale will flash for (TPMS) uses radio and sensor pressure telltale illuminates, you approximately one minute and then technology to check tire pressure should stop and check your tires as remain continuously illuminated. levels. The TPMS sensors monitor soon as possible, and inflate them This sequence will continue upon the air pressure in your tires and to the proper pressure. Driving on a subsequent vehicle start-ups as transmit tire pressure readings to a significantly under-inflated tire long as the malfunction exists. receiver located in the vehicle. causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator is Each tire, including the spare (if lead to tire failure. Under-inflation illuminated, the system may not be provided), should be checked also reduces fuel efficiency and tire able to detect or signal low tire monthly when cold and inflated to tread life, and may affect the pressure as intended. TPMS the inflation pressure recommended vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety by the vehicle manufacturer on the ability. of reasons, including the installation vehicle placard or tire inflation Please note that the TPMS is not a of replacement or alternate tires or pressure label. (If your vehicle has substitute for proper tire wheels on the vehicle that prevent tires of a different size than the size maintenance, and it is the driver's the TPMS from functioning properly. indicated on the vehicle placard or responsibility to maintain correct tire Always check the TPMS malfunction tire inflation pressure label, you pressure, even if under-inflation has telltale after replacing one or more should determine the proper tire not reached the level to trigger tires or wheels on your vehicle to inflation pressure for those tires.) illumination of the TPMS low tire ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the As an added safety feature, your pressure telltale. TPMS to continue to function vehicle has been equipped with a Your vehicle has also been properly. tire pressure monitoring system equipped with a TPMS malfunction (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire indicator to indicate when the See Tire Pressure Monitor system is not operating properly. Operation on page 10-52. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (52,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-52 Vehicle Care
See Radio Frequency Statement on located on the instrument cluster. air pressure is getting low and page 13-15. If the warning light comes on, stop needs to be inflated to the proper as soon as possible and inflate the pressure. Tire Pressure Monitor tires to the recommended pressure A Tire and Loading Information label Operation shown on the Tire and Loading shows the size of the original Information label. See Vehicle Load equipment tires and the correct This vehicle may have a Tire Limits on page 9-15. inflation pressure for the tires when Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). A message to check the pressure in they are cold. See Vehicle Load The TPMS is designed to warn the a specific tire displays in the Driver Limits on page 9-15, for an example driver when a low tire pressure Information Center (DIC). The low of the Tire and Loading Information condition exists. TPMS sensors are tire pressure warning light and the label and its location. Also see Tire mounted onto each tire and wheel DIC warning message come on at Pressure on page 10-49. assembly, excluding the spare tire each ignition cycle until the tires are and wheel assembly. The TPMS The TPMS can warn about a low inflated to the correct inflation sensors monitor the air pressure in tire pressure condition but it does pressure. Using the DIC, tire the tires and transmit the tire not replace normal tire pressure levels can be viewed. For pressure readings to a receiver maintenance. See Tire Inspection additional information and details located in the vehicle. on page 10-54, Tire Rotation on about the DIC operation and page 10-55, and Tires on displays, see Driver Information page 10-40. Center (DIC) on page 5-26 and Tire Messages on page 5-41. Notice: Tire sealant materials are not all the same. A non-approved The low tire pressure warning light tire sealant could damage the may come on in cool weather when TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor the vehicle is first started, and then damage caused by using an turn off as the vehicle is driven. This When a low tire pressure condition incorrect tire sealant is not could be an early indicator that the is detected, the TPMS illuminates covered by the vehicle warranty. the low tire pressure warning light Always use only the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (53,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-53
GM-approved tire sealant successfully. See “TPMS Sensor could prevent the TPMS from available through your dealer or Matching Process” later in this functioning properly. See Buying included in the vehicle. section. New Tires on page 10-57.
TPMS Malfunction Light and . The TPMS sensor matching . Operating electronic devices or Message process was not done or not being near facilities using radio completed successfully after wave frequencies similar to the The TPMS will not function properly rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS if one or more of the TPMS sensors malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction. are missing or inoperable. When the message should go off after system detects a malfunction, the If the TPMS is not functioning successfully completing the low tire pressure warning light properly, it cannot detect or signal a sensor matching process. See flashes for about one minute and low tire condition. See your dealer TPMS Sensor Matching then stays on for the remainder of “ for service if the TPMS malfunction Process later in this section. the ignition cycle. A DIC warning ” light and DIC message come on message also displays. The . One or more TPMS sensors are and stay on. malfunction light and DIC warning missing or damaged. The message come on at each ignition TPMS Sensor Matching malfunction light and the DIC Process cycle until the problem is corrected. message should go off when the Some of the conditions that can TPMS sensors are installed and Each TPMS sensor has a unique cause these to come on are: the sensor matching process is identification code. The identification performed successfully. See code needs to be matched to a new . One of the road tires has been your dealer for service. tire/wheel position after rotating the replaced with the spare tire. The vehicle’s tires or replacing one or spare tire does not have a . Replacement tires or wheels do more of the TPMS sensors. Also, TPMS sensor. The malfunction not match the original equipment the TPMS sensor matching process light and the DIC message tires or wheels. Tires and wheels should be performed after replacing should go off after the road tire other than those recommended a spare tire with a road tire is replaced and the sensor containing the TPMS sensor. The matching process is performed Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (54,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-54 Vehicle Care
malfunction light and the DIC receiver is in relearn mode and tire, and the TPMS sensor message should go off at the next the TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE matching process is no longer ignition cycle. The sensors are message displays on the DIC active. The TIRE LEARNING matched to the tire/wheel positions, screen. ACTIVE message on the DIC using a TPMS relearn tool, in the 4. Start with the driver side display screen goes off. following order: driver side front tire, front tire. 9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. passenger side front tire, passenger side rear tire, and driver side rear. 5. Place the relearn tool against 10. Set all four tires to the See your dealer for service or to the tire sidewall, near the valve recommended air pressure purchase a relearn tool. stem. Then press the button to level as indicated on the Tire activate the TPMS sensor. and Loading Information label. There are two minutes to match the A horn chirp confirms that the first tire/wheel position, and sensor identification code has Tire Inspection five minutes overall to match all four been matched to this tire and tire/wheel positions. If it takes wheel position. We recommend that the tires, longer, the matching process stops including the spare tire, if the and must be restarted. 6. Proceed to the passenger side vehicle has one, be inspected front tire, and repeat the The TPMS sensor matching procedure in Step 5. for signs of wear or damage at process is: least once a month. 7. Proceed to the passenger side 1. Set the parking brake. rear tire, and repeat the Replace the tire if: 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with procedure in Step 5. . the engine off. The indicators at three or 8. Proceed to the driver side rear more places around the tire 3. Press the Remote Keyless Entry tire, and repeat the procedure in can be seen. (RKE) transmitter's Q and K Step 5. The horn sounds two buttons at the same time for times to indicate the sensor . There is cord or fabric approximately five seconds. The identification code has been showing through the tire's horn sounds twice to signal the matched to the driver side rear rubber. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (55,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-55
. The tread or sidewall is Anytime unusual wear is Do not include the spare tire in cracked, cut, or snagged noticed, rotate the tires as soon the tire rotation. deep enough to show cord or as possible, check for proper tire Adjust the front and rear tires to fabric. inflation pressure, and check for the recommended inflation damaged tires or wheels. If the pressure on the Tire and . The tire has a bump, bulge, unusual wear continues after the or split. Loading Information label after rotation, check the wheel the tires have been rotated. See . The tire has a puncture, cut, alignment. See When It Is Time Tire Pressure on page 10-49 or other damage that cannot for New Tires on page 10-56 and Vehicle Load Limits on be repaired well because of and Wheel Replacement on page 9-15. the size or location of the page 10-61. Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor damage. System. See Tire Pressure Tire Rotation Monitor Operation on page 10-52. Tires should be rotated every Check that all wheel nuts are 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See properly tightened. See Wheel Maintenance Schedule on “ Nut Torque under Capacities page 11-2. ” and Specifications on Tires are rotated to achieve a page 12-2. uniform wear for all tires. The first rotation is the most important. Use this rotation pattern when rotating the tires. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (56,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-56 Vehicle Care
When It Is Time for New commercial truck tires may not have { Warning treadwear indicators. See Tire Tires Inspection on page 10-54 and Tire Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the Factors, such as maintenance, Rotation on page 10-55 for parts to which it is fastened, can temperatures, driving speeds, additional information. make wheel nuts become loose vehicle loading, and road conditions The rubber in tires ages over time. after time. The wheel could come affect the wear rate of the tires. off and cause an accident. When This also applies to the spare tire, changing a wheel, remove any if the vehicle has one, even if it is never used. Multiple factors rust or dirt from places where the including temperatures, loading wheel attaches to the vehicle. In conditions, and inflation pressure an emergency, a cloth or a paper maintenance affect how fast aging towel can be used; however, use takes place. GM recommends that a scraper or wire brush later to tires, including the spare if remove all rust or dirt. equipped, be replaced after six years, regardless of tread wear. The Lightly coat the center of the tire manufacture date is the last four wheel hub with wheel bearing digits of the DOT Tire Identification grease after a wheel change or Number (TIN) which is molded into one side of the tire sidewall. The tire rotation to prevent corrosion first two digits represent the week or rust build-up. Do not get Treadwear indicators are one way to tell when it is time for new tires. (01-52) and the last two digits, the grease on the flat wheel Treadwear indicators appear when year. For example, the third week of mounting surface or on the the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) the year 2010 would have a wheel nuts or bolts. or less of tread remaining. Some four-digit DOT date of 0310. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (57,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-57
Vehicle Storage replacement tires are needed, performance of the vehicle. Tires age when stored normally GM strongly recommends Braking and handling mounted on a parked vehicle. Park buying tires with the same TPC performance may be adversely a vehicle that will be stored for at Spec rating. affected if all the tires are not least a month in a cool, dry, clean GM's exclusive TPC Spec replaced at the same time. area away from direct sunlight to system considers over a dozen If proper rotation and slow aging. This area should be free maintenance have been done, of grease, gasoline or other critical specifications that impact the overall performance of the all four tires should wear out at substances that can deteriorate about the same time. See Tire rubber. vehicle, including brake system performance, ride and handling, Rotation on page 10-55 for Parking for an extended period can information on proper tire cause flat spots on the tires that traction control, and tire pressure monitoring rotation. However, if it is may result in vibrations while necessary to replace only one driving. When storing a vehicle for performance. GM's TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire's axle set of worn tires, place the at least a month, remove the tires or new tires on the rear axle. raise the vehicle to reduce the sidewall near the tire size. If the weight from the tires. tires have an all-season tread design, the TPC Spec number { Warning Buying New Tires will be followed by MS for mud Tires could explode during GM has developed and matched and snow. See Tire Sidewall improper service. Attempting specific tires for the vehicle. The Labeling on page 10-43 for to mount or dismount a tire original equipment tires installed additional information. could cause injury or death. were designed to meet General GM recommends replacing worn Only your dealer or authorized Motors Tire Performance Criteria tires in complete sets of four. tire service center should Specification (TPC Spec) Uniform tread depth on all tires mount or dismount the tires. system rating. When will help to maintain the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (58,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-58 Vehicle Care
The Tire and Loading { Warning { Warning Information label indicates the Mixing tires of different sizes, Using bias-ply tires on the original equipment tires on the brands, or types may cause vehicle may cause the wheel vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits loss of control of the vehicle, rim flanges to develop cracks on page 9-15 for the label resulting in a crash or other after many miles of driving. location and more information vehicle damage. Use the A tire and/or wheel could fail about the Tire and Loading correct size, brand, and type suddenly and cause a crash. Information label. of tires on all wheels. Use only radial-ply tires with the wheels on the vehicle. Different Size Tires and This vehicle may have a Wheels different size spare than the road tires originally installed If the vehicle tires must be If wheels or tires are installed that on the vehicle. When new, the replaced with a tire that does not are a different size than the original vehicle included a spare tire have a TPC Spec number, make equipment wheels and tires, vehicle and wheel assembly with a sure they are the same size, performance, including its braking, ride and handling characteristics, similar overall diameter as the load range, speed rating, and stability, and resistance to rollover road tires and wheels, so it is construction (radial) as the may be affected. If the vehicle has all right to drive on it. The original tires. electronic systems such as antilock spare tire was developed for Vehicles that have a tire brakes, rollover airbags, traction use on this vehicle and will not pressure monitoring system control, electronic stability control, affect vehicle handling. could give an inaccurate or All-Wheel Drive, the performance of these systems can also be low-pressure warning if non-TPC affected. Spec rated tires are installed. See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 10-51. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (59,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-59
Uniform Tire Quality nominal rim diameters of { Warning Grading 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to some limited-production If different sized wheels are used, Quality grades can be found there may not be an acceptable tires. where applicable on the tire level of performance and safety if sidewall between tread shoulder While the tires available on tires not recommended for those General Motors passenger cars wheels are selected. This and maximum section width. For example: and light trucks may vary with increases the chance of a crash respect to these grades, they and serious injury. Only use GM Treadwear 200 Traction AA must also conform to federal specific wheel and tire systems Temperature A safety requirements and developed for the vehicle, and additional General Motors Tire have them properly installed by a The following information relates Performance Criteria (TPC) GM certified technician. to the system developed by the United States National Highway standards. Traffic Safety Administration See Buying New Tires on All Passenger Car Tires Must page 10-57 and Accessories and (NHTSA), which grades tires by Conform to Federal Safety Modifications on page 10-3. treadwear, traction, and Requirements In Addition To temperature performance. This These Grades. applies only to vehicles sold in the United States. The grades Treadwear are molded on the sidewalls of The treadwear grade is a most passenger car tires. The comparative rating based on the Uniform Tire Quality Grading wear rate of the tire when tested (UTQG) system does not apply under controlled conditions on a to deep tread, winter tires, specified government test compact spare tires, tires with course. For example, a tire Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (60,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-60 Vehicle Care
graded 150 would wear one and straight-ahead braking traction performance on the laboratory one-half (1½) times as well on tests, and does not include test wheel than the minimum the government course as a tire acceleration, cornering, required by law. Warning: The graded 100. The relative hydroplaning, or peak traction temperature grade for this tire is performance of tires depends characteristics. established for a tire that is upon the actual conditions of properly inflated and not Temperature their use, however, and may overloaded. Excessive speed, depart significantly from the The temperature grades are A underinflation, or excessive norm due to variations in driving (the highest), B, and C, loading, either separately or in habits, service practices and representing the tire's resistance combination, can cause heat differences in road to the generation of heat and its buildup and possible tire failure. characteristics and climate. ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled Wheel Alignment and Tire Traction conditions on a specified indoor Balance The traction grades, from laboratory test wheel. Sustained highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, high temperature can cause the The tires and wheels were aligned and C. Those grades represent material of the tire to degenerate and balanced at the factory to provide the longest tire life and best the tire's ability to stop on wet and reduce tire life, and overall performance. Adjustments to pavement as measured under excessive temperature can lead wheel alignment and tire balancing controlled conditions on to sudden tire failure. The grade are not necessary on a regular specified government test C corresponds to a level of basis. Consider an alignment check surfaces of asphalt and performance which all if there is unusual tire wear or the concrete. A tire marked C may passenger car tires must meet vehicle is significantly pulling to one have poor traction performance. under the Federal Motor Safety side or the other. Some slight pull to Warning: The traction grade Standard No. 109. Grades B and the left or right, depending on the assigned to this tire is based on A represent higher levels of crown of the road and/or other road Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (61,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-61
surface variations such as troughs Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel Used Replacement Wheels or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor vibrating when driving on a smooth System (TPMS) sensors with new { Warning road, the tires and wheels may need GM original equipment parts. to be rebalanced. See your dealer Replacing a wheel with a used for proper diagnosis. { Warning one is dangerous. How it has been used or how far it has been Wheel Replacement Using the wrong replacement driven may be unknown. It could wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel Replace any wheel that is bent, fail suddenly and cause a crash. cracked, or badly rusted or nuts can be dangerous. It could When replacing wheels, use a corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming affect the braking and handling of new GM original equipment loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and the vehicle. Tires can lose air, wheel. wheel nuts should be replaced. and cause loss of control, causing If the wheel leaks air, replace it. a crash. Always use the correct Some aluminum wheels can be wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel Tire Chains repaired. See your dealer if any of nuts for replacement. these conditions exist. { Warning Notice: The wrong wheel can Your dealer will know the kind of If the vehicle has P265/65R18 or also cause problems with bearing wheel that is needed. P275/55R20 size tires, do not use life, brake cooling, speedometer Each new wheel should have the or odometer calibration, tire chains. There is not enough same load-carrying capacity, headlamp aim, bumper height, clearance. Tire chains used on a diameter, width, offset, and be vehicle ground clearance, and tire vehicle without the proper amount mounted the same way as the one it or tire chain clearance to the of clearance can cause damage replaces. body and chassis. to the brakes, suspension, (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (62,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-62 Vehicle Care
Do not use chains on the front maintain lane position, and then Warning (Continued) tires. gently brake to a stop, well off the road, if possible. or other vehicle parts. The area Tighten them as tightly as damaged by the tire chains could possible with the ends securely A rear blowout, particularly on a cause loss of control and a crash. fastened. Drive slowly and follow curve, acts much like a skid and the chain manufacturer's may require the same correction as Use another type of traction instructions. If the chains contact used in a skid. Stop pressing the device only if its manufacturer the vehicle, stop and retighten accelerator pedal and steer to recommends it for the vehicle's them. If the contact continues, straighten the vehicle. It may be tire size combination and road slow down until it stops. Driving very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake conditions. Follow that too fast or spinning the wheels to a stop, well off the road, manufacturer's instructions. To with chains on will damage the if possible. avoid vehicle damage, drive slow vehicle. and readjust or remove the { Warning traction device if it is contacting If a Tire Goes Flat Driving on a flat tire will cause the vehicle. Do not spin the It is unusual for a tire to blowout permanent damage to the tire. wheels. while driving, especially if the tires Re-inflating a tire after it has been If traction devices are used, install are maintained properly. If air goes driven on while severely them on the rear tires. out of a tire, it is much more likely to leak out slowly. But if there ever is a underinflated or flat may cause a blowout, here are a few tips about blowout and a serious crash. Notice: If the vehicle has P265/ what to expect and what to do: Never attempt to re-inflate a tire 70R17 size tires, use tire chains that has been driven on while only where legal and only when If a front tire fails, the flat tire severely underinflated or flat. creates a drag that pulls the vehicle necessary. Use chains that are Have your dealer or an authorized the proper size for the tires. toward that side. Take your foot off Install them on the rear tires only. the accelerator pedal and grip the (Continued) steering wheel firmly. Steer to Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (63,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-63
if possible. Turn on the hazard Warning (Continued) warning flashers. See Hazard Warning (Continued) Warning Flashers on page 6-5. tire service center repair or 5. Do not allow passengers to replace the flat tire as soon as remain in the vehicle. { Warning possible. 6. Place wheel blocks on both Changing a tire can be sides of the tire at the dangerous. The vehicle can slip opposite corner of the tire { Warning off the jack and roll over or fall being changed. causing injury or death. Find a Lifting a vehicle and getting under level place to change the tire. To it to do maintenance or repairs is When the vehicle has a flat tire (B), help prevent the vehicle from dangerous without the use the following example as a moving: appropriate safety equipment and guide to assist in the placement of the wheel blocks (A). training. If a jack is provided with 1. Set the parking brake firmly. the vehicle, it is designed only for 2. Put the shift lever in changing a flat tire. If it is used for P (Park). anything else, you or others could be badly injured or killed if the 3. For vehicles with four-wheel-drive with a vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack N (Neutral) transfer case is provided with the vehicle, only position, be sure the use it for changing a flat tire. transfer case is in a drive gear — not in N (Neutral). If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire 4. Turn off the engine and do A. Wheel Block and wheel damage by driving slowly not restart while the vehicle to a level place, well off the road, is raised. B. Flat Tire (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (64,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-64 Vehicle Care
The following information explains A. Jack Knob how to use the jack and change B. Wing Nut Retaining the a tire. Tool Bag Tire Changing C. Wing Nut Retaining the Wheel Blocks Removing the Spare Tire and 2. Turn the wing nut retaining the Tools tool bag (B) counterclockwise to The equipment needed to change a remove it. flat tire is stored under the storage 3. Turn the jack knob (A) tray, located on the driver side trim counterclockwise to release the panel, over the rear wheelhouse. jack and wheel blocks from the Regular Wheelbase Shown, bracket. Extended Wheelbase Similar 4. Turn the wing nut retaining the 1. Remove the tray to access the wheel blocks (C) tools by pulling up on the finger counterclockwise to remove the depression under the jack wheel blocks and the wheel symbol. block retainer. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (65,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-65
Use the following tools: To access the spare tire, refer to the J. Hoist End of Extension Tool following graphics and instructions: K. Spare Tire Lock 1. Open the hoist shaft access door (C) on the bumper to access the spare tire lock (K). 2. To remove the spare tire lock (K), insert the ignition key, turn it clockwise and then pull it straight out.
A. Jack B. Wheel Blocks A. Hoist Assembly C. Jack Handle B. Hoist Shaft D. Jack Handle Extensions C. Hoist Shaft Access Cover/Hole E. Wheel Wrench D. Jack Handle Extensions E. Wheel Wrench F. Hoist Cable G. Tire/Wheel Retainer 3. Assemble the two jack handle extensions (D) and wheel H. Spare Tire (Valve Stem wrench (E), as shown. Pointed Down) I. Hoist Shaft Access Hole Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (66,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-66 Vehicle Care
5. Turn the wheel wrench 6. Use the wheel wrench hook to counterclockwise to lower the pull the hoist cable closer to spare tire to the ground. assist in reaching the spare tire. Continue to turn the wheel wrench until the spare tire can be pulled out from under the vehicle. If the spare tire does not lower to the ground, the secondary latch 4. Insert the open end of the is engaged causing the tire not extension (J) through the hole in to lower. See Secondary Latch the rear bumper (I) (hoist shaft System on page 10-73 for more access hole). information. Be sure the hoist end (J) of the extension connects to the hoist shaft. The ribbed square end of the extension is used to lower the spare tire. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (67,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-67
7. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle Removing the Flat Tire and nut caps will be retained in the with some slack in the cable to Installing the Spare Tire hub cap after it is removed from access the tire/wheel retainer. the wheel. Separate the retainer from the 1. Do a safety check before guide pin by sliding the retainer proceeding. See If a Tire Goes up the pin while pressing down Flat on page 10-62 for more on the latch. information.
3. Use the wheel wrench to loosen Once the retainer is separated 2. If the vehicle has a center cap that covers the wheel fasteners, all the wheel nuts. Turn the from the guide pin, tilt the wheel wrench counterclockwise retainer and pull it through the place the chisel end of the wheel wrench in the slot on the wheel to loosen the wheel nuts. Do not center of the wheel along with remove the wheel nuts yet. the cable and latch. and gently pry the cap out. 8. Put the spare tire near the If the wheel has a bolt-on hub flat tire. cap, loosen the plastic nut caps by turning the wheel wrench counterclockwise. The plastic Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (68,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-68 Vehicle Care
Front Tire Flat: If the flat tire is Rear Tire Flat: If the flat tire is on a front tire of the vehicle, use on a rear tire of the vehicle, use the jack handle and only one the jack handle (B) and both jack jack handle extension. Attach handle extensions (C). Attach the wheel wrench to the jack the wheel wrench (D) to the jack handle extension. Attach the handle extensions (C). Attach jack handle to the jack (A). the jack handle (B) to the Position the jack on the frame jack (A). Use the jacking pad behind the flat tire where the provided on the rear axle. Turn Jacking Locations (Overall View) frame sections overlap. Turn the the wheel wrench (D) clockwise A. Front Position wheel wrench clockwise to raise to raise the vehicle. Raise the the vehicle. Raise the vehicle far vehicle far enough off the B. Rear Position enough off the ground so there ground so there is enough room 4. Position the jack under the is enough room for the spare tire for the spare tire to clear the vehicle, as shown. to clear the ground. ground.
{ Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (69,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-69
{ Warning Warning (Continued)
Raising the vehicle with the jack an emergency, a cloth or a paper improperly positioned can towel can be used; however, use damage the vehicle and even a scraper or wire brush later to make the vehicle fall. To help remove all rust or dirt. avoid personal injury and vehicle damage, be sure to fit the jack lift 8. Put the wheel nuts back on with head into the proper location the rounded end of the nuts before raising the vehicle. toward the wheel after mounting the spare tire. 7. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts, mounting surfaces, { Warning and spare wheel. Never use oil or grease on bolts { Warning or nuts because the nuts might come loose. The vehicle's wheel Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the could fall off, causing a crash. parts to which it is fastened, can make wheel nuts become loose 9. Tighten each wheel nut by hand. after time. The wheel could come Then use the wheel wrench to off and cause an accident. When tighten the nuts until the wheel is changing a wheel, remove any held against the hub. rust or dirt from places where the 5. Remove all of the wheel nuts. wheel attaches to the vehicle. In 6. Take off the flat tire. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (70,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-70 Vehicle Care
10. Turn the wheel wrench When reinstalling the regular wheel counterclockwise to lower the { Warning and tire, also reinstall either the vehicle. Lower the jack center cap or the bolt-on hub cap, completely. Wheel nuts that are improperly or depending on which one the incorrectly tightened can cause vehicle has. 11. Tighten the nuts firmly in a the wheels to become loose or crisscross sequence as shown come off. The wheel nuts should . For center caps, line up the tab by turning the wheel wrench be tightened with a torque wrench on the center cap with the slot in clockwise. to the proper torque specification the wheel. The cap only goes in after replacing. Follow the torque one way. Place the cap on the specification supplied by the wheel and press until it snaps aftermarket manufacturer when into place. using accessory locking wheel . For bolt-on hub caps, line up the nuts. See Capacities and plastic nut caps with the wheel Specifications on page 12-2 for nuts and tighten clockwise by original equipment wheel nut hand to get them started. Then torque specifications. tighten with the wheel wrench until snug. Notice: Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification. See Capacities and Specifications on page 12-2 for the wheel nut torque specification. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (71,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-71
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire Store the tire under the rear of the H. Spare Tire/Flat Tire (Valve Stem and Tools vehicle in the spare tire carrier. Pointed Down) Refer to the following graphics and I. Hoist Shaft Access Hole instructions to help you: { Warning J. Hoist End of Extension Tool Storing a jack, a tire, or other K. Spare Tire Lock equipment in the passenger 1. Put the tire (H) on the ground at compartment of the vehicle could the rear of the vehicle with the cause injury. In a sudden stop or valve stem pointed down, and to collision, loose equipment could the rear. strike someone. Store all these in the proper place.
Notice: Storing an aluminum wheel with a flat tire under your vehicle for an extended period of time or with the valve stem A. Hoist Assembly pointing up can damage the wheel. Always stow the wheel B. Hoist Shaft with the valve stem pointing C. Hoist Shaft Access Cover/Hole down and have the wheel/tire D. Jack Handle Extensions repaired as soon as possible. E. Wheel Wrench F. Hoist Cable G. Tire/Wheel Retainer Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (72,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-72 Vehicle Care
2. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle. Separate the tire/wheel retainer from the guide pin. Pull the pin through the center of the wheel. Tilt the retainer down through the center wheel opening. Make sure the retainer is fully seated across the underside of the wheel. 4. Insert the open end of the extension (J) through the hole in the rear bumper (I) (hoist shaft access hole). 7. Make sure the tire is stored 5. Raise the tire part way upward. securely. Push, pull (A), and then Make sure the retainer is seated try to turn (B) the tire. If the tire in the wheel opening. moves, use the wheel wrench to 6. Raise the tire fully against the tighten the cable. underside of the vehicle by 8. Reinstall the spare tire lock. turning the wheel wrench 9. Reinstall the hoist shaft access clockwise until you hear two cover. clicks or feel it skip twice. The cable cannot be overtightened. 3. Assemble the two jack handle extensions (D) and wheel wrench (E) as shown. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (73,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-73
To store the tools, do the following: 2. Assemble wheel blocks (A) and jack (E) together with the wing nut (F). 3. Position the jack (E) and wheel blocks (A) in the driver side trim panel over the wheelhouse. 4. Turn the jack knob (G) clockwise until the jack (E) is secured tight in the mounting bracket. Be sure to position the holes in the base of the jack (E) onto the pin in the mounting bracket. 6. Return the storage tray to its 5. Use the retaining bracket (C) to original stored position. A. Wheel Blocks fasten the tool bag (B) on the stud and turn the wing nut (D) B. Tool Bag with Jack Tools Secondary Latch System clockwise to secure. C. Retaining Bracket This vehicle has an D. Wing Nut Retaining Tool Bag underbody-mounted tire hoist assembly equipped with a E. Jack secondary latch system. It is F. Wing Nut Retaining Wheel designed to stop the spare tire from Blocks suddenly falling off your vehicle. For the secondary latch to work, the G. Jack Knob spare must be installed with the 1. Return the tools (wheel wrench, valve stem pointing down. See jack handle, and jack handle extensions) to the tool bag (B). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (74,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-74 Vehicle Care
“Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and To release the spare tire from the 3. Loosen the cable by turning the Tools” under Tire Changing on secondary latch: wrench counterclockwise three page 10-64. or four turns. 4. Repeat this procedure at least { Warning two times. If the spare tire lowers to the ground, continue Before beginning this procedure with Step 5 under “Removing the read all the instructions. Failure to Spare Tire and Tools” under Tire read and follow the instructions Changing on page 10-64. could damage the hoist assembly and you and others could get 5. If the spare does not lower, turn the wrench counterclockwise hurt. Read and follow the until approximately 15 cm (6 in) instructions listed next. of cable is exposed. 6. Stand the wheel blocks on their 1. Check under the vehicle to see if shortest ends, with the backs the cable end is visible. If the facing each other. cable is not visible proceed to Step 6. 2. If it is visible, first try to tighten the cable by turning the wheel wrench clockwise until you hear two clicks or feel it skip twice. You cannot overtighten the cable. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (75,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-75
10. Turn the wrench clockwise to raise the jack until it lifts the end fitting. 11. Continue raising the jack until the spare tire stops moving upward and is held firmly in place. The secondary latch has released and the spare tire is balancing on the jack. 8. Attach the jack handle, extension, and wheel wrench to 12. Lower the jack by turning the the jack and place it (with the wheel wrench counterclockwise. Keep A. Jack wheel blocks) under the vehicle toward the front of the rear lowering the jack until the B. Wheel Blocks bumper. spare tire slides off the jack or 7. Place the bottom edge of the is hanging by the cable. jack (A) on the wheel blocks (B), separating them so that the jack { Warning is balanced securely. Someone standing too close during the procedure could be injured by the jack. If the spare tire does not slide off the jack completely, make sure no one is behind you or on either side of 9. Position the center lift point of you as you pull the jack out from the jack under the center of the under the spare. spare tire. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (76,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-76 Vehicle Care
13. Disconnect the jack handle To continue changing the flat tire, not be covered by the warranty. from the jack and carefully see “Removing the Flat Tire and Never use four-wheel drive when remove the jack. Use one hand Installing the Spare Tire” under Tire a different size spare tire is to push against the spare while Changing on page 10-64. installed on the vehicle. firmly pulling the jack out from Your vehicle may have a different under the spare tire with the Full-Size Spare Tire size spare tire than the road tires other hand. Your vehicle, when new, had a originally installed on your vehicle. If the spare tire is hanging from fully-inflated spare tire. A spare tire This spare tire was developed for the cable, insert the hoist end may lose air over time, so check its use on your vehicle, so it is all right of extension, and wheel inflation pressure regularly. See Tire to drive on it. If your vehicle has wrench into the hoist shaft hole Pressure on page 10-49 and four-wheel drive and the different in the bumper and turn the Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-15 size spare tire is installed, keep the wheel wrench counterclockwise for information regarding proper tire vehicle in two-wheel drive. to lower the spare the rest of inflation and loading your vehicle. After installing the spare tire on your the way. For instruction on how to remove, vehicle, you should stop as soon as 14. Turn the wheel wrench in the install or store a spare tire, see possible and make sure the spare hoist shaft hole in the bumper “Removing the Flat Tire and tire is correctly inflated. Have the clockwise to raise the cable Installing the Spare” and “Storing a damaged or flat road tire repaired or back up if the cable is hanging Flat or Spare Tire and Tools” under replaced as soon as you can and under the vehicle. Tire Changing on page 10-64. installed back onto your vehicle. Have the hoist assembly inspected Notice: If the vehicle has This way, the spare tire will be as soon as you can. You will not be four-wheel drive and a different available in case you need it again. able to store a spare or flat tire size spare tire is installed, do not using the hoist assembly until it has drive in four-wheel drive until the been inspected and/or replaced. flat tire is repaired and/or replaced. The vehicle could be damaged and the repairs would Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (77,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-77
Do not mix tires and wheels of Jump Starting Notice: Ignoring these steps different sizes, because they will not could result in costly damage to fit. Keep your spare tire and its For more information about the the vehicle that would not be wheel together. If your vehicle has a vehicle battery, see Battery on covered by the warranty. page 10-24. spare tire that does not match your Trying to start the vehicle by vehicle's original road tires and If the vehicle's battery (or batteries) pushing or pulling it will not wheels in size and type, do not has run down, you may want to use work, and it could damage the include the spare in the tire rotation. another vehicle and some jumper vehicle. cables to start your vehicle. Be sure 1. Check the other vehicle. It must to use the following steps to do it have a 12-volt battery with a safely. negative ground system. { Warning Notice: Only use a vehicle that has a 12-volt system with a Batteries can hurt you. They can negative ground for jump be dangerous because: starting. If the other vehicle does not have a 12-volt system with a . They contain acid that can negative ground, both vehicles burn you. can be damaged. . They contain gas that can explode or ignite.
. They contain enough electricity to burn you. If you do not follow these steps exactly, some or all of these things can hurt you. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (78,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-78 Vehicle Care
2. Get the vehicles close enough warranty. Whenever possible, If the vehicle has a remote so the jumper cables can reach, turn off or unplug all accessories positive (+) terminal, it is located but be sure the vehicles are not on either vehicle when jump under a red plastic cover at the touching each other. If they are, starting the vehicle. positive battery post. To uncover it could cause a ground 3. Turn off the ignition on both the remote positive (+) terminal, connection you do not want. You vehicles. Unplug unnecessary open the red plastic cover. would not be able to start your accessories plugged into the vehicle, and the bad grounding accessory power outlets. Turn could damage the electrical off the radio and all the lamps systems. that are not needed. This avoids To avoid the possibility of the sparks and helps save both vehicles rolling, set the parking batteries. And it could save the brake firmly on both vehicles radio! involved in the jump start 4. Open the hood on the other procedure. Put the automatic vehicle and locate the transmission in P (Park) or a positive (+) and negative (−) manual transmission in terminal locations on that N (Neutral) before setting the vehicle. parking brake. If the vehicle has a four-wheel-drive transfer case Your vehicle has a remote The remote negative (−) terminal with a N (Neutral) position, be positive (+) jump starting is a stud located on the right sure the transfer case is in a terminal and a remote front of the engine, where the drive gear, not in N (Neutral). negative (−) jump starting negative battery cable attaches. terminal. You should always use Notice: If any accessories are left these remote terminals instead See Engine Compartment on or plugged in during the jump of the terminals on the battery. Overview on page 10-5 for more starting procedure, they could be information on the location of the damaged. The repairs would not remote positive (+) and remote be covered by the vehicle negative (−) terminals. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (79,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-79
5. Check that the jumper cables do { Warning Warning (Continued) not have loose or missing insulation. If they do, you could An electric fan can start up even add water to take care of that get a shock. The vehicles could when the engine is not running first. If you do not, explosive gas be damaged too. and can injure you. Keep hands, could be present. Before you connect the cables, clothing and tools away from any Battery fluid contains acid that underhood electric fan. here are some basic things you can burn you. Do not get it on should know. Positive (+) will go you. If you accidentally get it in to positive (+) or to a remote your eyes or on your skin, flush positive (+) terminal if the vehicle { Warning the place with water and get has one. Negative (−) will go to a Using an open flame near a medical help immediately. heavy, unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative (−) battery can cause battery gas to terminal if the vehicle has one. explode. People have been hurt doing this, and some have been { Warning Do not connect positive (+) to negative (−) or you will get a blinded. Use a flashlight if you Fans or other moving engine need more light. short that would damage the parts can injure you badly. Keep battery and maybe other parts Be sure the battery has enough your hands away from moving too. And do not connect the water. You do not need to add parts once the engine is running. negative (−) cable to the water to the battery installed in negative (−) terminal on the dead your new vehicle. But if a battery battery because this can cause has filler caps, be sure the right sparks. amount of fluid is there. If it is low, (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (80,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-80 Vehicle Care
8. Now connect the black 11. Try to start the vehicle that had negative (−) cable to the the dead battery. If it will not negative (−) terminal of the good start after a few tries, it battery. Use a remote probably needs service. negative (−) terminal if the Notice: If the jumper cables are vehicle has one. connected or removed in the Do not let the other end touch wrong order, electrical shorting anything until the next step. The may occur and damage the other end of the negative (−) vehicle. The repairs would not be cable does not go to the dead covered by the vehicle warranty. battery. It goes to a heavy, Always connect and remove the unpainted metal engine part or jumper cables in the correct 6. Connect the red positive (+) to the remote negative (−) order, making sure that the cable to the positive (+) terminal terminal on the vehicle with the cables do not touch each other or of the vehicle with the dead dead battery. other metal. battery. Use a remote 9. Connect the other end of the positive (+) terminal if the vehicle negative (−) cable to the remote has one. negative (−) terminal, on the 7. Do not let the other end touch vehicle with the dead battery. metal. Connect it to the 10. Now start the vehicle with the positive (+) terminal of the good good battery and run the battery. Use a remote engine for a while. positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (81,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-81
2. Disconnect the black Towing the Vehicle negative (−) cable from the vehicle with the good battery. Notice: Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle may cause 3. Disconnect the red positive (+) damage. The damage would not cable from the vehicle with the be covered by the vehicle good battery. warranty. Do not lash or hook to 4. Disconnect the red positive (+) the chassis components cable from the other vehicle. including the front and rear 5. Return the remote positive (+) subframes, suspension control terminal cover, if the vehicle has arms and links during towing and one, to its original position. recovery of a disabled vehicle or Jumper Cable Removal to secure the vehicle to a flatbed car carrier. Use the proper nylon A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal Engine strap harnesses around the tires Part or Remote Negative (−) to secure the flatbed car carrier. Terminal Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed B. Good Battery or Remote car carrier or a wheel lift tow truck. Positive (+) and Remote If a wheel lift tow truck is used, the Negative (−) Terminals drive wheels cannot contact the C. Dead Battery or Remote road while the vehicle is being Positive (+) Terminal towed. A wheel dolly must be used to lift all drive wheels off the ground. To disconnect the jumper cables from both vehicles do the following: Consult your dealer or a professional towing service if the 1. Disconnect the black disabled vehicle must be towed. negative (−) cable from the vehicle that had the bad battery. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (82,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-82 Vehicle Care
To tow the vehicle behind another Here are some important things to Dinghy Towing vehicle for recreational purposes, consider before recreational vehicle such as behind a motor home, see towing: Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles and “Recreational Vehicle Towing” Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a following. . What is the towing capacity of Single Speed Automatic the towing vehicle? Be sure to Transfer Case Recreational Vehicle read the tow vehicle manufacturer's Towing recommendations.
Recreational vehicle towing means . What is the distance that will be towing the vehicle behind another travelled? Some vehicles have vehicle – such as behind a motor restrictions on how far and how home. The two most common types long they can tow. of recreational vehicle towing are known as dinghy towing and dolly . Is the proper towing equipment towing. Dinghy towing is towing the going to be used? See your vehicle with all four wheels on the dealer or trailering professional ground. Dolly towing is towing the for additional advice and vehicle with two wheels on the equipment recommendations. ground and two wheels up on a Notice: If the vehicle is towed device known as a dolly. . Is the vehicle ready to be with all four wheels on the towed? Just as preparing the ground, the drivetrain vehicle for a long trip, make sure components could be damaged. the vehicle is prepared to be The repairs would not be covered towed. by the vehicle warranty. Do not tow the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (83,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-83
Two-wheel-drive vehicles and Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a four-wheel drive vehicles with a Two Speed Automatic { Warning single speed automatic transfer Transfer Case case should not be towed with all Shifting a four-wheel-drive four wheels on the ground. vehicle's transfer case into Two-wheel-drive transmissions have N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle no provisions for internal lubrication to roll even if the transmission is while being towed. Four-wheel drive in P (Park). The driver or others vehicles with a single speed could be injured. Make sure the automatic transfer case have no parking brake is firmly set before neutral position and will spin the the transfer case is shifted to transmission when the rear N (Neutral). wheels turn. 4. Shift the transfer case to N (Neutral). See See Four-Wheel Drive (Single Speed Use the following procedure to Automatic Transfer Case) on dinghy tow a four-wheel drive page 9-38 or Four-Wheel Drive vehicle with a two speed automatic (Two Speed Automatic Transfer transfer case: Case) on page 9-33. 1. Position the vehicle being towed 5. Release the parking brake only behind the tow vehicle and shift after the vehicle being towed is the transmission to P (Park). firmly attached to the towing 2. Turn the engine off and firmly set vehicle. the parking brake. 6. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF 3. Securely attach the vehicle and remove the key — the being towed to the tow vehicle. steering wheel will still turn. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (84,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-84 Vehicle Care
After towing, see “Shifting Out of Notice: If a two-wheel drive transfer case, the vehicle must be Neutral” under Four-Wheel Drive vehicle or a four-wheel drive towed with the rear wheels on the (Single Speed Automatic Transfer vehicle with a single speed dolly. See “Rear Towing (Rear Case) on page 9-38 or Four-Wheel automatic transfer case is towed Wheels Off the Ground)” later in this Drive (Two Speed Automatic with the rear wheels on the section for more information. Transfer Case) on page 9-33 for the ground, the transmission could proper procedure to take the vehicle be damaged. The repairs would Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a out of the Neutral position. not be covered by the vehicle Two Speed Automatic Transfer Case warranty. Never tow the vehicle Dolly Towing – Front Towing with the rear wheels on the (Front Wheels Off the Ground) ground. Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles and Two-wheel-drive vehicles and Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a four-wheel drive vehicles with a Single Speed Automatic single speed automatic transfer Transfer Case case should not be towed with the rear wheels on the ground. Two-wheel-drive transmissions have no provisions for internal lubrication while being towed. Four-wheel drive vehicles with a single speed automatic transfer case have no neutral position and will spin the Use the following procedure to dolly transmission when the rear tow a four-wheel drive vehicle from wheels turn. the front: To dolly tow a two-wheel-drive 1. Attach the dolly to the tow vehicle or a four-wheel drive vehicle vehicle following the dolly with a single speed automatic manufacturer's instructions. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (85,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-85
2. Drive the front wheels onto the 6. Shift the transfer case to Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off dolly. N (Neutral). See Four-Wheel the Ground) 3. Shift the transmission to Drive (Single Speed Automatic P (Park). Transfer Case) on page 9-38 or Four-Wheel Drive (Two Speed 4. Firmly set the parking brake. Automatic Transfer Case) on page 9-33. { Warning 7. Secure the vehicle to the dolly following the manufacturer's Shifting a four-wheel-drive instructions. vehicle's transfer case into N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle 8. Release the parking brake only to roll even if the transmission is after the vehicle being towed is in P (Park). The driver or others firmly attached to the towing could be injured. Make sure the vehicle. parking brake is firmly set before 9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles and the transfer case is shifted to After towing, see “Shifting Out of Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a N (Neutral). N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel Drive Single Speed Automatic (Single Speed Automatic Transfer Transfer Case 5. Use an adequate clamping Case) on page 9-38 or Four-Wheel Use the following procedure to dolly device designed for towing to Drive (Two Speed Automatic tow the vehicle from the rear: ensure that the front wheels are Transfer Case) on page 9-33. locked into the straight position. 1. Attach the dolly to the tow vehicle following the dolly manufacturer's instructions. 2. Drive the rear wheels onto the dolly. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (86,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-86 Vehicle Care
3. Firmly set the parking brake. Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a See Parking Brake on Two Speed Automatic { Warning page 9-41. Transfer Case Shifting a four-wheel-drive 4. Put the transmission in P (Park). Use the following procedure to dolly vehicle's transfer case into tow a four-wheel drive vehicle from 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle the rear: following the manufacturer's to roll even if the transmission is instructions. 1. Attach the dolly to the tow in P (Park). The driver or others vehicle following the dolly 6. Use an adequate clamping could be injured. Make sure the manufacturer's instructions. device designed for towing to parking brake is firmly set before ensure that the front wheels are 2. Drive the rear wheels onto the the transfer case is shifted to locked into the straight position. dolly. N (Neutral). 7. For four-wheel drive vehicles 3. Firmly set the parking brake. with a single speed automatic See Parking Brake on 7. Shift the transfer case to transfer case, shift the transfer page 9-41. N (Neutral). See Four-Wheel Drive (Single Speed Automatic case into Two-Wheel Drive High. 4. Put the transmission in P (Park). See Four-Wheel Drive (Single Transfer Case) on page 9-38 or Speed Automatic Transfer Case) 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly Four-Wheel Drive (Two Speed on page 9-38 or Four-Wheel following the manufacturer's Automatic Transfer Case) on Drive (Two Speed Automatic instructions. page 9-33. Transfer Case) on page 9-33. 6. Use an adequate clamping 8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. device designed for towing to 8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. After towing, see “Shifting Out of ensure that the front wheels are N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel Drive locked into the straight position. (Single Speed Automatic Transfer Case) on page 9-38 or Four-Wheel Drive (Two Speed Automatic Transfer Case) on page 9-33. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (87,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-87
Appearance Care product usage, necessary safety repaired. Foreign materials such as precautions, and appropriate calcium chloride and other salts, ice disposal of any vehicle care melting agents, road oil and tar, tree Exterior Care product. sap, bird droppings, chemicals from Locks Notice: Avoid using industrial chimneys, etc., can damage the vehicle's finish if they Locks are lubricated at the factory. high-pressure washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the remain on painted surfaces. Wash Use a de-icing agent only when the vehicle as soon as possible. absolutely necessary, and have the vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) If necessary, use non-abrasive locks greased after using. See cleaners that are marked safe for Recommended Fluids and can result in damage or removal of paint and decals. painted surfaces to remove foreign Lubricants on page 11-12. matter. Rinse the vehicle well, before Washing the Vehicle washing and after, to remove all Occasional hand waxing or mild polishing should be done to remove To preserve the vehicle's finish, cleaning agents completely. If they residue from the paint finish. See wash it often and out of direct are allowed to dry on the surface, your dealer for approved cleaning sunlight. they could stain. products. Notice: Do not use Dry the finish with a soft, clean Do not apply waxes or polishes to petroleum-based, acidic, chamois or an all-cotton towel to uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, or abrasive cleaning agents as avoid surface scratches and water decals, simulated wood, or flat paint they can damage the vehicle's spotting. as damage can occur. paint, metal, or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it would not be Finish Care Notice: Machine compounding or covered by the vehicle's warranty. Application of aftermarket clearcoat aggressive polishing on a Approved cleaning products can sealant/wax materials is not basecoat/clearcoat paint finish be obtained from your dealer. recommended. If painted surfaces may damage it. Use only Follow all manufacturer are damaged, see your dealer to non-abrasive waxes and polishes directions regarding correct have the damage assessed and Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (88,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-88 Vehicle Care
that are made for a basecoat/ Windshield and Wiper Blades clean cloth. See Recommended clearcoat paint finish on the Fluids and Lubricants on Clean the outside of the windshield vehicle. page 11-12. with glass cleaner. To keep the paint finish looking new, Clean rubber blades using a lint-free Tires keep the vehicle garaged or cloth or paper towel soaked with covered whenever possible. Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to windshield washer fluid or a mild clean the tires. Protecting Exterior Bright Metal detergent. Wash the windshield Notice: Using petroleum-based Parts thoroughly when cleaning the tire dressing products on the Regularly clean bright metal parts blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup of vehicle wash/wax vehicle may damage the paint with water or chrome polish on finish and/or tires. When applying chrome or stainless steel trim, treatments may cause wiper streaking. a tire dressing, always wipe off if necessary. any overspray from all painted For aluminum, never use auto or Replace the wiper blades if they are surfaces on the vehicle. chrome polish, steam, or caustic worn or damaged. Damage can be caused by extreme dusty Wheels and Trim — Aluminum soap to clean. A coating of wax, or Chrome rubbed to a high polish, is conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, recommended for all bright metal snow, and ice. Use a soft, clean cloth with mild parts. Weatherstrips soap and water to clean the wheels. After rinsing thoroughly with clean Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ Apply silicone grease on water, dry with a soft, clean towel. Lenses and Emblems weatherstrips to make them last A wax may then be applied. longer, seal better, and not stick or Use only lukewarm or cold water, a squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips Notice: Chrome wheels and other soft cloth, and a car washing soap once a year. Black marks from chrome trim may be damaged if to clean exterior lamps, lenses and rubber material on painted surfaces the vehicle is not washed after emblems. Follow instructions under can be removed by rubbing with a driving on roads that have been "Washing the Vehicle" in this sprayed with magnesium, section. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (89,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-89
calcium, or sodium chloride. leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Visually material to parts repaired or These chlorides are used on check constant velocity joints, replaced to restore corrosion roads for conditions such as ice rubber boots, and axle seals for protection. and dust. Always wash the leaks. Original manufacturer replacement chrome with soap and water after Body Component Lubrication parts will provide the corrosion exposure. protection while maintaining the Notice: To avoid surface damage, Lubricate all key lock cylinders, vehicle warranty. do not use strong soaps, hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the chemicals, abrasive polishes, steel fuel door hinge unless the Finish Damage cleaners, brushes, or cleaners components are plastic. Applying Quickly repair minor chips and that contain acid on aluminum or silicone grease on weatherstrips scratches with touch-up materials chrome-plated wheels. Use only with a clean cloth will make them available from your dealer to avoid approved cleaners. Also, never last longer, seal better, and not stick corrosion. Larger areas of finish drive a vehicle with aluminum or or squeak. damage can be corrected in your chrome-plated wheels through an Underbody Maintenance dealer's body and paint shop. automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning Use plain water to flush dirt and Chemical Paint Spotting brushes. Damage could occur debris from the vehicle's underbody. Airborne pollutants can fall upon and the repairs would not be Your dealer or an underbody car and attack painted vehicle surfaces covered by the vehicle warranty. washing system can do this. If not causing blotchy, ring-shaped removed, rust and corrosion can Steering, Suspension, and discolorations, and small, irregular develop. dark spots etched into the paint Chassis Components Sheet Metal Damage surface. Visually inspect the front and rear suspension and steering system for If the vehicle is damaged and damaged, loose, or missing parts or requires sheet metal repair or signs of wear. Inspect the power replacement, make sure the body steering for proper hook-up, binding, repair shop applies anti-corrosion Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (90,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-90 Vehicle Care
Interior Care remain on the surface being use approximately 20 drops per cleaned for extended periods 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. To prevent dirt particle abrasions, of time. A concentrated soap solution will regularly clean the vehicle's interior. Cleaners may contain solvents that leave a residue that creates Immediately remove any soils. Note streaks and attracts dirt. Do not that newspapers or dark garments can become concentrated in the interior. Before using cleaners, read use solutions that contain strong that can transfer color to home or caustic soap. furnishings can also permanently and adhere to all safety instructions transfer color to the vehicle's on the label. While cleaning the . Do not heavily saturate the interior. interior, maintain adequate upholstery when cleaning. ventilation by opening the doors and Use a soft bristle brush to remove windows. . Do not use solvents or cleaners dust from knobs and crevices on the containing solvents. instrument cluster. Using a mild To prevent damage, do not clean soap solution, immediately remove the interior using the following Interior Glass cleaners or techniques: hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect To clean, use a terry cloth fabric repellent from all interior surfaces or . Never use a razor or any other dampened with water. Wipe droplets permanent damage may result. sharp object to remove a soil left behind with a clean dry cloth. Your dealer may have products for from any interior surface. Commercial glass cleaners may be cleaning the interior. Use cleaners used, if necessary, after cleaning . specifically designed for the Never use a brush with stiff the interior glass with plain water. bristles. surfaces being cleaned to prevent Notice: To prevent scratching, permanent damage. Apply all . Never rub any surface never use abrasive cleaners on cleaners directly to the cleaning aggressively or with excessive automotive glass. Abrasive cloth. Do not spray cleaners directly pressure. cleaners or aggressive cleaning on any switches or controls. may damage the rear window Cleaners should be removed . Do not use laundry detergents or defogger. quickly. Never allow cleaners to dishwashing soaps with degreasers. For liquid cleaners, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (91,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-91
Notice: Cleaning the windshield Fabric/Carpet/Suede 3. Start on the outside edge of the with water during the first three to soil and gently rub toward the Start by vacuuming the surface six months of ownership will center. Fold the cleaning cloth to using a soft brush attachment. If a reduce tendency to fog. a clean area frequently to rotating brush attachment is being prevent forcing the soil in to the used during vacuuming, only use it Speaker Covers fabric. on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, Vacuum around a speaker cover gently remove as much of the soil 4. Continue gently rubbing the gently, so that the speaker will not as possible using one of the soiled area until there is no be damaged. Clean spots with just following techniques: longer any color transfer from water and mild soap. the soil to the cleaning cloth. . Gently blot liquids with a paper Coated Moldings towel. Continue blotting until no 5. If the soil is not completely Coated moldings should be cleaned. more soil can be removed. removed, use a mild soap solution followed only by plain . When lightly soiled, wipe with a . For solid soils, remove as much water. sponge or soft lint-free cloth as possible prior to vacuuming. If the soil is not completely dampened with water. To clean: removed, it may be necessary to . When heavily soiled, use warm 1. Saturate a clean lint-free use a commercial upholstery soapy water. colorfast cloth with water. cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small Microfiber cloth is recommended hidden area for colorfastness before to prevent lint transfer to the using a commercial upholstery fabric or carpet. cleaner or spot lifter. If ring formation occurs, clean the entire 2. Remove excess moisture by fabric or carpet. gently wringing until water does not drip from the cleaning cloth. Following the cleaning process, a paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (92,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-92 Vehicle Care
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Instrument Panel, Leather, Do not use cleaners that increase and Vehicle Information and Vinyl, and Other Plastic gloss, especially on the instrument Radio Displays Surfaces panel. Reflected glare can decrease visibility through the windshield For vehicles with high gloss Use a soft microfiber cloth under certain conditions. surfaces or vehicle displays, use a dampened with water to remove microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. dust and loose dirt. For a more Notice: Use of air fresheners may Before wiping the surface with the thorough cleaning, use a soft cause permanent damage to microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle microfiber cloth dampened with a plastics and painted surfaces. brush to remove dirt that could mild soap solution. If an air freshener comes in contact with any plastic or scratch the surface. Then use the Notice: Soaking or saturating microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to painted surface in the vehicle, leather, especially perforated blot immediately and clean with a clean. Never use window cleaners leather, as well as other interior or solvents. Periodically hand wash soft cloth dampened with a mild surfaces, may cause permanent soap solution. Damage caused by the microfiber cloth separately, damage. Wipe excess moisture using mild soap. Do not use bleach air fresheners would not be from these surfaces after covered by the vehicle warranty. or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly cleaning and allow them to dry and air dry before next use. naturally. Never use heat, steam, Cargo Cover and Notice: Do not attach a device spot lifters, or spot removers. Do Convenience Net with a suction cup to the display. not use cleaners that contain Wash with warm water and mild This may cause damage and silicone or wax-based products. detergent. Do not use chlorine would not be covered by the Cleaners containing these bleach. Rinse with cold water, and warranty. solvents can permanently change then dry completely. the appearance and feel of leather or soft trim and are not recommended. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (93,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Vehicle Care 10-93
Care of Safety Belts Use the following guidelines for proper floor mat usage. Keep belts clean and dry. . The original equipment floor { Warning mats were designed for the vehicle. If the floor mats need Do not bleach or dye safety belts. replacing, it is recommended It may severely weaken them. In that GM certified floor mats be a crash, they might not be able to purchased. Non-GM floor mats provide adequate protection. may not fit properly and may Clean safety belts only with mild interfere with the pedals. Always soap and lukewarm water. check that the floor mats do not interfere with the pedals. Floor Mats . Use the floor mat with the correct side up. Do not turn it over. { Warning . Do not place anything on top of If a floor mat is the wrong size or the driver side floor mat. is not properly installed, it can interfere with the pedals. . Use only a single floor mat on Interference with the pedals can the driver side. cause unintended acceleration . Do not place one floor mat on and/or increased stopping top of another. distance which can cause a crash and injury. Make sure the floor mat does not interfere with the pedals. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (94,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
10-94 Vehicle Care
2 NOTES Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (1,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Service and Maintenance 11-1
General Information technicians, the dealer is the place Service and for routine maintenance such as oil Maintenance Your vehicle is an important changes and tire rotations and investment. This section describes additional maintenance items like the required maintenance for the tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help blades. protect against major repair General Information ...... 11-1 Notice: Damage caused by expenses resulting from neglect or improper maintenance can lead to Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may costly repairs and may not be Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-2 also help to maintain the value of covered by the vehicle warranty. the vehicle if it is sold. It is the Maintenance intervals, checks, Special Application Services responsibility of the owner to have inspections, recommended fluids, Special Application all required maintenance performed. Services ...... 11-8 and lubricants are important to Your dealer has trained technicians keep the vehicle in good working Additional Maintenance who can perform required condition. and Care maintenance using genuine The Tire Rotation and Required Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have up to ‐ ‐ Services are the responsibility of the and Care ...... 11-8 date tools and equipment for fast vehicle owner. It is recommended to and accurate diagnostics. Many have your dealer perform these Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy Proper vehicle maintenance helps to Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online keep the vehicle in good working Lubricants ...... 11-12 scheduling to assist with service condition, improves fuel economy, Maintenance Replacement needs. Parts ...... 11-14 and reduces vehicle emissions. Your dealer recognizes the Maintenance Records importance of providing Maintenance Records ...... 11-15 competitively priced maintenance and repair services. With trained Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (2,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
11-2 Service and Maintenance
Because of the way people use . Mainly driven in hilly or Maintenance vehicles, maintenance needs vary. mountainous terrain. There may need to be more Schedule frequent checks and services. The . Frequently towing a trailer. Owner Checks and Services Additional Required Services ‐ . Used for high speed or Normal are for vehicles that: competitive driving. At Each Fuel Stop . Carry passengers and cargo . Used for taxi, police, or delivery . Check the engine oil level. See within recommended limits on service. Engine Oil on page 10-6. the Tire and Loading Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits Refer to the information in the Once a Month on page 9-15. Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services ‐ Severe chart. . Check the tire inflation . Are driven on reasonable road pressures. See Tire Pressure on surfaces within legal driving { Warning page 10-49. limits. . Inspect the tires for wear. See Performing maintenance work can . Use the recommended fuel. See Tire Inspection on page 10-54. Recommended Fuel on be dangerous and can cause . Check the windshield washer page 9-55. serious injury. Perform maintenance work only if the fluid level. See Washer Fluid on Refer to the information in the required information, proper tools, page 10-21. Maintenance Schedule Additional and equipment are available. Engine Oil Change Required Services ‐ Normal chart. If they are not, see your dealer to The Additional Required Services ‐ have a trained technician do the When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL Severe are for vehicles that are: work. See Doing Your Own SOON message displays, have the Service Work on page 10-3. engine oil and filter changed within . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven in hot weather. under the best conditions, the engine oil life system might not Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (3,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Service and Maintenance 11-3
indicate the need for vehicle service . Check engine coolant level. See . Visually inspect steering, for more than a year. The engine oil Engine Coolant on page 10-15. suspension, and chassis and filter must be changed at least components for damaged, loose, once a year and the oil life system . Check windshield washer fluid or missing parts or signs of wear must be reset. Your trained dealer level. See Washer Fluid on at least once a year. See technician can perform this work. page 10-21. Exterior Care on page 10-87. If the engine oil life system is reset . Visually inspect windshield wiper Lubricate the suspension and accidentally, service the vehicle blades for wear, cracking, steering components at least within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the or contamination. See Exterior every other oil last service. Reset the oil life Care on page 10-87. Replace change. (If equipped with grease system when the oil is changed. worn or damaged wiper blades. fittings) See Engine Oil Life System on See Wiper Blade Replacement page 10-9. . Check restraint system on page 10-28. components. See Safety System Tire Rotation and Required . Check tire inflation pressures. Check on page 3-25. Services Every 12 000 km/ See Tire Pressure on . 7,500 mi Visually inspect fuel system for page 10-49. damage or leaks. Rotate the tires, if recommended for . Inspect tire wear. See Tire . Visually inspect exhaust system the vehicle, and perform the Inspection on page 10-54. following services. See Tire and nearby heat shields for Rotation on page 10-55. . Visually check for fluid leaks. loose or damaged parts. . . Check engine oil level and oil . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. Lubricate body components. See life percentage. If needed, See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on Exterior Care on page 10-87. change engine oil and filter, and page 10-13. . Check starter switch. See Starter reset oil life system. See Engine Switch Check on page 10-27. Oil on page 10-6 and Engine Oil . Inspect brake system. Life System on page 10-9. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (4,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
11-4 Service and Maintenance
. Check automatic transmission . Verify spare tire key lock shift lock control function. See operation and lubricate as Automatic Transmission Shift needed. See Tire Changing on Lock Control Function Check on page 10-64. page 10-27.
. Check ignition transmission lock. See Ignition Transmission Lock Check on page 10-27.
. Check parking brake and automatic transmission park mechanism. See Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check on page 10-28.
. Check accelerator pedal for damage, high effort, or binding. Replace if needed.
. Visually inspect gas strut for signs of wear, cracks, or other damage. Check the hold open ability of the strut. See your dealer if service is required.
. Inspect sunroof track and seal, if equipped. See Sunroof on page 2-22. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (5,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Service and Maintenance 11-5
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi Services - Normal 168 000 km/105,000 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi
Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Inspect evaporative control system. (1) @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ Change automatic transmission fluid. Change @ filter if serviceable. Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with @ 4WD. (3) Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @ Replace brake fluid. (6) @ Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (6,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
11-6 Service and Maintenance
Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services - Normal (1) Check all fuel and vapor lines and hoses for proper hook-up, routing, and condition. (2) Or every four years, whichever comes first. (3) Do not directly power wash the transfer case output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the transfer case fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and should be replaced. (4) Or every five years, whichever comes first. See Cooling System on page 10-14. (5) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, or damage; replace, if needed. (6) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (7,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Service and Maintenance 11-7
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi Services - Severe 168 000 km/105,000 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi
Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Inspect evaporative control system. (1) @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @ Change automatic transmission fluid. Change @ @ @ filter if serviceable. Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with @ @ @ 4WD. (3) Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @ Replace brake fluid. (6) @ Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (8,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
11-8 Service and Maintenance
Footnotes — Maintenance Special Application Additional Schedule Additional Required Services - Severe Services Maintenance and Care
(1) Check all fuel and vapor lines . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important and hoses for proper hook-up, Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly routing, and condition. components every 5 000 km/ may help to avoid future costly (2) Or every four years, whichever 3,000 mi. repairs. To maintain vehicle comes first. performance, additional . Have underbody flushing service maintenance services may be (3) Do not directly power wash the performed. See "Underbody required. transfer case output seals. High Maintenance" in Exterior Care It is recommended that your dealer pressure water can overcome the on page 10-87. seals and contaminate the transfer perform these services — their case fluid. Contaminated fluid will trained dealer technicians know decrease the life of the transfer your vehicle best. Your dealer can case and should be replaced. also perform a thorough assessment with a multi-point (4) Or every five years, whichever inspection to recommend when your comes first. See Cooling System on vehicle may need attention. page 10-14. The following list is intended to (5) Or every 10 years, whichever explain the services and conditions comes first. Inspect for fraying, to look for that may indicate excessive cracking, or damage; services are required. replace, if needed. (6) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (9,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Service and Maintenance 11-9
Battery Brakes Hoses The battery supplies power to start Brakes stop the vehicle and are Hoses transport fluids and should the engine and operate any crucial to safe driving. be regularly inspected to ensure additional electrical accessories. that there are no cracks or leaks. . Signs of brake wear may include With a multi-point inspection, your . To avoid break-down or failure to chirping, grinding, or squealing dealer can inspect the hoses and start the vehicle, maintain a noises, or difficulty stopping. advise if replacement is needed. battery with full cranking power. . Trained dealer technicians have Lamps . Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment the diagnostic equipment to test to inspect the brakes and Properly working headlamps, the battery and ensure that the recommend quality parts taillamps, and brake lamps are connections and cables are engineered for the vehicle. important to see and be seen on corrosion-free. the road. Fluids Belts . Signs that the headlamps need Proper fluid levels and approved attention include dimming, failure . Belts may need replacing if they fluids protect the vehicle’s systems to light, cracking, or damage. squeak or show signs of and components. See The brake lamps need to be cracking or splitting. Recommended Fluids and checked periodically to ensure Lubricants on page 11-12 for GM that they light when braking. . Trained dealer technicians have approved fluids. access to tools and equipment . With a multi-point inspection, to inspect the belts and . Engine oil and windshield your dealer can check the lamps recommend adjustment or washer fluid levels should be and note any concerns. replacement when necessary. checked at every fuel fill. . Instrument cluster lights may come on to indicate that fluids may be low and need to be filled. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (10,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
11-10 Service and Maintenance
Shocks and Struts rubber; cracks or cuts in the Wheel Alignment Shocks and struts help aid in control tread or sidewall; or a bulge or Wheel alignment is critical for for a smoother ride. split in the tire. ensuring that the tires deliver . Trained dealer technicians can optimal wear and performance. . Signs of wear may include inspect and recommend the right steering wheel vibration, bounce/ . Signs that the alignment may sway while braking, longer tires. Your dealer can also need to be adjusted include stopping distance, or uneven provide tire/wheel balancing pulling, improper vehicle tire wear. services to ensure smooth handling, or unusual tire wear. vehicle operation at all speeds. . As part of the multi-point Your dealer sells and services . Your dealer has the required inspection, trained dealer name brand tires. equipment to ensure proper technicians can visually inspect wheel alignment. Vehicle Care the shocks and struts for signs of leaking, blown seals, To help keep the vehicle looking like Windshield or damage, and can advise new, vehicle care products are For safety, appearance, and the when service is needed. available from your dealer. For best viewing, keep the windshield information on how to clean and clean and clear. Tires protect the vehicle’s interior and Tires need to be properly inflated, exterior, see Interior Care on . Signs of damage include rotated, and balanced. Maintaining page 10-90 and Exterior Care on scratches, cracks, and chips. page 10-87. the tires can save money and fuel, . Trained dealer technicians can and can reduce the risk of tire inspect the windshield and failure. recommend proper replacement . Signs that the tires need to be if needed. replaced include three or more visible treadwear indicators; cord or fabric showing through the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (11,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Service and Maintenance 11-11
Wiper Blades Wiper blades need to be cleaned and kept in good condition to provide a clear view.
. Signs of wear include streaking, skipping across the windshield, and worn or split rubber.
. Trained dealer technicians can check the wiper blades and replace them when needed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (12,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
11-12 Service and Maintenance
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Fluid/Lubricant Engine Oil Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine Oil on page 10-6. Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. See Engine Coolant on page 10-15. Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in Canada 19299819). Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements. Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Key Lock Cylinders Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Canada 10953474). Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Front Axle (1500 Series Vehicles with SAE 80W-90 Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021671, in Four-Wheel Drive) Canada 89021672). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (13,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Service and Maintenance 11-13
Usage Fluid/Lubricant Front Axle (2500 Series Vehicles with SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021677, in Four-Wheel Drive) Canada 89021678). Rear Axle SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021677, in Canada 89021678). Transfer Case (Four-Wheel Drive) DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Front Axle Propshaft Spline or Spline Lubricant, Special Lubricant (GM Part No. 19257121, in One-Piece Propshaft Spline Canada 19257122). (Two-Wheel Drive with Auto. Trans.) Hood Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Canada 10953474). Outer Tailgate Handle Pivot Points Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Canada 10953474). Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481). Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in Canada 10953437). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (14,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
11-14 Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Maintenance Replacement Parts Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Standard Filter 15908916* A3086C* High Capacity Filter 15908915 A3085C Oil Filter 89017524 PF48 Spark Plugs 12621258 41-110 Wiper Blades Front – 55.0 cm (21.6 in) 25877402 — Rear – 30.0 cm (11.8 in) 25820122 — *15908915 (A3085C) high-capacity air cleaner filter may be substituted. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (15,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Service and Maintenance 11-15
Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (16,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
11-16 Service and Maintenance
Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (17,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Service and Maintenance 11-17
Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (18,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
11-18 Service and Maintenance
Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (1,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Technical Data 12-1
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine, Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications” Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications Label ...... 12-1 on page 12-2 for the vehicle's engine code. Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications ...... 12-2 Service Parts Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4 Identification Label This label, on the inside of the glove box, has the following information:
. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
. Model designation. This legal identifier is in the front corner of the instrument panel, on . Paint information. the left side of the vehicle. It can be . Production options and special seen through the windshield from equipment. outside. The VIN also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Do not remove this label from the Parts labels and certificates of title vehicle. and registration. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (2,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
12-2 Technical Data
Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11-12 for more information. Capacities Application Metric English Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Cooling System 5.3L V8 17.3 L 18.3 qt 6.0L V8 16.5 L 17.4 qt Engine Oil with Filter 5.7 L 6.0 qt Fuel Tank Regular 98.4 L 26.0 gal Extended 1500 Series 119.2 L 31.5 gal Extended 2500 Series 147.6 L 39.0 gal Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (3,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Technical Data 12-3
Capacities Application Metric English Transmission Fluid (Pan Removal and Filter Replacement) 6L80-E Transmission 5.7 L 6.0 qt 6L90-E Transmission 6.0 L 6.3 qt Transfer Case Fluid 1.5 L 1.6 qt Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap 5.3L V8 FlexFuel with Active Fuel Management™ (Iron 0 1.02mm (0.040 in) Block) (LMG) 5.3L V8 FlexFuel with Active Fuel Management™(Aluminum 7 1.02mm (0.040 in) Block) (LC9) 6.0L V8 (Iron Block) (L96) G 1.02 mm (0.040 in) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (4,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
12-4 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (1,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Customer Information 13-1
Reporting Safety Defects Customer Information Customer Reporting Safety Defects to Information the United States Government ...... 13-12 Customer Satisfaction Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are Customer Satisfaction Government ...... 13-13 important to your dealer and to Procedure ...... 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns General Motors ...... 13-13 Customer Assistance with the sales transaction or the Offices ...... 13-3 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4 Privacy Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes, Online Owner Center ...... 13-4 however, despite the best intentions GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy ...... 13-13 Event Data Recorders ...... 13-14 of all concerned, misunderstandings Program ...... 13-5 ® can occur. If your concern has not Roadside Assistance OnStar ...... 13-14 Navigation System ...... 13-15 been resolved to your satisfaction, Program ...... 13-5 the following steps should be taken: Scheduling Service Radio Frequency Appointments ...... 13-7 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-15 STEP ONE: Discuss your concern Courtesy Transportation Radio Frequency with a member of dealership Program ...... 13-7 Statement ...... 13-15 management. Normally, concerns Collision Damage Repair . . . . 13-9 can be quickly resolved at that level. Service Publications If the matter has already been Ordering Information ...... 13-11 reviewed with the sales, service, or parts manager, contact the owner of your dealership or the general manager. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (2,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
13-2 Customer Information
STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Chevrolet, 40 days. If you do not agree with the member of dealership management, remember that your concern will decision given in your case, you it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's may reject it and proceed with any resolved by your dealership without facility. That is why we suggest other venue for relief available further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first. to you. Chevrolet Customer Assistance STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: You may contact the BBB Auto Line Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free Canada, call General Motors of dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at Canada Customer Care Centre at sure you are completely satisfied the following address: 1-800-263-3777 (English), with your new vehicle. However, or 1-800-263-7854 (French). BBB Auto Line Program if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus, We encourage you to call the after following the procedure Inc. toll-free number in order to give your outlined in Steps One and Two, you 4200 Wilson Boulevard inquiry prompt attention. Have the can file with the Better Business ® Suite 800 following information available to Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Arlington, VA 22203-1838 give the Customer Assistance to enforce your rights. representative: Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 The BBB Auto Line Program is an www.dr.bbb.org/goauto . Vehicle Identification out-of-court program administered Number (VIN). This is available by the Council of Better Business This program is available in all from the vehicle registration or Bureaus to settle automotive 50 states and the District of title, or the plate at the top left of disputes regarding vehicle repairs or Columbia. Eligibility is limited by the instrument panel and visible the interpretation of the New Vehicle vehicle age, mileage, and other through the windshield. Limited Warranty. Although you may factors. General Motors reserves be required to resort to this informal the right to change eligibility . Dealership name and location. dispute resolution program prior to limitations and/or discontinue its filing a court action, use of the participation in this program. . Vehicle delivery date and program is free of charge and your present mileage. case will generally be heard within Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (3,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Customer Information 13-3
STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Assistance Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), Offices addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Chevrolet encourages customers to procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care call the toll-free number for and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), assistance. However, if a customer Limited wants you to be aware of its 1-800-263-7854 (French), wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet, participation in a no-charge or write to: the letter should be addressed to: Mediation/Arbitration Program. The Mediation/Arbitration Program United States and Puerto Rico General Motors of Canada Limited c/o Customer Care Centre has committed to binding arbitration General Motors of Canada Limited Chevrolet Motor Division of owner disputes involving Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Chevrolet Customer Assistance factory-related vehicle service 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Center claims. The program provides for Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 P.O. Box 33170 the review of the facts involved by Detroit, MI 48232-5170 an impartial third party arbiter, and Your inquiry should be accompanied www.Chevrolet.com may include an informal hearing by the Vehicle Identification before the arbiter. The program is Number (VIN). 1-800-222-1020 designed so that the entire dispute 1-800-833-2438 (For Text settlement process, from the time Telephone Devices (TTYs)) you file your complaint to the final Roadside Assistance: decision, should be completed in 1-800-243-8872 about 70 days. We believe our From U.S. Virgin Islands: impartial program offers advantages 1-800-496-9994 over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal, quick, and free of charge. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (4,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
13-4 Customer Information
Canada Assistance Center. Any TTY user in I (Service History): View the U.S. can communicate with General Motors of Canada Limited printable dealer-recorded service Chevrolet by dialing: Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: records and self-recorded service 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in CA1-163-005 records. Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. 1908 Colonel Sam Drive D (Preferred Dealer Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Online Owner Center Information): Select a preferred www.gm.ca dealer and view dealer location, 1-800-263-3777 (English) Online Owner Experience maps, phone numbers, and hours. 1-800-263-7854 (French) (U.S.) my.chevrolet.com J (Warranty Tracking 1-800-263-3830 (For Text The Chevrolet online owner Information): Track the vehicle’s Telephone devices (TTYs)) experience is a one-stop resource warranty information. Roadside Assistance: that allows interaction with J (Recall Information): View 1-800-268-6800 Chevrolet and keeps important active recalls or search by Vehicle Overseas vehicle-specific information in one Identification Number (VIN). See place. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Please contact the local General on page 12-1. Motors Business Unit. Membership Benefits H (Other Account Information): E (Vehicle Information): View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite Customer Assistance for Download owner manuals and view radio, and OnStar account vehicle-specific how-to videos. Text Telephone (TTY) information. Users G (Maintenance Information): F (Live Chat Support): Chat live View maintenance schedules, To assist customers who are deaf, with online help representatives. required alerts, OnStar onboard hard of hearing, or speech-impaired vehicle diagnostic information, and Visit my.chevrolet.com to register and who use Text Telephones schedule service appointments. your vehicle. (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY equipment available at its Customer Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (5,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Customer Information 13-5
Chevrolet Owner Centre GM Mobility General Motors of Canada also has (Canada) chevroletowner.ca a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca Reimbursement Program or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) Take a trip to the Chevrolet Owner for details. TTY users call Centre: 1-800-263-3830. . Chat live with online help representatives. Roadside Assistance Program . Use the Vehicle Tools section. For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call . Access third party enthusiast 1-800-243-8872; (Text Telephone sites and social media networks. This program is available to qualified applicants for cost (TTY): 1-888-889-2438). . Locate owner resources such as reimbursement of eligible For Canadian-purchased vehicles, lease-end, financing, and aftermarket adaptive equipment call 1-800-268-6800. warranty information. required for the vehicle, such as Service is available 24 hours a day, hand controls or a wheelchair/ . 365 days a year. Retrieve your favorite articles, scooter lift for the vehicle. quizzes, tips, and multimedia Calling for Assistance galleries organized into the For more information on the limited Features and Auto Care offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or When calling Roadside Assistance, Sections. call the GM Mobility Assistance have the following information Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text ready: . Download the owner manual for Telephone (TTY) users, call your vehicle, quickly and easily. 1-800-833-9935. . Your name, home address, and home telephone number. . Find the Chevrolet-recommended . Telephone number of your maintenance services for your location. vehicle. . Location of the vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (6,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
13-6 Customer Information
. Model, year, color, and license driver if they decide the claims are . Flat Tire Change: Service to plate number of the vehicle. made too often, or the same type of change a flat tire with the spare claim is made many times. tire. The spare tire, if equipped, . Odometer reading, Vehicle must be in good condition and Identification Number (VIN), and Services Provided properly inflated. It is the owner's delivery date of the vehicle. . Emergency Fuel Delivery: responsibility for the repair or . Description of the problem. Delivery of enough fuel for the replacement of the tire if it is not vehicle to get to the nearest covered by the warranty. Coverage service station. . Battery Jump Start: Service to Services are provided up to 5 years/ . jump start a dead battery. 160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever Lock-Out Service: Service to comes first. unlock the vehicle if you are Services Not Included in locked out. A remote unlock may Roadside Assistance In the U.S., anyone driving the be available if you have OnStar. vehicle is covered. In Canada, a For security reasons, the driver . Impound towing caused by person driving the vehicle without must present identification violation of any laws. permission from the owner is not before this service is given. covered. . Legal fines. . Emergency Tow from a Public Roadside Assistance is not a part of Road or Highway: Tow to the . Mounting, dismounting, the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. nearest Chevrolet dealer for or changing of snow tires, General Motors North America and warranty service, or if the vehicle chains, or other traction devices. Chevrolet reserve the right to make was in a crash and cannot be . Towing or services for vehicles any changes or discontinue the driven. Assistance is also given Roadside Assistance program at driven on a non-public road or when the vehicle is stuck in the highway. any time without notification. sand, mud, or snow. General Motors North America and Chevrolet reserve the right to limit services or payment to an owner or Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (7,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Customer Information 13-7
Services Specific to Assistance advisor may give safety related. If it is, please call Canadian-Purchased Vehicles permission to get local your dealership, let them know this, emergency road service. You will and ask for instructions. . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement receive payment, up to $100, If your dealer requests you to bring is up to 7 liters. Diesel fuel after sending the original receipt delivery may be restricted. the vehicle for service, you are to Roadside Assistance. urged to do so as early in the work Propane and other fuels are not Mechanical failures may be provided through this service. day as possible to allow for covered, however any cost for same-day repair. parts and labor for repairs not . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle covered by the warranty are the registration is required. owner responsibility. Courtesy Transportation . Trip Interruption Benefits and Program Assistance: Must be over Scheduling Service To enhance your ownership 150 kilometers from where your Appointments experience, we and our participating trip was started to qualify. dealers are proud to offer Courtesy General Motors of Canada When the vehicle requires warranty Transportation, a customer support Limited requires service, contact your dealer and program for vehicles with the pre-authorization, original request an appointment. By Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty detailed receipts, and a copy of scheduling a service appointment Coverage period in Canada), and the repair orders. Once and advising the service consultant extended powertrain warranties in authorization has been received, of your transportation needs, your both the U.S. and Canada. the Roadside Assistance advisor dealer can help minimize your will help to make arrangements inconvenience. Several Courtesy Transportation options are available to assist in and explain how to receive If the vehicle cannot be scheduled payment. reducing inconvenience when into the service department warranty repairs are required. immediately, keep driving it until it . Alternative Service: If can be scheduled for service, assistance cannot be provided unless, of course, the problem is right away, the Roadside Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (8,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
13-8 Customer Information
Courtesy Transportation is not a one-way or round-trip shuttle service Courtesy Rental Vehicle part of the New Vehicle Limited within reasonable time and distance Your dealer may arrange to provide Warranty. A separate booklet parameters of your dealer's area. you with a courtesy rental vehicle or entitled “Limited Warranty and reimburse you for a rental vehicle Owner Assistance Information Public Transportation or Fuel ” Reimbursement that you obtain if the vehicle is kept furnished with each new vehicle for an overnight warranty repair. If the vehicle requires overnight provides detailed warranty coverage Rental reimbursement will be limited warranty repairs, and public information. and must be supported by original transportation is used instead of receipts. This requires that you sign Transportation Options your dealer's shuttle service, the and complete a rental agreement Warranty service can generally be expense must be supported by and meet state/provincial, local, and original receipts and can only be up completed while you wait. However, rental vehicle provider requirements. to the maximum amount allowed by if you are unable to wait, GM helps Requirements vary and may include GM for shuttle service. In addition, to minimize inconvenience by minimum age requirements, providing several transportation for U.S. customers, should you insurance coverage, credit card, etc. arrange transportation through a options. Depending on the You are responsible for fuel usage friend or relative, limited circumstances, your dealer can offer charges and may also be reimbursement for reasonable fuel one of the following: responsible for taxes, levies, usage expenses may be available. Claim fees, excessive mileage, or rental Shuttle Service amounts should reflect actual costs usage beyond the completion of the and be supported by original Shuttle service is the preferred repair. means of offering Courtesy receipts. See your dealer for Transportation. Dealers may provide information regarding the allowance It may not be possible to provide a shuttle service to get you to your amounts for reimbursement of fuel like vehicle as a courtesy rental. destination with minimal interruption or other transportation costs. of your daily schedule. This includes Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (9,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Customer Information 13-9
Additional Program value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts Information be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any All program options, such as shuttle related failures are not covered by service, may not be available at Collision Parts that warranty. every dealer. Please contact your Genuine GM Collision parts are new dealer for specific information about Aftermarket collision parts are also parts made with the same materials availability. All Courtesy available. These are made by and construction methods as the Transportation arrangements will be companies other than GM and may parts with which the vehicle was administered by appropriate dealer not have been tested for the vehicle. originally built. Genuine GM personnel. As a result, these parts may fit Collision parts are the best choice to poorly, exhibit premature durability/ General Motors reserves the right to ensure that the vehicle's designed corrosion problems, and may not unilaterally modify, change, appearance, durability, and safety perform properly in subsequent or discontinue Courtesy are preserved. The use of Genuine collisions. Aftermarket parts are not Transportation at any time and to GM parts can help maintain the GM covered by the GM New Vehicle resolve all questions of claim New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Limited Warranty, and any vehicle eligibility pursuant to the terms and Recycled original equipment parts failure related to such parts is not conditions described herein at its may also be used for repair. These covered by that warranty. sole discretion. parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in Repair Facility Collision Damage Repair prior crashes. In most cases, the GM also recommends that you If the vehicle is involved in a parts being recycled are from choose a collision repair facility that collision and it is damaged, have the undamaged sections of the vehicle. meets your needs before you ever damage repaired by a qualified A recycled original equipment GM need collision repairs. Your dealer technician using the proper part may be an acceptable choice to may have a collision repair center equipment and quality replacement maintain the vehicle's originally with GM-trained technicians and parts. Poorly performed collision designed appearance and safety state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be repairs diminish the vehicle resale performance; however, the history of able to recommend a collision repair Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (10,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
13-10 Customer Information
center that has GM-trained If the vehicle is leased, the leasing Gather the following information: technicians and comparable company may require you to have equipment. insurance that ensures repairs with . Driver name, address, and Genuine GM Original Equipment telephone number. Insuring the Vehicle Manufacturer (OEM) parts or . Driver license number. Protect your investment in the GM Genuine Manufacturer replacement vehicle with comprehensive and parts. Read the lease carefully, as . Owner name, address, and collision insurance coverage. There you may be charged at the end of telephone number. are significant differences in the the lease for poor quality repairs. . quality of coverage afforded by Vehicle license plate number. If a Crash Occurs various insurance policy terms. . Vehicle make, model, and Many insurance policies provide If there has been an injury, call model year. reduced protection to the GM emergency services for help. Do not vehicle by limiting compensation for leave the scene of a crash until all . Vehicle Identification damage repairs through the use of matters have been taken care of. Number (VIN). aftermarket collision parts. Some Move the vehicle only if its position . Insurance company and policy insurance companies will not puts you in danger, or you are number. specify aftermarket collision parts. instructed to move it by a police When purchasing insurance, we officer. . General description of the recommend that you ensure that the Give only the necessary information damage to the other vehicle. vehicle will be repaired with GM to police and other parties involved Choose a reputable repair facility original equipment collision parts. in the crash. If such insurance coverage is not that uses quality replacement parts. available from your current For emergency towing see See “Collision Parts” earlier in this insurance carrier, consider switching Roadside Assistance Program on section. to another insurance carrier. page 13-5. If the airbag has inflated, see What Will You See after an Airbag Inflates? on page 3-32. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (11,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Customer Information 13-11
Managing the Vehicle Damage If another party's insurance Each bulletin contains instructions Repair Process company is paying for the repairs, to assist in the diagnosis and you are not obligated to accept a service of the vehicle. In the event that the vehicle requires repair valuation based on that damage repairs, GM recommends insurance company's collision policy Owner Information that you take an active role in its repair limits, as you have no Owner publications are written repair. If you have a pre-determined contractual limits with that company. specifically for owners and intended repair facility of choice, take the In such cases, you can have control to provide basic operational vehicle there, or have it towed there. of the repair and parts choices as information about the vehicle. The Specify to the facility that any long as the cost stays within Owner Manual includes the required replacement collision parts reasonable limits. Maintenance Schedule for all be original equipment parts, either models. new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts. Remember, Service Publications In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, recycled parts will not be covered by Ordering Information Owner Manual, and Warranty the GM vehicle warranty. Manual. Service Manuals Insurance pays the bill for the repair, RETAIL SELL PRICE: but you must live with the repair. Service Manuals have the diagnosis $35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the shipping fees. your insurance company may engines, transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, electrical, Without Portfolio: Owner initially value the repair using Manual only. aftermarket parts. Discuss this with steering, body, etc. the repair professional, and insist on Service Bulletins RETAIL SELL PRICE: Genuine GM parts. Remember, $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and if the vehicle is leased, you may be Service Bulletins give additional shipping fees. obligated to have the vehicle technical service information repaired with Genuine GM parts, needed to knowledgeably service even if your insurance coverage General Motors cars and trucks. does not pay the full cost. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (12,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
13-12 Customer Information
Current and Past Models Reporting Safety To contact NHTSA, you may call Technical Service Bulletins and Defects the Vehicle Safety Hotline Manuals are available for current toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 and past model GM vehicles. (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Reporting Safety Defects http://www.safercar.gov; or ORDER TOLL FREE: to the United States write to: 1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday 8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time Government Administrator, NHTSA For Credit Card Orders Only If you believe that your vehicle 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see has a defect which could cause Washington, D.C. 20590 Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. a crash or could cause injury or You can also obtain other Or write to: death, you should immediately information about motor Helm, Incorporated inform the National Highway vehicle safety from Attention: Customer Service Traffic Safety Administration http://www.safercar.gov. 47911 Halyard Drive (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Plymouth, MI 48170 General Motors. Prices are subject to change without If NHTSA receives similar notice and without incurring complaints, it may open an obligation. Allow ample time for investigation, and if it finds that delivery. a safety defect exists in a group All listed prices are quoted in U.S. of vehicles, it may order a recall funds. Make checks payable in U.S. and remedy campaign. funds. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (13,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Customer Information 13-13
Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data to the Canadian to General Motors Recording and Government In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Privacy If you live in Canada, and you Transport Canada) in a situation like believe that the vehicle has a safety this, notify General Motors. The vehicle has a number of computers that record information defect, notify Transport Canada Call 1-800-222-1020, or write: immediately, and notify General about the vehicle’s performance and Chevrolet Motor Division Motors of Canada Limited. Call how it is driven. For example, the Chevrolet Customer Assistance Transport Canada at vehicle uses computer modules to Center 1-800-333-0510 or write to: monitor and control engine and P.O. Box 33170 transmission performance, to Transport Canada Detroit, MI 48232-5170 monitor the conditions for airbag Road Safety Branch In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 deployment and deploy them in a 80 rue Noel (English) or 1-800-263-7854 crash, and, if equipped, to provide Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 (French), or write: antilock braking to help the driver control the vehicle. These modules General Motors of Canada Limited may store data to help the dealer Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: technician service the vehicle. CA1-163-005 Some modules may also store data 1908 Colonel Sam Drive about how the vehicle is operated, Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 such as rate of fuel consumption or average speed. These modules may retain personal preferences, such as radio presets, seat positions, and temperature settings. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (14,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
13-14 Customer Information
Event Data Recorders . How fast the vehicle was GM will not access this data or traveling. share it with others except: with the This vehicle is equipped with an These data can help provide a consent of the vehicle owner or, event data recorder (EDR). The if the vehicle is leased, with the main purpose of an EDR is to better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and consent of the lessee; in response record, in certain crash or near to an official request by police or crash-like situations, such as an air injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a similar government office; as part of bag deployment or hitting a road GM's defense of litigation through obstacle, data that will assist in non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under the discovery process; or, as understanding how a vehicle’s required by law. Data that GM systems performed. The EDR is normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, collects or receives may also be designed to record data related to used for GM research needs or may vehicle dynamics and safety age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, be made available to others for systems for a short period of time, research purposes, where a need is typically 30 seconds or less. The such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type shown and the data is not tied to a EDR in this vehicle is designed to specific vehicle or vehicle owner. record such data as: of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash ® . How various systems in your investigation. OnStar vehicle were operating; To read data recorded by an EDR, If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar® and has an active . Whether or not the driver and special equipment is required, and passenger safety belts were access to the vehicle or the EDR is subscription, additional data may be buckled/fastened; needed. In addition to the vehicle collected through the OnStar manufacturer, other parties, such as system. This includes information . How far (if at all) the driver was law enforcement, that have the about the vehicle’s operation; depressing the accelerator and/ special equipment, can read the collisions involving the vehicle; the or brake pedal; and, information if they have access to use of the vehicle and its features; the vehicle or the EDR. and, in certain situations, the location and approximate GPS Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (15,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
Customer Information 13-15
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the GM vehicles does not use or record OnStar Terms and Conditions and personal information or link with any Privacy Statement on the OnStar other GM system containing website. personal information. Navigation System Radio Frequency If the vehicle is equipped with a Statement navigation system, use of the This vehicle has systems that system may result in the storage of operate on a radio frequency that destinations, addresses, telephone comply with Part 15 of the Federal numbers, and other trip information. Communications Commission (FCC) See the navigation manual for rules and with Industry Canada information on stored data and for Standards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310. deletion instructions. Operation is subject to the following Radio Frequency two conditions: Identification (RFID) 1. The device may not cause harmful interference. RFID technology is used in some vehicles for functions such as tire 2. The device must accept any pressure monitoring and ignition interference received, including system security, as well as in interference that may cause connection with conveniences such undesired operation of the as Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) device. transmitters for remote door locking/ Changes or modifications to any of unlocking and starting, and these systems by other than an in-vehicle transmitters for garage authorized service facility could void door openers. RFID technology in authorization to use this equipment. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (16,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
13-16 Customer Information
2 NOTES Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (1,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
OnStar 14-1
OnStar OnStar Overview Press = to: . Make a call, end a call, or answer an incoming call. OnStar Overview OnStar Overview ...... 14-1 . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling voice commands. OnStar Services Emergency ...... 14-2 . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Security ...... 14-2 Navigation voice commands. Navigation ...... 14-2 If equipped, this vehicle has a Requires the available Directions Connections ...... 14-3 comprehensive, in-vehicle system and Connections service plan. Diagnostics ...... 14-5 that can connect to a live Advisor for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Press Q to connect to a live OnStar Additional Information Connection, and Diagnostic Advisor to: OnStar Additional Services. Information ...... 14-5 . Verify account information or The OnStar system status light is update contact information. next to the OnStar buttons. If the status light is: . Get driving directions. Requires the available Directions and . Solid Green: System is ready. Connections service plan.
. Flashing Green: On a call. . Receive On-Demand Diagnostics for a check of the . Red: Indicates a problem. vehicle’s key operating systems. Press Q or call 1-888-4-ONSTAR . Receive Roadside Assistance. (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (2,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
14-2 OnStar
Press the OnStar Emergency OnStar Services Navigation button > to get a priority OnStar navigation requires the connection to an Emergency Emergency Directions and Connections Advisor available 24/7 to: With Automatic Crash Response, service plan. . Get help for an emergency. the built-in system can automatically Press Q to receive directions or connect to help in most crashes, . Be a Good Samaritan or have them sent to the vehicle even if help cannot be requested. respond to an AMBER Alert. navigation screen, if equipped. Press > to connect to an Destinations can also be forwarded . Get crisis assistance and to the vehicle from MapQuest.com. evacuation routes. Emergency Advisor. GPS technology is used to identify the The OnStar mapping database is vehicle location and can provide continuously updated. For coverage critical information to emergency maps, see www.onstar.com (U.S.) personnel. The Advisor is also www.onstar.ca (Canada). trained to offer critical assistance in Turn-by-Turn Navigation emergency situations before first responders arrive. 1. Press Q to connect to a live Advisor. Security 2. Request directions. OnStar provides services like Stolen 3. Directions are downloaded to the Vehicle Assistance, Remote Ignition vehicle. Block, and Roadside Assistance, if equipped. OnStar can unlock the 4. Follow the voice-guided vehicle doors remotely, if equipped commands. with automatic door locks, and can help police locate the vehicle if it is stolen. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (3,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
OnStar 14-3
Using Voice Commands 2. Say “Repeat.” System responds Destination Download: Press Q, During a Planned Route with the last direction given, then then request the Advisor to responds with “OnStar ready,” download directions to the Cancel Route then a tone. navigation system in the vehicle. 1. Press =. System responds: 3. Say “Goodbye” Exits voice After the call ends, press the “Go” “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Say commands. button on the navigation screen to Cancel route. System begin driving directions. “ ” Get My Destination responds: “Do you want to Destinations can also be cancel directions?” 1. Press =. System responds: downloaded on the go. For 2. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone. information about eNav, Destination Download, and coverage maps see “OK, request completed, thank 2. Say “Get my destination.” you, goodbye.” System responds with address www.onstar.com (U.S.), www.onstar.ca (Canada). Route Preview and the distance to the destination, then responds with 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Connections OnStar ready, then a tone. “ ” 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice OnStar Hands-Free Calling allows 2. Say “Route preview.” System commands. calls to be made and received from responds with the next three the vehicle. The vehicle can also be maneuvers. Other Navigation Services controlled from a cell phone through Available from OnStar the OnStar RemoteLink mobile app. 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice For coverage maps, see commands. OnStar eNav: Allows subscribers to send destinations from www.onstar.com (U.S.), Repeat MapQuest.com to their Turn-by-Turn www.onstar.ca (Canada). Navigation or screen-based 1. Press =. System responds: navigation system. When ready, the “OnStar ready,” then a tone. directions will be downloaded to the vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (4,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
14-4 OnStar
Hands-Free Calling Retrieve My Number 5. Say “Yes” or say “No” to try again. System responds: “OK, 1. Press =. System responds: 1. Press =. System responds: storing
OnStar 14-5
RemoteLink information and OnStar Additional How OnStar Service Works compatibility, see www.onstar.com Automatic Crash Response, (U.S.), www.onstar.ca (Canada). Information Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, Transferring Service Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle Diagnostics Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock, OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics will Press Q to request account transfer Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn perform a vehicle check every eligibility information. The Advisor Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling month. It will check the engine, can assist in canceling or removing are available on most vehicles. Not transmission, antilock brakes, and account information. If OnStar all OnStar services are available major vehicle systems. It also receives information that vehicle everywhere or on all vehicles. For checks the tire pressures, if the ownership has changed, OnStar more information, a full description vehicle is equipped with the Tire may send a voice message to the of OnStar services, system Pressure Monitoring System. If an vehicle, requesting updated account limitations, and OnStar terms and On-Demand Diagnostics check is information. conditions: needed between e-mails, press Q, Reactivation for Subsequent . In the U.S. see www.onstar.com and an Advisor can run a check. Owners (U.S.) or call 1-888-4-ONSTAR. (1-888-466-7827). Press Q and follow the prompts to speak to an Advisor as soon as . In Canada see www.onstar.ca possible after acquiring the vehicle. (Canada) or call The Advisor will update vehicle 1-888-4.ONSTAR. records and will explain the OnStar (1-888-466-7827). service offers and options available. . TTY 1–877–248–2080.
. Press Q to speak with an Advisor. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (6,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
14-6 OnStar
OnStar services require a vehicle service such as hills, tall buildings, . Providing directions to the electrical system, wireless service, tunnels, weather, electrical system closest hospital or pharmacy in and GPS satellite technologies to be design and architecture of the urgent situations. available and operating for features vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a to function properly. These systems crash, or wireless phone network TTY Users may not operate if the battery is congestion or jamming. OnStar has the ability to discharged or disconnected. See Radio Frequency Statement on communicate to the deaf, OnStar service cannot work unless page 13-15 for information hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired your vehicle is in a place where regarding Part 15 of the Federal customers while in the vehicle. The OnStar has an agreement with a Communications Commission (FCC) available dealer-installed TTY wireless service provider for service rules and Industry Canada system can provide in-vehicle in that area, and the wireless Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. access to all of the OnStar services, service provider has coverage, except Virtual Advisor and OnStar network capacity, reception, and Services for People with Turn-by-Turn Navigation. Disabilities technology compatible with OnStar OnStar.com (U.S.) or OnStar.ca service. Service involving location Advisors provide services to help (Canada) information about the vehicle cannot subscribers with physical disabilities work unless GPS signals are and medical conditions. The website provides access to available, unobstructed, and account information, allows compatible with the OnStar Press Q for help with: management of the OnStar hardware. OnStar service may not subscription, and viewing of videos . work if the OnStar equipment is not Locating a gas station with an of each service. Get subscription properly installed or it has not been attendant to pump gas. plan pricing and sign up for OnStar properly maintained. If equipment or . Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc., Vehicle Diagnostics. Click on the software is added, connected, that meets accessibility needs. “My Account” tab on the home or modified, OnStar service may not page. The website navigation and work. Other problems beyond the services provided may vary by control of OnStar may prevent country. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (7,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
OnStar 14-7
OnStar Personal Identification Potential Issues . In emergency situations, OnStar can use the last stored GPS Number (PIN) Some OnStar services are disabled location to send to emergency after five days. OnStar cannot A PIN is needed to access some of responders. the OnStar services, like Remote perform Remote Door Unlock or Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the . A temporary loss of GPS can Assistance. You will be prompted to vehicle has been off continuously cause loss of the ability to send change the PIN the first time when for five days. After five days, OnStar a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. speaking with an Advisor. To can contact Roadside Assistance The Advisor may give a verbal change the OnStar PIN, call OnStar and a locksmith to help gain access route or may ask for a call back and provide the Advisor with the to the vehicle. after the vehicle is driven into an current number. Global Positioning open area. Warranty System (GPS) Cellular and GPS Antennas OnStar equipment may be . Obstruction of the GPS can Avoid placing items over or near the warranted as part of the New occur in a large city with tall antenna to prevent blocking cellular Vehicle Limited Warranty. The buildings; in parking garages; and GPS signal reception. Cellular manufacturer of the vehicle around airports; in tunnels, reception is required for OnStar to furnishes detailed warranty underpasses, or parking send remote signals to the vehicle. information. garages; or in an area with very Unable to Connect to OnStar Languages dense trees. If GPS signals are not available, the OnStar system Message The vehicle can be programmed to should still operate to call If there is limited cellular coverage respond in French or Spanish. OnStar. However, OnStar could or the cellular network has reached Press Q and ask an Advisor. have difficulty identifying the maximum capacity, this message Advisors can speak French or exact location. may come on. Press Q to try the Spanish. call again or try again after driving a few miles into another cellular area. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (8,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
14-8 OnStar
Vehicle and Power Issues cannot be assured. Third parties may unlawfully intercept or access OnStar services require a vehicle transmissions and private electrical system, wireless service, communications without consent. and GPS satellite technologies to be available and operating for features to function properly. These systems may not operate if the battery is discharged or disconnected. Add-on Electrical Equipment The OnStar system is integrated into the electrical architecture of the vehicle. Do not add any electrical equipment. See Add-On Electrical Equipment on page 9-77. Added electrical equipment may interfere with the operation of the OnStar system and cause it to not operate. Privacy The complete OnStar Privacy Statement may be found at www.onstar.com (U.S.), or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Privacy-sensitive users of wireless communications are cautioned that the privacy of any information sent via wireless cellular communications Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (1,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
INDEX i-1
A Airbag System (cont'd) Armrest Storage ...... 4-1 What Will You See after an Assistance Program, Accessories and Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-32 Roadside ...... 13-5 Modifications ...... 10-3 When Should an Airbag Audio Players ...... 7-16 Accessory Power ...... 9-24 ® Inflate? ...... 3-30 CD ...... 7-16 Active Fuel Management . . . . . 9-27 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 3-28 CD/DVD ...... 7-21 Add-On Electrical Airbags Audio System Equipment ...... 9-77 Adding Equipment to the Radio Reception ...... 7-14 Adding a Snow Plow or Vehicle ...... 3-38 Rear Seat (RSA) ...... 7-46 Similar Equipment ...... 9-78 Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-17 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Additional Information Readiness Light ...... 5-16 Automatic OnStar® ...... 14-5 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Dimming Mirrors ...... 2-18 Adjustable Throttle and Vehicles ...... 3-38 Door Locks ...... 2-8 Brake Pedal ...... 9-20 System Check ...... 3-27 Headlamp System ...... 6-3 Adjustments Alarm Level Control ...... 9-45 Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 3-4 Vehicle Security ...... 2-12 Transmission ...... 9-28 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-13 All-Terrain Tires ...... 10-42 Transmission Fluid ...... 10-10 Air Vents ...... 8-12 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-10 Automatic Transmission Airbag System Antenna Manual Mode ...... 9-31 Check ...... 3-39 Rear Side Window ...... 7-15 Shift Lock Control How Does an Airbag Satellite Radio ...... 7-16 Function Check ...... 10-27 Restrain? ...... 3-31 Antilock Brake Auxiliary Passenger Sensing System (ABS) ...... 9-40 Devices ...... 7-31 System ...... 3-33 Warning Light ...... 5-22 Roof Mounted Lamp ...... 6-6 What Makes an Airbag Appearance Care Axle, Front ...... 10-25 Inflate? ...... 3-31 Exterior ...... 10-87 Axle, Rear ...... 10-26 Interior ...... 10-90 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (2,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
i-2 INDEX
B Bulb Replacement (cont'd) Cautions, Danger, and Headlamps ...... 10-30 Warnings ...... iv Battery ...... 10-24 License Plate Lamps ...... 10-31 CD Player ...... 7-16 Jump Starting ...... 10-77 Taillamps, Turn Signal, CD/DVD Player ...... 7-21 Load Management ...... 6-8 Stoplamps, and Center Console Storage ...... 4-2 Power Protection ...... 6-9 Back-up Lamps ...... 10-30 Center Seat ...... 3-3 Voltage and Charging Buying New Tires ...... 10-57 Chains, Tire ...... 10-61 Messages ...... 5-34 Charging System Light ...... 5-18 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-28 Check Bluetooth C Engine Light ...... 5-19 Overview ...... 7-48 Calibration ...... 5-5 Ignition Brake California Transmission Lock ...... 10-27 Pedal and Adjustable Fuel Requirements ...... 9-56 Child Restraints Throttle ...... 9-20 Perchlorate Materials Infants and Young System Warning Light ...... 5-21 Requirements ...... 10-3 Children ...... 3-42 Brakes ...... 10-21 Warning ...... 10-2 Lower Anchors and Antilock ...... 9-40 Camera, Rear Vision ...... 9-51 Tethers for Children ...... 3-47 Assist ...... 9-41 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... iii Older Children ...... 3-40 Fluid ...... 10-22 Capacities and Securing ...... 3-54, 3-58 Parking ...... 9-41 Specifications ...... 12-2 Systems ...... 3-44 System Messages ...... 5-35 Carbon Monoxide Circuit Breakers ...... 10-32 Braking ...... 9-3 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-27 Cleaning Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 9-20 Liftgate ...... 2-9 Exterior Care ...... 10-87 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-31 Winter Driving ...... 9-12 Interior Care ...... 10-90 Fog Lamps ...... 6-6 Cargo Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-30 Cover ...... 4-2 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-29 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (3,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
INDEX i-3
Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Cruise Control ...... 9-46 Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 Air Conditioning ...... 8-1 Light ...... 5-25 Dome Lamps ...... 6-7 Dual Automatic ...... 8-4 Cupholders ...... 4-1 Door Heating ...... 8-1 Customer Assistance ...... 13-4 Ajar Messages ...... 5-35 Rear ...... 8-9, 8-11 Offices ...... 13-3 Delayed Locking ...... 2-8 Clock ...... 5-7 Text Telephone (TTY) Locks ...... 2-7 Cluster, Instrument ...... 5-11 Users ...... 13-4 Power Locks ...... 2-7 Collision Damage Repair ...... 13-9 Customer Information Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4 Compass ...... 5-5 Service Publications Driver Information Connections Ordering Information ...... 13-11 Center (DIC) ...... 5-26 OnStar® ...... 14-3 Customer Satisfaction Driving Continuous Damping Procedure ...... 13-1 Characteristics and Control (CDC) ...... 9-45 Towing Tips ...... 9-60 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 D Defensive ...... 9-3 Convex Mirrors ...... 2-15 Damage Repair, Collision ...... 13-9 Drunk ...... 9-3 Coolant Danger, Warnings, and For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-27 Engine ...... 10-15 Cautions ...... iv Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-11 Engine Temperature Data Recorders, Event ...... 13-14 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-11 Gauge ...... 5-14 Daytime Running If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 9-14 Cooling System ...... 10-14 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Engine Messages ...... 5-36 Defensive Driving ...... 9-3 Off-Road ...... 9-5 Courtesy Transportation Delayed Locking ...... 2-8 Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-4 Program ...... 13-7 Devices Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-15 Cover Auxiliary ...... 7-31 Wet Roads ...... 9-10 Cargo ...... 4-2 Diagnostics Winter ...... 9-12 OnStar® ...... 14-5 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (4,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
i-4 INDEX
Dual Automatic Climate Engine (cont'd) F Control System ...... 8-4 Coolant ...... 10-15 Fan DVD Coolant Temperature Engine ...... 10-20 Rear Seat Entertainment Gauge ...... 5-14 Features System ...... 7-36 Cooling System ...... 10-14 Memory ...... 1-9 DVD/CD Player ...... 7-21 Cooling System Messages . . .5-36 Filter, Drive Belt Routing ...... 12-4 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 10-13 Exhaust ...... 9-27 E Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Fan ...... 10-20 E85 or FlexFuel ...... 9-57 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 6-5 Heater ...... 9-24 Electrical Equipment, Flat Tire ...... 10-62 Oil Life System ...... 10-9 Add-On ...... 9-77 Changing ...... 10-64 Oil Messages ...... 5-37 Electrical System FlexFuel Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 5-13 Engine Compartment E85 ...... 9-57 Overheated Protection Fuse Block ...... 10-33 Floor Mats ...... 10-93 Operating Mode ...... 10-19 Fuses and Circuit Fluid Overheating ...... 10-18 Breakers ...... 10-32 Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-10 Power Messages ...... 5-38 Instrument Panel Fuse Brakes ...... 10-22 Pressure Light ...... 5-24 Block ...... 10-37 Four-Wheel Drive Running While Parked ...... 9-28 Overload ...... 10-32 Transfer Case ...... 9-33, 9-38 Starting ...... 9-22 Emergency Power Steering ...... 10-20 ® Entry Lighting ...... 6-8 OnStar ...... 14-2 Washer ...... 10-21 Equipment, Towing ...... 9-67 Engine Fog Lamps Event Data Recorders ...... 13-14 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 10-13 Bulb Replacement ...... 6-6 Exit Lighting ...... 6-8 Check and Service Engine Folding Mirrors ...... 2-17 Extender, Safety Belt ...... 3-25 Soon Light ...... 5-19 Four-Wheel Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Compartment Overview ...... 10-5 Drive ...... 9-33, 9-38, 10-25 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 6-2 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (5,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
INDEX i-5
Front Axle ...... 10-25 Fuses General Information Front Fog Lamp Engine Compartment Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 Light ...... 5-25 Fuse Block ...... 10-33 Towing ...... 9-60 Front Seats Fuses and Circuit Vehicle Care ...... 10-2 Adjustment ...... 3-3 Breakers ...... 10-32 Glass Replacement ...... 10-29 Heated and Ventilated ...... 3-7 Instrument Panel Fuse Glove Box ...... 4-1 Fuel ...... 9-55 Block ...... 10-37 GM Mobility Reimbursement Additives ...... 9-57 Program ...... 13-5 Economy Driving ...... 1-27 G Filling a Portable Fuel Garage Door Opener ...... 5-52 H Container ...... 9-59 Programming ...... 5-52 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-30 Filling the Tank ...... 9-58 Gasoline Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 6-5 Foreign Countries ...... 9-56 Specifications ...... 9-56 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Gasoline Specifications ...... 9-56 Gauges Headlamps Gauge ...... 5-12 Engine Coolant Aiming ...... 10-29 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-24 Temperature ...... 5-14 Automatic ...... 6-3 Management, Active ...... 9-27 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-13 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-30 Recommended ...... 9-55 Fuel ...... 5-12 Daytime Running Requirements, California . . . . .9-56 Odometer ...... 5-12 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 System Messages ...... 5-38 Speedometer ...... 5-12 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 10-76 Tachometer ...... 5-12 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-25 Trip Odometer ...... 5-12 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Voltmeter ...... 5-15 Heated Warning Lights and Rear Seats ...... 3-9 Indicators ...... 5-10 Heated and Ventilated Front Seats ...... 3-7 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (6,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
i-6 INDEX
Heated Mirrors ...... 2-18 J LATCH System Heater Replacing Parts after a Jump Starting ...... 10-77 Engine ...... 9-24 Crash ...... 3-54 Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 8-1 LATCH, Lower Anchors and High-Beam On Light ...... 5-25 K Tethers for Children ...... 3-47 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-11 Key and Lock Messages ...... 5-38 Level Control Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-11 Keyless Entry Automatic ...... 9-45 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-41 Remote (RKE) System ...... 2-2 Liftgate Hood ...... 10-4 Keys ...... 2-1 Carbon Monoxide ...... 2-9 Horn ...... 5-4 Lighting How to Wear Safety Belts L Entry ...... 6-8 Properly ...... 3-18 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 10-43 Exit ...... 6-8 Lamps Illumination Control ...... 6-7 I Auxiliary Roof Lights Ignition Positions ...... 9-21 Mounted Lamp ...... 6-6 Airbag Readiness ...... 5-16 Ignition Transmission Lock Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 6-3 Antilock Brake System Check ...... 10-27 Dome ...... 6-7 (ABS) Warning ...... 5-22 Immobilizer ...... 2-14 Exterior Controls ...... 6-1 Brake System Warning ...... 5-21 Infants and Young Children, Exterior Lamps Off Charging System ...... 5-18 Restraints ...... 3-42 Reminder ...... 6-2 Cruise Control ...... 5-25 Infotainment ...... 7-1 License Plate ...... 10-31 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-24 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-11 Malfunction Indicator ...... 5-19 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . 1-2 Messages ...... 5-38 Front Fog Lamp ...... 5-25 Introduction ...... iii Reading ...... 6-8 High-Beam On ...... 5-25 Lap Belt ...... 3-24 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-19 Low Fuel Warning ...... 5-24 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (7,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
INDEX i-7
Lights (cont'd) M Messages (cont'd) Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-16 Security ...... 5-41 Maintenance Security ...... 5-25 Tire ...... 5-41 Records ...... 11-15 StabiliTrak® OFF ...... 5-23 Transmission ...... 5-42 Maintenance Schedule Tire Pressure ...... 5-23 Vehicle ...... 5-34 Recommended Fluids Tow/Haul Mode ...... 5-22 Vehicle Reminder ...... 5-43 and Lubricants ...... 11-12 Traction Control System Washer Fluid ...... 5-44 Transfer Case ...... 9-33, 9-38 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® ...... 5-23 Mirrors Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-19 Locking Rear Axle ...... 9-45 Automatic Dimming ...... 2-18 Manual Mirrors ...... 2-16 Locks Automatic Dimming Manual Mode ...... 9-31 Automatic Door ...... 2-8 Rearview ...... 2-19 Memory Features ...... 1-9 Delayed Locking ...... 2-8 Convex ...... 2-15 Memory Seats ...... 3-6 Door ...... 2-7 Folding ...... 2-17 Messages Lockout Protection ...... 2-8 Heated ...... 2-18 Airbag System ...... 5-41 Power Door ...... 2-7 Manual ...... 2-16 Battery Voltage and Safety ...... 2-8 Manual Rearview ...... 2-19 Charging ...... 5-34 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Park Tilt ...... 2-18 Brake System ...... 5-35 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-24 Power ...... 2-16 Door Ajar ...... 5-35 Lower Anchors and Tethers Trailer Tow ...... 2-16 Engine Cooling System ...... 5-36 for Children (LATCH Monitor System, Tire Engine Oil ...... 5-37 System) ...... 3-47 Pressure ...... 10-51 Engine Power ...... 5-38 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-4 Fuel System ...... 5-38 Front Seats ...... 3-4 Key and Lock ...... 5-38 Lamp ...... 5-38 Object Detection System . . . . .5-39 Ride Control System ...... 5-40 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (8,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
i-8 INDEX
N OnStar® P System, In Brief ...... 1-28 Navigation ® Park ® OnStar Additional OnStar ...... 14-2 Shifting Into ...... 9-25 Information ...... 14-5 Vehicle Data Recording Shifting Out of ...... 9-26 OnStar® Connections ...... 14-3 and Privacy ...... 13-15 Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-18 OnStar® Diagnostics ...... 14-5 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-20 Parking OnStar® Emergency ...... 14-2 Assist, Ultrasonic ...... 9-48 OnStar® Navigation ...... 14-2 Brake ...... 9-41 O OnStar® Overview ...... 14-1 Brake and P (Park) Object Detection System OnStar® Security ...... 14-2 Mechanism Check ...... 10-28 Messages ...... 5-39 Operation, Infotainment Over Things That Burn ...... 9-27 Object Detection, Side Blind System ...... 7-6 Passenger Airbag Status Zone Alert (SBZA) ...... 9-49 Ordering Indicator ...... 5-17 Odometer ...... 5-12 Service Publications ...... 13-11 Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-33 Trip ...... 5-12 Outlets Perchlorate Materials Off-Road ...... 9-5 Power ...... 5-8 Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3 Driving ...... 9-5 Overheated Engine Personalization Recovery ...... 9-4 Protection Vehicle ...... 5-44 Oil Operating Mode ...... 10-19 Engine ...... 10-6 Phone Overheating, Engine ...... 10-18 Bluetooth ...... 7-48 Engine Oil Life System ...... 10-9 Overview, Infotainment Power Engine Oil Pressure System ...... 7-3, 7-5 Gauge ...... 5-13 Door Locks ...... 2-7 Messages ...... 5-37 Mirrors ...... 2-16 Pressure Light ...... 5-24 Outlets ...... 5-8 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-40 Protection, Battery ...... 6-9 Online Owner Center ...... 13-4 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-24 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (9,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
INDEX i-9
Power (cont'd) Reading Lamps ...... 6-8 Recreational Vehicle Seat Adjustment ...... 3-3 Rear Axle ...... 10-26 Towing ...... 10-82 Steering Fluid ...... 10-20 Locking ...... 9-45 Reimbursement Program, Windows ...... 2-20 Rear Climate Control GM Mobility ...... 13-5 Power Assist Steps ...... 2-12 System ...... 8-9, 8-11 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Pregnancy, Using Safety Rear Seat Audio (RSA) System ...... 2-2 Belts ...... 3-24 System ...... 7-46 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-5 Privacy Rear Seat Entertainment Replacement Radio Frequency System ...... 7-36 Glass ...... 10-29 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-15 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) ...... 7-46 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-31 Program Rear Seats Replacement Parts Courtesy Transportation ...... 13-7 Heated ...... 3-9 Airbags ...... 3-39 Proposition 65 Warning, Rear Side Window Antenna . . . 7-15 Maintenance ...... 11-14 California ...... 10-2 Rear Storage ...... 4-2 Replacing Airbag System ...... 3-39 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-51 Replacing LATCH System R Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-5 Parts after a Crash ...... 3-54 Radio Frequency Rearview Mirrors ...... 2-19 Replacing Safety Belt Identification (RFID) ...... 13-15 Automatic Dimming ...... 2-19 System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-26 Statement ...... 13-15 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-4 Reporting Safety Defects Radios Recommended Canadian Government ...... 13-13 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-10 Fuel ...... 9-55 General Motors ...... 13-13 CD/DVD Player ...... 7-21 Recommended Fluids and U.S. Government ...... 13-12 Reception ...... 7-14 Lubricants ...... 11-12 Restraints Satellite ...... 7-11 Records Where to Put ...... 3-46 Maintenance ...... 11-15 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ...... 9-24 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (10,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
i-10 INDEX
Ride Control Systems Safety Defects Reporting Security Messages ...... 5-40 Canadian Government ...... 13-13 Light ...... 5-25 Roads General Motors ...... 13-13 Messages ...... 5-41 Driving, Wet ...... 9-10 U.S. Government ...... 13-12 OnStar® ...... 14-2 Roadside Assistance Safety Locks ...... 2-8 Vehicle ...... 2-12 Program ...... 13-5 Safety System Check ...... 3-25 Vehicle Alarm ...... 2-12 Roof Satellite Radio ...... 7-11 Service Sunroof ...... 2-22 Scheduling Appointments ...... 13-7 Accessories and Roof Rack System ...... 4-3 Seats Modifications ...... 10-3 Rotation, Tires ...... 10-55 Adjustment, Front ...... 3-3 Doing Your Own Work ...... 10-3 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4 Center Seat ...... 3-3 Engine Soon Light ...... 5-19 Running the Vehicle While Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Maintenance Records ...... 11-15 Parked ...... 9-28 Heated and Ventilated Front . . . 3-7 Maintenance, General Heated, Rear ...... 3-9 Information ...... 11-1 S Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-4 Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 Safety Belts ...... 3-17 Memory ...... 3-6 Publications Ordering Care ...... 3-26 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 3-3 Information ...... 13-11 Extender ...... 3-25 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-4 Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-7 How to Wear Safety Belts Second Row ...... 3-10 Servicing the Airbag ...... 3-38 Properly ...... 3-18 Third Row Seat ...... 3-14 Shift Lock Control Function Lap Belt ...... 3-24 Second Row Seats ...... 3-10 Check, Automatic Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-19 Secondary Latch System . . . . . 10-73 Transmission ...... 10-27 Reminders ...... 5-16 Securing Child Shifting Replacing after a Crash ...... 3-26 Restraints ...... 3-54, 3-58 Into Park ...... 9-25 Use During Pregnancy ...... 3-24 Out of Park ...... 9-26 Side Blind Zone Alert ...... 9-49 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (11,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
INDEX i-11
Signals, Turn and Storage Areas Tires Lane-Change ...... 6-5 Armrest ...... 4-1 All-Terrain ...... 10-42 Snow Plow ...... 9-78 Cargo Cover ...... 4-2 Buying New Tires ...... 10-57 Specifications and Center Console ...... 4-2 Chains ...... 10-61 Capacities ...... 12-2 Glove Box ...... 4-1 Changing ...... 10-64 Speedometer ...... 5-12 Roof Rack System ...... 4-3 Designations ...... 10-45 StabiliTrak Stuck Vehicle ...... 9-14 Different Size ...... 10-58 OFF Light ...... 5-23 Sun Visors ...... 2-21 Full-Size Spare ...... 10-76 System ...... 9-42 Sunroof ...... 2-22 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-62 Start Assist, Hills ...... 9-41 Symbols ...... iv Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-52 Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 2-5 System Inspection ...... 10-54 Starter Switch Check ...... 10-27 Infotainment ...... 7-1 Messages ...... 5-41 Starting the Engine ...... 9-22 Roof Rack ...... 4-3 Pressure Light ...... 5-23 Steering ...... 9-4 Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-51 Fluid, Power ...... 10-20 T Rotation ...... 10-55 Wheel Adjustment ...... 5-2 Tachometer ...... 5-12 Secondary Latch System . . . 10-73 Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Taillamps Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-43 Steps Bulb Replacement ...... 10-30 Terminology and Power Assist ...... 2-12 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4 Definitions ...... 10-47 Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 2-14 Uniform Tire Quality Bulb Replacement ...... 10-30 Immobilizer ...... 2-14 Grading ...... 10-59 Storage Third-Row Seats ...... 3-14 Wheel Alignment and Tire Rear ...... 4-2 Throttle, Adjustable ...... 9-20 Balance ...... 10-60 Time ...... 5-7 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (12,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
i-12 INDEX
Tires (cont'd) Transportation Program, Vehicle (cont'd) Wheel Replacement ...... 10-61 Courtesy ...... 13-7 Personalization ...... 5-44 When It Is Time for New Trip Odometer ...... 5-12 Reminder Messages ...... 5-43 Tires ...... 10-56 Turn and Lane-Change Remote Start ...... 2-5 Winter ...... 10-42 Signals ...... 6-5 Security ...... 2-12 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 9-32 Turn Signal Towing ...... 10-81 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 5-22 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-30 Vehicle Care Towing Tire Pressure ...... 10-49 Driving Characteristics ...... 9-60 U Ventilation, Air ...... 8-12 Equipment ...... 9-67 Ultrasonic Parking Assist ...... 9-48 Visors ...... 2-21 General Information ...... 9-60 Uniform Tire Quality Voltmeter Gauge ...... 5-15 Recreational Vehicle ...... 10-82 Grading ...... 10-59 Trailer ...... 9-63 Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-52 W Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . .9-76 Operation ...... 5-57 Warning Vehicle ...... 10-81 Programming ...... 5-52 Brake System Light ...... 5-21 Traction Using This Manual ...... iii Warning Lights, Gauges, Control System (TCS)/ ® and Indicators ...... 5-10 StabiliTrak Light ...... 5-23 Warnings ...... iv Trailer V Vehicle Cautions and Danger ...... iv Sway Control (TSC) ...... 9-76 Hazard Flashers ...... 6-5 Tow Mirrors ...... 2-16 Alarm System ...... 2-12 Canadian Owners ...... iii Washer Fluid ...... 10-21 Towing ...... 9-63 Messages ...... 5-44 Transfer Case ...... 9-33, 9-38 Control ...... 9-3 Transmission Identification Automatic ...... 9-28 Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 Fluid, Automatic ...... 10-10 Load Limits ...... 9-15 Messages ...... 5-42 Messages ...... 5-34 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (13,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
INDEX i-13
Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance ...... 10-60 Different Size ...... 10-58 Replacement ...... 10-61 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 10-56 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-46 Windows ...... 2-20 Power ...... 2-20 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 5-4 Winter Driving ...... 9-12 Winter Tires ...... 10-42 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-28 Wipers Rear Washer ...... 5-5 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ (14,1) Mexico-6081502) - 2014 - crc2 - 9/17/13
i-14 INDEX
2 NOTES